METRIC: 1.2.1 CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)/ …

Self Study Report (SSR)

Cycle 1, Year: 2020

METRIC: 1.2.1

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)/

ELECTIVE COURSE SYSTEM

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY (B.TECH.)

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun SchemeofExaminationasperAICTEFlexibleCurricula

W.E.F.AcademicSession2020-21

Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) [Computer Science and Engineering]

V Semester

S.

No.

Subject Name

Maximum Marks Allotted

Total

Marks

Contact

Hours

per

Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assignment

End

Sem

Term

Work /Lab

Work & Sessional

L

T

P

1. BCST 501

BCSP- 501

DC Operating System 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

2. BCST-502

BCSP-502 DC

Computer Networks 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

3. BCST -503

BCSP-503 DC

Design and Analysis of

Algorithms 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

4. BCST -504 DE Departmental Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

5. BOCS -505 OE Open Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

6. BCST -506 D

Lab

Virtual Lab(Unix/

Linux/python/JAVA etc) - - - - 50 50 0 0 2 1

8 BCST -508 IN Evaluation of Internship-II

completed at II year level - - - - 50 50

2 1

9 IN Internship -III To be completed any time during Fifth/ Sixth semester. Its

evaluation/credit to be added in Seventh semester.

Total 500 150 100 120 130 1000 15 5 10 25

NSS/NCC

Departmental Electives Open Electives

BCST 504

(A)

Network Architecture BOCS -505 (A) Principles of Programming Language

BCST 504

(B)

Pattern Recognition BOCS -505 (B) Modeling and Simulation

BCST 504

(C)

Internet and Web Technology BOCS -505 (C) Cyber Security

BCST 504

(D)

Java Programming BOET-504(D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship



Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) [Computer Science and Engineering]

VI Semester

S.

No.

Subject Name


Total

Marks

Contact

Hours per

Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assign

ment

End

Sem

Team

Work /

LabWork

&Sessional

L

T

P

1. BCST-601

BCSP-601

DC Microprocessors and

Applications

100 30 20 30 20 200

3 1 2 5

2. BCST -602

BCSP-602 DC Compiler Design 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

BCST -603

BCSP-603 DC Data Analytics 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

3. BCST -604 DE DepartmentalElective 100 30 20 - 150 3 1 0 4

4. BOCS -605 OE Open Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

5. BCSP-606 P Open Source Lab/

Matlab Programming

- - - 30 20 50 0 0 2 1

6. BCSP -607 P Minor Project -I 50 50 0 2 1

8 IN Internship – III To be completed anytime during Fifth/Sixth semester. Its

evaluation/credit to be added in Seventh Semester.

Total 500 150 100 120 130 1000 15 5 10 25


BCST 604(A) Graph Theory BOCS -605(A) Digital Signal Processing

BCST 604(B) Data Mining BOCS -605(B) Machine Learning

BCST 604(C) Computer Graphics and Visualisation

BOCS -605(C) Software Testing

BCST 604

(D)

Software Quality Management BOCS 605 (D) Distributed Systems and Cloud Computing

UTTARAKHAND TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY

Program: B. Tech-CSE

Year: Session: 2012 – 2013

Scheme and Evaluation Pattern

S.No Course Subject Periods Evaluation Total

No.

Marks

L

T

P

Sessional

External

Exam

CT

TA

Total

Semester:7 th

Theory

1. TCS- 701 System Administration 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TCS -702 Advance Computer 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Architecture

3. TCS -703 Data Warehousing & 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Mining

4. TCS-07X ELECTIVE-I 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

5. TOE-XX Open Elective 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical/Design

1. PCS -757 Project 0 0 4 0 0 50 50 100

2. PCS-758 Industrial Interaction/ 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

Seminar (Term Paper)

3. PCS-751 System Administration 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

Lab

4. Discipline 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 50

Semester: 8th

Theory


No. Marks

L

T

P

Sessional

External

Exam

CT

TA

Total

1. TCS -801 Distributed Computing 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TCS-802 Web Technology 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3. TCS-02X ELECTIVE-II 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. TCS-03X ELECTIVE-III 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical/Project

1. PCS-857 Project 0 0 6 0 0 100 200 300

2. PCS-852 Web Technology Lab. 0 0 2 0 0 50 0 50

3. Discipline 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 50

ELECTIVE-I

TCS-071 Digital Image Processing

TCS-072 Soft Computing TCS- 073 Wireless Networks

TCS-074 Information Security

ELECTIVE-II

TCS-081 Parallel Computing

TCS-082 Database Administration

TCS-083 Advance Computer Network

TCS-084 Fault Tolerant Computing

ELECTIVE-III

TCS-086 Computer Vision

TCS-087 Advanced DBMS

TCS-088 Intrusion Detection Systems

TCS-089 Cryptography & Network Security


SESSION 2009-10

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES-VII SEMESTERp Effective from the session – 2009-10

[List of Open Elective of 7th Semester for B. Tech. Civil/Electrical/Electrical and

Electronics/ Mechanical & Allied Courses/ Electronics and Communications & Allied

Courses/ Instrumentation and Control & Allied Courses/Computer Science and

Engineering & Allied Courses/ Information Technology & Allied Courses/

Biotechnology]

S.No. P.Code Subject Dept.

1. TOE 01 Non-conventional Energy Resources Electrical

2. TOE 02 Reliability Engineering Electrical

3. TOE 03 Environment & Ecology Civil

4. TOE 04 Geographic Inf. System (GIS) Technology & its Applications Civil

5. TOE 05 Entrepreneurship Development Programme Humanities

6. TOE 06 Ancient Indian Culture Humanities

7. TOE 07 Human Values Humanities

8. TOE 08 Quality System & Management Mechanical

8. TOE 09 Condition Monitoring & Diagnostics Mechanical

10. TOE 10 Value Engineering Mechanical

11. TOE 11 Nanotechnology Mechanical

12. TOE 12 Solar Energy Mechanical

13. TOE 13 Human Resource Management Mechanical

14. TOE 14 Advance Material Science Mechanical

15. TOE 15 Industrial Instrumentation Instrumentation &

Control

16. TOE 16 Biomedical Engineering Instrumentation & Control

17. TOE 17 Fundamentals of Coding Theory Electronics &

Communication

18. TOE 18 Consumer Electronics Electronics &

Communication

19. TOE 19 Artificial Neural Networks & Fuzzy Logic Electrical

20. TOE 20 Human Computer Interaction Computer Science

21. TOE 21 I T in Business Information Technology

22. TOE 22 Artificial Intelligence in Manufacturing Manufacturing Technology

23. TOE 23 Health, Hospital and Equipment Management Biomedical Engineering

24. TOE 24 Introduction to Medical Physics Biomedical Engineering

25. TOE 25 Modern Control System Electrical

26. TOE 26 Mechatronics Electrical

27. TOE 27 SCADA & Energy Management System Electrical

Note: The students will choose any one subject of the course of other than their

Engineering Branch.

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible

Curricula Computer Science and Engineering, V-

Semester Departmental Elective CS- 504 (A)

Network Architecture

CourseObjectives:

Justify the need for, and describe the working of layered protocol suites such

as TCP/IP. Develop client-server applications using TCP/IP.

Assemble/disassemble packets and translate address as it traverses networks.

Solve sample problems using popular routing protocols. Motivate the need

for and summarize the details of service architectures, such as web services

and micro-services. Describe the details, including payload types and

synchronization of multimedia application protocols. Explain and

distinguish the various service types supported by internet applications – for

example, best effort, streaming. Construct the working of certain types of

congestion control mechanisms.

Course Learning Outcomes:

1. Analyze a complex computing problem and to apply principles of

computing and other relevant disciplines to identifysolutions

2. Design, implement, and evaluate a computing-based solution to meet a

given set of computing requirements in the context of the

program‘sdiscipline

3. Apply computer science theory and software development fundamentals to

produce computing-basedsolutions

Course Content:

Unit I: Layered Protocol Architectures- TCP/IP and OSI, LAN and other

components, Service view, TCP vs UDP, and more, Packetformats

Unit II: Client-server Applications- Thread vs Process, Sockets, RPC, etc,

Scalability, Transport and Routing- Reliable vs. unreliable transfer, Congestion

control, Routing protocols.

Unit III: Service Architectures- Web services, Micro services, P2P and others,

Multimedia- Real-time/streaming, VoIP, Quality of Service.

Unit IV: Wireless Communication- Wi-Fi , Cell networks, Media and Performance-

Signal strength, Compression and error detection, Delay, loss, throughput.

Unit V: Emerging/Future Trends- Parallel and distributed computing, Security and others.

Text Book:

1. KUROSANDROSS, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach,

2017, 7th Edition

4

Uttarakhand Technical University,Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE FlexibleCurricula

Computer Science and Engineering, V-Semester

Departmental Elective CS- 504 (B) PatternRecognition

Course Objectives:

To introduce the fundamental algorithms for pattern recognition.

To instigate the various classification and clustering techniques.


1. Design and construct a pattern recognition system 2. Know the major approaches in statistical and syntactic patternrecognition.

3. Become aware of the theoretical issues involved in pattern recognition system design such as the curse ofdimensionality.

Implement pattern recognition techniques.

Unit-I

Introduction – Definitions, data sets for Pattern, Application Areas and Examples of pattern

recognition, Design principles of pattern recognition system, Classificationand clustering,

supervised Learning, unsupervised learning and adaptation, Patternrecognition approaches,

Decision Boundaries, Decision region , Metric spaces,distances.

Unit -II

Classification: introduction, application of classification, types of classification,decision tree,

naïve bayes, logistic regression , support vector machine, random forest,K Nearest Neighbour

Classifier and variants, Efficient algorithms for nearestneighbour classification, Different

Approaches to Prototype Selection, Combinationof Classifiers, Training set, test set,

standardization and normalization.

Unit – III

Different Paradigms of Pattern Recognition, Representations of Patterns and Classes,

Unsupervised Learning & Clustering: Criterion functions for clustering, Clustering Techniques:

Iterative square -error partitional clustering – K means, hierarchical clustering, Cluster validation.

Unit -IV

Introduction of feature extraction and feature selection, types of feature extraction, Problem

statement and Uses, Algorithms - Branch and bound algorithm, sequential forward / backward

selection algorithms, (l,r) algorithm.

Unit -V

Recent advances in Pattern Recognition, Structural PR, SVMs, FCM, Soft computing and Neuro-

fuzzy techniques, and real-life examples, Histograms rules, DensityEstimation, Nearest Neighbor

Rule, Fuzzy classification.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stork, ―Pattern Classification‖, 2nd

Edition, John Wiley,2006.

2. C. M. Bishop, ―Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖, Springer,2009. 3. S. Theodoridis and K. Koutroumbas, ―Pattern Recognition‖, 4th Edition, academic

Press,2009.

4. Robert Schalkoff, ―pattern Recognition: statistical, structural and neural approaches‖,

JohnWiley&sons ,Inc,2007.

UNIT 01

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun

New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula

Computer Science and Engineering, V-Semester Departmental Elective

CS- 504 (C) Internet and Web Technology

Introduction: Concept of WWW, Internet and WWW, HTTP Protocol: Request and Response,

Web browser and Web servers, Features of Web 2.0 Web Design: Concepts of effective web

design, Webdesign issues including Browser, Bandwidth and Cache, Display resolution, Look

and Feel of the Web site, Page Layout and linking, User centric design, Sitemap, Planning and

publishing website, Designing effective navigation.

UNIT 02

HTML: Basics of HTML, formatting and fonts, commenting code, color, hyperlink, lists, tables,

images, forms, XHTML, Meta tags, Character entities, frames and frame sets, Browser

architecture and Web site structure. Overview and features of HTML5

UNIT 03

Style sheets: Need for CSS, introduction to CSS, basic syntax andstructure, using CSS,

background images, colors and properties, manipulating texts, using fonts, borders and boxes,

margins, padding lists,positioning using CSS, CSS2, Overview and features of CSS3 JavaScript :

Client side scriptingwith JavaScript, variables, functions, conditions, loops and repetition, Pop up

boxes, Advance JavaScript: Javascript and objects, JavaScript own objects, the DOM and web

browser environments, Manipulation using DOM, forms and validations,DHTML : Combining

HTML, CSS and Javascript, Events and buttons

UNIT 04

XML: Introduction to XML, uses of XML, simple XML, XML key components, DTD and

Schemas, Using XML with application. Transforming XML using XSL and XSLT PHP:

Introduction and basic syntax of PHP, decision and looping with examples, PHP and HTML,

Arrays, Functions, Browser control and detection, string, Form processing, Files, Advance

Features: Cookies and Sessions, Object Oriented Programming with PHP

UNIT 05

PHP and MySQL:Basiccommandswith PHP examples, Connection to server, creating database,

selecting a database, listing database, listing table names,creating a table, inserting data, altering

tables, queries, deleting database, deleting data and tables, PHP myadmin and

databasebugsReference Books: 1. Developing Web Applications, Ralph Moseley and M. T. Savaliya,Wiley-India

2. Web Technologies, Black Book, dreamtechPress

3. HTML 5, Black Book, dreamtechPress

4. Web Design, Joel Sklar, CengageLearning

5. Developing Web Applications in PHP and AJAX, Harwani,McGrawHill

6. Internet and World Wide Web How to program, P.J. Deitel& H.M. Deitel ,Pearson

Course Outcome

After completion of the course students will be able to

1. Describe the concepts of WWW including browser and HTTPprotocol.

2. List the various HTML tags and use them to develop the user friendly webpages.

3. Define the CSS with its types and use them to provide the styles to the webpagesat

variouslevels.

4. Develop the modern web pages using the HTML and CSS features withdifferent layouts

asper need ofapplications.

5. Use the JavaScript to develop the dynamic webpages.

6. Use server side scripting with PHP to generate the web pages dynamically usingthedatabase

connectivity.

7. Develop the modern Web applications using the client and server sidetechnologies and

theweb designfundamentals.

6

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula

Computer Science and Engineering, V-Semester Departmental Elective CS- 504 (D) Java Programming

Course Objectives:

This course of study builds on the skills gained by students in Java Fundamentals or

Java Foundations to help advance Java programming skills. Students will design

object-oriented applications with Java and will create Java programs using hands-on,

engaging activities.


1. Code, compile and run a Javaprogram. 2. Master programming techniques for console input andoutput.

3. Apply logical constructs for branching andloops.

4. Define classes andmethods.

5. Create and accessarrays.

6. Develop linked datastructures.

7. Employ exception-handling programmingtechniques.

8. Utilize file input and output procedures for sequential and randomaccess.

9. Use the Swing library to develop programs with graphical userinterfaces.

UNIT-I

The Java Environment: Java Development Kit (JDK) , Java virtual machine, Java

programming environment(compiler, interpreter, applet viewer, debugger), Java Applications

Programming Interface(API),Basic idea of application and applet. Java as an object oriented

language: objects, classes, encapsulation, inheritance and software reuse, polymorphism,

abstract classes and abstract methods,: defining an interface, implementing & applying

interfaces, variables in interfaces, extending interfaces, Packages, scope and lifetime; Access

specifies; Constructors; Copy constructor; this pointer; finalize() method; arrays; Memory

allocation and garbage collection

UNIT- II

AWT: Containers and components, AWT classes, window fundamentals: Component,

Container, Panel, Window, Frame, Canvas, AWT Controls, Layout Managers and Menus:

adding and removing control, Labels, Button, Check Box, Radio Button, Choice, menu, Text

area, Scroll list, Scrollbar; Frame; Layout managers flow layout, Grid layout, Border layout,

Card layout. Java Event Handling Model: Java‘s event delegation model –Ignoring the event,

Self-contained events, Delegating events; The event class hierarchy; There relationship

between interface, methods called, parameters and event source; Adapter classes; Event

classes action Event, Adjustment Event, Container Event, Focus Event, Item Event, Eye

Event, Mouse Event, Text Event, Window Event. Applets: Applet security restrictions; the

class hierarchy for applets; Life cycle of applet; HTMLTags for applet Introduction to Swing:

swing library, Building application susing Swings

UNIT-III

Multithreading and Exception Handling: Overview of simple threads, Basic idea of

multithreaded programming, Thread synchronization: Locks, synchronized methods,

synchronized block, Thread scheduling, Producer-consumer relationship, Daemon thread,

Basic idea of exception handling, stack based execution and exception propagation,

Exception types: Exception Handling: Try, Catch, Finally, Throw statement,Assertions

UNIT-IV

Input/Output:ExploringJavaI/O.,Directories,streamclassesTheBytestream:Inputstream,outputs

tream, file input stream, file output stream, print stream, Randomaccess file, the character

streams, Buffered reader, buffered writer, print writer, serialization. JDBC: JDBC-ODBC

bridge; The connectivity model; The driver manager; Navigating there sult set object

contents; java.sql Package; The JDBCexception classes; Connecting to Remotedatabase.

UNIT-V

Java Networking: exploring java. Net package Networking Basics: Socket, Client server,

reserved sockets, servers, Internet addressing, TCP sockets, UDP sockets. RMI: Client/Server

architecture, RMI registry services; Step sofcreating RMI Application and an example

References:

1. Naughton&Schildt― The Complete ReferenceJava 2. Tata McGraw Hill.2.Deitel ―Java-How to Program:‖Pearson Education,Asia.

3. Horstmann& Cornell ―CoreJava2‖ (Vol I&II) , SunMicrosystems.

4. LvanBayross―Java2.0‖:BPBpublications.

5. IvorHorton‘s―BeginningJava2,JDK5Ed.,WileyIndia.

6. Java Programming for the absolute beginners By Russell, PHILearning

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course the student will:

-Have the knowledge of the structure and model of the Java programming language

-use the Java programming language for various programming tasks

-develop software in the Java programming language

-evaluate user requirements for software functionality required to decide whether the Java

programming language can meet user requirements

-propose the use of certain technologies by implementing them in the Java programming

language to solve the given problem


Computer Science & Engineering, V-Semester Open Elective

CS- 505 (A) Principles of Programming Language

Course Objectives:

To understand and describe syntax and semantics of programminglanguages

Understand data, data types, and basic statements and understand call-return

architecture and ways of implementingthem

To understand object-orientation, concurrency, and event handling in programming

languages

Develop programs in non-procedural programmingparadigms


1. Describe syntax and semantics of programminglanguages 2. Explain data, data types, and basic statements of programminglanguages

3. Design and implement subprogram constructs, Apply object-oriented, concurrency,

and event handling programmingconstructs

4. Develop programs in Scheme, ML, andProlog

5. Understand and adopt new programminglanguages

Course Contents

Unit- I Introduction: Characteristics of programming Languages, Factors influencing the evolution of

programming language, developments in programming methodologies, desirable features and design

issues. Programming language processors: Structure and operations of translators, software simulated

computer, syntax, semantics, structure, virtual computers, binding and binding time.

Unit -II

Elementary and Structured Data Types, Structured data type and objects, Sub Program and

programmer defined data types: Evolution of data types, abstractions, encapsulations, information

hiding, sub programmes, abstract data types. Sequence Control; Implicit and Explicit sequence

control, sequence control with within expression and statements, recursive sub programmes,

exception handling, co-routines, Scheduled sub programmes, concurrentexecution.

Unit -III

Data control referencing environments, static and dynamic scope, local data local data referencing

environment, shared data: Explicit common environment dynamic scope parameter passing

mechanism. Storage Management: Major run time requirements, storage management phases, static

storage management, stack based, heap based storage management.

Unit -IV

Syntax and translation: General syntactic criteria, syntactic element of a language, stages in

translation, formal syntax and semantics. Introduction to Functional Programming, Lambda calculus,

Data flow language and Object Oriented language,

Unit –V

Comparison in various general and special purpose programming languages e.g. Fortran, C, Pascal,

Lisp, etc. issues related to programming languages and limitations.

References:

1. Terrance W Pratt, "Programming Languages: Design and Implementation"PHI

2. Sebesta, "Concept of Programming Language", AddisonWesley

3. E Horowitz , "Programming Languages", 2nd Edition, AddisonWesley

4. "Fundamentals of Programming Languages",Galgotia.


Computer Science and Engineering, V-Semester Open Elective

CS- 505 (B) Modeling and Simulation

Course Objectives:

• Grasp modeling concepts with emphasis on performanceanalysis. • Build simulation models and theirparameterization.

• Analyze simulation output data to evaluate performancecriteria.


1. Demonstrate basic programming skills – functions, arrays, loops, conditional

statements,procedures.

2. Demonstrate technical communicationskills

3. Explain the Role ofModeling

4. Utilize the Modeling Process to identify the key parameters of a model, estimate

model outcomes, utilize a computational tool, e.g., Matlab to implement the

mathematical representation of the model, convey the results of the simulation

accurately, validate the model with data, and discuss the quality and sources of errors

in themodel.

5. Construct difference-based computermodels.

6. Complete a capstone modeling project that identifies a problem, develops a

mathematical representation and transforms it to a computational model. Document

the development and implementation of the model and present in oral and written

form. Course Contents:

UNIT-I

Introduction: Systems, models, discrete event simulation and continuous simulation.

Discrete Event Simulation: Time-advance mechanisms, event modeling of discrete dynamic

systems, single-server single queue model, event graphs, Monte Carlosimulation.

UNIT-II

GPSS: Model structure, entities and transactions, blocks in GPSS, process oriented programming,

user defined functions, SNA, logic switches, save locations, user chains, tabulation of result,

programmingexamples.

UNIT-III

Random Number Generation: Congruence generators, long period generators, uniformity and

independence testing

UNIT - IV

Random Variate Generation: Location, scale and shape parameters, discrete and continuous

probability distributions; Inverse transform method, composition and acceptance rejection methods

UNIT-IV

Queuing Models: Little‘s theorem, analytical results for M/M/1, M/M/1/N, M/M/c, M/G/1 and other

queuing models.

Books:

1. Karian, Z.A. and Dudewicz, E.J., ―Modern Statistical Systems and GPSS Simulation‖,2nd

Ed.,

CRC Press.1999

2. Banks, J., Carson, L.S., Nelson, B.L. and Nicol, D.M., ―Discrete Event SystemSimulation‖,

3rd

Ed., Pearson Education.2002

Law, A.M. and Kelton, W.D., ―Simulation, Modeling and Analysis‖, 3rd Ed., TataMcGraw-Hill. 2003


Computer Science & Engineering, V-Semester

Open Elective CS- 505 (C) Cyber Security

Course Objectives:

Effective information security at the enterprise level requires participation, planning,

and practice. It is an ongoing effort that requires management and staff to work

together from the same script. Fortunately, the information security community has

developed a variety of resources, methods, and best practices to help modern

enterprises address the challenge. Unfortunately, employing these tools demands a

high degree of commitment, understanding, and skill—attributes that must be

sustained through constant awareness and training.


1. Assess the current security landscape, including the nature of the threat, the general

status of common vulnerabilities, and the likely consequences of securityfailures;

2. Critique and assess the strengths and weaknesses of general cyber security models,

including the CIAtriad;

3. Appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern security

system, including hardware, software, policies, andpeople;

4. Assess how all domains of security interact to achieve effective system-wide security

at the enterpriselevel.

5. Compare the interrelationships among security roles and responsibilities in a modern

information-driven enterprise—to include interrelationships across security domains

(IT, physical, classification, personnel, and soon);

6. Assess the role of strategy and policy in determining the success of information

security;

7. Estimate the possible consequences of misaligning enterprise strategy, security policy,

and securityplans;

8. Evaluate the trends and patterns that will determine the future state of cybersecurity.

Course Content:

Unit I: The Security Environment-Threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences Advanced

persistent threats, The state of security today, Why security matters to DoD? Principles of

Cybersecurity-The interrelated components of the computing environment Cybersecurity

models (the CIA triad, the star model, the Parkerianhexad) Variations on a theme: computer

security, information security, and information assurance

Unit II: Cybersecurity Management Concepts-Security governance, Management models,

roles, and functions, Enterprise Roles and Structures-Information security roles and positions

Alternative enterprise structures and interfaces

Unit III: Strategy and Strategic Planning – Strategy, Strategic planning and security, strategy

The information security lifecycle, Architecting the enterprise, Security Plans and Policies-

Levels of planning, Planning misalignment, The System Security Plan (SSP), Policy

development and implementation.

Unit IV: Laws and Regulatory Requirements- Timeline of Indian laws related to information

security, The Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), Security Standards

and Controls -Security standards and controls, Certification and accreditation (C&A).

Unit V: Risk Management-Principles of risk, Types of risk, Risk strategies, The Risk

Management Framework (RMF), Security Metrics and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)-

The challenge of security metrics,What makes a good metric? Approaches to security

metrics, Metrics andFISMA

Text Books:

1. Rhodes-Ousley, Mark. Information Security: The Complete Reference, Second

Edition, . Information Security Management: Concepts and Practice. New York,

McGraw-Hill,2013.

Whitman, Michael E. and Herbert J. Mattord. Roadmap to Information Security for IT and

Infosec Managers. Boston, MA: Course Technology, 2011.


Computer Science and Engineering V-Semester

Open Elective CS- 505 (D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship

Course Objectives:

• Think critically and creatively about the nature of business opportunities,

resources, andindustries.

• Describe the processes by which innovation is fostered, managed, and

commercialized.

• Spot new business opportunities in the environment, whether by recognition,

development, orcreation.

• Effectively and efficiently evaluate the potential of new businessopportunities.

• Assess the market potential for a new venture, including customer need,

competitors, and industryattractiveness.

• Develop a business model for a new venture, including revenue, margins,

operations, working capital, andinvestment.

• Develop pro forma financial statements that reflect business model decisions and

that can be used to determine future fundingrequirements.

• Write a clear, concise, and compelling business plan for a newventure.

• Identify appropriate sources of financing for an entrepreneurial businessplan.

• Develop a compelling sales pitch to acquire financing necessary to a newventure.

• Explain the operational implications of common terms and conditions for early-

stage investmentdeals.

• Describe the process by which new ventures are created andlaunched.


1. Comprehend the role of bounded rationality, framing, causation and effectuation in

entrepreneurial decisionmaking.

2. Demonstrate an ability to design a business modelcanvas.

3. Evaluate the various sources of raising finance for startupventures.

4. Understand the fundamentals of developing and presenting business pitching to

potential investors.

Course Content:

Unit I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurs; entrepreneurial personality and

intentions - characteristics, traits and behavioral; entrepreneurial challenges.

Unit II: Entrepreneurial Opportunities: Opportunities. Discovery/ creation, Pattern

identification and recognition for venture creation: prototype and exemplar model, reverse

engineering.

Unit III: Entrepreneurial Process and Decision Making: Entrepreneurial ecosystem, Ideation,

development and exploitation of opportunities; Negotiation, decision making process and

approaches, Effectuation and Causation.

Unit IV: Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups: Introduction to business models;

Creating value propositions-conventional industry logic, value innovation logic; customer

focused innovation; building and analyzing business models; Business model canvas,

Introduction to lean startups, Business Pitching.

Unit V: Organizing Business and Entrepreneurial Finance: Forms of business organizations;

organizational structures; Evolution of Organisation, sources and selection of venture finance

options and its managerial implications. Policy Initiatives and focus; role of institutions in

promoting entrepreneurship.

Text/Reference Books:

1. Ries, Eric(2011), The lean Start-up: How constant innovation creates radically

successful businesses, Penguin BooksLimited.

2. Blank, Steve (2013), The Startup Owner‘s Manual: The Step by Step Guide for

Building a Great Company, K&SRanch.

3. S. Carter and D. Jones-Evans, Enterprise and small business- Principal Practice and

Policy, Pearson Education(2006)

4. T. H. Byers, R. C. Dorf, A. Nelson, Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise,

McGraw Hill (2013).


Computer Science and Engineering, VI-Semester

Departmental Elective - CS604 (A) Graph Theory

Graph theoretic algorithms must be provided wherever required to solve the problems.

Unit- I

Graphs, Sub graphs, some basic properties, various example of graphs & their sub graphs, walks,

trails, path & circuits, connected graphs, disconnected graphs and component, various operation on

graphs, Euler graphs, Hamiltonian paths and circuits, the traveling salesman problem, directed graphs,

some types of directed graphs, directed paths and connectedness, Hamiltonian and Euler digraphs.

Unit- II

Trees and fundamental circuits, distance diameters, radius and pendent vertices, rooted and binary

trees, on counting trees, spanning trees, fundamental circuits, finding all spanning trees of a graph and

a weighted graph, trees with directed edges, fundamental circuits in digraph, algorithms of Prim,

Kruskal and Dijkstra.

Unit -III

Cuts sets and cut vertices, some properties, all cut sets in a graph, fundamental circuits and cut sets,

connectivity and separability, network flows, planer graphs, Euler‘s formula and its corollaries,

Kuratowski‘s theorem and its application to planarity detection of graphs, combinatorial and

geometric dual, some more criterion of planarity, thickness andcrossings.

Unit -IV

Incidence matrix of graph, sub matrices of A(G), circuit matrix, cut set matrix, fundamental circuit

matrix and rank of B, path matrix and relationships among , , &, adjacency matrices, adjacency matrix

of a digraph, matrices A, B and C of digraphs, rank- nullity theorem, coloring and covering and

partitioning of a graph, chromatic number, chromatic partitioning, chromatic polynomials, matching,

covering, enumeration, types of enumeration, counting of labeled and unlabeled trees.

References:

1. Deo, N: Graph theory,PHI 2. Bondy and Murthy: Graph theory and application. AddisonWesley.

3. John M. Aldous and Robin J. Wilson: Graphs and Applications-An Introductory Approach,

Springer

4. Robin J, Wilson: Introduction to Graph Theory, AddisonWesley



Departmental Elective CS 604 (B) Data Mining

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce data warehouse and itscomponents 2. To introduce knowledge discovery process, data mining and itsfunctionalities

3. To develop understanding of various algorithms for association rule mining and their

differences

4. To introduce various classification techniques

5. To introduce various clusteringalgorithms.

Unit I:

Data Warehousing: Need for data warehousing , Basic elements of data warehousing, Data

Mart, Data Warehouse Architecture, extract and load Process, Clean and Transform data,

Star, Snowflake and Galaxy Schemas for Multidimensional databases, Fact and dimension

data, Partitioning Strategy-Horizontal and Vertical Partitioning, Data Warehouse and OLAP

technology, Multidimensional data models and different OLAP Operations, OLAP Server:

ROLAP, MOLAP, Data Warehouse implementation, Efficient Computation of Data Cubes,

Processing of OLAP queries, Indexingdata.

Unit II:

Data Mining: Data Preprocessing, Data Integration and Transformation, Data Reduction,

Discretizaion and Concept Hierarchy Generation, Basics of data mining, Data mining

techniques, KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process), Application and Challenges of Data

Mining

Unit III:

Mining Association Rules in Large Databases: Association Rule Mining, Single-

Dimensional Boolean Association Rules, Multi-Level Association Rule, Apriori Algorithm,

Fp- Growth Algorithm, Time series mining association rules, latest trends in association rules

mining.

Unit IV:

Classification and Clustering: Distance Measures, Types of Clustering Algorithms, K-Means

Algorithm, Decision Tree, Bayesian Classification, Other Classification Methods, Prediction,

Classifier Accuracy, Categorization of methods, Outlier Analysis.

Unit V:

Introduction of Web Mining and its types, Spatial Mining, Temporal Mining, Text Mining,

Security Issue, Privacy Issue, Ethical Issue.

References:-

1. Arun k Pujari ―Data Mining Technique‖ UniversityPress 2. Han,Kamber, ―Data Mining Concepts &Techniques‖,

3. M.Kaufman., P.Ponnian, ―Data Warehousing Fundamentals‖, JohnWiley.

4, M.H.Dunham, ―Data Mining Introductory & Advanced Topics‖, Pearson Education.

5. Ralph Kimball, ―The Data Warehouse Lifecycle Tool Kit‖, JohnWiley.

6. E.G. Mallach , ―The Decision Support & Data Warehouse Systems‖,TMH

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to- 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of data warehousing and OLAP

technology

2. Organize and Prepare the data needed for data mining using pre preprocessingtechniques

3. Implement the appropriate data mining methods like classification, clustering orFrequent

Pattern mining on various datasets.

4. Define and apply metrics to measure the performance of various data miningalgorithms.

5. Demonstrate an understanding of data mining on various types of data like web data and

spatialdata




Departmental Elective - CS604 (C) Computer Graphics & Visualization

Course Objectives:

This course will introduce students to all aspects of computer graphics including

hardware, software and applications. Students will gain experience using a graphics

application programming interface (OpenGL) by completing several programming

projects.


1. Have a basic understanding of the core concepts of computergraphics. 2. Classify and describe various Computer Graphics tools andtechniques.

3. Be capable of using OpenGL to create interactive computergraphics.

4. Analyze and apply various algorithms of 2D and 3D Transformations on different

type ofobjects.

5. Understand a typical graphicspipeline.

6. Have made pictures with theircomputer.

Course Content:

Unit-I Introduction to Raster Scan displays, Pixels, Frame buffer, Vector & Character

generation, Random Scan systems, Display devices, Scan Conversion techniques, Line

Drawing algorithms: simple DDA, Bresenham‘s Algorithm, Circle Drawing Algorithms:

Midpoint Circle drawing and Bresenham‘s Algorithm, Polygon fill algorithm: Boundary-fill

and Flood-fill algorithms.

Unit-II 2-D Transformation: Translation, Rotation, Scaling, Shearing, Reflection. Inverse

Transformation, Homogeneous coordinate system, Matrices Transformation, Composite

Transformation. Windowing & Clipping: World Coordinate System, Screen Coordinate

System, Viewing Transformation, Line Clipping & Polygon Clipping Algorithms

Unit-III 3-D Transformations: Translation, Rotation and Scaling. Parallel & Perspective

Projection: Types of Parallel & Perspective Projection, Hidden Surface elimination: Depth

comparison, Back face detection algorithm, Painter‘s Algorithm, Z-Buffer Algorithm. Curve

generation, Bezier and B-spline methods. Basic Illumination Model: Diffuse reflection,

Specular reflection, Phong Shading, Gouraud shading, Ray Tracing, Color models like RGB,

YIQ, CMY, HSV.

Unit-IV Visualization: Visualization of 2D/3D scalar fields: color mapping, ISO surfaces.

Direct volume data rendering: ray-casting, transfer functions, segmentation. Visualization of

Vector fields and flow data, Time-varying data, High-dimensional data: dimension reduction,

parallel coordinates, Non-spatial data: multi-variate, tree/graph structured, text Perceptual and

cognitivefoundations, Evaluation of visualization methods, Applications of visualization,

Basic Animation Techniques like traditional, key framing

Unit –V Multimedia :Basic of multimedia, application of Multimedia, Text-Types, Unicode

Standard, text Compression, Text file formats, Audio Components, Digital Audio, Digital

Audio processing, Sound cards, Audio file formats ,Audio Processing software ,Video-Video

color spaces, Digital Video, Digital Video processing, Video file formats. Animation: Uses of

Animation, Principles of Animation, Computer based animation, 3D Animation, Animation

file formats, Animation software, Special Effects in animation, Storyboarding forAnimation,

Compression: Lossless/Lossy Compression techniques, Image, Audio & Video Compression,

MPEG Standards ,Multimedia Architecture, Multimedia databases.

Recommended Text:

1. Donald Hearn and M.P. Becker ―Computer Graphics‖ PearsonPub. 2. Foley, Van Dam, Feiner, Hughes, ―Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice‖ Addison-

Wesley

3. Rogers, "Procedural Elements of Computer Graphics", Tata McGrawHill

4. Parekh ―Principles of Multimedia‖ Tata McGrawHill

5. Maurya, ―Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality System ― , WileyIndia

6. Pakhira,‖Computer Graphics ,Multimedia&Animation‖,PHIlearning

7. Andleigh, Thakral , ―Multimedia System Design ― PHILearning

8. Khalid Sayood , ―Introduction to Data Compression‖, MorganKaufmann




Departmental Elective - CS604 (D) Software Quality Management

Course Objectives:

The course has the basic scope to provide the students with theoretical knowledge

about concepts of software quality, about the quality- models, - standards and –

methodologies used in the software industry. The theory is supported and

supplemented by the lecturer‘s 10 years experience in software quality management.

Understanding and usage of the theory are consolidated by the case studies and

exercises.


1. List various principles Software QualityManagement. 2. Describe the real world problems that may arise during software development and

affects thequality.

3. Develop an appropriate plan for software qualitymanagement.

4. Explore key contributors / metrics for effective qualitycontrol.

5. Identify appropriate international standard for real life software project for controlling

and managing the quality ofproduct.

6. Demonstrate and present the learning of course on real lifeproblems.

Course Content:

UNIT I: Introduction to Software Quality Engineering: what is software quality, who cares for

software quality, benefits of software quality, phases in software development, views of quality,

hierarchical models of quality, types of defects, cost of fixing defects, cost of poor quality,

definitions used in software quality engineering, software quality assurance, quality control,

software configuration management.

UNIT II: Software Testing: guiding principles of testing, composition of a testing team, skills of

a tester, types of testing, evaluating the quality of test cases, techniques for reducing number of

test cases, requirements for effective testing, test oracle, economics of software testing, handling

defects, risk in software testing, requirement traceability matrix.

UNIT III: Metrics for Software Quality: categories of software metrics, metrics program, goal

question metric method, types of metrics, commonly used software metrics, process metrics,

product metrics, metrics for resources.

UNIT IV: Tools for Quality Improvement: basic quality control tools, check sheet, cause and

effect diagram, pareto diagram, histogram, scatter plot, run chart, control chart, orthogonal defect

classification.

UNIT V: Software Quality Measurement: Measuring quality, software metrics, problems with

metrics, an overall measure of software quality. Developments in Measuring Quality: The work

of Gilb, the COQUAMO project.

UNIT VI: The ISO9000 series of quality management standards: The purpose of standards, the

ISO9000 series: a generic quality management standard, ISO9000-3: notes for guidance on the

application of ISO9001 in software development, the impact of ISO9000 and TickIT. Models and

standards for process improvement: The Capability Maturity Model, individual levels of CMM,

the role of the CMM, SPICE modeling.

Text Book:

1. ―Software Quality : Theory and Management‖ by Alan C Gillies, CENGAGE

Learning, Secondedition.

2. ― Software Quality Assurance, Testing and Metrics‖ by Anirban Basu, PHI

Publication.

References:

1. Agile and Iterative Development: A Manager's Guide, CraigLarman. 2. Practical Guide to Software Quality Management, John W.Horch.

3. Introduction to the Team Software Process(SM),WattsHumphrey.

4. Software Engineering, R.S. Pressman, McGrawHill.



Open Elective – CS 605 (A) Digital signal Processing

Course Objectives:

To give the students a comprehension of the concepts of discrete-time signals and

systems.

To give the students a comprehension of the Z- and the Fourier transform and their

inverse.

To give the students a comprehension of the relation between digital filters, difference

equations and systemfunctions.

To give the students knowledge about the most important issues in sampling and

reconstruction.

To make the students able to apply digital filters according to known filter

specifications.

To provide the knowledge about the principles behind the discrete Fourier transform

(DFT) and its fastcomputation.

To make the students able to apply Fourier analysis of stochastic signals using the

DFT

Course LearningOutcomes:

1. Determine the spectral coefficients and the Fourier series components of discrete-time

signals.

2. Determine the frequency response and the z-transform of discrete-timesystems.

3. Determine the discrete Fourier transform of discrete-timesignals. 4. Calculate the outputs of discrete-time systems in response to inputs.

5. Design Finite Impulse Response (FIR) and Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) filters, and

evaluate the performance to meet expected system specifications usingMATLAB.

6. Demonstrate an understanding of contemporary issues by reviewing recent technical

articles and establishing between the course material and the content of thearticle.

Course Content:

Unit I: discrete-time signals and systems; Discrete-time sequences, discrete-time systems,

linear time-invariant systems (LTI), impulse response, convolution in time, properties of LTI

systems. Difference equations and introduction to digital filters; Linear constant-coefficient

equations, stability, introduction to FIR-filters, introduction to IIR-filters.

Unit II: Fourier transform and frequency response; Fourier transform of sequences,

properties of the Fourier transform, frequency response of Linear Time-Invariant (LTI)

systems, inverse Fourier transform, Fourier transform theorems. Sampling and

reconstruction; Periodic sampling, frequency-domain representation of sampling,

reconstruction of band-limited signals, changing the sampling rate of discretesignals.

Unit III: The Z-transform and its inverse; The bilateral Z-transform, properties of the Z-

transform, inversion, system representation in the Z-domain, solutions to difference

equations. Basic structures of IIR- and FIR filters; Filter structures (direct form I & II), signal

flow graph representations, IIR systems, transposed forms, FIRsystems.

Unit IV: The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT); Discrete Fourier Series, sampling and

reconstruction in the Z-domain, the DFT, properties, linear and circular convolution. Filter

design techniques - IIR-filters; Analog prototypes, impulse invariance, bilinear

transformation.

Unit V: Filter transformations; All-pass systems, minimum phase systems, linear phase

systems, lowpass/highpass/bandpass/bandstop transformation. The Fast Fourier Transform

(FFT) and FFT analysis; Block convolution, the Goertzel algorithm, decimation-in-time & -

in-frequency, FFT analysis.


1. Oppenheim, A.V., Schafer, R.W, "Discrete-Time Signal Processing", Second Edition,

Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 1999, ISBN0-13-083443-2.

2. Steven W. Smith, ―The Scientist and Engineer's Guide to Digital Signal Processing‖,

California Technical Publishing, 1997, ISBN 0-9660176-3-3.

3. Kermit Sigmon, "Matlab Primer", Third Edition, Department of Mathematics,

University ofFlorida.

4. V.K. Ingle and J.G. Proakis, "Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB", Bookware

Companion Series, 2000, ISBN0-534-37174-4.



Open Elective – CS 605 (B) Machine Learning

Course Objectives:

In this course we will study the basic component of an intelligence system i.e.

machine learning, their functions, mechanisms, policies and techniques used in their

implementation and examples.


1. List various approaches of MachineLearning. 2. Describe machine learning algorithms to solve the real worldproblems

3. Develop Hypothesis and machine learningmodels

4. Identify appropriate models for solving machine learningproblems.

5. Apply learning techniques to solve real world machine learningproblems.

6. Evaluate and interpret the results of thealgorithms.

COURSE CONTENTS:

Unit –I

Introduction to machine learning, scope and limitations, regression, probability, statistics and

linear algebra for machine learning, convex optimization, data visualization, hypothesis

unction and testing, data distributions, data preprocessing, data augmentation, normalizing

data sets, machine learning models, supervised and unsupervised learning.

Unit –II

Linearity vs non linearity, activation functions like sigmoid, ReLU, etc., weights and bias,

loss function, gradient descent, multilayer network, backpropagation, weight initialization,

training, testing, unstable gradient problem, auto encoders, batch normalization, dropout, L1

and L2 regularization, momentum, tuning hyperparameters,

Unit –III

Convolutional neural network, flattening, subsampling, padding, stride, convolution layer,

pooling layer, loss layer, dance layer 1x1 convolution, inception network, input channels,

transfer learning, one shot learning, dimension reductions, implementation of CNN like

tensor flow, kerasetc.

Unit –IV

Recurrent neural network, Long short-term memory, gated recurrent unit, translation, beam

search and width, Bleu score, attention model, Reinforcement Learning, RL-framework,

MDP, Bellman equations, Value Iteration and Policy Iteration, , Actor-critic model, Q

learning, SARSA

Unit –V

Support Vector Machines, Bayesian learning, application of machine learning in computer

vision, speech processing, natural language processing etc, Case Study:

ImageNetCompetition

TEXT BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Christopher M. Bishop, ―Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖,Springer-Verlag 2. New York Inc., 2nd Edition,2011.

3. Tom M. Mitchell, ―Machine Learning‖, McGraw Hill Education, First edition,2017.

4. Ian Goodfellow and YoshuaBengio and Aaron Courville, ―Deep Learning‖, MIT

Press,2016

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Aurelien Geon, ―Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learnand Tensorflow:Concepts, Tools, and Techniques to Build Intelligent Systems‖,

Shroff/O'Reilly; Firstedition (2017).

2. Francois Chollet, "Deep Learning with Python", Manning Publications, 1st Ed.2018.

3. Andreas Muller, "Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for

DataScientists", Shroff/O'Reilly; First edition (2016).

4. Russell, S. and Norvig, N. ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Prentice

HallSeries in Artificial Intelligence.2003.

PRACTICAL:

Different problems to be framed to enable students to understand the concept learnt andget

hands-on on various tools and software related to the subject. Such assignments are tobe

framed for ten to twelve lab sessions.


Computer Science and Engineering, VI-Semester Open Elective

CS- 605 (C) Software Testing

Course Objectives:

To study fundamental concepts in softwaretesting.

To discuss various software testing issues and solutions in software unit test,

integration and systemtesting.

To expose the advanced software testing topics, such as object-oriented software

testingmethods


1. List a range of different software testing techniques and statergies and be able to

apply specific(automated) unit testing method to theprojects.

2. Distinguish characterstics of structural testingmethods.

3. Demonstrate the integration testing which aims to uncover interaction and

compatibility problems as early aspossible.

4. Discuss about the functional and system testingmethods.

5. Demonstrate various issues for object orientedtesting.

Course Content:

Unit I: A Mathematical Context: A Perspective on Testing, Examples Functional Testing:

Boundary Value Testing, Equivalence Class Testing, Decision TableBased Testing,

Retrospective on Functional Testing.

Unit II: Structural Testing: Path Testing- DD-Paths, Test Coverage Metrics, Basis Path

Testing, Dataflow Testing- Define/Use Testing, Slice-Based Testing, Retrospective on

Structural Testing- Gaps and Redundancies, Metrics for Method Evaluation.

Unit III: Integration Testing: Levels of Testing, Integration Testing- A Closer Look at the

SATM System, Decomposition-Based Integration, Call Graph-Based Integration, Path-Based

Integration.

Unit IV: System TestingThreads, Basic Concepts for Requirements Specification, Finding

Threads, Structural Strategies for Thread Testing, Functional Strategies for Thread Testing

SATM Test Threads, System Testing Guidelines

Unit V: Object-Oriented Testing: Issues in Object-Oriented Testing, Class Testing, Object-

Oriented Integration Testing, GUI Testing, Object-Oriented System Testing.


1. Paul C. Jorgensen, Software Testing: A Craftsman‟s Approach, 3rd Edition,CRC

Press,2007.

2. Boris Beizer, Software Testing Techniques, Dreamtech,2009

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Computer Science and

Engineering, VI-Semester Open Elective CS- 605 (D) Distributed Systems and Cloud

Computing

Course Objectives:

To explain the evolving computer model called cloudcomputing.

To introduce the various levels of services that can be achieved bycloud.

To describe the security aspects incloud.

Learning Outcomes:

1. use public and private cloud solutions for computational science and engineering

applications

2. discuss key concepts of cloud computing services, such as Infrastructure as a Service

(IaaS), Platform as a Service (PaaS) and Software as a Service(SaaS);

3. asses the suitability of cloud computing infrastructures for different scientific

applications;

4. implement software for cloud-based distributed computing using the technology

presented in the course;

5. Critically analyze and present solutions and implementations in writing andorally.

Course Content:

UNIT- I : Systems Modeling, Clustering and Virtualization:Distributed System

Models and Enabling Technologies, Computer Clusters for Scalable Parallel Computing,

Virtual Machines and Virtualization of Clusters and Data centers.

UNIT- II : Foundations: Introduction to Cloud Computing, Migrating into a Cloud,

Enriching the ‗Integration as a Service‘ Paradigm for the Cloud Era, The Enterprise

Cloud Computing Paradigm.

UNIT- III : Infrastructure as a Service (IAAS) & Platform and Software as a

Service (PAAS / SAAS):Virtual machines provisioning and Migration services, On the

Management of Virtual machines for Cloud Infrastructures, Enhancing Cloud Computing

Environments using a cluster as a Service, Secure Distributed Data Storage in Cloud

Computing. Aneka, Comet Cloud, T-Systems‘, Workflow Engine for Clouds,

Understanding Scientific Applications for CloudEnvironments.

UNIT- IV : Monitoring, Management and Applications: An Architecture for

Federated Cloud Computing, SLA Management in Cloud Computing, Performance

Prediction for HPC on Clouds, Best Practices in Architecting Cloud Applications in the

AWS cloud, Building Content Delivery networks using Clouds, Resource Cloud

Mashups.

UNIT – V : Governance and Case Studies: Organizational Readiness and Change

management in the Cloud age, Data Security in the Cloud, Legal Issues in Cloud

computing, Achieving Production Readiness for Cloud Services.

Text Book

1. K. Hwang, G. Fox and J. Dongarra, ―Distributed and Cloud Computing‖,Morgan

Kaufmann Publishers,2012.

2. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg and Andrzej M. Goscinski, ―Cloud Computing:

Principles and Paradigms‖, Wiley,2011.

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING (TCS-071)

UNIT-I Introduction and Fundamentals

Motivation and Perspective, Applications, Components of Image Processing System,

Element of Visual Perception, A Simple Image Model, Sampling and Quantization.

Image Enhancement in Spatial Domain: Introduction; Basic Gray Level Functions –

Piecewise- Linear Transformation Functions: Contrast Stretching; Histogram

Specification; Histogram Equalization; Local Enhancement; Enhancement

using Arithmetic/Logic Operations – Image Subtraction, Image Averaging;

Basics of Spatial Filtering; Smoothing - Mean filter, Ordered Statistic Filter;

Sharpening – The Laplacian.

UNIT-II

Image Enhancement in Frequency Domain

Fourier Transform and the Frequency Domain, Basis of Filtering in Frequency

Domain, Filters – Low-pass, High-pass; Correspondence Between Filtering in

Spatial and Frequency Domain; Smoothing Frequency Domain Filters – Gaussian

Lowpass Filters; Sharpening Frequency Domain Filters – Gaussian Highpass

Filters; Homomorphic Filtering.

Image Restoration: A Model of Restoration Process, Noise Models, Restoration in the

presence ofNoise only-Spatial Filtering – Mean Filters: Arithmetic Mean filter,

Geometric Mean Filter, Order Statistic Filters – Median Filter, Max and Min filters;

Periodic Noise Reduction by Frequency Domain Filtering – Bandpass Filters;

Minimum Mean-square Error Restoration.

UNIT-III

Color Image Processing

Color Fundamentals, Color Models, Converting Colors to different models, Color

Transformation, Smoothing and Sharpening, Color Segmentation.

Morphological Image Processing: Introduction, Logic Operations involving Binary

Images, Dilationand Erosion, Opening and Closing, Morphological Algorithms –

Boundary Extraction, Region Filling, Extraction of Connected Components.

UNIT-IV

Registration

Introduction, Geometric Transformation – Plane to Plane transformation, Mapping,

Stereo Imaging – Algorithms to Establish Correspondence, Algorithms to Recover

Depth

Segmentation: Introduction, Region Extraction, Pixel-Based Approach, Multi-level

Thresholding, Local Thresholding, Region-based Approach, Edge and Line Detection: Edge

Detection, Edge Operators, Pattern Fitting Approach, Edge Linking and Edge

Following.

UNIT-V

Feature Extraction: Representation, Topological Attributes, Geometric Attributes

Description: Boundary-based Description, Region-based Description, Relationship.

Object Recognition: Deterministic Methods, Clustering, Statistical

Classification, SyntacticRecognition, Tree Search, Graph Matching

Books: 1. Rafael C. Gonzalvez and Richard E. Woods, Digital Image Processing 2nd

Edition,.; PHI. 2. B. Chanda, D.D. Majumder, ―Digital Image Processing & Analysis‖, PHI 3. R.J. Schalkoff; Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision, John Wiley and

Sons, NY

4. A.K. Jain; Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle

River, NJ.

SOFT COMPUTING (TCS-072/TIT-074)

Unit –I Introduction to soft computing. Applications of Artificial Neural Networks, fuzzy logic,

genetic algorithms and other soft-computing techniques. Their strengths and weaknesses.

Synergy of soft computing techniques. Artificial neural networks : over view of history,

Mathematical Models of Neurons, ANN architecture.

Unit-II

Introduction to artificial neural network

Neural Networks: Learning rules, Learning Paradigms-Supervised, Unsupervised and

reinforcement Learning, ANN training Algorithms-perceptions, Training rules, Delta, Back

Propagation Algorithm, Multilayer Perceptron Model, Competitive learning networks,

Kohonenself organizing networks, Hebbian learning; Hopfield Networks,

Unit-III

Fuzzy Logic: Introduction to Fuzzy Logic, Classical and Fuzzy Sets: Overview of Classical

Sets, Membership Function, Fuzzy rule generation. Operations on Fuzzy Sets: Compliment,

Intersections, Unions, Combinations of Operations, Aggregation Operations. Fuzzy

Arithmetic: Fuzzy Numbers, Linguistic Variables, Arithmetic Operations on Intervals &

Numbers, Lattice of Fuzzy Numbers, Fuzzy Equations.

Unit - IV

Genetic algorithms(Gas), Evolution strategies(Ess), Evolutionary programming(EP), Genetic

Programming(GP),Selecting, crossover, mutation, schema analysis, analysis of selection

algorithms; convergence; Markov & other stochastic models.

Unit - V

Other Soft computing approaches Simulated Annealing, Tabu Search, Ant colony based

optimization.

Text: 1. ―Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft computing‖, Jang, Sun, Mizutani, Pearson 2. ―Neural networks: a comprehensive foundation‖, Haykin, 3. ―Genetic Algorithms‖, Goldberg, 4. ―Fuzzy Sets & Fuzzy Logic‖, G.J. Klir& B. Yuan, PHI.

Reference: 1. Anderson J.A., ―An Introduction to Neural Networks‖, PHI, 1999 2. Hertz J. Krogh, R.G. Palmer, ―Introduction to the Theory of Neural Computation‖,

Addison- Wesley, California, 3. Melanie Mitchell, ―An Introduction to Genetic Algorithm‖, PHI, 1998. 4. ―Neural Networks-A Comprehensive Foundations‖, Prentice-Hall International, New

Jersey, 1999 5. Freeman J.A. & D.M. Skapura, ―Neural Networks: Algorithms, Applications and

Programming Techniques‖, Addison Wesley, Reading, Mass, (1992).

WIRELESS NETWORKS (TCS-073/TIT-073)

Unit – 1 Introduction

Liberalization of communications Industry, Digitalization of content, changes in spectrum

management, cellular reuse, drive towards broadband, IEEE 802.11 networks

Unit – 2 Wireless Network Systems

Cellular networks

Tthe GSM circuit switched network, GSM channel structure, Authentication and location

updating, physical channels, TMN

GPRS

Introduction to GPRS, contexts, PDP context, Mobility management context, MS-SGSN

physical layer, MS-SGSN protocols, GPRS operations

Unit – 3 Principles of access network planning

Circuit voice networks

Introduction to CVN, coverage, capacity, planning for circuit multimedia services

Planning for packet multimedia services

Planning approaches, buffer-pipe model, characterization of applications, practical modeling

methodologies, multiuser packet transport configurations

Unit – 4 Planning and design

RAN, GSM RAN, UMTS RAN, Cellular OFDM RAN, Mesh network

Unit – 5 Network operation and optimization

Enhanced telecom operations model (eTOM), wireless network life cycle – strategy,

infrastructure and product, operations, enterprise management, GSM network performance

optimization – principles and key performance indicators, coverage optimization, GPRS

RAN optimization, UMTS network performance optimization

Text Books: 1. Deploying Wireless networks, Andy wilton, Tim charity, Cambridge university press 2. Fundamental of Wireless Networking, Ron Price, TMH 3. 3G Wireless Networks, Clint Smity, TMH 4. Essentials of UMTS, Christopher Cox, Cambridge University Press

INFORMATION SECURITY (TCS-074/TIT-703)

UNIT I Introduction: Security problem in computing, Secure system characteristics, What to secure–

How to secure- at what cost?

Elementary Cryptography – DES – AES – Public Key Encryption – Uses of Encryption.

UNIT II Program Security: Security Programs – Non-malicious Program Errors – Virus and

otherMalicious Code – Targeted Malicious Code – Control against program Threats.

UNIT III Security in Operating Systems: Protected Objects and Methods of Protection – Memory

andAddress Protection –Control of Access generated Objects – File Protection Mechanisms –

User Authentication – Trusted Operating Systems – Models of Security.

UNIT IV Database and Network Security: Database Security Requirements – reliability and integrity –

Sensitive Data – Inference – Multilevel Databases and Multilevel Security – Threats in Networks

–Network Security Controls – Firewalls – Intrusion Detection Systems – Secure Email.

UNIT V Administering Security and Ethical Issues: Security Planning – Risk Analysis –

Organizational Security Policies – Physical Security – Protecting Programs and Data –

Information and the Law –Software Failures – Computer Crime – Privacy – Ethical Issues.

TEXT BOOK 1. Charles B. Pfleeger, and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, ―Security in Computing‖, Pearson

Education, Third edition, 2003.

REFERENCES 1. Matt Bishop, ―Computer Security – Art and Science‖, Pearson Education, First edition, 2003. 2. William Stallings, ―Cryptography and Network Security – Principles and Practices‖,

Prentice-Hall of India, Third edition, 2003. 3. Atul Kahate, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003.

PARALLEL COMPUTING (TCS-081)

UNIT-1

Introduction: What is parallel and distributed computing, Scope of parallel and distributed

computing, Scope of parallel computing. Parallel Programming Platforms: implicit

parallelism, Dichotomy of parallel computing platforms, Physical organization for parallel

platforms, communication cost in parallel machines, routing mechanism for interconnection

networks.

UNIT-2

Basic Communication Operation: One-to-all broadcast; All-to-all broadcast; Reduction and

prefix sums; One-to-all personalized communication; All-to-all personalized communication;

UNIT-3

Performance and Scalability of Parallel Systems: Performance matrices for Parallel systems ?

Run time, Speed up, Efficiency and Cost; The effect of granularity on performance

UNIT-4

Sorting: Sorting networks; Bubble sort and its variants; Quick sort and other sorting

algorithms

UNIT-5

Dynamic Programming: Overview of dynamic programming, Serial monadic DP Formulations: The shortest path Problem, the 0/1 Knapsack Problem, Serial Polyadic DP Formulation : all pair shortest paths algorithms.

References:

1. Vipin Kumar, Ananth Grama, Anshul Gupta and George Karypis; Introduction to

Parallel Computing, The Benjamin/Cumming Publishing Company, Inc., Masschachusetts 2. George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore and Tim Kindberg; Distributed Systems Concepts

and Design, Addison-Wesley, Masschachusetts 3. S G Akl; The Decision and analysis of parallel algorithms, PH Englewood Cliffs,

New Jersey. 4. Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability, TMH. 5. J Jaja; An Introduction to Parallel Algorithms, Addison Wesley, Masschachusetts 6. T G Lewis and H E Rewini; Introduction to Parallel Computing, Prentice-Hall,

Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 7. M J Quinn; Parallel Computing: Theory and Practice, McGraw-Hill, New York.

DATABASE ADMINISTRATION (TCS-082) Any of MySQL, Oracle, DB2 or Microsoft SQL Server may be used. Replace Oracle word with the

selected RDBMS.

UNIT 1 DBA Fundamental I

Oracle Architectural Components, Getting Started With Oracle Server , Managing an Oracle Instance,

Creating a Database, Data Dictionary Contents and Usage, Maintaining the Control File, Redo Log Files,

Managing Tablespaces and Data Files, Storage Structures and Relationships, Managing Undo Data,

Tables, Indexes, Maintaining Data Integrity, Managing Password, Managing Security, Resources, users,

Privileges & Roles, Loading Data Into a Database & Globalization Support

UNIT 2 DBA Fundamental II

Networking Overview, Basic Oracle Net Architecture, Server-Side Configuration, Basic Oracle Net

Services Client-Side Configuration, Usage and Configuration of the Oracle Shared Server, Backup and

Recovery Overview, Instance and Media Recovery Structures, Configuring the Database Archiving Mode,

Oracle Recovery Manager Overview and Configuration, User Managed Backups, RMAN Backups, User

Managed Complete & Incomplete Recovery, RMAN Complete Recovery, Incomplete Recovery &

Maintenance, Recovery Catalog Creation and Maintenance, Transporting Data Between Databases

UNIT 3 Performance Tuning

Overview Of Oracle 9i Performance Tuning, Diagnostic and Tuning Tools, Sizing the Shared Pool & the

Buffer Cache, Sizing The Other SGA Structures, Database Configuration and I/O Issues, Optimizing Sort

Operations, Diagnosing Contention For Latches, Tuning Rollback Segments, Monitoring and Detecting

Lock Contention, Tuning The Oracle Shared Server, Application Tuning, Using Oracle Blocks Efficiently

SQL Statement Tuning, Tuning the OS and Using Resource Manager

UNIT 4 Managing Oracle

Oracle10i: Overview, Preparing the Operating System & Install Oracle9i Software, Create a Custom

Oracle Database, Install and Configure Enterprise Manager, Customize the Oracle Database Linux

Measurement Tools, Oracle Measurement Tools, Tuning Oracle

UNIT 5 Database Troubleshooting

One Time Troubleshooting, Adhoc Troubleshooting, Escalations, Connectivity, Business Continuity,

High Availability and Scalability, Data Sharing and information Integration

BOOKS: For Oracle:

1. Oracle Database Administrator‘s Guide 2. Oracle DBA Handbook

3. Oracle DBA on Unix and Linux by Michael Wessler

ADVANCE COMPUTER NETWORK (TCS-083/TIT-084)

UNIT I Network Design: Design Principles - Determining Requirements - Analyzing the

ExistingNetwork - Preparing the Preliminary Design - Completing the Final Design

Development - Deploying the Network - Monitoring and Redesigning – Maintaining -

Design Documentation - Modular Network Design - Hierarchical Network Design - The

Cisco Enterprise Composite Network Model.

UNIT II Technologies - Switching Design: Switching Types - Layer 2 and 3 Switching - Spanning-

Tree Protocol - Redundancy in Layer 2 Switched Networks - STP Terminology and Operation – Virtual LANs – Trunks - Inter-VLAN Routing - Multilayer Switching - Cisco Express

Forwarding - Switching Security - Switching Design Considerations - IPv4 Routing Design:

IPv4 Address Design - Private and Public Addresses – NAT - Subnet Masks - Hierarchical IP

Address Design - IPv4 Routing Protocols – Classification - Metrics - Routing Protocol

Comparison - IPv4 Routing Protocol Selection.

UNIT III Network Security Design: Hacking – Vulnerabilities - Design Issues - Human Issues -

Implementation Issues – Threats - Reconnaissance Attacks - Access Attacks – Information

Disclosure Attacks - Denial of Service Attacks - Threat Defense - Secure Communication -

Network Security Best Practices - SAFE Campus Design.

UNIT IV Wireless LAN Design: Wireless Technology Overview - Wireless Standards –

WirelessComponents - Wireless Security - Wireless Security Issues - Wireless Threat

Mitigation – Wireless Management - Wireless Design Considerations - Site Survey - WLAN

Roaming - Wireless IP Phones - Quality of Service Design - QoS Models – IntServ -

DiffServ154 - QoS Tools – Policing and Shaping - Congestion Avoidance - Congestion

Management - Link-Specific Tools1 – QoS Design Guidelines.

UNIT V Network Management Design: ISO Network Management Standard - Protocols and Tools –

SNMP – MIB – RMON - Cisco NetFlow – Syslog – CiscoWorks - Network Management

Strategy - SLCs and SLAs - IP Service-Level Agreements – Content Networking Design –

Case Study – Venti Systems.

TEXT BOOK Diane Tiare and Catherine Paquet, ―Campus Network Design Fundamentals‖, Pearson

Education, 2006. REFERENCE

Craig Zacker, ―The Complete Reference: Upgrading and Troubleshooting Networks‖,

Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.

FAULT TOLERANT COMPUTING (TCS-084)

UNIT-I

Introduction: Computer and Computation Distribution, System models and Fault models. Test generation for combinational circuits, sequential circuits and Fault simulation.

UNIT-II

Fault Tolerance Concepts- Recovery in time, Fault detection techniques, Modeling Fault

tolerant systems - Rollback modular redundancy and Exception Handling.

UNIT-III

Fault Tolerant in Real time Systems - Architecture of Fault - tolerant computers general

purpose commercial systems - High availability systems - Critical computations Fault

Tolerant multiprocessor - Communication Architectures, Shared memory

UNIT-IV

Interconnections, loop architectures, Tree Networks, Graph Network and in Binary cube

interconnection.

UNIT-V

Fault Tolerant Software - Design of fault Tolerant software - Reliability Models,

Construction of acceptance tests, validation of Fault tolerant software.

TEXT BOOKS 1. Israel & Krishnan, "Fault Tolerant Systems" Elsevier Publications, 2007. 2. D. K. Pradhan, "Fault Tolerant computing - Theory and Techniques "Prentice

Hall.Inc. 1986.

COMPUTER VISION (TCS-086)

UNIT-I

Introduction: Purpose, State of the art

Image Formation: Projection, Sensing, Color

UNIT-II

Image Processing: Filtering (low-pass and median), derivatives, and Edges

UNIT-III

Geometric Calibration: Interior and Exterior Calibration, Rectification

Stereo: Epipolar Geometry, Correspondence, Triangulation, Depth Estimation

UNIT-V

Motion: Detection and Tracking of Point Features, Optical Flow

Object Tracking: Kalman Filter, Condensation, Tracking Humans

Books & References: 1. E . Trucco and A. Verri, Introductory Techniques for 3-D ComputerVision, Prentice Hall, 1998.

2. Ballard D., Brown C., Computer Vision, Prentice Hall 3. Sonka M., Hlavac V., Boyle R., Image Processing Analysis and Machine

Design. PWS Publishers 4. http://www.cs.duke.edu/courses/fall07/cps296.1

ADVANCED DBMS (TCS-087/TIT-089)

UNIT-1

Distributed DBMS Concepts and design: Introduction, functions and architecture of a

DDBMS, distributed relational database design, Transparencies in a DDBMS, Twelve rules

for a DDBMS. Advanced concepts: Distributed transaction management, distributed

concurrency control, distributed deadlock management, distributed database recovery,

X/open distributed Transaction processing model, Replication servers, Distributed query

optimization, Mobile databases.

UNIT-2

Object-Oriented DBMS Introduction, advanced database applications, weakness of RDBMS,

storing objects in a relational database, next-generation database systems. Concepts and

design: OODBMS perspectives, persistence, issues in OODBMS, advantages and

disadvantages of OODBMS, Object-oriented database design.

UNIT-3

Standards and systems: object management group, object database standard ODMG 3.0 1999, Object store. Object relational DBMS: Introduction, third generation database manifestos,

SQL8, Object oriented extensions in Oracle, Comparison of ORDBMS and OODBMS.

UNIT-4

Web technology and DBMS Web as a database Application Platform: Requirements for web-

DBMS integration, web-DBMS architecture, advantages and disadvantages of web-DBMS

approach, approaches to integrating the web and DBMS, Oracle Internet Application Server

(IAS).

UNIT-5

Data Warehousing Concepts, OLAP and Data mining Evolution of data warehousing, data

warehousing concepts, benefits and problems of data warehousing, comparison of OLTP

systems and data warehousing, On-Line Processing, Introduction to data mining.

Books: 1. Adam, Nabil R., Bhargava, Bharat K., ―Advanced Database Systems‖, Springer. 2. Carlo Zaniolo, Stefano Ceri, ―Advanced Database Systems‖, Morgan Kaufmann, 1997

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS (TCS-088/TIT-088)

UNIT-I Intruder types, intrusion methods, processes and detection, message integrity and

authentication, honey pots. General IDS model,

UNIT-II Data mining based IDS, Denning model, data mining framework for constructing features and

models for intrusion detection systems. Unsupervised anomaly detection, CV5 clustering,

SVM,

UNIT-III probabilistic and statistical modeling, general IDS model and taxonomy, evaluation of IDS,

cost sensitive IDS. NBAD, specification based and rate based DDOS, scans/probes,

predicting attacks

UNIT-IV Network based anomaly detection, stealthy surveillance detection; Defending against DOS

attacks in scout: signature-based solutions, snort rules.

Host-based anomaly detection, taxonomy of security flaws in software, self-modeling system

calls for intrusion detection with dynamic window size.

UNIT-V Secure intrusion detection systems, network security, secure intrusion detection environment,

secure policy manager, secure IDS sensor, alarm management, intrusion detection system

signatures, sensor configuration, signature and intrusion detection configuration, IP blocking

configuration, intrusion detection system architecture.

Books 1. Endorf, C., Schultz E. and Mellander J., ―Intrusion Detection and Prevention,‖

McGraw-Hill. 2003 2. Bhatnagar, K., ―Cisco Security‖, Course Technology. 2002 3. Marchette, D. J., ―Computer Intrusion Detection and Network Monitoring: A

Statistical Viewpoint‖, Springer. 2001 4. Rash, M., Orebaugh, A. and Clark, G., ―Intrusion Prevention and Active Response:

Deploying Network and Host IPS‖, Syngress. 2005 5. Cooper, M., Northcutt, S., Fearnow, M. and Frederick, K., ―Intrusion Signatures and

Analysis‖, Sams.

CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY (TCS-089/TIT-802 )

Unit-I Introduction to security attacks, services and mechanism, introduction to cryptography.

Conventional Encryption: Conventional encryption model, classical encryption techniques

substitution ciphers and transposition ciphers, cryptanalysis, stereography, stream and block

ciphers.

Modern Block Ciphers: Block ciphers principals, Shannon‘s theory of confusion and

diffusion, fiestal structure, data encryption standard(DES), strength of DES, differential and

linear crypt analysis of DES, block cipher modes of operations, triple DES, IDEA encryption

and decryption, strength of IDEA, confidentiality using conventional encryption, traffic

confidentiality, key distribution, random number generation.

Unit-II

Introduction to graph, ring and field, prime and relative prime numbers, modular arithmetic,

Fermat‘s and Euler‘s theorem, primality testing, Euclid‘s Algorithm, Chinese Remainder

theorem, discrete logarithms. Principals of public key crypto systems, RSA algorithm,

security of RSA, key management, Diffle-Hellman key exchange algorithm, introductory

idea of Elliptic curve cryptography, Elganel encryption.

Unit-III

Message Authentication and Hash Function: Authentication requirements, authentication

functions, message authentication code, hash functions, birthday attacks, security of hash

functions and MACS, MD5 message digest algorithm, Secure hash algorithm(SHA).

Digital Signatures: Digital Signatures, authentication protocols, digital signature standards

(DSS), proof of digital signature algorithm.

Unit-IV

Authentication Applications: Kerberos and X.509, directory authentication service, electronic

mail security-pretty good privacy (PGP), S/MIME.

Unit-V

IP Security: Architecture, Authentication header, Encapsulating security payloads, combining

security associations, key management.

Web Security: Secure socket layer and transport layer security, secure electronic transaction

(SET).

System Security: Intruders, Viruses and related threads, firewall design principals, trusted

systems.

Books: 1. William Stallings, ―Cryptography and Network Security: Principals and Practice‖,

Prentice Hall, New Jersy. 2. Johannes A. Buchmann, ―Introduction to Cryptography‖, Springer-Verlag 3. B. Forouzan, ―Cryptography and Network Security, TMH

TOE-01 NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES Unit I: Introduction: Various non-conventional energy resources- Introduction,

availability,classification, relative merits and demerits.

Unit II: Solar Cells:Theory of solar cells. Solar cell materials, solar cell power plant, limitations. Solar

Thermal Energy: Solar radiation flat plate collectors and their materials, applicationsand

performance, focusing of collectors and their materials, applications and performance; solar

thermal power plants, thermal energy storage for solar heating and cooling, limitations.

Unit III: Geothermal Energy: Resources of geothermal energy, thermodynamics of geo-

thermalenergy conversion-electrical conversion, non-electrical conversion, environmental

considerations. Magneto-hydrodynamics (MHD): Principle of working of MHD Power plant, performanceand

limitations.

Unit IV: Fuel Cells: Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their

working,performance and limitations. Thermo-electrical and thermionic Conversions: Principle of working, performance

andlimitations.

Wind Energy: Wind power and its sources, site selection, criterion, momentum

theory,classification of rotors, concentrations and augments, wind characteristics. performance

and limitations of energy conversion systems.

Unit V: Bio-mass: Availability of bio-mass and its conversion theory. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC): Availability, theory and working

principle,performance and limitations. Wave and Tidal Wave: Principle of working, performance and limitations. Waste

RecyclingPlants

Books Recommended: 1. AndraGabdel, "A Handbook for Engineers and Economists".

2. A. Mani, "Handbook of Solar radiation Data for India". 3. Peter Auer, "Advances in Energy System and Technology". Vol. 1 & II Edited by

Academic Press. 4. F.R. the MITTRE, "Wind Machines" by Energy Resources and Environmental Series. 5. Frank Kreith, "Solar Energy Hand Book". 6. N. Chermisinogg and Thomes, C. Regin, "Principles and Application of Solar

Energy". 7. N.G. Calvert, " Wind Power Principles‖. 8. W. Palz., P. Chartier and D.O. Hall," Energy from Biomass".

TOE – 02 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

Unit I: Introduction: Definition of reliability, types of failures, definition and factors

influencing,system effectiveness, various parameters of system effectiveness.

Unit II: Reliability Mathematics: Definition of probability, laws of probability,

conditionalprobability, Bay's theorem; various distributions; data collection, recovery of

data, data analysis procedures, empirical reliability calculations.

Unit III: ReliabilityTypes of system- series, parallel, series parallel, stand by and

complex;development of logic diagram, methods of reliability evaluation; cut set and tie set

methods, matrix methods event trees and fault trees methods, reliability evaluation using

probability distributions, Markov method, frequency and duration method.

Unit IV: Reliability Improvements: Methods of reliability improvement, component

redundancy,system redundancy, types of redundancies series, parallel, series - parallel, stand

by and hybrid, effect of maintenance.

Unit V: Reliability Testing: Life testing, requirements, methods, test planning, data

reportingsystem, data reduction and analysis, reliability test standards.

Books Recommended: 1. R.Billintan& R.N. Allan,‖ Reliability Evaluation of Engineering and Systems",

Plenum Press.

1. K.C. Kapoor & L.R. Lamberson,"Reliability in Engineering and Design", John Wiley

and Sons.

2. S.K. Sinha & B.K. Kale, ―Life Testing and Reliability Estimation", Wiley Eastern

Ltd. 3. M.L. Shooman, "Probabilistic Reliability, An Engineering Approach", McGraw Hill. 4. G.H.Sandler,"System Reliability Engineering", Prentice Hall.

TOE-03 ENVIRONMENT AND ECOLOGY

Unit I: Environment: Environment and its components, pollution of environment by

humanactivity, kinds of pollution.

Unit II: Water Quality: Measure of water quality, water quality standards, water treatment;

wastewater transport and treatment, sludge treatment and disposal. Air Quality: Sources and effects of air pollution, major air pollutants, air quality

control,treatment of emissions, dispersion of air pollutants.

Unit III: Solid waste: Collection of refuse, removal and transport, disposal of refuse.

Noise Pollution: Effect of noise on human health and its control.

Unit IV: Ecology: Ecology and Ecosystems, concept of ecological imbalances, physical and

climatefactors, biotic components, energy and material flows in ecosystems, human influence

on ecosystems. Unit V: Conservation of Natural Resources: Water resources, mineral resources, agricultural

andforestry resources, agriculture soil and need of nutrients, fertilizers and pesticides. Brief

introduction about environmental legislation and environmental audit.

Books Recommended: 1. Vesilind, " Introduction to Environmental Engineering," Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.

Singapore.

TOE-04 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS) TECHNOLOGY AND

ITS APPLICATIONS:

Unit I Definition of GIS, Cartography and GIS, GIS database: spatial and attribute date; Spatial models: Semantics, spatial information, temporal information, conceptual models of spatial information, representation of geographic information: point, line and area futures, topology,

Unit II Raster and vector data, raster to vector data conversion, map projection, analytical

transformation, rubber sheet transformation, manual digitizing and semi-automatic line

following digitizer; Remote sensing data as an input to GIS data;

Unit III Attribute database: scale and source of inaccuracy; GIS functionality; data storage and data

retrieval through query, generalization, classification, containment search within a spatial

region;

Unit IV Overlay: arithmetical, logical and conditional overlay, buffers, inter visibility, aggregation;

Network analysis;

Unit V Applications of GIS in planning and management of utility lines and in the filed of

environmental engineering, geotechnical engineering, transportation engineering and water

resources engineering.

Books Recommended: 1. Geographic Information Systems: A Management Perspective, by Stan Arnoff, WDL

Publications.

2. Fundamentals of Spatial Information Systems by Robert laurini and Derek Thompson,

Academic Press.

3. Geographical Information Systems, Vo. I and II edited by Paul Longely, M.F.

Goodchild, et.al, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 1999.

TOE-05 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

Unit I: Entrepreneur: Definition. Growth of small scale industries in developing countries and

theirpositions vis-a-vis large industries; role of small scale industries in the national economy;

characteristics and types of small scale industries; demand based and resources based ancillaries

and sub-control type. Government policy for small scale industry; stages in starting a small scale

industry.

Unit II: Project identification: Assessment of viability, formulation, Evaluation, financing, field-study

and collection of information, preparation of project report, demand analysis, material balance

and output methods, benefit cost analysis, discounted cash flow, internal rate of return and net

present value methods.

Unit III: Accountancy: Preparation of balance sheets and assessment of economic viability,

decisionmaking, expected costs, planning and production control. Quality control. marketing,

industrial relations. Sales and purchases, advertisement, wages and incentive, inventory control,

preparation of financial reports, accounts and stores studies.

Unit IV: Project Planning and control: The financial functions, cost of capital approach in

projectplanning and control. Economic evaluation, risk analysis, capital expenditures, policies

and practices in public enterprises. Profit planning and programming, planning cash flow, capital

expenditure and operations, control of financial flows, control and communication.

Unit V: Laws concerning entrepreneur: Partnership laws, business ownership, sales and

incometaxes and workman compensation act. Role of various national and state agencies

which render assistance to small scale industries.

Books Recommended: 1. Joseph, L. Massod, " Essential of Management", Prentice Hall of India.

TOE-06 ANCIENT INDIAN CULTURE

Unit I: Main features of Indian Culture (a) The orientlist view (b) The nationalist view

(c) The Marxist view (d) Analysis and formulations

Principal Components – historical and archeo-ethic perspective (a) Indian Civilization (b) Vedic culture (c) Tribal and folk culture (d) Foreign elements

Unit II: Impact of integrating, disintegrating and proliferating forces of History. (a) Eras of political unification (b) Foreign invasions

(c) Regional conflicts (d) Religious movements (e) Trade and Dissemination

Unit III: Ideas and Institution a. Political b. Social

c. Economic d. Religious

Unit IV: Achievements in Arts, Science and Technology (a)

Literature (b) Art and Architecture (c) Music and Dance (d) Astronomy and Mathematics (e) Medicine

Unit V: Values and disvalues a. Humanism and spiritualism b. Ahinsa c. Altmism d Caste e. Unsociability f. Religious suicide and superstition g.

Degradation of women and prostitution.

Books Recommended: 1. Ghose Aurobindo, Foundations of Indian culture. 2. Pande, G.C., Foundations of Indian culture, 2 Vols. 3. Coomarswami, dance of Siva 4. Thapar Ramila, Ancient Indian Social History 5. R.s. Sharma, (ed.), Indian Society Historical Probing, People‘s Publishing House,

New Delhi, 1977.

6. Kossambi, Introduction to Indian History. 7. Altekar, A.S., State and Government in Ancient India. 8. Altekar, A.S., Position of Women in Hindu Civilization 9. Prakash, Om, conceptualization and History. 10. Bartam, A.I., Wonder that was India.

TOE 07 HUMAN VALUES

Unit I: Introduction 1. Nature of value crisis in the contemporary Indian society and the larger human

community.

2. Meaning and nature of values; holistic view of life and its value. 3. Conceptualizing ‗good‘ life and its value dimensions. Material and Societal value 1. Role of material values in promoting human well being.

2. Role of Science and technology; problems of material development. 3. Socio-political ideologies for promoting material wellbeing 4. Conceptualizing ‗good‘ society and ‗social goods‘ 5. Justice as a societal value. 6. Democracy and rule of law. 7. Values in the Indian Constitution. 8. Gandhian concepts of good society; gram swaraj, sarvodaya, antyodaya Unit II : Psychological and Aesthetic Values 1. Humanistic psychology; meaning of ‗personhood‘

2. Maslow‘s hierarchy of human need; characteristics of ‗self-actualizing‘ persons. 3. Mental health 4. Psycho-spiritual Indian concepts. 5. Areas and nature of aesthetic experiences. 6. Nature of beauty; aesthetic sensibilities. Unit III : Ethical and Spiritual Values 1. Bases for moral judgments : customary morality, religious morality, reflective morality.

2. Some principles of ethics; ethical canons and their significance in modern life. 3. Virtue ethics; personal virtues for the modern times. 4. Ethics of duty and ethics of responsibility. 5. Factors to be considered in making ethical judgments: motives, means and

consequences. 6. Spirituality and spiritual values : spiritual wisdom of the Upanishads; Buddha‘s view. 7. Science, materialism and spirituality. 8. Spirituality in the modern times. Unit IV : Human Values 1. Different meaning of human values: foundational human values – freedom,

creativity, love and wisdom. 2. Nature of Human freedom; individual freedom, intellectual freedom, freedom of

will, spiritual freedom.

3. Creativity: its meaning and nature; different kinds of creativity. 4. Creative problem solving. 5. Creative personality, creative environment. 6. Love as a foundational human value; different kinds of love. 7. Human wisdom; characteristics of a wise person. 8. Concepts & Principles of interdependence.

Unit V : Work Ethics and Professional Ethics 1. Different attitudes to work.

2. Demands of work-ethics, ethics at work place. 3. ‗Good‘ organization and its values. 4. What is a profession? 5. Professional ethos and code of professional ethics. 6. IEEE Code of professional ethics. 7. Problems in practicing the code. 8. Case studies. Books Recommended: 1. Human Values By : Prof. A.N. Tripathi New Age International.

2. 7 Habits of Highly By :Dr. Stephen R. Covey Effective People Harper Publications. 3. Wisdom Leadership By : Prof. S.K. Chakraborthy Wheeler Publication.

TOE-08 QUALITY SYSTEM & MANAGEMENT

Introduction Definition, need of quality systems, role of quality standards, stages of quality assurance

systems. Quality charts, control charts for variables and attributes, acceptance sampling.

Quality Systems Overall responsibility for progress of quality systems. quality manuals, procedures and role of

auditing, auditing for conformance versus quality for effectiveness, auditing a tool for quality

improvement. ISO 9000 quality systems, British Standards BS5750/ISO 9000 origin of standards,

requirements, issues associated with implementation.

Registration Registration and accreditation in quality system-certification, approval, registration of leading

accessors.

Recommended Books: 1. Mohamed Isiri, " Total Quality Management for Engineers". 2. Juran, J., " Quality Planning and Analysis, Mc -Graw Hill. 3. James R. Evans,& J.W. Dean," Total Quality-management, Organization and

Strategy," Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., Singapore.

TOE – 09 CONDITION MONITORING & DIAGNOSTICS

Unit I Productivity, Quality circle in Maintenance, Reliability, Reliability assurance, Maintainability vs.

Reliability. Failure analysis, Equipment downtime analysis, breakdown analysis.

Unit II Maintenance type, Breakdown maintenance, Corrective maintenance, Opportunity maintenance,

Routine maintenance, Preventive and predictive maintenance, Condition based maintenance

systems, Design-out maintenance.

Unit III Equipment health monitoring, Signals, Online & off-line monitoring, Visual & temp.

Monitoring, Leakage monitoring, Lubricant monitoring.

Unit IV Ferrography, Spectroscopy, Crack monitoring, Corrosion monitoring, thickness monitoring.

Noise/sound monitoring, Smell/Odour monitoring, Thermography.

Unit V Vibration-characteristics, Vibration monitoring-causes, identification, measurement of machine

vibration. C.M.of lubes and hydraulic systems, C.M. of pipe lines, Selection of C.M. Techniques,

Advantages.

TOE – 10 VALUE ENGINEERING

Unit I: An Overview Definition, value engineering recommendations, programmes, advantages. Approach of

function Evaluation of function, determining function, classifying function, evaluation of

costs, evaluation of worth, determining worth, evaluation of value.

Unit II: VE Job Plan Introduction, orientation, information phase, speculation phase, analysis phase. Selection of

Evaluation of VE Projects Projects selection, Methods selection, value standards, application of VE methodology.

Unit III: Versatility of VE VE operation in maintenance and repair activities, value engineering in non hardware

projects. Initiating A VE Programme Introduction, training plan, career development for VE specialties.

Unit IV: Fast Diagramming Cost models, life cycle costs

Unit V: VE level of Effort VE team, Co-coordinator, designer, different services, definitions, construction management

contracts, value engineering case studies.

Recommended Books: 1. Tufty Herald, G., ―Compendium on Value Engineering‖ The Indo American Society,

First Edition, 1983.

2. Miles, L.D., ―Techniques of Value Engineering and Analysis:, McGraw Hill second

Edition, 1972. 3. Khanna, O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management‖, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1993.

TOE-11 NANOTECHNOLOGY

Unit I: Introduction to Physics of Solid State Structure: Size dependence of properties; crystal structures, face centered cubic

nanoparticles; Tetrahedral bounded semiconductor structures; lattice vibrations.

Energy bounds: Insulators, semiconductor and conductors; Reciprocal space; Energy boundsand

gaps of semiconductors; effective masses; Fermi Surfaces. Localized Particles: Acceptors and deep taps; mobility; Eacitons.

Unit II: Methods of Measuring Properties Structure: Atomic Structures; Crystallography; Particle size determination, surface structure. Microscopy: Transmission electron Microscopy; field ion microscopy Scanning Microscopy.

Spectroscopy: Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy; Photoemission and X-ray

Spectroscopy;Magnetic resonance, optical and vibrational Spectroscopy, Luminescence.

Unit III: Properties of Individual Nano particles Metal Nano clusters: Magic Numbers; Theoretical Modelling of nano particles,

GeometricStructure; Electronic Structure; Reactivity; Fluctuations Magnetic Clusters; Bulle to

Nano structure. Semi conducting Nanoparticles: Optical Properties; Photofragmentation; Columbic Explosion. Rare Gas & Molecular Clusters: Inert Gas Clusters; Superfluid Clusters molecular clusters. Method of Synthesis: RF Plasma; Chemical methods; thermolysis; pulsed laser methods.

Unit IV: Carbon Nanoparticles Carbon Molecule: Nature of carbon bond; New carbon structures. Carbon Clusters: Small carbon clusters; Discovery of 60 c ; Strictures of 60 c , Alkali doped 60c;

superconductivity in 60 c ; Large and smaller fullerenes; other buckyballs. Carbon Nano tubes: Fabrication; structure, Electrical Properties; Vibrational

properties,Mechanical Properties. Field emission & Shielding; Computers; Fuel cells,

chemicals sensors; catalysis, Mechanical reinforcement. Balle Nanostructure materials: Solid Disordered Nanostructure, Nano structured Crystals, Nano structured Ferromagnetism

Basics of Ferromagnetism; Effect of structuring of Magnetic properties, Dynamics of

Nanomagnets; Nanopore containment of magnetic particles, Nanocarbon Ferromagnets, Giant &

colossal magnetoresistance; Ferrofluids.

Unit V: Quantum Wells, Wires and Dots Preparation of Quantum Nanostructure; Size and Dimensionality effect, Fermi gas; Potential wells; Partial

confinement; Excitons; Single electron Tunneling, Infrared detectors; Quantum dot laser

Superconductivity. Nano-machines & Nano-device, Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS)

Nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS), Fabrication, Nanodevices and Nanomachines. Molecular

&Supermolecular switches Applications areas of Nanotechnology in Engineering.

Recommended Books 1. Introduction to Nanotechnology – C.P.Poole Jr F.J. Owens 2. Introduction to S.S. Physics - (7th Edn.) Wiley 1996.

3. Microcluster Physics – S. Sugano & H. KoizuoniSpringor 1998 4. Handbook of Nanostructured Materials & Nanotechnology vol.-5. Academic Press

2000

TOE 12 SOLAR ENERGY

Unit I: Introduction, Energy alternative, Devices for thermal collection and storage, Thermal

applications.

Solar radiation: Instruments for measuring solar radiation, Solar radiation geometry, Empirical

equations for prediction the availability of solar radiation, Solar radiation on tilted surfaces.

Unit II: Liquid flat- Plate Collectors: General performance analysis, Transmissivity, absorptivity, product

and overall loss coefficient and heat transfer correlations, Collector efficiency factor, Numerical,

Analysis of collectors similar to the conventional collector. Testing procedures, Alternatives to

the conventional collector, Numerical.

Unit III: Solar Air Heaters: Performance analysis of a conventional air heater, Other types of air

heaters.

Concentrating Collectors: Flat plate collectors with plane reflectors, Cylindrical parabolic

collector, Compound parabolic dish collector, Central receiver collector, Numerical.

Unit IV: Thermal energy storage: Sensible heat storage, Latent heat Storage, Thermochemical storage

.Solar

distillation: Introduction, working principal of solar distillation, Thermal efficiency of distiller

unit, External heat transfer, Top loss coefficient, Bottom and side loss coefficient, Internal heat

transfer, Radioactive loss coefficient, connective loss coefficient, Evaporative loss coefficient,

Overall heat Evaluation of distillation output, Passive solar stills, Conventional solar still,

Basin construction, Thermal analysis of conventional solar still.

Unit V: Photovoltaic Systems: Introduction doping Fermi level, P-N junction characteristics,

Photovoltaic effect, Photovoltaic material, Module, Cell temperature, Numerical. Economic

analysis: Introduction, cost analysis.

Recommended Books 1. Solar Energy: Thermal Processes, by Duffie John A, and Beckman W.A, john Wiley

and Sons.

2. Solar Energy, by S.P Sukhatme, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 3. Treatise on Solar Energy, by H.P Garg, john Wiley and Sons.

TOE-13 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Unit I Scope and Importance of Human Resource management, Historical background of Evolution of

HRM and HRD in 20th century, Outlining the contemporary role for HRM in organization. Goals

of HRM. (Why behavioural approach?)

Unit II Manpower as a resource in job related behaviour and individual motivation in a work setting.

Various theories of human motivation, Maslow‘ s hierarchy of needs. Needs for achievement,

power and affiliation, other theories, group motivation and conflicts.

Unit III Manpower planning and recruitment, Testing procedures and their limitations. Reservations in

jobs, pre-induction training.

Unit IV Wage and salary administration-pay roll and compensation. Job analysis and job specification,

other pay plans, employment contracts, special compensation plans for example personnel, effect

of Financial rewards on individual‘s performance. Goal setting and performance evaluation,

promotion policy, employee satisfaction, turnover.

Unit V Assessment of training needs, forces promoting investment in HRD, Human resource

development through individual and group efforts. Training analyses and training methods

guidelines for individual development, job enlargement and job enrichment, job rotation, special

assignment, Sponsored courses cost benefit exercise. Importance of unions, industrial petitions

and conflict analysis and resolution . Relevant labour laws.

TOE-14 ADVANCED MATERIAL SCIENCE

Unit I: Introduction Solid Solution: Properties of solid solutions and alloys, types binary alloys, Thermal

EquilibriumDiagrams, Cooling curves, Eutectic and peritectic alloys, Intermetallic compounds. Heat

Treatment Heat treatment principles and processes for Ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys, Effect

on structures and Properties. Unit II: Fatigue & Creep: Fatigue loading, Mechanisms of fatigue, fatigue curve, Fatigue tests. Design criteria in fatigue, Corrosion fatigue. Unit III: Corrosion and its prevention Mechanism of corrosion, Chemical Corrosion, Electro chemical corrosion, Anodic and Cathodic

protection, Forms of metallic coatings. Anodizing, Phosphasting.

Unit IV: Selection of materials for hazardous/ saline environment Selection of materials of saline/ hazardous environment - Boilers, Steam and Gas turbine and Diesel

engine components, Pumping, Machinery, Piping, Engine seating, Propellers and Rudders, Composition

strength value and other requirements for materials used. Material standards. Unit V: Electrical and Electronics materials Science and engineering of electrical and electronics materials such as semiconductor, super

conductor, its devices and applications.

TOE-15 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION

Unit I Basic Measurement principles & Source of Errors, Units of pressure and vacuum, different type

of manometer, diaphragm gauges, bellows and force balance type sensors, bourdon gauge, and

piezoelectric, capacitive and inductive pressure pickups. Vacuum pressure measurements:

McLeod gauge, pirani gauge, thermocouple gauge, Knudsen gauge ionization calibration

procedures,

Unit II Temperature Measurements: Standards and calibration, Thermal expansion methods, bimetallic

thermometer, Liquid-in-gas (thermocouples) common thermocouples, Resistance thermometers,

Bulk semiconductor sensors, Radiation thermometers, automatic null balance radiation

thermometers. Optical parameters, Case studies of temperature controllers.

Unit III Differential pressure flow meters: Bernoulli‘s theorem, pitot tube orifice, venturi, and flow

nozzle. Hot wire and hot film anemometers, constant pressure drop, variable area meters

(rotameter), Turbine meters. Electromagnetic flow meters, Ultrasonic flow meter.

Measurement of level. Float type gauge, purge method, differential pressure method,

conductive and capacitive method, and electromechanical method, use of radio scope for level

measurement.

Unit IV Measurement of weight: Load cell method, strain gauge, LVDT, piezoelectric, pneumatic and

hydraulic load cell, null balance method. Density, Viscosity , pH and conductivity measurement.

Unit V Measurement of moisture: Thermal dying method, Distillation Method, Chemical reaction Method, Electrical Method Recorders: Graphic Recorders , Strip Chart Recorders , Circular-

chart –recorders, Multipoint Recorders and X-Y Recorders.

Text Books: 1. Doeblin / Measurements systems: Application and Design, 4th edition / Tata Mc

Graw Hill.

2. S.K Singh,/ Industrial instrumentation and control/TMH 2nd edition 3. Eckman/Industrial Instrumentation / Wiley Eastern Ltd.

Reference Books: 1. Beckwith & Beck /Mechanical Measurements / NaronaPublishers,1988 2. Nakara/Instrumentation: measurements & Analysis/ Tata Mc Graw Hill. 3. Douglas, D.Considine / Handbook of Instrumentation Measurement and Control Mc

Graw Hill.

TOE-16 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Unit I: Introduction: Specifications of bio-medical instrumentation system, Man- Instrumentation system

Components, Problems encountered in measuring a living system. Basics of Anatomy and

Physiology of the body. Bioelectric potentials: Resting and action potentials, propagation of action potential,

ThePhysiological potentials – ECG, EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and Evoked responses.

Electrodes and Transducers: Electrode theory, Biopotential Electrodes – Surfaceelectrodes,

Needle electrodes, Microelectrodes. Biomedical Transducers.

Unit II: Cardiovascular Measurements: Electrocardiography –ECG amplifiers, Electrodes and Leads, ECG recorders –Single

channel, Three channel, Vector Cardiographs, ECG System for Stresses testing, Holter

recording, Blood pressure measurement, Heart sound measurement. Pacemakers and

Defibrillators. Patient Care & Monitoring: Elements of intensive care monitoring, displays, diagnosis,

Calibration & Reparability of patient monitoring equipment.

Unit III: Respiratory system Measurements: Physiology of Respiratory system .Measurement of breathing mechanism – Spirometer.

Respiratory Therapy equipments: Inhalators, Ventilators &Respirators, Humidifiers, and

Nebulizers & Aspirators. Nervous System Measurements: Physiology of nervous system, Neuronal communication,

Neuronal firing measurements.

Unit IV: Ophthalmology Instruments: Electroretinogram, Electro-oculogram, Ophthalmoscope, Tonometer for eye pressure

measurement.

Diagnostic techniques: Ultrasonic diagnosis, Eco-cardiography, Ecoencephalography,

Ophthalmic scans, X-ray &Radio-isotope diagnosis and therapy, CAT-Scan, Emission

computerized tomography, MRI.

Unit V: Bio-telemetry: The components of a Bio-telemetry system, Implantable units, Telemetry for ECG

measurements during exercise, for Emergency patient monitoring.

Prosthetic Devices and Therapies: Hearing Aids, Myoelectric Arm, Dia-thermy,

Laserapplications in medicine.

Text Books: 1. Khandpur R.S.- Biomedical Instrumentation- TMH 2. Venkata Ram,S.K.-Bio-Medical Electronics & Instrumentation (Revised)- Galgotia.

Reference Books:: 3. Cromwell- Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements- PHI 4. Webster, J.G. –Bio- Instrumentation ,Wiley (2004) 5. Ananthi, S. –A Text Book of Medical Instruments-2005-New Age International 6. Carr&Brown –Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology – Pearson 7. Pandey & Kumar-Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation. - Kataria

TOE-17 FUNDAMENTALS OF CODING THEORY

Unit I: Purpose of encoding, separable binary codes, Shannon-fano encoding, noiselesscoding.

Shannon binary encoding, Huffman encoding, discrete coding in presence of noise.

Unit II: Error detecting and error correcting codes, Hamming single error correcting

code,Elias's iteration technique for coding.

Unit III: Block codes, encoders and decoders for block codes, syndrome and

syndromedecoding.

Unit IV: Cyclic codes. Encoders and decoders for cyclic code, Golay code, BCH code,

Reedsoloman code.

Unit V: Convolution coding, code generation, decoding of convolution code,

sequentialdecoding, state and trellis diagram.

Text Book: 1. F. M. Reza, "An introduction to Information theory", Dover Publication Inc. 2. H. Taub and D. L. Schilling, "Principles of communication system" TMH 2nd Ed.

TOE-18 CONSUMER ELECTRONICS

Unit I Audio Systems: Microphones, Loudspeakers, Speaker baffle and enclosure, Acoustics, Mono,

Stereo, Quad, Amplifying Systems, Equalizers and Mixers, Electronic Music Synthesizers,

Commercial Sound, Theater Sound System

Unit II Video Systems and Displays: Monochrome TV, Colour TV standards and systems, TFT,

Plasma, HDTV, Digital TV, Video Telephone and Video Conferencing

Unit III Domestic Appliances: Washing machines, Microwave ovens, Air- conditioners and

Refrigerators, In car computers Office Systems: FAX, Xerox, Telephone Switching System,

Mobile Radio System

Unit IV Recording and Reproduction Systems: Disc recording and reproduction, Magnetic recording and reproduction, Video tape recording and reproduction, Video disc recording and play back,

Distortion and Noise reduction in Audio and Video System

Unit V Power Supplies and other systems: SMPS, UPS and Preventive Maintenance, Set Top Boxes,

Remote controls, Bar codes, ATM

Text Books: 1. S P Bali, Consumer Electronics; Pearson ed 2005

TOE-19 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY LOGIC

Unit I: Fundamental Concepts Introduction and history, human brain, biological neuron, models of neuron, network

architecture, knowledge representation. Error correction learning, Hebbian learning,

competitive learning, Boltzmann learning, learning with and without teacher. Artificial

neurons. Neural networks and architectures Introduction, neuron signal function, mathematical preliminaries, Feedforward & feedback

architecture.

Unit II: Geometry of Binary threshold neurons and their networks Pattern recognition, convex sets and convex hulls, space of Boolean functions, binary neurons

for pattern classification, non linear separable problems, capacity of TLN, XOR solution.

Perceptions and LMS, Learning objective of TLN, pattern space & weight space, perception

learning algorithm, perception convergence theorem, pocket algorithm, a - LMS learning, MSE

error surface, steepest descent search, µ -LMS and application.

Unit III: Back propagation algorithm Multilayered architecture, back propagation learning algorithm, practical considerations,

structure growing algorithms, applications of FFNN. Statistical Pattern Recognition Bayes'

theorem, classical decisions with bayes' theorem, probabilistic interpretation of neuron

function, interpreting neuron signals as probabilities, multilayered networks & posterior

probabilities, error functions for classification problems.

Unit IV: Self Organizing Feature MAP Introduction, Maximal eigenvector filtering, principal component analysis, generalized

learning laws, competitive learning, vector quantization, maxican hat networks, SOFM,

applications of SOFM. Other Networks Generalized RBF networks. Stochastic Machines:

simulated annealing, Boltzmann machine, ART.

Unit V: Fuzzy Logic Introduction, classical & Fuzzy sets, classical & fuzzy relations, membership function, geometry

& operations of fuzzy sets, fuzzy rules, rule composition & defuzzification, fuzzy engineering

applications, Neural network & fuzzy logic. Fuzzy Neural Control

Text Books 1. Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks", Peal-son Education 2nd edition.

2. Satish Kumar, 'Neural Networks," Tata McGraw-HIII.

Reference Books 1. Jack M. Zurada, " Introduction to Artificial Neural System," Jaico Publishing House. 2. Timothy J. Ross, "Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications," McGraw-Hill Inc.

TOE- 20 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

Unit I User centered design of system & interfaces, anatomy and rational of WIMP (Window, Icon,

Menus & Pointing Devices) interfaces.

Unit II Dialogue design, Presentation design, user documentation, evaluation / usability testing of

user interface.

Unit III Ergonomics and Cognitive issues, hypertext and the World Wide Web.

Unit IV User centered design, human factors in user-centered design, development & evaluation,

Interactive design rapid prototyping.

Unit V Designing for usability –effectiveness, learnability, flexibility, attitude and usability goals,

criteria for acceptability.

Books Recommended: 1. SudifteAG , ―Human Computer Interface Design‖ , 2nd ed, Macmillan ,1995

2. Sheiderman B Desiging the user interface, ―Strategies for Effective Human Computer

Interaction‖ , 2nd ed. Addison Wesley , 1992

TOE – 21 IT IN BUSINESS

Unit I Business Drivers IT‘s Competitive Potential Strategic Alignment Strategic Management and Competitive Strategy Unit II Rethinking Business through IT Developing a Competitive Strategy Interorganization

Information Systems

Business-To-Business Systems Electronic Commerce and Market Systems Unit III Forming a Corporate IT Strategy Developing an Information Architecture Unit IV Incorporating Business Innovation into the Corporate IT Strategy The Changing Role of IT In

International business The Changing Global IT Practices Unit V The Impact and value of Information Technology in Competitive Strategy Changing the

Focus of Strategy Trends: Beyond 2000

Books Recommended: 1. Callon, Jack D., ―Competitive Advantage Through Information Technology‖,

McGraw - Hill, 1996

2. Tapscott, Don, ―The Digital Economy‖, McGraw-Hill, 1996. [DIGI]

TOE –22 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN MANUFACTURING

Unit I: Artificial Intelligence Definition - Components - Scope - Application Areas; Knowledge - Based Systems (Expert Systems) -

Definition - Justification -Structure – Characterization

Unit II: Knowledge Sources Expert - Knowledge Acquisition – Knowledge Representation - Knowledge Base - Interference

Strategies - Forward and Backward Chaining

Unit III: Expert System Languages ES Building Tools or Shells; Typical examples of Shells. Expert System software for manufacturing

applications in CAD, CAPP, MRP , Adaptive control, Unit IV: Robotics Robotics, Process control, Fault diagnosis, Failure Analysis; Process Selection, GT etc. Linking

expert systems to other software such as DBMS, MIS, MDB. Unit V: Process control and Office automation Process control and Office automation. Case studies of typical applications in tool selection, Process

selection, Part classification, inventory control, Process Planning etc.

Books Recommended: 1. Jhon & Andrew Kusiak; Artificial Intelligent Hand book.

2. T. Barnold; Artificial Intelligent 3. Dan. W. Patterson; Introduction to Artificial Manufacturing Export system

TOE 23 HEALTH, HOSPITAL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

Unit I: HEALTH SYSTEM Health organization of the country, the state, the cities and the region, Health Financing System, Organization of

Technical Section. Unit II: HOSPITAL ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Management of Hospital organization, Nursing section Medical Sector, Central Services, Technical Department,

Definition and Practice of Management by Objective, Transaction Analysis Human relation in Hospital, Importance to

Team Work, Legal aspect in Hospital Management. Unit III: REGULATORY REQUIREMENT AND HEALTH CARE CODES FDA Regulation, joint commission of Accreditation for Hospitals, National Fire Protection Association

Standard, IRPC. Unit IV: EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT Organizing Maintenance Operations, Paper Work Control, Maintenance Job, Planning Maintenance Work,

Measurement and Standards, Preventive Maintenance, Maintenance Budgeting and Forecasting,Maintenance

Training, Contract Mainframe. Unit V: TRAINED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL Function of Clinical Engineer, Role to be performed in Hospital, Man power Market, Professional Registration,

Structure in hospital. Books Recommended: 1. Cesar A. Caceres and Albert Zara, The practice of Clinical Engineering, Academic Press, 1977.

1. Webter, J.G. and Albert M. Cook, Clinical Engineering Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall Inc.

Englewood Cliffs, 1979. 2. Anatomy Kelly, Maintenance planning and control, Butterworth‘s London, 1984. 3. Hans Pfeiff, Vera Dammann (Ed.) Hospital Engineering in Developing Countries, Z report Eschborn,

1986.

4. Jacob Kline, Handbook of Bio Medical Engineering, Academic Press, San Diego

TOE 24 INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL PHYSICS

Unit I: ATOMIC PHYSICS Traditional definition of atom, periodic system of elements, mechanical properties of atom,

emission of light and its frequencies. Electromagnetic spectra. Principles of Nuclear Physics

— Natural radioactivity, Decay series, type of radiation and their applications, artificially

produced isotopes and its application, accelerator principles; Radionuclide used in Medicine and

technology.

Unit II: INTERACTION WITH LIVING CELLS Target theory, single hit and multi target theory, cellular effects of radiation, DNA damage,

depression of Macro molecular synthesis, Chromosomal damage.

Unit III: SOMATIC EFFECT OF RADIATION Radio sensitivity protocol of different tissues in human, LD 50/30 effect of radiation on skin,

blood forming organs, lenses of eye, embryo and Endocrinal glands.

Unit IV: GENETIC EFFECT OF RADIATION Threshold of linear dose effect, relationship, factors affecting frequency of radiation induced

mutation, Gene controlled hereditary disease, biological effect of microwave and RF wave.

Variation in dielectric constant and specific conductivity of tissues. Penetration and propagation

of signals effects in various vital organs, Protection standards.

Unit V: PHOTO MEDICINE Synthesis of Vitamin D in early and late cataneous effects, Phototherapy, Photo hemotherapy,

exposure level, hazards and maximum permissible exposure. LASER PHYSICS — Characteristics of Laser radiation, Laser speckle, biological

effects,laser safety

Books Recommended: 1. Moselly, Non lonisingRadiation Adam HilgarBrustol 1988. 2. Branski. S and Cherski. P ‗Biological Effects of Microwave‘ -Hutchinson & ROSS

Inc.

TOE – 25 MODERN CONTROL SYSTEM

Unit I: Introduction to control systems Introduction to control systems, properties of signals and systems. Convolution integral,

Ordinary differential equation, Transfer function, Pole zero concepts, effect of pole location on

performance specification.

Unit II: State Space analysis State equations for dynamic systems, State equations using phase, physical and canonical

variables, realization of transfer matrices, Solution of state equation, concepts of

controllability, observability, Controllability and Observability tests.

Unit III: Discrete time control systems Sampling theorem, Sampled-data systems, the sample and hold element, pulse transfer

function, The Ztransform, stability analysis.

Unit IV: Stability Liapunov‘s method, generation of Liapunov‘s function, Popov‘s criteria, design of state

observers and controllers, adaptive control systems , model reference.

Unit V: Optimal Control Introduction , formation of optimal control problems, calculus of variation, minimization of

functions, constrained optimization, dynamic programming, performance index , optimality

principles, Hamilton – Jacobian equation, linear quadratic problem, Ricatti II equation and its

solution, solution of two point boundary value problem

Text Books: 1. K. Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall of India.

2. M. Gopal, "Modern Control System", Wiley Eastern.

Reference Books: 1. B.D.O. Anderson and IB. Moore, " Optimal Control System: Linear Quadratic

Methods", Prenctice Hall International.

2. U. Itkis, "Control System of Variable Structure", John Wiley and Sons. 3. H. Kwakemaok and R. Sivan, "Linear Optimal Control System", Wiley Interscience.

TOE 26 MECHATRONICS

Unit I: Mechatronics and its scope Sensors and transducers- Displacement, position & proximity, velocity, force, pressure and

level. Signal conditioning amplification, filtering & data acquisition.

Unit II: Pneumatic and Hydraulic actuation systems Directional control valves, pressure control valves and cylinders. process control valves.

Mechanical actuation system-kinematic chains, cams, geartrains. Ratchet & Pawl, dampers,

bearings. Electrical actuation system. Mechanical switches- solenoid operated solid state

switches, DC, AC & stepper motors. Building blocks of Mechanical spring, mass and damper. Drives- Electrical Drives, Fluid

systems, hydraulic, servo, closed loop controllers.

Unit III: Elements of Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Elements of Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Programmable logic controllers &

Communication interface.

Unit IV: Case Studies of Mechatronic Systems Industrial Robot and its control Automobile Engine Control Electromechanical disc-control.

Unit V: Veil suspension Control Micro mechanical systems. Computer Printer, VCR, Fax Machine, NC Machine.

Books Recommended: 1. Rolf Isennann, " Mechatronics Systems", Springer, 2005. 2. W. Bolten, "Mechatronics", Pearson Education 2003.

TOE 27 SCADA & ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Unit I: SCADA Purpose and necessity, general structure, data acquisition, transmission & monitoring. general power system

hierarchical Structure. Overview of the methods of data acquisition systems, commonly acquired data, transducers,

RTUs, data concentrators, various communication channels- cables, telephone lines, power line carrier, microwaves,

fiber optical channels and satellites.

Unit II: Supervisory and Control Functions Data acquisitions, status indications, majored values, energy values, monitoring alarm and event application

processing. Control Function: ON/ OFF control of lines, transformers, capacitors and applications in process in

industry - valve, opening, closing etc. Regulatory functions: Set points and feed back loops, time tagged data,

disturbance data collection and analysis. Calculation and report preparation.

Unit III: MAN- Machine Communication Operator consoles and VDUs, displays, operator dialogues, alarm and event loggers, mimic diagrams, report and

printing facilities.

Unit IV: Data basis SCADA, EMS and network data basis. SCADA system structure - local system, communication system and central

system. Configuration- NON-redundant- single processor, redundant dual processor. multicontrolcenters, system

configuration. Performance considerations: real time operation system requirements, modularization of software

programming languages.

Unit V: Energy Management Center Functions performed at a centralized management center, production control and load management economic

dispatch, distributed centers and power pool management.

Books Recommended: 1. TorstenCergrell, " Power System Control Technology", Prentice Hall International.

2. George L Kusic "Computer Aided Power System Analysis",, Prentice Hall of India, 3. A. J. Wood and B. Woolenberg, "Power Generation Operation and Control", John Wiley & Sons. 4. Sunil S Rao, "Switchgear Protection & Control System" Khanna Publishers 11th Edition.


INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

ELECTIVE COURSES



Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) [Information Technology]

V Semester

S.

No.

Subject Name


Total

Marks

Contact

Hours

per

Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assignment

End

Sem

Term

Work /Lab

Work & Sessional

L

T

P

1. BCST 501

BCSP- 501

DC Operating System 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

2. BCST 502

BCSP- 502 DC

Computer Networks 100 30 20 30 20 200

3 1 2 5

3. BCST -503

BCSP-503 DC

Design and Analysis of

Algorithms 100 30 20 30 20 200

3 1 2 5

4. BITT -504 DE Departmental Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

5. BOIT -505 OE Open Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

6. BITT -506 D Lab Departmental Lab

(Unix/ Linux, Python) - - - 30 20 50 0 0 2 1

7

BITP 507

IN Evaluation of

Internship-II completed

at II year level

-

-

-

-

50

50

2

1



Total 400 120 80 120 280 1000 15 5 10 25

NSS/NCC


BITT 504(A) Network Architecture BOIT -505(A) Principles of Programming Language

BITT 504(B) Wireless and Mobile

Computing BOIT -505(B) E Commerce & Governance

BITT 504(C) Internet and Web Technology BOIT -505(C) Cyber Security

BITT 504 (D) Java Programming BOET-504(D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship

VI Semester

S.

No.

Subject Name


Total

Marks

Contact

Hours per

Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assignm

ent

End

Sem

Team

Work /

LabWork

&Sessional

L

T

P

1. BCST601

BCSP-601

DC Microprocessors and

Applications

100 30 20 30 20 200

3 1 2 5

2. BITT -602

BITP-602 DC

Computer Graphics and

Multimedia 100 30 20 30 20 200

3 1 2 5

3. BCST -603

BCSP-603 DC Data Analytics 100 30 20 30 20 200

3 1 2 5

4. BIIT -604 DE Departmental Elective 100 30 20 - 150 3 1 0 4

5. BOIT -605 OE Open Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

6. BITP -606 O/E

Lab

Open Sources Software

Lab

- - - 30 20 50 0 0 2 1

7. BIIP -607 P Minor Project –I 50 50 0 0 2 1

8 IN Internship – III To be completed anytime during Fifth/Sixth semester. Its


Total 500 150 100 120 130 1000 14 4 14 25


BCST-602 Compiler Design BOIT -605(A) Digital Signal Processing

BCST 604(B) Data Mining BOIT -605(B) Machine Learning

BITP 604(C) Software Project Management

BOIT -605(C) Embedded Systems

BITP 604 (D) Software Testing BOIT 605 (D) Software Quality Management

UTTARAKHANDTECHNICALUNIVERSITY

Program: B.Tech-IT

Year: Session: 2012 –2013

Scheme and EvaluationPattern

S.No

Course

No.

Subject

Periods Evaluation Total

Marks

L

T

P

Sessional External

Exam CT TA Total

Semester:7th

Theory

1. TIT- 701 System Administration 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TIT -702 Data Warehousing &

Mining 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3. TIT -703 Information Security 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. TIT-07X ELECTIVE-I 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150


Practical/Design

1. PIT -757 Project 0 0 4 0 0 50 50 100

2. PIT-758 Industrial Interaction/ Seminar (Term Paper)

0 0 2 0 0 50

50

3. PIT-751 System Administration Lab. 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

Discipline 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 50

Semester: 8th

Theory

S.No

Course

No.

Subject


Marks

L

T

P

Sessional External

Exam CT TA Total

1. TIT -801 Software Architecture

3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TIT-802 Cryptography & Network

Security 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3. TIT-08X ELECTIVE-II 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. TIT-08X ELECTIVE-III 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical/Project

1. PIT-857 Project 0 0 6 0 0 100 200 300

2 PIT-852 Cryptography Lab 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

3. Discipline 0 0 2 0 0 50 0 50

ELECTIVE-I TIT-071 Software Configuration Management

TIT-072 Advance Information SystemEngineering

TIT-073 WirelessNetworks

TIT-074 SoftComputing

TIT-075 Multi Media Communication &Design

ELECTIVE-II TIT-081 IT Infrastructure Management

TIT-082 Client Server Based IT Solutions

TIT-083 DatabaseAdministration

TIT-084 Advance ComputerNetwork

ELECTIVE-III

TIT-086 Software QualityEngineering

TIT-087 DistributedComputing

TIT-088 IntrusionDetection

TIT-089 Advanced DBMS

UTTARAKHAND TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY SESSION 2009-10

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES-VII SEMESTER

Effective from the session – 2009-10

[List of Open Elective of 7th Semester for B. Tech. Civil/Electrical/Electrical and Electronics/

Mechanical & Allied Courses/ Electronics and Communications & Allied

Courses/InstrumentationandControl&AlliedCourses/ComputerScienceandEngineering

&AlliedCourses/InformationTechnology&AlliedCourses/Biotechnology]
















15. TOE 15 Industrial Instrumentation Instrumentation & Control


17. TOE 17 Fundamentals of Coding Theory Electronics & Communication

18. TOE 18 Consumer Electronics Electronics & Communication










Note:ThestudentswillchooseanyonesubjectofthecourseofotherthantheirEngineering Branch.


Information Technology, V-Semester Departmental Elective IT- 504 (A)

Network Architecture

Course Objectives:

Justifytheneedfor,anddescribetheworkingoflayeredprotocolsuitessuchasTCP/IP. Develop client-

server applications using TCP/IP. Assemble/disassemble packets and

translateaddressasittraversesnetworks.Solvesampleproblemsusingpopularrouting protocols.

Motivate the need for and summarize the details of service architectures, such as web services and

micro-services. Describe the details, including payload types and synchronization of multimedia

application protocols. Explain and distinguish the various service types supported by internet

applications – for example, best effort, streaming. Construct the working of certain types of

congestion controlmechanisms.


1. Analyzeacomplexcomputingproblemandtoapplyprinciplesofcomputingandother

relevant disciplines to identifysolutions

2. Design, implement, and evaluate a computing-based solution to meet a given set of

computing requirements in the context of the program‘sdiscipline

3. Apply computer science theory and software development fundamentals to produce

computing-basedsolutions

Course Content:

Unit I: Layered Protocol Architectures- TCP/IP and OSI, LAN and other components, Service

view, TCP vs UDP, and more, Packet formats

Unit II: Client-server Applications- Thread vs Process, Sockets, RPC, etc, Scalability,

TransportandRouting-Reliablevs.unreliabletransfer,Congestioncontrol,Routingprotocols.

Unit III: Service Architectures- Web services, Micro services, P2P and others, Multimedia- Real-

time/streaming, VoIP, Quality of Service.

Unit IV: Wireless Communication- Wi-Fi , Cell networks, Media and Performance- Signal

strength, Compression and error detection, Delay, loss, throughput.

Unit V: Emerging/Future Trends- Parallel and distributed computing, Security and others.

Text Book:

1. KUROSANDROSS, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach, 2017, 7th Edition


Information Technology, V-Semester

Departmental Elective IT- 503 (B) Wireless and Mobile Computing

Course Objectives:

1. To provide an overview of Wireless Communication networks area and its applications in

communicationengineering.

2. To introduce various standards of mobilecommunication.

3. To explain the various terminology, principles, devices, schemes, concepts used in

Wireless CommunicationNetworks.

4. To introduce the concepts of Adhoc networks and Sensor networks and theirissues

5. To introduce various security threats in wireless networks and the techniques forthe

prevention and detection ofthreats

Unit I:

Antenna, radiation pattern, antenna types, antenna gain, propagation modes, types of fading.

Modelforwirelessdigitalcommunication,multipleaccesstechnique-SDMA,TDMA,FDMA, CDMA,

DAMA, PRMA, MAC/CA, Cellular network organization, operations of cellular system, mobile

radio propagation effects, handoff, power control, sectorization, traffic engineering, Infinite

sources, lost calls cleared, grade of service, poison arrivalprocess

Unit II:

GSM- Services, system architecture, radio interface, logical channels, protocols, localization and

calling, handover, security, HSCSD, GPRS-architecture, Interfaces, Channels, mobility

management DECT, TETRA, UMTS.

Unit III:

IEEE802.11:LAN-architecture,802.11a,bandg,protocolarchitecture,physicallayer,MAC layer ,

MAC management, HIPERLAN-protocol architecture, physical layer, access control sub layer,

MAC sub layer. Bluetooth-user scenarios- physical layer, MAClayer.

Unit IV:

Mobile IP, DHCP, Ad hoc networks: Characteristics, performance issue, routing in mobile host.

Wireless sensor network, Mobile transport layer: Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, Time

out freezing, Selective retransmission, transaction oriented TCP. Introduction to WAP.

Unit V:

Intruders, Intrusion detection, password management, viruses and related threads, worms, Trojan

horse defense, difference biometrics and authentication system, firewall design principle.

References:-

1 J. Schiller, ―Mobile Communication‖, Addision ,Wiley 2 William Stalling, ―Wireless Communication and Network‖, Pearson Education 3

UpenaDalal,‖ Wireless Communication‖, Oxford HigherEducation

4 Dr. Kamilo Feher, ―Wireless Digital communication‖, PHI

5 William C.Y Lee, ―Mobile Communication Design Fundamental‖ , JohnWiley.

Suggested List of Practicals:

To implement mobile network using open source softwares like NS2 etc.

Implement Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).

To write a programme to implement concept of frequency reuse when given size of

geographical

area and the set of available frequencies.

Study of OPNET tool for modeling and simulation of different cellular standards.

Study and Analysis of wired network.

Study and Analysis of wireless network.

Study and Analysis of Bluetooth.

Study of Mobile IP.

Write programs using WML (Wireless Markup Language) Rajiv Gandhi

ProudyogikiVishwavid

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to- 1. Explain the basic concepts of wireless network and wirelessgenerations.

2. Demonstrate the different wireless technologies such as CDMA, GSM, GPRSetc

3. Explain the design considerations for deploying the wireless networkinfrastructure.

4. Appraise the importance of Adhoc networks such as MANET and Wireless Sensor

networks

5. Differentiate and support the security measures, standards. Services and layer wise security

considerations

UNIT 01


Information Technology, V-Semester Departmental Elective IT-

504 (C) Internet and Web Technology

Introduction:ConceptofWWW,InternetandWWW,HTTPProtocol:RequestandResponse,Web browser

and Web servers, Features of Web 2.0 Web Design: Concepts of effective web design,

WebdesignissuesincludingBrowser,BandwidthandCache,Displayresolution,LookandFeelof the Web

site, Page Layout and linking, User centric design, Sitemap, Planning and publishing website,

Designing effectivenavigation.

UNIT 02

HTML: Basics of HTML, formatting and fonts, commenting code, color, hyperlink, lists, tables,

images,forms,XHTML,Metatags,Characterentities,framesandframesets,Browserarchitecture and Web

site structure. Overview and features ofHTML5

UNIT 03

Stylesheets:NeedforCSS,introductiontoCSS,basicsyntaxandstructure,usingCSS,background

images,colorsandproperties,manipulatingtexts,usingfonts,bordersandboxes,margins,padding lists,

positioning using CSS, CSS2, Overview and features of CSS3 JavaScript : Client side scripting with

JavaScript, variables, functions, conditions, loops and repetition, Pop up boxes, Advance JavaScript:

Javascript and objects, JavaScript own objects, the DOM and web browser environments, Manipulation

using DOM, forms and validations, DHTML : Combining HTML, CSS and Javascript, Events

andbuttons

UNIT 04

XML: Introduction to XML, uses of XML, simple XML, XML key components, DTD and Schemas,

Using XML with application. Transforming XML using XSL and XSLT PHP: Introduction and basic

syntax of PHP, decision and looping with examples, PHP and HTML, Arrays, Functions, Browser

control and detection, string, Form processing, Files, Advance Features: Cookies and Sessions, Object

Oriented Programming with PHP

UNIT 05

PHP and MySQL: Basic commands with PHP examples, Connection to server, creating database,

selecting a database, listing database, listing table names, creating a table, inserting data, altering

tables, queries, deleting database, deleting data and tables, PHP myadmin and data base bugs

Reference Books:

1. Developing Web Applications, Ralph Moseley and M. T. Savaliya,Wiley-India 2. Web Technologies, Black Book, dreamtechPress

3. HTML 5, Black Book, dreamtechPress

4. Web Design, Joel Sklar, CengageLearning

5. Developing Web Applications in PHP and AJAX, Harwani,McGrawHill

6. Internet and World Wide Web How to program, P.J. Deitel& H.M. Deitel ,Pearson

Course Outcome

After completion of the course students will be able to 1. Describe the concepts of WWW including browser and HTTPprotocol.

2. List the various HTML tags and use them to develop the user friendly webpages.

3. Define the CSS with its types and use them to provide the styles to thewebpages.

4. Develop the modern web pages using the HTML and CSS features withdifferent layouts asper

need ofapplications.

5. Use the JavaScript to develop the dynamic webpages.

6. Use server side scripting with PHP to generate the web pages dynamically using the database

connectivity.

7. Develop the modern Web applications using the client and server sidetechnologies and the web

designfundamentals.


Information Technology, V-Semester Departmental Elective IT- 504 (D) Java Programming

Course Objectives:

This course of study builds on the skills gained by students in Java Fundamentals or

JavaFoundationstohelpadvanceJavaprogrammingskills.Studentswilldesignobject-

orientedapplicationswithJavaandwillcreateJavaprogramsusinghands-on,engaging activities.


1. Code, compile and run a Javaprogram. 2. Master programming techniques for console input andoutput.

3. Apply logical constructs for branching andloops.

4. Define classes andmethods.

5. Create and accessarrays.

6. Develop linked datastructures.

7. Employ exception-handling programmingtechniques.

8. Utilize file input and output procedures for sequential and randomaccess.

9. Use the Swing library to develop programs with graphical userinterfaces.

UNIT-I

TheJavaEnvironment:JavaDevelopmentKit(JDK),Javavirtualmachine,Javaprogramming

environment(compiler, interpreter, applet viewer, debugger), Java Applications Programming

Interface(API),Basic idea of application and applet. Java as an object oriented language:

objects,classes,encapsulation,inheritanceandsoftwarereuse,polymorphism,abstractclasses and

abstract methods,: defining an interface, implementing & applying interfaces, variables in

interfaces, extending interfaces, Packages, scope and lifetime; Access specifies; Constructors;

Copy constructor; this pointer; finalize() method; arrays; Memory allocation and garbage

collection

UNIT-II

AWT: Containers and components, AWT classes, window fundamentals: Component, Container,

Panel, Window, Frame, Canvas, AWT Controls, Layout Managers and Menus: adding and

removing control, Labels, Button, Check Box, Radio Button, Choice, menu, Text area, Scroll list,

Scrollbar; Frame; Layout managers flow layout, Grid layout, Border layout, Card layout. Java

Event Handling Model: Java‘s event delegation model –Ignoring the event, Self-contained events,

Delegating events; The event class hierarchy; There relationship

betweeninterface,methodscalled,parametersandeventsource;Adapterclasses;Eventclasses

actionEvent,AdjustmentEvent,ContainerEvent,FocusEvent,ItemEvent,EyeEvent,Mouse Event,

Text Event, Window Event. Applets: Applet security restrictions; the class hierarchy for applets;

Life cycle of applet; HTMLTags for applet Introduction to Swing: swing library, Building

application susingSwings

UNIT-III

Multithreading and Exception Handling: Overview of simple threads, Basic idea of multithreaded

programming, Thread synchronization: Locks, synchronized methods, synchronized block, Thread

scheduling, Producer-consumer relationship, Daemon thread,

Basicideaofexceptionhandling,stackbasedexecutionandexceptionpropagation,Exception types:

Exception Handling: Try, Catch, Finally, Throw statement,Assertions

UNIT-IV

Input/Output:ExploringJavaI/O.,Directories,streamclassesTheBytestream:Inputstream,outputs

tream, file input stream, file output stream, print stream, Randomaccess file, the character streams,

Buffered reader, buffered writer, print writer, serialization. JDBC: JDBC-ODBC

bridge;Theconnectivitymodel;Thedrivermanager;Navigatingtheresultsetobjectcontents; java.sql

Package; The JDBCexception classes; Connecting to Remotedatabase.

UNIT-V

Java Networking: exploring java. Net package Networking Basics: Socket, Client server, reserved

sockets, servers, Internet addressing, TCP sockets, UDP sockets. RMI: Client/Server architecture,

RMI registry services; Step sofcreating RMI Application and an example

References:

1. Naughton&Schildt― The Complete ReferenceJava 2. Tata McGraw Hill.2.Deitel ―Java-How to Program:‖Pearson Education,Asia.

3. Horstmann& Cornell ―CoreJava2‖ (Vol I&II) , SunMicrosystems.

4. LvanBayross―Java2.0‖:BPBpublications.

5. IvorHorton‘s―BeginningJava2,JDK5Ed.,WileyIndia.

6. Java Programming for the absolute beginners By Russell, PHILearning

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course the student will:

-Have the knowledge of the structure and model of the Java programming language

-use the Java programming language for various programming tasks

-develop software in the Java programming language

-evaluate user requirements for software functionality required to decide whether the Java

programming language can meet user requirements

-propose the use of certain technologies by implementing them in the Java programming

language to solve the given problem


Information Technology, V-Semester Open Elective IT- 505 (A) Principles of

Programming Language

Course Objectives:

To understand and describe syntax and semantics of programminglanguages

Understand data, data types, and basic statements and understand call-return

architecture and ways of implementingthem

To understand object-orientation, concurrency, and event handling in programming

languages

Develop programs in non-procedural programmingparadigms


1. Describe syntax and semantics of programminglanguages 2. Explain data, data types, and basic statements of programminglanguages

3. Designandimplementsubprogramconstructs,Applyobject-oriented,concurrency,and

event handling programmingconstructs

4. Develop programs in Scheme, ML, andProlog

5. Understand and adopt new programminglanguages

Course Contents

Unit- I Introduction: Characteristics of programming Languages, Factors influencing the evolution of programming

language, developments in programming methodologies, desirable features and design issues. Programming

language processors: Structure and operations of translators, software simulated computer, syntax,

semantics, structure, virtual computers, binding and binding time.

Unit -II

ElementaryandStructuredDataTypes,Structureddatatypeandobjects,SubProgramandprogrammer defined data

types: Evolution of data types, abstractions, encapsulations, information hiding, sub programmes, abstract

data types. Sequence Control; Implicit and Explicit sequence control, sequence control with within

expression and statements, recursive sub programmes, exception handling, co- routines, Scheduled sub

programmes, concurrentexecution.

Unit -III

Data control referencing environments, static and dynamic scope, local data local data referencing

environment,shareddata:Explicitcommonenvironmentdynamicscopeparameterpassingmechanism. Storage

Management: Major run time requirements, storage management phases, static storage management, stack

based, heap based storagemanagement.

Unit -IV

Syntaxandtranslation:Generalsyntacticcriteria,syntacticelementofalanguage,stagesintranslation, formal

syntax and semantics. Introduction to Functional Programming, Lambda calculus, Data flow language and

Object Oriented language,

Unit –V

Comparison in various general and special purpose programming languages e.g. Fortran, C, Pascal, Lisp,

etc. issues related to programming languages and limitations.

References:

1. Terrance W Pratt, "Programming Languages: Design and Implementation"PHI

2. Sebesta, "Concept of Programming Language", AddisonWesley

3. E Horowitz , "Programming Languages", 2nd Edition, AddisonWesley

4. "Fundamentals of Programming Languages",Galgotia.


Information Technology, V-Semester Open Elective

IT- 504 (A) E-Commerce & Governance

Course Objectives

-Discuss fundamentals of e-commerce, types and applications. -Evaluate the role of the major types of information systems in a business environment and their

relationship to each other

-Assess the impact of the Internet and Internet technology on business electronic commerce and

electronic business

-Identify the major e management challenges for building and using information systems and learn

how to find appropriate solutions to those challenges.

-Learn strategies for e-commerce, e government, Wireless Application Protocol, WAP

technology and electronic payment system.

Unit I: Introduction

Definition of Electronic Commerce, Brief history of Ecommerce, e, E-Commerce: technology and

prospects, incentives for engaging in electronic commerce, needs of E Commerce, advantages and

disadvantages, , Inter Organizational E-Commerce Intra Organizational E- Commerce, and

Consumer to Business Electronic Commerce, Architectural framework

,Impact of E-commerce on business, E-Commerce Models.

Unit II: Network Infrastructure for E- Commerce

Internet and Intranet based E-commerce- Issues, problems and prospects, Network Infrastructure,

Network Access Equipments, Broadband telecommunication (ATM, ISDN, FRAME RELAY).

Mobile Commerce: Introduction, Wireless Application Protocol, WAP technology, Mobile

Information device. Emerging Client Server Security Threats, firewalls & Network Security.

Unit III: E-Marketplaces, e Procurement and e Payment Systems

Define e-Marketplace and Describe their Functions, Explain e-Marketplace types and their

features, Describe the various types of auctions and list their characteristics, Discuss the benefits,

limitations and impacts of auctions, E-Commerce in the wireless environment, Competition in the

DE and impact on industry, Integration and e-Business suits, ERP, eSCM, CRM, e-Procurement

definition, processes, methods and benefits , e- Payment, Discuss the categories and users of smart

cards, Describe payment methods in B2B EC

Unit IV: Electronic Payment System

Electronic Payments Overview of Electronics payments, Overview, The SET protocol, Payment

Gateway, Digital Token based Electronics payment System, magnetic strip card, E- Checks, Smart

Cards, Credit Card, Debit Card based EPS, Emerging financial Instruments, Home Banking,

Online Banking.

Unit V: e-Government

Definition of e-Governments, theoretical background of e-governance, issues in e-governance

applications, evolution of e-governance, Implementation, E-Government Services,Challenges and

Opportunities, EGovernment Benefits, e-governance models- broadcasting, critical flow,

comparative analysis, mobilization and lobbying, interactive services /G2C2G.

Reference Books

1. Ravi Kalakota, Andrew Winston, ―Frontiers of Electronic Commerce‖, AddisonWesley. 2. Pete Lohsin , John Vacca ―Electronic Commerce‖, New AgeInternational

3. Goel, Ritendra ―E-commerce‖, New AgeInternational

4. Laudon, ―E-Commerce: Business, Technology, Society‖, Pearson Education

5. Bajaj and Nag, ―E-Commerce the cutting edge of Business‖,TMH

6. Turban, ―Electronic Commerce 2004: A Managerial Perspective‖, PearsonEducation

7. Denieal Amor, ― The E-Business Revolution‖, Addision Wesley

8. Diwan, Sharma, ―E-Commerce‖Excel

9. J. Satyanarayan, ―E-government: The science of the possible‖, PHI Learning Private

Limited

10. C.S.R. Prabhu, ―E-governence: concept and case study‖, PHI Learning PrivateLimited

Course Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

understand the e-business concepts.

understand the e-business models and infrastructure.

learn how e-business concepts are applied to different fields, such as: education, banking,

tourism and so on.

willcome up with online business ideas and will be motivated to apply what they learned.


Information Theory, V-Semester Open Elective CS/IT- 505 (C) CyberSecurity

Course Objectives:

Effective information security at the enterprise level requires participation, planning,

andpractice.Itisanongoingeffortthatrequiresmanagementandstafftoworktogether

fromthesamescript.Fortunately,theinformationsecuritycommunityhasdevelopeda

varietyofresources,methods,andbestpracticestohelpmodernenterprisesaddressthe challenge.

Unfortunately, employing these tools demands a high degree of commitment, understanding, and

skill—attributes that must be sustained through constant awareness andtraining.


1. Assess the current security landscape, including the nature of the threat, the general

status of common vulnerabilities, and the likely consequences of securityfailures;

2. Critique and assess the strengths and weaknesses of general cyber security models,

including the CIAtriad;

3. Appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern security

system, including hardware, software, policies, andpeople;

4. Assess how all domains of security interact to achieve effective system-wide security

at the enterpriselevel.

5. Compare the interrelationships among security roles and responsibilities in a modern

information-driven enterprise—to include interrelationships across security domains

(IT, physical, classification, personnel, and soon);

6. Assess the role of strategy and policy in determining the success of information

security;

7. Estimate the possible consequences of misaligning enterprise strategy, security policy,

and securityplans;

8. Evaluate the trends and patterns that will determine the future state of cybersecurity.

Course Content:

Unit I: The Security Environment-Threats, vulnerabilities, and consequences Advanced persistent

threats, The state of security today, Why security matters to DoD? Principles of Cybersecurity-The

interrelated components of the computing environment Cybersecurity models (the CIA triad, the

star model, the Parkerianhexad) Variations on a theme: computer security, information security,

and information assurance

Unit II: Cybersecurity Management Concepts-Security governance, Management models, roles,

and functions, Enterprise Roles and Structures-Information security roles and positions Alternative

enterprise structures and interfaces

Unit III: Strategy and Strategic Planning – Strategy, Strategic planning and security, strategy The

information security lifecycle, Architecting the enterprise, Security Plans and Policies- Levels of

planning, Planning misalignment, The System Security Plan (SSP), Policy development and

implementation.

Unit IV: Laws and Regulatory Requirements- Timeline of Indian laws related to information

security,TheFederalInformationSecurityManagementAct(FISMA),SecurityStandardsand Controls -

Security standards and controls, Certification and accreditation(C&A).

Unit V: Risk Management-Principles of risk, Types of risk, Risk strategies, The Risk Management

Framework (RMF), Security Metrics and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)- The challenge of

security metrics,What makes a good metric? Approaches to securitymetrics, Metrics andFISMA

Text Books:

1. Rhodes-Ousley,Mark.InformationSecurity:TheCompleteReference,SecondEdition,

2. Information Security Management: Concepts and Practice. New York, McGraw-Hill, 2013.

3. Whitman, Michael E. and Herbert J. Mattord. Roadmap to Information Security for IT and

Infosec Managers. Boston, MA: Course Technology, 2011.


Information Theory V-Semester

Open Elective CS/IT- 505 (D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship

Course Objectives:

• Thinkcriticallyandcreativelyaboutthenatureofbusinessopportunities,resources,

andindustries.

• Describe the processes by which innovation is fostered, managed, and

commercialized.

• Spot new business opportunities in the environment, whether by recognition,

development, orcreation.


• Assess the market potential for a new venture, including customer need,

competitors, and industryattractiveness.

• Develop a business model for a new venture, including revenue, margins,

operations, working capital, andinvestment.

• Develop pro forma financial statements that reflect business model decisions and

that can be used to determine future fundingrequirements.




• Explain the operational implications of common terms and conditions for early-

stage investmentdeals.



1. Comprehend the role of bounded rationality, framing, causation and effectuation in


2. Demonstrate an ability to design a business modelcanvas.

3. Evaluate the various sources of raising finance for startupventures.

4. Understand the fundamentals of developing and presenting business pitching to

potential investors.

Course Content:

Unit I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurs; entrepreneurial personality and intentions -

characteristics, traits and behavioral; entrepreneurial challenges.

Unit II: Entrepreneurial Opportunities: Opportunities. Discovery/ creation, Pattern identification

and recognition for venture creation: prototype and exemplar model, reverse engineering.




Unit IV: Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups: Introduction to business models; Creating

value propositions-conventional industry logic, value innovation logic; customer focused

innovation; building and analyzing business models; Business model canvas, Introduction to lean

startups, Business Pitching.






1. Ries, Eric(2011), The lean Start-up: How constant innovation creates radically

successful businesses, Penguin BooksLimited.

2. Blank, Steve (2013), The Startup Owner‘s Manual: The Step by Step Guide for

Building a Great Company, K&SRanch.

3. S. Carter and D. Jones-Evans, Enterprise and small business- Principal Practice and

Policy, Pearson Education(2006)

4. T. H. Byers, R. C. Dorf, A. Nelson, Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise,

McGraw Hill (2013).


Information Technology, VI-Semester

Departmental Elective IT 604(A) Compiler Design

Course Objectives:

1. To teach the students the basic concepts of Compiler, programming languages and

develop an understanding of the compilationphases

2. To make students understand what is syntax analysis and various types ofparsers

3. To introduce syntax trees and dependencygraphs

4. To introduce intermediate code generation, memory management and the role ofsymbol

5. table and itsorganization

6. To introduce Code generation and codeoptimization

UNIT-I:

Introduction to Compiler, analysis of source program, phases and passes, Bootstrapping,

lexical analyzers, data structures in compilation – LEX: lexical analyzer generator, Input

buffering, Specification and Recognition of tokens, YACC, The syntactic specification of

programming languages: Context free grammars, derivation and parse trees, capabilities of

CFG.

UNIT-II:

Syntax Analysis: working of Parser, Top down parsing, Bottom-up parsing, Operator

precedence parsing, predictive parsers, LR parsers (SLR, Canonical LR, LALR), constructing

SLR parsing tables, constructing Canonical LR parsing tables, Constructing LALR parsing

tables, using ambiguous grammars, an automatic parser generator.

UNIT-III:

Syntax Directed Translation: Definitions, Inherited Attributes, L-attributed definitions,

Sattributeddefinitions,Dependencygraph,Constructionofsyntaxtrees,Topdowntranslation,

postfix notation, bottom upevaluation.

UNIT-IV:

Intermediate Code Generation: Three address code, quadruple & triples, translation of

assignment statements, Boolean expression and control structures, Backpatching, Run Time

Memory Management: Static and Dynamic storage allocation, stack based memory allocation

schemes, Symbol Table management.

UNIT-V:

Code Optimization and Generation: organization of code optimizer, basic blocks and flow

graphs,DAGrepresentationofbasicblocks,loopsinflowgraph,peepholeoptimization,Basic of

blockoptimization.

References:-

1. A. V. Aho, R. Sethi& J. D. Ullman, Compilers: Principles, Techniques and Tools, Pearson

Ed.

2. Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Principles of Compiler Design, Narosa Publishing

House.

3. Ronald Mak, Writing Compilers and Interpreters, WileyIndiacEdition.

4. Louden, Compiler Construction, Cengagelearning.

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to- 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the compilationphases.

2. Specify and analyze the lexical, syntactic and semantic structures of advancedlanguage

features.

3. Write a scanner, parser, and semantic analyser without the aid of automaticgenerators.

4. Describe techniques for intermediate code and machine codeoptimization.

5. Design the structures and support required for compiling advanced languagefeatures.



Departmental Elective IT 604 (B) Data Mining

Course Objectives:

1. To introduce data warehouse and itscomponents 2. To introduce knowledge discovery process, data mining and itsfunctionalities

3. To develop understanding of various algorithms for association rule mining and their

differences

4. To introduce various classification techniques

5. To introduce various clusteringalgorithms.

Unit I:

Data Warehousing: Need for data warehousing , Basic elements of data warehousing, Data

Mart, Data Warehouse Architecture, extract and load Process, Clean and Transform data, Star,

Snowflake and Galaxy Schemas for Multidimensional databases, Fact and dimension data,

Partitioning Strategy-Horizontal and Vertical Partitioning, Data Warehouse and OLAP

technology, Multidimensional data models and different OLAP Operations, OLAP Server:

ROLAP, MOLAP, Data Warehouse implementation, Efficient Computation of Data Cubes,

Processing of OLAP queries, Indexing data.

Unit II:

Data Mining: Data Preprocessing, Data Integration and Transformation, Data Reduction,

Discretizaion and Concept Hierarchy Generation, Basics of data mining, Data mining

techniques,KDP(KnowledgeDiscoveryProcess),ApplicationandChallengesofDataMining

Unit III:

Mining Association Rules in Large Databases: Association Rule Mining, Single-

Dimensional Boolean Association Rules, Multi-Level Association Rule, Apriori Algorithm,

Fp- Growth Algorithm, Time series mining association rules, latest trends in association rules

mining.

Unit IV:

Classification and Clustering: Distance Measures, Types of Clustering Algorithms, K-Means

Algorithm, Decision Tree, Bayesian Classification, Other Classification Methods, Prediction,

Classifier Accuracy, Categorization of methods, Outlier Analysis.

Unit V:

Introduction of Web Mining and its types, Spatial Mining, Temporal Mining, Text Mining,

Security Issue, Privacy Issue, Ethical Issue.

References:-

1. Arun k Pujari ―Data Mining Technique‖ UniversityPress 2. Han,Kamber, ―Data Mining Concepts &Techniques‖,

3. M.Kaufman., P.Ponnian, ―Data Warehousing Fundamentals‖, JohnWiley.

4, M.H.Dunham, ―Data Mining Introductory & Advanced Topics‖, Pearson Education.

5. Ralph Kimball, ―The Data Warehouse Lifecycle Tool Kit‖, JohnWiley.

6. E.G. Mallach , ―The Decision Support & Data Warehouse Systems‖,TMH

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to- 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of data warehousing and

OLAP technology

2. Organize and Prepare the data needed for data mining using pre preprocessingtechniques

3. Implement the appropriate data mining methods like classification, clustering

orFrequent Pattern mining on various datasets.

4. Define and apply metrics to measure the performance of various data miningalgorithms.

5. Demonstrate an understanding of data mining on various types of data like web

data and spatialdata



Open Elective IT 604 (C) Software Project Management

UNIT-I: Introduction and Software Project Planning & Scheduling

Fundamentals of Software Project Management (SPM), Vision and Scope document, Project

ManagementCycle,SPMObjectives,SoftwareProjectPlanning,PlanningObjectives,Project

Plan,Typesofprojectplan,StructureofaSoftwareProjectManagementPlan,Softwareproject

estimation, Estimation methods, Estimation models, Decision process. Work Breakdown

Structure (WBS), Types of WBS, Functions, Activities and Tasks, Project Life Cycle and

Product Life Cycle, Ways to Organize Personnel, Project schedule, Scheduling Objectives,

Building the project schedule, Scheduling terminology and techniques, Network Diagrams:

PERT, CPM, Bar Charts: Milestone Charts, GanttCharts.

UNIT-II: Project Monitoring and Control

Dimensions of Project Monitoring & Control, Earned Value Analysis, Earned Value

Indicators: Budgeted Cost for Work Scheduled (BCWS), Cost Variance (CV), Schedule

Variance (SV), Cost Performance Index (CPI), Schedule Performance Index (SPI),

Interpretation of Earned Value Indicators, Error Tracking, Software Reviews, Types of

Review: Inspections, Deskchecks, Walkthroughs, Code Reviews, Pair Programming.

UNIT-III: Software Quality Assurance and Testing

Testing Objectives, Testing Principles, Test Plans, Test Cases, Types of Testing, Levels of

Testing, Test Strategies, Program Correctness, Program Verification & validation, Testing

Automation & Testing Tools, Concept of Software Quality, Software Quality Attributes,

Software Quality Metrics and Indicators, The SEI Capability Maturity Model CMM), SQA

Activities, Formal SQA Approaches: Proof of correctness, Statistical quality assurance,

Cleanroom process.

UNIT-IV: Project Management and Project Management Tools

SoftwareConfigurationManagement:SoftwareConfigurationItemsandtasks,Baselines,Plan for

Change, Change Control, Change Requests Management, Version Control, Risk

Management: Risks and risk types, Risk Breakdown Structure (RBS), Risk Management

Process: Risk identification, Risk analysis, Risk planning, Risk monitoring, Cost Benefit

Analysis, Software Project Management Tools: CASE Tools, Planning and Scheduling Tools,

MS-Project.

References:

1. M. Cotterell, Software Project Management, Tata McGraw-HillPublication. 2. Royce, Software Project Management, PearsonEducation

3. Kieron Conway, Software Project Management, DreamtechPress

4. S. A. Kelkar, Software Project Management, PHIPublication.


Information Technology VI-Semester Departmental Elective

IT- 604 (D) Software Testing

Course Objectives:

To study fundamental concepts in softwaretesting.

Todiscussvarioussoftwaretestingissuesandsolutionsinsoftwareunittest,integration and

systemtesting.

Toexposetheadvancedsoftwaretestingtopics,suchasobject-orientedsoftwaretesting

methods


1. List a range of different software testing techniques and statergies and be able to

apply specific(automated) unit testing method to theprojects.

2. Distinguish characterstics of structural testingmethods.

3. Demonstrate the integration testing which aims to uncover interaction and

compatibility problems as early aspossible.

4. Discuss about the functional and system testingmethods.

5. Demonstrate various issues for object orientedtesting.

Course Content:

Unit I: A Mathematical Context: A Perspective on Testing, Examples Functional Testing:

Boundary Value Testing, Equivalence Class Testing, Decision TableBased Testing,

Retrospective on Functional Testing.

Unit II: Structural Testing: Path Testing- DD-Paths, Test Coverage Metrics, Basis Path

Testing, Dataflow Testing- Define/Use Testing, Slice-Based Testing, Retrospective on

Structural Testing- Gaps and Redundancies, Metrics for Method Evaluation.

Unit III: Integration Testing: Levels of Testing, Integration Testing- A Closer Look at the

SATM System, Decomposition-Based Integration, Call Graph-Based Integration, Path-Based

Integration.

Unit IV: System TestingThreads, Basic Concepts for Requirements Specification, Finding

Threads, Structural Strategies for Thread Testing, Functional Strategies for Thread Testing

SATM Test Threads, System Testing Guidelines

Unit V: Object-Oriented Testing: Issues in Object-Oriented Testing, Class Testing, Object-

Oriented Integration Testing, GUI Testing, Object-Oriented System Testing.


1. Paul C. Jorgensen, Software Testing: A Craftsman‟s Approach, 3rd Edition, CRC

Press,2007.

2. Boris Beizer, Software Testing Techniques, Dreamtech,2009




Open Elective – IT 605 (A) Digital signal Processing

Unit – I: Discrete-Time Signals and Systems

Discrete-time signals, discrete-time systems, analysis of discrete-time linear time-invariant

systems, discrete time systems described by difference equation, solution of difference

equation, implementation of discrete-time systems, stability and causality, frequency domain

representation of discrete time signals and systems.

UNIT –II: z-Transform

The direct z-transform, properties of the z-transform, rational z-transforms, inversion of the

z transform, analysis of linear time-invariant systems in the z- domain, block diagrams and

signal flow graph representation of digital network, matrix representation.

Unit – III: Frequency Analysis of Discrete Time Signals

Discrete fourier series (DFS), properties of the DFS, discrete Fourier transform (DFT),

properties of DFT, two dimensional DFT, circular convolution.

Unit – IV: Efficient Computation of the DFT

FFT algorithms, decimation in time algorithm, decimation in frequency algorithm,

decomposition for ‗N‘composite number.

Unit – V: Digital filters Design Techniques

Design of IIR and FIR digital filters, Impulse invariant and bilinear transformation,

windowing techniques rectangular and other windows, examples of FIR filters, design using

windowing.

References:

1. Oppenheim and Schafer: Digital Signal Processing, PHILearning. 2. Johnny R. Johnson: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing, PHILearning.

3. Proakis: Digital Signal Processing, PearsonEducation.

4. Rabiner and Gold: Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing, PHILearning.

5. Ingle and Proakis: Digital Signal Processing- A MATLAB based Approach, Thompson,

Cengage Learning.

Course Outcomes: At the end of this course, students will demonstrate the ability to:-

Represent signals mathematically in continuous and discrete-time, and in the

frequency domain. Analyse discrete-time systems using z-transform.

Understand the Discrete-Fourier Transform (DFT) and the FFT

algorithms. Design digital filters for various applications.

Apply digital signal processing for the analysis of real-life signals.



Open Elective – IT 605 (B) Machine Learning

COURSE CONTENTS:

Unit –I

Introduction to machine learning, scope and limitations, regression, probability, statistics and

linear algebra for machine learning, convex optimization, data visualization, hypothesis

unctionandtesting,datadistributions,datapreprocessing,dataaugmentation,normalizingdata sets,

machine learning models, supervised and unsupervisedlearning.

Unit –II

Linearityvsnonlinearity,activationfunctionslikesigmoid,ReLU,etc.,weightsandbias,loss

function,gradientdescent,multilayernetwork,backpropagation,weightinitialization,training,

testing, unstable gradient problem, auto encoders, batch normalization, dropout, L1 and L2

regularization, momentum, tuning hyperparameters,

Unit –III

Convolutional neural network, flattening, subsampling, padding, stride, convolution layer,

pooling layer, loss layer, dance layer 1x1 convolution, inception network, input channels,

transfer learning, one shot learning, dimension reductions, implementation of CNN liketensor

flow, kerasetc.

Unit –IV

Recurrent neural network, Long short-term memory, gated recurrent unit, translation, beam

searchandwidth,Bleuscore,attentionmodel,ReinforcementLearning,RL-framework,MDP,

Bellman equations, Value Iteration and Policy Iteration, , Actor-critic model, Q learning,

SARSA

Unit–V

Support Vector Machines, Bayesian learning, application of machine learning in computer

vision,speechprocessing,naturallanguageprocessingetc,CaseStudy:ImageNetCompetition

TEXT BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Christopher M. Bishop, ―Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning‖,Springer-Verlag 2. New York Inc., 2nd Edition,2011.

3. Tom M. Mitchell, ―Machine Learning‖, McGraw Hill Education, First edition,2017.

4. Ian Goodfellow and YoshuaBengio and Aaron Courville, ―Deep Learning‖, MIT

Press,2016

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Aurelien Geon, ―Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and Tensorflow:

Concepts, Tools, and Techniques to Build Intelligent Systems‖, Shroff/O'Reilly; First

edition(2017).

2. Francois Chollet, "Deep Learning with Python", Manning Publications, 1stEd.2018. 3. Andreas Muller, "Introduction to Machine Learning with Python: A Guide for Data

Scientists", Shroff/O'Reilly; First edition(2016).

4. Russell, S. and Norvig, N. ―Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Prentice Hall

Series in Artificial Intelligence.2003.

PRACTICAL:

Different problems to be framed to enable students to understand the concept learnt and get

hands-on on various tools and software related to the subject. Such assignments are to be

framed for ten to twelve lab sessions.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

After Completing the course student should be able to:

1. Apply knowledge of computing and mathematics to machine learning problems, models

andalgorithms;

2. Analyze a problem and identify the computing requirements appropriate for itssolution;

3. Design, implement, and evaluate an algorithm to meet desired needs;and

4. Apply mathematical foundations, algorithmic principles, and computer science theory to

the modeling and design of computer-based systems in a way that demonstrates

comprehension of the trade-offs involved in designchoices.



Open Elective IT 605 (C) Embedded Systems

Course Objectives:

To introduce students with knowledge about the basic functions and applications of

embeddedsystems

To introduce the architecture of embeddedsystems

To introduce the various communicationprotocols

To enable students to have knowledge of the memory types and supporting

technologies of embeddedsystems.

To enable students to have knowledge about the development of embeddedsoftware

UNIT-I Introduction to Embedded Systems: Definition of embedded system, embedded

systems vs. general computing systems, history of embedded systems, classification, major

application areas, purpose of embedded systems, characteristics and quality attributes of

embedded systems, common design metrics, and processor technology: general purpose

processor, application specific processor, single purpose processor.

UNIT-II Embedded System Architecture: Von Neumann v/s Harvard architecture,instruction

set architecture, CISC and RISC instructions set architecture, basic embedded processor,

microcontroller architecture, CISC & RISC examples: 8051, ARM, DSPprocessors.

UNIT-III Input Output and Peripheral Devices Timers and counters, watchdog timers,

interrupt controllers, PWM, keyboard controller, analog to digital converters, real time clock.

Introduction to communication protocols: basic terminologies, concepts, serial protocol: I2C,

CAN, firewire, USB. Parallel protocols: PCI bus, IrDA, bluetooth, IEEE 802.11, wireless

protocols.

UNIT-IV Memory System Architecture Caches, virtual memory, MMU, address translation,

memory and interfacing, memory write ability and storage performance. Memory types,

composing memory – advance RAM interfacing, microprocessor interfacing I/O addressing,

interrupts, direct memory access, arbitration multilevel bus architecture.

UNIT-V Embedded System Supporting Technologies Difference between normal OS and

RTOS, scheduling algorithms. Case study: Tiny OS, VxWorks, QNX. Overview of VLSI

technology, introduction to device drivers. Case studies: washing machine, air-conditioning,

auto focus camera.

References:

1. F Vahid, T Giogarvis, Embedded systems: A unified hardware/software approach,Wiley,

1999.

2. Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems Introduction, 2nd Ed., TMH publication,2015.

3. David E Simons, An Embedded Software Primer, Pearson,1999.

Course Outcomes:

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to- 1. Explain the embedded system concepts and architecture of embeddedsystems

2. Describe the architecture of 8051 microcontroller and write embedded program for8051

microcontroller

3. Select elements for an embedded systemstool.

4. Understand the memory types used in embeddedsystems

5. Design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints

such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety,

manufacturability, andsustainability




Open Elective – IT 605 (D) Software Quality Management

Course Objectives:

Thecoursehasthebasicscopetoprovidethestudentswiththeoreticalknowledgeabout

conceptsofsoftwarequality,aboutthequality-models,-standardsand–methodologies used

in the software industry. The theory is supported and supplemented by the lecturer‘s

10 years experience in software quality management. Understanding and usage of the

theory are consolidated by the case studies andexercises.


1. List various principles Software QualityManagement. 2. Describe the real world problems that may arise during software development and

affects thequality.

3. Develop an appropriate plan for software qualitymanagement.

4. Explore key contributors / metrics for effective qualitycontrol.

5. Identify appropriate international standard for real life software project for controlling

and managing the quality ofproduct.

6. Demonstrate and present the learning of course on real lifeproblems.

Course Content:

UNIT I: Introduction to Software Quality Engineering: what is software quality, who cares for

software quality, benefits of software quality, phases in software development, views of quality,

hierarchical models of quality, types of defects, cost of fixing defects, cost of poor quality,

definitions used in software quality engineering, software quality assurance, quality control,

software configuration management.

UNIT II: Software Testing: guiding principles of testing, composition of a testing team, skills of

a tester, types of testing, evaluating the quality of test cases, techniques for reducing number of

test cases, requirements for effective testing, test oracle, economics of software testing, handling

defects, risk in software testing, requirement traceability matrix.

UNIT III: Metrics for Software Quality: categories of software metrics, metrics program, goal

question metric method, types of metrics, commonly used software metrics, process metrics,

product metrics, metrics for resources.

UNIT IV: Tools for Quality Improvement: basic quality control tools, check sheet, cause and

effect diagram, pareto diagram, histogram, scatter plot, run chart, control chart, orthogonal defect

classification.

UNIT V: Software Quality Measurement: Measuring quality, software metrics, problems with

metrics, an overall measure of software quality. Developments in Measuring Quality: The work

of Gilb, the COQUAMO project.

UNIT VI: The ISO9000 series of quality management standards: The purpose of standards, the

ISO9000 series: a generic quality management standard, ISO9000-3: notes for guidance on the

application of ISO9001 in software development, the impact of ISO9000 and TickIT. Models and

standards for process improvement: The Capability Maturity Model, individual levels of

CMM, the role of the CMM, SPICE modeling.

Text Book:

1. ―SoftwareQuality:TheoryandManagement‖byAlanCGillies,CENGAGELearning,

Secondedition.

2. ―SoftwareQualityAssurance,TestingandMetrics‖byAnirbanBasu,PHIPublication.

References:

1. Agile and Iterative Development: A Manager's Guide, CraigLarman. 2. Practical Guide to Software Quality Management, John W.Horch.

3. Introduction to the Team Software Process(SM),WattsHumphrey.

4. Software Engineering, R.S. Pressman, McGrawHill.

Software Configuration Management (TIT-071)

Unit – 1

Examiningthetargetlevels,examiningthecustomizablesetofSCMtasks,IntroductiontoSCM, Fundamentals

of SCM, Benefits ofSCM

Unit – 2

EstablishSCMinanorganization:Focusingontheorganizationlevel,SCMcommitment

phase, SCM direction phase, foundationphase

Unit – 3

EstablishanSCMinfrastructureforanapplication:Applicationlevel,SCManalysisphase,

Implementation planning phase, Technology selection phase, design phase, process phase,

technologyimplementationphase,trainingphase,Systemtestingphase,transitionphase

Unit – 4

EstablishSCMtasksonaproject:Projectlevel,planningandrequirementphase,designphase, development

phase, test phase, releasephase.

Unit – 5

SCMTemplatesandprocesses:Policytemplate,plantemplate,Analysisinvestigatortemplate,

Implementationprojectplantemplate,evaluationrequirementslisttemplate,designspecification

template,developmentstrategytemplateProcess-problemmanagementprocess,changecontrol

process, identification process, version control process, merge process, build process, release

process, auditprocess.

Text Books:

1. Softwareconfigurationmanagementimplementationroadmap,MarioE.Moreira,WILEY2004

ADVANCED INFORMATION SYSTEM ENGINEERING (TIT – 072)

Unit – 1

Methods & Models for Information System

ModelingofSecureInformationSystem:Introductiontosecureinformationsystem,Tropos

Methodology, Developmentprocess,

IntroductiontoInternetBasedInformationSystem(IBIS),Semanticdataintegration,Framework

fordataintegration,Queryprocessing,ArchitectureofIBIS,Dataextraction,Interactionwiththe user

Situation Method Engineering (SME)

GenericprocessmodelforSME,Assemblybasedmethodengineering,paradigm-basedmethod engineering

Unit–2AdvancedDesignofInformationSystem

Web based federated Informationsystem

Designing,HeraMethodology,RoleofRDF,RDFS,RQLinHera,Integrationanddataretrieval,

Herafront-end

Embedding metrics into IS development

MetamodelingtechniqueandMEL,methodassemblyformeasurablemethods,definingmetrics with

MEL

Unit – 3 Methodologies for IS development

Methodcomponents,applicationofthemethodcomponent,introductiontochangecentricmethod

engineering, typology of method engineering approaches, Generic operations for method

engineering, introduction to two-Hemispehere model driven approach, software development

driven by particularmodel.

Unit – 4 Requirements Engineering

RequirementsonModellingtechnique

Communicationdrivenknowledgetransformation,Conceptualframework,Guidelinesforthe

usageofmodelingtechniques,concernorientedREmodel,COMforRE,Realizationofthe model.

Unit – 5 Enterprise Modelling

Business Process Modelling

Processmodelframeworks,validityofprocessmodels,supplychainoperationsreferencemodel

(SCOR)

Dataware House Methodology

Approaches to DW development methods, IPD approach, organizational process modeling.

Books:

1. AdvancedInformationSystemEngineering,CAiSE2005,OscarPastor,JoaoFalcaoe

Cunha,Springer

2. AdvancedInformationSystemEngineering,CAiSE2004,AnnePerson,JanisStirna,

Springer

3. AdvancedInformationSystemEngineering,CAiSE2003,JohannEderMichaleMissikoff,

Springer

4. SoftwareReuse,IvarJacobson,MartinGriss,PatrikJonsson,PearsonEducation.

WIRELESS NETWORKS (TCS-073/TIT-073)

Unit – 1 Introduction

LiberalizationofcommunicationsIndustry,Digitalizationofcontent,changesinspectrum

management,cellularreuse,drivetowardsbroadband,IEEE802.11networks

Unit – 2 Wireless Network Systems

Cellular networks

TtheGSMcircuitswitchednetwork,GSMchannelstructure,Authenticationandlocation

updating, physical channels,TMN

GPRS

IntroductiontoGPRS,contexts,PDPcontext,Mobilitymanagementcontext,MS-SGSNphysical

layer, MS-SGSN protocols, GPRSoperations

Unit–3Principlesofaccessnetworkplanning

Circuit voicenetworks

Introduction to CVN, coverage, capacity, planning for circuit multimedia services

Planning for packet multimedia services

Planningapproaches,buffer-pipemodel,characterizationofapplications,practicalmodeling methodologies,

multiuser packet transportconfigurations

Unit – 4 Planning and design

RAN, GSM RAN, UMTS RAN, Cellular OFDM RAN, Mesh network

Unit – 5 Network operation and optimization

Enhancedtelecomoperationsmodel(eTOM),wirelessnetworklifecycle–strategy,infrastructure and

product, operations, enterprise management, GSM network performance optimization –

principles and key performance indicators, coverage optimization, GPRS RAN optimization,

UMTS network performanceoptimization

Text Books:

1. DeployingWirelessnetworks,Andywilton,Timcharity,Cambridgeuniversitypress

2. Fundamental of Wireless Networking, Ron Price,TMH

3. 3G Wireless Networks, Clint Smity,TMH

4. Essentials of UMTS, Christopher Cox, Cambridge UniversityPress

SOFT COMPUTING (TCS-074/TIT-074)

Unit –I

Introductiontosoftcomputing.ApplicationsofArtificialNeuralNetworks,fuzzylogic,genetic

algorithmsandothersoft-computingtechniques.Theirstrengthsandweaknesses.Synergyofsoft

computingtechniques.Artificialneuralnetworks:overviewofhistory,MathematicalModelsof

Neurons, ANNarchitecture.

Unit-II

Introduction to artificial neural network

Neural Networks: Learning rules, Learning Paradigms-Supervised, Unsupervised and

reinforcement Learning, ANN training Algorithms-perceptions, Training rules, Delta, Back

PropagationAlgorithm,MultilayerPerceptronModel,Competitivelearningnetworks,Kohonensel

f organizing networks, Hebbian learning; HopfieldNetworks,

Unit-III

FuzzyLogic:IntroductiontoFuzzyLogic,ClassicalandFuzzySets:OverviewofClassicalSets,

Membership Function, Fuzzy rule generation. Operations on Fuzzy Sets: Compliment,

Intersections,Unions,CombinationsofOperations,AggregationOperations.FuzzyArithmetic:

FuzzyNumbers,LinguisticVariables,ArithmeticOperationsonIntervals&Numbers,Latticeof

Fuzzy Numbers, FuzzyEquations.

Unit - IV

Geneticalgorithms(Gas),Evolutionstrategies(Ess),Evolutionaryprogramming(EP),Genetic

Programming(GP),Selecting, crossover, mutation, schema analysis, analysis of selection

algorithms; convergence; Markov & other stochasticmodels.

Unit - V

OtherSoftcomputingapproachesSimulatedAnnealing,TabuSearch,Antcolonybased

optimization ,etc.

Text:

1. ―Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft computing‖, Jang, Sun, Mizutani,Pearson

2. ―Neural networks: a comprehensive foundation‖,Haykin,

3. ―Genetic Algorithms‖,Goldberg,

4. ―Fuzzy Sets & Fuzzy Logic‖, G.J. Klir& B. Yuan,PHI.

Reference:

1. Anderson J.A., ―An Introduction to Neural Networks‖, PHI,1999

2. HertzJ.Krogh,R.G.Palmer,―IntroductiontotheTheoryofNeuralComputation‖,

Addison- Wesley,California,

3. Melanie Mitchell, ―An Introduction to Genetic Algorithm‖, PHI,1998.

4. ―NeuralNetworks-AComprehensiveFoundations‖,Prentice-HallInternational,New

Jersey, 1999

5. FreemanJ.A.&D.M.Skapura,―NeuralNetworks:Algorithms,Applicationsand

Programming Techniques‖, Addison Wesley, Reading, Mass,(1992).

MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION & SYSTEM DESIGN (TIT-075)

Unit-I: Introduction

IntroductiontoMultimedia,MultimediaInformation,MultimediaObjects,Multimediainbusiness

andwork.ConvergenceofComputer,CommunicationandEntertainmentproducts

Stages of Multimedia Projects

Multimediahardware,Memory&storagedevices,Communicationdevices,Multimedia

software's,presentationtools,toolsforobjectgenerations,video,sound,imagecapturing,

authoring tools, card and page based authoringtools.

Unit-II: Multimedia Building Blocks

Text,SoundMIDI,DigitalAudio,audiofileformats,MIDIunderwindowsenvironment Audio

& VideoCapture.

Unit-III: Data Compression

Huffman Coding, Shannon Fano Algorithm, Huffman Algorithms, Adaptive Coding,

ArithmeticCodingHigherOrderModelling.FiniteContextModelling,Dictionarybased

Compression, Sliding Window Compression, LZ77, LZW compression, Compression,

Compression ratio loss less & lossycompression.

Unit-IV: Speech Compression & Synthesis

DigitalAudioconcepts,SamplingVariables,Losslesscompressionofsound,loss

compression & silencecompression.

Unit-V: Images

Multiplemonitors,bitmaps,Vectordrawing,lossygraphiccompression,imagefileformats,

animationsImagesstandards,JPEGCompression,ZigZagCoding,Multimedia

Database.Contentbasedretrievalfortextandimages,Video:Videorepresentation,Colors,Video

Compression,MPEGstandards,MHEGStandardVideoStreamingonnet,VideoConferencing,

MultimediaBroadcastServices,IndexingandretrievalofVideoDatabase,recentdevelopmentin

Multimedia.

Books:

1. Tay Vaughan ―Multimedia, Making IT Work‖ Osborne McGrawHill.

2. Buford ―Multimedia Systems‖ AddisonWesley.

3. Andleish&Thakrar ―Multimedia & System Design‖,PHI.

4. Agrawal & Tiwari ―Multimedia Systems‖Excel.

5. Mark Nelson ―Data Compression Book‖BPB.

6. Sleinreitz ―Multimedia System‖ AddisonWesley.

IT INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT (TIT-081)

UNIT I

Infrastructure Management Overview

Definitions, Infrastructure management activities, Evolutions of Systems since 1960s

(Mainframes-to-Midrange-to-PCs-to-Client-server computing-to-New age systems) and their

management,growthofinternet,currentbusinessdemandsandITsystemsissues,complexityof

today'scomputingenvironment,Totalcostofcomplexityissues,ValueofSystemsmanagement

forbusiness.

UNIT II

Preparing for Infrastructure Management

Factors to consider in designing IT organizations and IT infrastructure, Determining

customer'sRequirements,IdentifyingSystemComponentstomanage,ExistProcesses,Data,

applications,Toolsandtheirintegration,PatternsforITsystemsmanagement,Introductiontothe

designprocessforinformationsystems,Models,InformationTechnologyInfrastructureLibrary

(ITIL).

UNIT III

Service Delivery Processes

Service-levelmanagement,financialmanagementandcosting,ITservicescontinuity

management, Capacity management, Availabilitymanagement.

UNIT IV

Service Support Processes

ConfigurationManagement,Servicedesk.Incidentmanagement.Problemmanagement,Change

management, Releasemanagement.

UNIT V

Storage and Security Management

IntroductionSecurity,Identitymanagement,Singlesign-on,AccessManagement,Basicsof

network security, LDAP fundamentals, Intrusion detection, firewall, security information

management Introduction to Storage, Backup & Restore, Archive & Retrieve, Space

Management,SAN&NAS,DisasterRecovery,Hierarchicalspacemanagement,Database&

Application protection, Bare machine recovery, Dataretention/

Reference Books:

1. FoundationsofITServiceManagement:basedonITIL,byJanVanBon,VanHaren

Publishing, 2nd edition2005

2. HighAvailability:Design,Techniques,andProcesse,byFloydPiedad,MichaelHawkins,

Prentice Hall,2000

3. ITOrganization:BuildingaWorldclassInfrastructure,byHarrisKem,StuartGaiup,Guy

Nemiro, Publisher: Prentice Hall,2000

4. ITSystemsManagement:Designing,Implementing,andManagingWorld-Class

Infrastructures Rich Schiesser, Prentice Hall PTR;2001

CLIENT-SERVER BASED IT SOLUTIONS (TIT-082)

Unit – 1

Server Computing: Concept of Client-Server Technology, Client-Server Technology and

HeterogeneousComputing,CostsandBenefitsofClientServercomputing,Implementationand Scalability.

Unit – 2

ClientServerModelandSoftwareDesign:Client-ServerModel,Motivation,Terminologyand

Concepts, Applications, Concurrency in Network, Concurrency in Clients, Concurrency in

Servers,ContextSwitchingandProtocolSoftwareDesign,Advantagesofconcurrency.

Unit – 3

ArchitectureandDesignofClientServerModel:MultitaskingwithProcessesandThreads,

Scheduling, Synchronization, Memory,Communications.

Unit – 4

Algorithms in Client/Server Software Design: TCP Client algorithms, Socket Interface,

ProgrammingaUDPClient.TheConceptualServeralgorithm,BasicTypesofServersandtheir

comparisons, Interactive Server algorithms, Concurrent Server algorithms, Problem of Server

Deadlock.

Unit – 5

PortableClient/ServerApplications:ArchitectingPortableApplicationCode,Architecting

Platform-Independent Source-Code, Operating System/ Communications/ File System

independentmodules,ClientServerApplicationsArchitectingusingFrameworks.

Books:

1. DouglasE.Comer,DavidL;Stevens,InternetworkingwithTCP/IP:Client-Server

ProgrammingandApplications:VolIII,PrenticeHallofIndia,NewDelhi.

2. JaffreyD.Schqnk;ClientServerApplicationsandarchitecture,BPBNovellPress,New

Delhi

3. DouglasJ.Reilly;Client/ServerDevelopersGuide,AddisionWesleyDevelopersPress,

Masschachusetts

DATABASE ADMINISTRATION (TCS-083/TIT-083)

UNIT 1 DBA Fundamental I

Oracle Architectural Components, Getting Started With Oracle Server , Managing an Oracle

Instance,CreatingaDatabase,DataDictionaryContentsandUsage,MaintainingtheControlFile,

Redo Log Files, Managing Tablespaces and Data Files, Storage Structures and Relationships,

Managing Undo Data, Tables, Indexes, Maintaining Data Integrity, Managing Password,

Managing Security, Resources, users, Privileges & Roles, Loading Data Into a Database &

GlobalizationSupport

UNIT 2 DBA Fundamental II

Networking Overview, Basic Oracle Net Architecture, Server-Side Configuration, Basic Oracle

Net Services Client-Side Configuration, Usage and Configuration of the Oracle Shared Server,

Backup and Recovery Overview, Instance and Media Recovery Structures, Configuring the

Database Archiving Mode, Oracle Recovery Manager Overview and Configuration, User

Managed Backups, RMAN Backups, User Managed Complete & Incomplete Recovery, RMAN

Complete Recovery, Incomplete Recovery & Maintenance, Recovery Catalog Creation and

Maintenance, Transporting Data Between Databases

UNIT 3 Performance Tuning

Overview Of Oracle 9i Performance Tuning, Diagnostic and Tuning Tools, Sizing the Shared

Pool & the Buffer Cache, Sizing The Other SGA Structures, Database Configuration and I/O

Issues, Optimizing Sort Operations, Diagnosing Contention For Latches, Tuning Rollback

Segments, Monitoring and Detecting Lock Contention, Tuning The Oracle Shared Server,

Application Tuning, Using Oracle Blocks Efficiently

SQL Statement Tuning, Tuning the OS and Using Resource Manager

UNIT 4 Managing Oracle

Oracle9i:Overview,PreparingtheOperatingSystem&InstallOracleSoftware,CreateaCustom

OracleDatabase,InstallandConfigureEnterpriseManager,CustomizetheOracleDatabase

Linux Measurement Tools, Oracle Measurement Tools, Tuning Oracle

UNIT 5 Database Troubleshooting

One Time Troubleshooting, Adhoc Troubleshooting, Escalations, Connectivity, Business

Continuity,

High Availability and Scalability, Data Sharing and information Integration

ADVANCE COMPUTER NETWORK (TCS-083/TIT084)

UNIT I

Network Design: Design Principles - Determining Requirements - Analyzing the Existing

Network - Preparing the Preliminary Design - Completing the Final Design Development -

DeployingtheNetwork-MonitoringandRedesigning–Maintaining-DesignDocumentation-

Modular Network Design - Hierarchical Network Design - The Cisco Enterprise Composite

NetworkModel.

UNIT II

Technologies - Switching Design: Switching Types - Layer 2 and 3 Switching - Spanning-Tree

Protocol - Redundancy in Layer 2 Switched Networks - STP Terminology and Operation –

VirtualLANs–Trunks-Inter-VLANRouting-MultilayerSwitching-CiscoExpressForwarding

- Switching Security - Switching Design Considerations - IPv4 Routing Design: IPv4 Address

Design-PrivateandPublicAddresses–NAT-SubnetMasks-HierarchicalIPAddressDesign-

IPv4RoutingProtocols–Classification-Metrics-RoutingProtocolComparison-IPv4Routing

ProtocolSelection.

UNIT III

Network Security Design: Hacking – Vulnerabilities - Design Issues - Human Issues -

ImplementationIssues–Threats-ReconnaissanceAttacks-AccessAttacks–Information

DisclosureAttacks-DenialofServiceAttacks-ThreatDefense-SecureCommunication-

Network Security Best Practices - SAFE CampusDesign.

UNIT IV

Wireless LAN Design: Wireless Technology Overview - Wireless Standards – Wireless

Components - Wireless Security - Wireless Security Issues - Wireless Threat Mitigation –

Wireless Management - Wireless Design Considerations - Site Survey - WLAN Roaming -

Wireless IP Phones - Quality of Service Design - QoS Models – IntServ - DiffServ154 - QoS

Tools–PolicingandShaping-CongestionAvoidance-CongestionManagement-Link-Specific

Tools1 – QoS DesignGuidelines.

UNIT V

Network Management Design: ISO Network Management Standard - Protocols and Tools –

SNMP – MIB – RMON - Cisco NetFlow – Syslog – CiscoWorks - Network Management

Strategy-SLCsandSLAs-IPService-LevelAgreements–ContentNetworkingDesign–Case Study –

VentiSystems.

TEXT BOOK

DianeTiareandCatherinePaquet,―CampusNetworkDesignFundamentals‖,Pearson

Education,2006.

REFERENCE

CraigZacker,―TheCompleteReference:UpgradingandTroubleshootingNetworks‖,Tata

McGraw-Hill, 2000.

SOFTWARE QUALITY ENGINEERING (TIT-086)

UNIT-I: Introduction

Defining Software Quality, Software Quality Attributes and Specification, Cost of Quality,

Defects, Faults, Failures, Defect Rate and Reliability, Defect Prevention, Reduction, and

Containment,OverviewofDifferentTypesofSoftwareReview,IntroductiontoMeasurementand

Inspection Process, Documents andMetrics.

UNIT-II: Software Quality Metrics

Product Quality Metrics: Defect Density, Customer Problems Metric, Customer Satisfaction

Metrics,FunctionPoints,In-ProcessQualityMetrics:DefectArrivalPattern,Phase-BasedDefect

Removal Pattern, Defect Removal Effectiveness, Metrics for Software Maintenance: Backlog

ManagementIndex,FixResponseTime,FixQuality,SoftwareQualityIndicators.

UNIT-III: Software Quality Management and Models

Modeling Process, Software Reliability Models: The Rayleigh Model, Exponential Distribution

and Software Reliability Growth Models, Software Reliability Allocation Models, Criteria for

ModelEvaluation,SoftwareQualityAssessmentModels:HierarchicalModelofSoftwareQuality

Assessment.

UNIT-IV: Software Quality Assurance

QualityPlanningandControl,QualityImprovementProcess,EvolutionofSoftwareQuality

Assurance (SQA), Major SQA Activities, Major SQA Issues, Zero Defect Software, SQA

Techniques,StatisticalQualityAssurance,TotalQualityManagement,QualityStandardsand

Processes.

UNIT-V: Software Verification, Validation & Testing:

VerificationandValidation,EvolutionaryNatureofVerificationandValidation,Impracticalityof

Testing all Data and Paths, Proof of Correctness, Software Testing, Functional, Structural and

Error-OrientedAnalysis&Testing,StaticandDynamicTestingTools,CharacteristicsofModern

TestingTools.

Books:

1. JeffTian,SoftwareQualityEngineering(SQE),Wiley-Interscience,2005;ISBN0-471-71345- 7.

2. MetricsandModelsinSoftwareQualityEngineering,StephenH.Kan,Addison-Wesley

(2002), ISBN:0201729156

3. MetricsandModelsinSoftwareQualityEngineering,StephenH.Kan,Addison-Wesley

Professional

4. FundamentalConceptsfortheSoftwareQualityEngineer,TazDaughtrey,ASQQualityPress.

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING (TCS-801/TIT-087)

Unit–I

Characterization of Distributed Systems: Introduction, Examples of distributed Systems,

Resource sharing and the Web Challenges.

System Models: Architectural models, Fundamental Models

Theoretical Foundation for Distributed System: Limitation of Distributed system, absence of

globalclock,sharedmemory,Logicalclocks,Lamport‘s&vectorslogicalclocks,Causalordering of

messages, global state, terminationdetection.

Unit–II

Distributed Mutual Exclusion: Classification of distributed mutual exclusion, requirement of

mutualexclusiontheorem,Tokenbasedandnontokenbasedalgorithms,performancemetricfor

distributed mutual exclusionalgorithms.

DistributedDeadlockDetection:systemmodel,resourceVscommunicationdeadlocksdeadlock

prevention, avoidance, detection & resolution, centralized dead lock detection, distributed dead

lock detection, path pushing algorithms, edge chasingalgorithms.

Agreement Protocols: Introduction, System models, classification of Agreement Problem,

Byzantineagreementproblem,Consensusproblem,InteractiveconsistencyProblem,Solutionto

Byzantine Agreementproblem.

Unit–III

Distributed Objects and Remote Invocation: Communication between distributed objects,

Remote procedure call, Events and notifications, Java RMI case study.

DistributedFileSystems:Fileservicearchitecture,SunNetworkFileSystem,TheAndrewFile

System, Recentadvances.

Unit–IV

Transactions and Concurrency Control: Flat and nested distributed transactions, Locks,

Optimistic Concurrency control, Timestamp ordering, Comparison of methods for concurrency

control.

Distributed Transactions: Concurrency control in distributed transactions, Distributed

deadlocks, Transaction recovery. Replication: System model and group communication, Fault -

tolerant services, highly available services, Atomic Commit protocols.

Unit –V

Introduction to Grid Computing: Basics of grid Computing, Benefits of grid computing, Grid

termsandconcepts,Griduserroles,Standardsforgridenvironments,Gridsecurityrequirements.

Introduction to Cloud Computing: basics of cloud computing, Layers of Cloud Computing,

types of cloud computing, Cloud Computing Features, Cloud Computing Security requirements,

Cloud Computing Challenges.

Books:

1. Singhal&Shivaratri,"AdvancedConceptinOperatingSystems",McGrawHill

2. Coulouris,Dollimore,Kindberg,"DistributedSystem:ConceptsandDesign‖,PearsonEd.

INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEMS (TCS-088/TIT-088)

UNIT-I

Intrudertypes,intrusionmethods,processesanddetection,messageintegrityandauthentication,

honey pots. General IDSmodel,

UNIT-II

DataminingbasedIDS,Denningmodel,dataminingframeworkforconstructingfeaturesand

modelsforintrusiondetectionsystems.Unsupervisedanomalydetection,CV5clustering,SVM,

UNIT-III

probabilisticandstatisticalmodeling,generalIDSmodelandtaxonomy,evaluationofIDS,cost

sensitiveIDS.NBAD,specificationbasedandratebasedDDOS,scans/probes,predictingattacks

UNIT-IV

Networkbasedanomalydetection,stealthysurveillancedetection;DefendingagainstDOSattacks in

scout: signature-based solutions, snortrules.

Host-basedanomalydetection,taxonomyofsecurityflawsinsoftware,self-modelingsystemcalls for

intrusion detection with dynamic windowsize.

UNIT-V

Secureintrusiondetectionsystems,networksecurity,secureintrusiondetectionenvironment,

secure policy manager, secure IDS sensor, alarm management, intrusion detection system

signatures,sensorconfiguration,signatureandintrusiondetectionconfiguration,IPblocking

configuration, intrusion detection systemarchitecture.

Books

1. Endorf,C.,SchultzE.andMellanderJ.,―IntrusionDetectionandPrevention,‖McGraw-

Hill. 2003

2. Bhatnagar, K., ―Cisco Security‖, Course Technology.2002

3. Marchette,D.J.,―ComputerIntrusionDetectionandNetworkMonitoring:AStatistical

Viewpoint‖, Springer.2001

4. Rash,M.,Orebaugh,A.andClark,G.,―IntrusionPreventionandActiveResponse:

Deploying Network and Host IPS‖, Syngress.2005

5. Cooper,M.,Northcutt,S.,Fearnow,M.andFrederick,K.,―IntrusionSignaturesand

Analysis‖,Sams.

ADVANCED DBMS (TCS-087/TIT-89)

UNIT-1

DistributedDBMSConceptsanddesign:Introduction,functionsandarchitectureofaDDBMS,

distributedrelationaldatabasedesign,TransparenciesinaDDBMS,TwelverulesforaDDBMS.

Advanced concepts: Distributed transaction management, distributed concurrency control,

distributeddeadlockmanagement,distributeddatabaserecovery,X/opendistributedTransaction

processingmodel,Replicationservers,Distributedqueryoptimization,Mobiledatabases.

UNIT-2

Object-Oriented DBMS Introduction, advanced database applications, weakness of RDBMS,

storingobjectsinarelationaldatabase,next-generationdatabasesystems.Conceptsanddesign:

OODBMS perspectives, persistence, issues in OODBMS, advantages and disadvantages of

OODBMS, Object-oriented databasedesign.

UNIT-3

Standards and systems: object management group, object database standard ODMG 3.0 1999,

Objectstore.ObjectrelationalDBMS:Introduction,thirdgenerationdatabasemanifestos,SQL8,

ObjectorientedextensionsinOracle,ComparisonofORDBMSandOODBMS.

UNIT-4

WebtechnologyandDBMSWebasadatabaseApplicationPlatform:Requirementsforweb-

DBMS integration, web-DBMS architecture, advantages and disadvantages of web-DBMS

approach,approachestointegratingthewebandDBMS,OracleInternetApplicationServer

(IAS).

UNIT-5

Data Warehousing Concepts, OLAP and Data mining Evolution of data warehousing, data

warehousingconcepts,benefitsandproblemsofdatawarehousing,comparisonofOLTPsystems and

data warehousing, On-Line Processing, Introduction to datamining.

Books:

1. Adam,NabilR.,Bhargava,BharatK.,―AdvancedDatabaseSystems‖,Springer.

2. CarloZaniolo,StefanoCeri,―AdvancedDatabaseSystems‖,MorganKaufmann,1997

TOE-01 NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES

Unit I:

Introduction:Variousnon-conventionalenergyresources-Introduction,availability,

classification, relative merits anddemerits.

Unit II:

Solar Cells:Theory of solar cells. Solar cell materials, solar cell power plant, limitations.

SolarThermalEnergy:Solarradiationflatplatecollectorsandtheirmaterials,applicationsand performance,

focusing of collectors and their materials, applications and performance; solar

thermalpowerplants,thermalenergystorageforsolarheatingandcooling,limitations.

Unit III:

GeothermalEnergy:Resourcesofgeothermalenergy,thermodynamicsofgeo-thermalenergy conversion-

electricalconversion,non-electricalconversion,environmentalconsiderations.

Magneto-hydrodynamics(MHD):PrincipleofworkingofMHDPowerplant,performanceand limitations.

Unit IV:

FuelCells:Principleofworkingofvarioustypesoffuelcellsandtheirworking,performanceand limitations.

Thermo-electricalandthermionicConversions:Principleofworking,performanceand limitations.

Wind Energy: Wind power and its sources, site selection, criterion, momentum theory,

classificationofrotors,concentrationsandaugments,windcharacteristics.performanceand limitations of

energy conversionsystems.

Unit V:

Bio-mass: Availability of bio-mass and its conversion theory.

OceanThermalEnergyConversion(OTEC):Availability,theoryandworkingprinciple,

performance andlimitations.

WaveandTidalWave:Principleofworking,performanceandlimitations.WasteRecycling Plants

Books Recommended:

1. AndraGabdel, "A Handbook for Engineers andEconomists".

2. A. Mani, "Handbook of Solar radiation Data forIndia".

3. PeterAuer,"AdvancesinEnergySystemandTechnology".Vol.1&IIEditedby

AcademicPress.

4. F.R.theMITTRE,"WindMachines"byEnergyResourcesandEnvironmentalSeries.

5. Frank Kreith, "Solar Energy HandBook".

6. N.ChermisinoggandThomes,C.Regin,"PrinciplesandApplicationofSolarEnergy".

7. N.G. Calvert, " Wind PowerPrinciples‖.

8. W. Palz., P. Chartier and D.O. Hall," Energy fromBiomass".


Unit I:

Introduction:Definitionofreliability,typesoffailures,definitionandfactorsinfluencing,system effectiveness,

various parameters of systemeffectiveness.

Unit II:

ReliabilityMathematics:Definitionofprobability,lawsofprobability,conditionalprobability,

Bay'stheorem;variousdistributions;datacollection,recoveryofdata,dataanalysisprocedures, empirical

reliabilitycalculations.

UnitIII:ReliabilityTypesofsystem-series,parallel,seriesparallel,standbyandcomplex;

developmentoflogicdiagram,methodsofreliabilityevaluation;cutsetandtiesetmethods,

matrixmethodseventtreesandfaulttreesmethods,reliabilityevaluationusingprobability distributions,

Markov method, frequency and durationmethod.

Unit IV:

ReliabilityImprovements:Methodsofreliabilityimprovement,componentredundancy,system

redundancy,typesofredundanciesseries,parallel,series-parallel,standbyandhybrid,effectof maintenance.

Unit V:

ReliabilityTesting:Lifetesting,requirements,methods,testplanning,datareportingsystem, data

reduction and analysis, reliability teststandards.

Books Recommended:

1. R.Billintan& R.N. Allan,‖ Reliability Evaluation of Engineering and Systems", Plenum Press.

1. K.C.Kapoor&L.R.Lamberson,"ReliabilityinEngineeringandDesign",JohnWileyand

Sons.

2. S.K.Sinha&B.K.Kale,―LifeTestingandReliabilityEstimation",WileyEasternLtd.

3. M.L.Shooman,"ProbabilisticReliability,AnEngineeringApproach",McGrawHill.

4. G.H.Sandler,"System Reliability Engineering", PrenticeHall.


Unit I:

Environment:Environmentanditscomponents,pollutionofenvironmentbyhumanactivity, kinds

ofpollution.

Unit II:

WaterQuality:Measureofwaterquality,waterqualitystandards,watertreatment;wastewater transport and

treatment, sludge treatment anddisposal.

AirQuality:Sourcesandeffectsofairpollution,majorairpollutants,airqualitycontrol, treatment of

emissions, dispersion of airpollutants.

Unit III:

Solid waste: Collection of refuse, removal and transport, disposal of refuse.


Unit IV:

Ecology:EcologyandEcosystems,conceptofecologicalimbalances,physicalandclimate

factors,bioticcomponents,energyandmaterialflowsinecosystems,humaninfluenceon ecosystems.

Unit V:

ConservationofNaturalResources:Waterresources,mineralresources,agriculturaland forestry

resources, agriculture soil and need of nutrients, fertilizers and pesticides. Brief introduction about

environmental legislation and environmentalaudit.

Books Recommended:

1. Vesilind, " Introduction to Environmental Engineering," Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd. Singapore.

TOE-04GEOGRAPHICINFORMATIONSYSTEMS(GIS)TECHNOLOGYANDITS

APPLICATIONS:

Unit I

DefinitionofGIS,CartographyandGIS,GISdatabase:spatialandattributedate;Spatialmodels:

Semantics,spatialinformation,temporalinformation,conceptualmodelsofspatialinformation,

representationofgeographicinformation:point,lineandareafutures,topology,

Unit II

Rasterandvectordata,rastertovectordataconversion,mapprojection,analyticaltransformation, rubber sheet

transformation, manual digitizing and semi-automatic line following digitizer; Remote sensing data as an

input to GISdata;

Unit III

Attribute database: scale and source of inaccuracy; GIS functionality; data storage and data

retrievalthroughquery,generalization,classification,containmentsearchwithinaspatialregion;

Unit IV

Overlay:arithmetical,logicalandconditionaloverlay,buffers,intervisibility,aggregation;

Networkanalysis;

Unit V

ApplicationsofGISinplanningandmanagementofutilitylinesandinthefiledofenvironmental engineering,

geotechnical engineering, transportation engineering and water resources engineering.

Books Recommended:

1. GeographicInformationSystems:AManagementPerspective,byStanArnoff,WDL

Publications.

2. FundamentalsofSpatialInformationSystemsbyRobertlauriniandDerekThompson,

AcademicPress.

3. GeographicalInformationSystems,Vo.IandIIeditedbyPaulLongely,M.F.Goodchild,

et.al, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.1999.


Unit I:

Entrepreneur: Definition. Growth of small scale industries in developing countries and their positions

vis-a-vis large industries; role of small scale industries in the national economy;

characteristicsandtypesofsmallscaleindustries;demandbasedandresourcesbasedancillaries andsub-

controltype.Governmentpolicyforsmallscaleindustry;stagesinstartingasmallscale industry.

Unit II:

Project identification: Assessment of viability, formulation, Evaluation, financing, field-study

andcollectionofinformation,preparationofprojectreport,demandanalysis,materialbalanceand

outputmethods,benefitcostanalysis,discountedcashflow,internalrateofreturnandnetpresent valuemethods.

Unit III:

Accountancy: Preparation of balance sheets and assessment of economic viability, decision making,

expected costs, planning and production control. Quality control. marketing, industrial

relations.Salesandpurchases,advertisement,wagesandincentive,inventorycontrol,preparation of financial

reports, accounts and storesstudies.

Unit IV:

ProjectPlanningandcontrol:Thefinancialfunctions,costofcapitalapproachinproject

planningandcontrol.Economicevaluation,riskanalysis,capitalexpenditures,policiesand

practicesinpublicenterprises.Profitplanningandprogramming,planningcashflow,capital

expenditureandoperations,controloffinancialflows,controlandcommunication.

Unit V:

Lawsconcerningentrepreneur:Partnershiplaws,businessownership,salesandincometaxes and workman

compensation act. Role of various national and state agencies which render assistance to small

scaleindustries.

Books Recommended:

1. Joseph, L. Massod, " Essential of Management", Prentice Hall of India.


Unit I: Main features of Indian Culture

(a) The orientlist view (b) The nationalist view


Principal Components – historical and archeo-ethic perspective

(a) Indian Civilization (b) Vedic culture

(c) Tribal and folk culture (d) Foreign elements

Unit II: Impact of integrating, disintegrating and proliferating forces of History.

(a) Eras of political unification (b) Foreign invasions

(c) Regional conflicts (d) Religious movements

(e) Trade and Dissemination

Unit III: Ideas and Institution

a. Political b. Social


Unit IV: Achievements in Arts, Science and Technology

(a) Literature (b) Art and Architecture

(c) Music and Dance (d) Astronomy and Mathematics

(e) Medicine

Unit V: Values and disvalues

a. Humanism and spiritualism b. Ahinsa

c. Altmism d Caste

e. Unsociability f. Religious suicide and superstition

g. Degradation of women and prostitution.

Books Recommended:

1. Ghose Aurobindo, Foundations of Indianculture.

2. Pande, G.C., Foundations of Indian culture, 2Vols.

3. Coomarswami, dance ofSiva

4. Thapar Ramila, Ancient Indian SocialHistory

5. R.s.Sharma,(ed.),IndianSocietyHistoricalProbing,People‘sPublishingHouse,New

Delhi, 1977.

6. Kossambi, Introduction to IndianHistory.

7. Altekar, A.S., State and Government in AncientIndia.

8. Altekar, A.S., Position of Women in HinduCivilization

9. Prakash, Om, conceptualization andHistory.

10. Bartam, A.I., Wonder that wasIndia.

TOE 07 HUMAN VALUES

Unit I: Introduction

1. NatureofvaluecrisisinthecontemporaryIndiansocietyandthelargerhumancommunity.

2. Meaning and nature of values; holistic view of life and itsvalue.

3. Conceptualizing ‗good‘ life and its valuedimensions.

Material and Societal value

1. Role of material values in promoting human wellbeing.

2. Role of Science and technology; problems of materialdevelopment.

3. Socio-political ideologies for promoting materialwellbeing

4. Conceptualizing ‗good‘ society and ‗socialgoods‘

5. Justice as a societalvalue.

6. Democracy and rule oflaw.

7. Values in the IndianConstitution.

8. Gandhian concepts of good society; gram swaraj, sarvodaya,antyodaya

Unit II : Psychological and Aesthetic Values

1. Humanistic psychology; meaning of‗personhood‘

2. Maslow‘s hierarchy of human need; characteristics of ‗self-actualizing‘persons.

3. Mentalhealth

4. Psycho-spiritual Indianconcepts.

5. Areas and nature of aestheticexperiences.

6. Nature of beauty; aestheticsensibilities.

Unit III : Ethical and Spiritual Values

1. Basesformoraljudgments:customarymorality,religiousmorality,reflectivemorality.

2. Some principles of ethics; ethical canons and their significance in modernlife.

3. Virtue ethics; personal virtues for the moderntimes.

4. Ethics of duty and ethics ofresponsibility.

5. Factorstobeconsideredinmakingethicaljudgments:motives,meansandconsequences.

6. Spiritualityandspiritualvalues:spiritualwisdomoftheUpanishads;Buddha‘sview.

7. Science, materialism andspirituality.

8. Spirituality in the moderntimes.

Unit IV : Human Values

1. Differentmeaningofhumanvalues:foundationalhumanvalues–

freedom,creativity,loveandwisdom.

2. NatureofHumanfreedom;individualfreedom,intellectualfreedom,freedomofwill,spiritualfreed

om.

3. Creativity: its meaning and nature; different kinds ofcreativity.

4. Creative problemsolving.

5. Creative personality, creativeenvironment.

6. Love as a foundational human value; different kinds oflove.

7. Human wisdom; characteristics of a wiseperson.

8. Concepts & Principles ofinterdependence.

Unit V : Work Ethics and Professional Ethics

1. Different attitudes towork.

2. Demands of work-ethics, ethics at workplace.

3. ‗Good‘ organization and itsvalues.

4. What is aprofession?

5. Professional ethos and code of professionalethics.

6. IEEE Code of professionalethics.

7. Problems in practicing thecode.

8. Casestudies.

Books Recommended:

1. Human Values By : Prof. A.N. Tripathi New AgeInternational.

2. 7HabitsofHighlyBy:Dr.StephenR.CoveyEffectivePeopleHarperPublications.

3. Wisdom Leadership By : Prof. S.K. Chakraborthy WheelerPublication.


Introduction

Definition,needofqualitysystems,roleofqualitystandards,stagesofqualityassurancesystems.

Qualitycharts,controlchartsforvariablesandattributes,acceptancesampling.

Quality Systems

Overall responsibility for progress of quality systems. quality manuals, procedures and role of auditing,

auditing for conformance versus quality for effectiveness, auditing a tool for quality

improvement.ISO9000qualitysystems,BritishStandardsBS5750/ISO9000originofstandards, requirements,

issues associated withimplementation.

Registration

Registrationandaccreditationinqualitysystem-certification,approval,registrationofleading accessors.

Recommended Books:

1. Mohamed Isiri, " Total Quality Management forEngineers".

2. Juran, J., " Quality Planning and Analysis, Mc -GrawHill.

3. JamesR.Evans,&J.W.Dean,"TotalQuality-management,OrganizationandStrategy,"

Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.,Singapore.


Unit I

Productivity,QualitycircleinMaintenance,Reliability,Reliabilityassurance,Maintainabilityvs.

Reliability.Failureanalysis,Equipmentdowntimeanalysis,breakdownanalysis.

Unit II

Maintenancetype,Breakdownmaintenance,Correctivemaintenance,Opportunitymaintenance, Routine

maintenance, Preventive and predictive maintenance, Condition based maintenance systems, Design-

outmaintenance.

Unit III

Equipmenthealthmonitoring,Signals,Online&off-linemonitoring,Visual&temp.Monitoring, Leakage

monitoring, Lubricantmonitoring.

Unit IV

Ferrography,Spectroscopy,Crackmonitoring,Corrosionmonitoring,thicknessmonitoring.

Noise/sound monitoring, Smell/Odour monitoring,Thermography.

Unit V

Vibration-characteristics,Vibrationmonitoring-causes,identification,measurementofmachine vibration.

C.M.of lubes and hydraulic systems, C.M. of pipe lines, Selection of C.M. Techniques,Advantages.


Unit I: An Overview

Definition,valueengineeringrecommendations,programmes,advantages.Approachoffunction

Evaluationoffunction,determiningfunction,classifyingfunction,evaluationofcosts,evaluation of worth,

determining worth, evaluation ofvalue.

Unit II: VE Job Plan

Introduction,orientation,informationphase,speculationphase,analysisphase.Selectionof Evaluationof

VE Projects

Projects selection, Methods selection, value standards, application of VE methodology.

Unit III: Versatility of VE

VE operation in maintenance and repair activities, value engineering in non hardware projects.

Initiating A VE Programme

Introduction, training plan, career development for VE specialties.

Unit IV: Fast Diagramming

Cost models, life cycle costs

Unit V: VE level of Effort

VEteam,Co-coordinator,designer,differentservices,definitions,constructionmanagement contracts,

value engineering casestudies.

Recommended Books:

1. TuftyHerald,G.,―CompendiumonValueEngineering‖TheIndoAmericanSociety,First

Edition,1983.

2. Miles,L.D.,―TechniquesofValueEngineeringandAnalysis:,McGrawHillsecond

Edition,1972.

3. Khanna,O.P.,IndustrialEngineeringandManagement‖,DhanpatRai&Sons,1993.


Unit I: Introduction to Physics of Solid State

Structure:Sizedependenceofproperties;crystalstructures,facecenteredcubicnanoparticles; Tetrahedral bounded

semiconductor structures; latticevibrations.

Energybounds:Insulators,semiconductorandconductors;Reciprocalspace;Energyboundsand gaps of

semiconductors; effective masses; FermiSurfaces.

Localized Particles: Acceptors and deep taps; mobility; Eacitons.

Unit II: Methods of Measuring Properties

Structure:AtomicStructures;Crystallography;Particlesizedetermination,surfacestructure.

Microscopy:TransmissionelectronMicroscopy;fieldionmicroscopyScanningMicroscopy.

Spectroscopy: Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy; Photoemission and X-ray Spectroscopy;

Magnetic resonance, optical and vibrational Spectroscopy,Luminescence.

Unit III: Properties of Individual Nano particles

MetalNanoclusters:MagicNumbers;TheoreticalModellingofnanoparticles,GeometricStructure;

ElectronicStructure;Reactivity;FluctuationsMagneticClusters;BulletoNanostructure.

Semi conducting Nanoparticles: Optical Properties; Photofragmentation; Columbic Explosion.

Rare Gas & Molecular Clusters: Inert Gas Clusters; Superfluid Clusters molecular clusters.

Method of Synthesis: RF Plasma; Chemical methods; thermolysis; pulsed laser methods.

Unit IV: Carbon Nanoparticles

Carbon Molecule: Nature of carbon bond; New carbon structures.

CarbonClusters:Smallcarbonclusters;Discoveryof60c;Stricturesof60c,Alkalidoped60c;

superconductivityin60c;Largeandsmallerfullerenes;otherbuckyballs.

Carbon Nano tubes: Fabrication; structure, Electrical Properties; Vibrational properties,

MechanicalProperties.Fieldemission&Shielding;Computers;Fuelcells,chemicalssensors; catalysis,

Mechanicalreinforcement.

Balle Nanostructure materials:

Solid Disordered Nanostructure, Nano structured Crystals, Nano structured Ferromagnetism Basics of

Ferromagnetism; Effect of structuring of Magnetic properties, Dynamics of

Nanomagnets;Nanoporecontainmentofmagneticparticles,NanocarbonFerromagnets,Giant& colossal

magnetoresistance;Ferrofluids.

Unit V: Quantum Wells, Wires and Dots PreparationofQuantumNanostructure;SizeandDimensionalityeffect,Fermigas;Potentialwells;Partial confinement;

Excitons; Single electron Tunneling, Infrared detectors; Quantum dot laser Superconductivity. Nano-machines &

Nano-device, Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) Nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS), Fabrication,

Nanodevices and Nanomachines. Molecular &Supermolecular switches Applications areas of Nanotechnology

inEngineering.

Recommended Books

1. Introduction to Nanotechnology – C.P.Poole Jr F.J.Owens

2. Introduction to S.S. Physics - (7th Edn.) Wiley1996.

3. Microcluster Physics – S. Sugano & H. KoizuoniSpringor1998

4. HandbookofNanostructuredMaterials&Nanotechnologyvol.-5.AcademicPress2000

TOE 12 SOLAR ENERGY

Unit I:

Introduction,Energyalternative,Devicesforthermalcollectionandstorage,Thermal applications.

Solarradiation:Instrumentsformeasuringsolarradiation,Solarradiationgeometry,Empirical

equationsforpredictiontheavailabilityofsolarradiation,Solarradiationontiltedsurfaces.

Unit II:

Liquidflat-PlateCollectors:Generalperformanceanalysis,Transmissivity,absorptivity,product

andoveralllosscoefficientandheattransfercorrelations,Collectorefficiencyfactor,Numerical,

Analysisofcollectorssimilartotheconventionalcollector.Testingprocedures,Alternativestothe conventional

collector,Numerical.

Unit III:

SolarAirHeaters:Performanceanalysisofaconventionalairheater,Othertypesofairheaters. Concentrating

Collectors: Flat plate collectors with plane reflectors, Cylindrical parabolic

collector,Compoundparabolicdishcollector,Centralreceivercollector,Numerical.

Unit IV:

Thermal energy storage: Sensible heat storage, Latent heat Storage, Thermochemical storage

.Solar

distillation:Introduction,workingprincipalofsolardistillation,Thermalefficiencyofdistiller

unit,Externalheattransfer,Toplosscoefficient,Bottomandsidelosscoefficient,Internalheat

transfer,Radioactivelosscoefficient,connectivelosscoefficient,Evaporativelosscoefficient,

OverallheatEvaluationofdistillationoutput,Passivesolarstills,Conventionalsolarstill,Basin construction,

Thermal analysis of conventional solarstill.

Unit V:

PhotovoltaicSystems:IntroductiondopingFermilevel,P-Njunctioncharacteristics,Photovoltaic effect,

Photovoltaic material, Module, Cell temperature, Numerical. Economic analysis: Introduction,

costanalysis.

Recommended Books

1. SolarEnergy:ThermalProcesses,byDuffieJohnA,andBeckmanW.A,johnWileyand Sons.

2. Solar Energy, by S.P Sukhatme, Tata Mc GrawHill.

3. Treatise on Solar Energy, by H.P Garg, john Wiley andSons.


Unit I

ScopeandImportanceofHumanResourcemanagement,HistoricalbackgroundofEvolutionof

HRMandHRDin20thcentury,OutliningthecontemporaryroleforHRMinorganization.Goals of HRM. (Why

behaviouralapproach?)

Unit II

Manpowerasaresourceinjobrelatedbehaviourandindividualmotivationinaworksetting.

Varioustheoriesofhumanmotivation,Maslow‘shierarchyofneeds.Needsforachievement, power and

affiliation, other theories, group motivation andconflicts.

Unit III

Manpowerplanningandrecruitment,Testingproceduresandtheirlimitations.Reservationsin jobs, pre-

inductiontraining.

Unit IV

Wage and salary administration-pay roll and compensation. Job analysis and job specification,

otherpayplans,employmentcontracts,specialcompensationplansforexamplepersonnel,effect of Financial

rewards on individual‘s performance. Goal setting and performance evaluation, promotion policy,

employee satisfaction,turnover.

Unit V

Assessment of training needs, forces promoting investment in HRD, Human resource development

through individual and group efforts. Training analyses and training methods

guidelinesforindividualdevelopment,jobenlargementandjobenrichment,jobrotation,special

assignment,Sponsoredcoursescostbenefitexercise.Importanceofunions,industrialpetitions and conflict

analysis and resolution . Relevant labourlaws.


Unit I: Introduction Solid Solution: Properties of solid solutions and alloys, types binary alloys, Thermal Equilibrium

Diagrams,Coolingcurves,Eutecticandperitecticalloys,Intermetalliccompounds.HeatTreatmentHeat

treatmentprinciplesandprocessesforFerrousandnon-ferrousmetalsandalloys,Effectonstructuresand Properties.

UnitII:Fatigue&Creep:Fatigueloading,Mechanismsoffatigue,fatiguecurve,Fatiguetests.Design criteria in

fatigue, Corrosionfatigue.

Unit III: Corrosion and its prevention

Mechanismofcorrosion,ChemicalCorrosion,Electrochemicalcorrosion,AnodicandCathodic protection, Forms

of metallic coatings. Anodizing,Phosphasting.

Unit IV: Selection of materials for hazardous/ saline environment Selectionofmaterialsofsaline/hazardousenvironment-Boilers,SteamandGasturbineandDieselengine components,

Pumping, Machinery, Piping, Engine seating, Propellers and Rudders, Composition strength value and other

requirements for materials used. Materialstandards.

Unit V: Electrical and Electronics materials

Scienceandengineeringofelectricalandelectronicsmaterialssuchassemiconductor,superconductor,its devices

andapplications.


Unit I

BasicMeasurementprinciples&SourceofErrors,Unitsofpressureandvacuum,differenttypeof manometer,

diaphragm gauges, bellows and force balance type sensors, bourdon gauge, and piezoelectric, capacitive

and inductive pressure pickups. Vacuum pressure measurements: McLeod gauge, pirani gauge,

thermocouple gauge, Knudsen gauge ionization calibration procedures,

Unit II

TemperatureMeasurements:Standardsandcalibration,Thermalexpansionmethods,bimetallic

thermometer,Liquid-in-gas(thermocouples)commonthermocouples,Resistancethermometers, Bulk

semiconductor sensors, Radiation thermometers, automatic null balance radiation thermometers.

Optical parameters, Case studies of temperaturecontrollers.

Unit III

Differentialpressureflowmeters:Bernoulli‘stheorem,pitottubeorifice,venturi,andflownozzle. Hot wire and

hot film anemometers, constant pressure drop, variable area meters (rotameter),

Turbinemeters.Electromagneticflowmeters,Ultrasonicflowmeter.Measurementoflevel.Float type gauge,

purge method, differential pressure method, conductive and capacitive method, and electromechanical

method, use of radio scope for levelmeasurement.

Unit IV

Measurement of weight: Load cell method, strain gauge, LVDT, piezoelectric, pneumatic and

hydraulicloadcell,nullbalancemethod.Density,Viscosity,pHandconductivitymeasurement.

Unit V

Measurement of moisture: Thermal dying method, Distillation Method, Chemical reaction

Method,ElectricalMethodRecorders:GraphicRecorders,StripChartRecorders,Circular-chart

–recorders, Multipoint Recorders and X-Y Recorders.

Text Books:

1. Doeblin/Measurementssystems:ApplicationandDesign,4thedition/TataMcGraw Hill.

2. S.K Singh,/ Industrial instrumentation and control/TMH 2ndedition

3. Eckman/Industrial Instrumentation / Wiley EasternLtd.

Reference Books:

1. Beckwith & Beck /Mechanical Measurements /NaronaPublishers,1988

2. Nakara/Instrumentation: measurements & Analysis/ Tata Mc GrawHill.

3. Douglas,D.Considine/HandbookofInstrumentationMeasurementandControlMcGraw

Hill.


Unit I: Introduction:

Specificationsofbio-medicalinstrumentationsystem,Man-InstrumentationsystemComponents, Problems

encountered in measuring a living system. Basics of Anatomy and Physiology of the body.

Bioelectricpotentials:Restingandactionpotentials,propagationofactionpotential,The

Physiologicalpotentials–ECG,EEG,EMG,ERG,EOGandEvokedresponses.

ElectrodesandTransducers:Electrodetheory,BiopotentialElectrodes–Surfaceelectrodes, Needle

electrodes, Microelectrodes. BiomedicalTransducers.

Unit II: Cardiovascular Measurements:

Electrocardiography–ECGamplifiers,ElectrodesandLeads,ECGrecorders–Singlechannel,

Threechannel,VectorCardiographs,ECGSystemforStressestesting,Holterrecording,Blood

pressuremeasurement,Heartsoundmeasurement.PacemakersandDefibrillators.

PatientCare&Monitoring:Elementsofintensivecaremonitoring,displays,diagnosis, Calibration

& Reparability of patient monitoringequipment.

Unit III: Respiratory system Measurements:

PhysiologyofRespiratorysystem.Measurementofbreathingmechanism–Spirometer.

RespiratoryTherapyequipments:Inhalators,Ventilators&Respirators,Humidifiers,and Nebulizers

&Aspirators.

NervousSystemMeasurements:Physiologyofnervoussystem,Neuronalcommunication, Neuronal

firingmeasurements.

Unit IV: Ophthalmology Instruments:

Electroretinogram,Electro-oculogram,Ophthalmoscope,Tonometerforeyepressure

measurement.

Diagnostictechniques:Ultrasonicdiagnosis,Eco-cardiography,Ecoencephalography,Ophthalmic scans, X-

ray &Radio-isotope diagnosis and therapy, CAT-Scan, Emission computerized tomography,MRI.

Unit V: Bio-telemetry:

ThecomponentsofaBio-telemetrysystem,Implantableunits,TelemetryforECGmeasurements during

exercise, for Emergency patientmonitoring.

ProstheticDevicesandTherapies:HearingAids,MyoelectricArm,Dia-thermy,Laser applications

inmedicine.

Text Books:

1. Khandpur R.S.- Biomedical Instrumentation-TMH

2. VenkataRam,S.K.-Bio-MedicalElectronics&Instrumentation(Revised)-Galgotia.

Reference Books::

3. Cromwell- Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements-PHI

4. Webster, J.G. –Bio- Instrumentation ,Wiley(2004)

5. Ananthi,S.–ATextBookofMedicalInstruments-2005-NewAgeInternational

6. Carr&Brown –Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology– Pearson

7. Pandey & Kumar-Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation. -Kataria


Unit I: Purpose of encoding, separable binary codes, Shannon-fano encoding, noiseless coding.


UnitII:Errordetectinganderrorcorrectingcodes,Hammingsingleerrorcorrectingcode,Elias's iteration

technique forcoding.

Unit III: Block codes, encoders and decoders for block codes, syndrome and syndrome decoding.

UnitIV:Cycliccodes.Encodersanddecodersforcycliccode,Golaycode,BCHcode,Reed solomancode.

UnitV:Convolutioncoding,codegeneration,decodingofconvolutioncode,sequential decoding, state

and trellisdiagram.

Text Book:

1. F.M.Reza,"AnintroductiontoInformationtheory",DoverPublicationInc.

2. H.TaubandD.L.Schilling,"Principlesofcommunicationsystem"TMH2ndEd.


Unit I

AudioSystems:Microphones,Loudspeakers,Speakerbaffleandenclosure,Acoustics,Mono, Stereo,

Quad, Amplifying Systems, Equalizers and Mixers, Electronic Music Synthesizers, Commercial

Sound, Theater SoundSystem

Unit II

VideoSystemsandDisplays:MonochromeTV,ColourTVstandardsandsystems,TFT,Plasma, HDTV, Digital

TV, Video Telephone and VideoConferencing

Unit III

DomesticAppliances:Washingmachines,Microwaveovens,Air-conditionersandRefrigerators, In car

computers Office Systems: FAX, Xerox, Telephone Switching System, Mobile Radio System

Unit IV

RecordingandReproductionSystems:Discrecordingandreproduction,Magneticrecordingand reproduction,

Video tape recording and reproduction, Video disc recording and play back, Distortion and Noise

reduction in Audio and VideoSystem

Unit V

PowerSuppliesandothersystems:SMPS,UPSandPreventiveMaintenance,SetTopBoxes, Remote

controls, Bar codes,ATM

Text Books:

1. S P Bali, Consumer Electronics; Pearson ed 2005


Unit I: Fundamental Concepts

Introductionandhistory,humanbrain,biologicalneuron,modelsofneuron,networkarchitecture, knowledge

representation. Error correction learning, Hebbian learning, competitive learning, Boltzmann learning,

learning with and without teacher. Artificial neurons. Neural networks and architectures

Introduction,neuronsignalfunction,mathematicalpreliminaries,Feedforward&feedback architecture.

Unit II: Geometry of Binary threshold neurons and their networks

Patternrecognition,convexsetsandconvexhulls,spaceofBooleanfunctions,binaryneuronsfor

patternclassification,nonlinearseparableproblems,capacityofTLN,XORsolution.Perceptions and LMS,

Learning objective of TLN, pattern space & weight space, perception learning algorithm, perception

convergence theorem, pocket algorithm, a - LMS learning, MSE error surface, steepest descent search, μ

-LMS andapplication.

Unit III: Back propagation algorithm

Multilayeredarchitecture,backpropagationlearningalgorithm,practicalconsiderations,structure growing

algorithms, applications of FFNN. Statistical Pattern Recognition Bayes' theorem, classical decisions

with bayes' theorem, probabilistic interpretation of neuron function,

interpretingneuronsignalsasprobabilities,multilayerednetworks&posteriorprobabilities,error functions for

classificationproblems.

Unit IV: Self Organizing Feature MAP

Introduction,Maximaleigenvectorfiltering,principalcomponentanalysis,generalizedlearning

laws,competitivelearning,vectorquantization,maxicanhatnetworks,SOFM,applicationsof

SOFM.OtherNetworksGeneralizedRBFnetworks.StochasticMachines:simulatedannealing, Boltzmann

machine,ART.

Unit V: Fuzzy Logic

Introduction,classical&Fuzzysets,classical&fuzzyrelations,membershipfunction,geometry& operations of

fuzzy sets, fuzzy rules, rule composition & defuzzification, fuzzy engineering applications, Neural

network & fuzzy logic. Fuzzy NeuralControl

Text Books

1. Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks", Peal-son Education 2ndedition.

2. Satish Kumar, 'Neural Networks," TataMcGraw-HIII.

Reference Books

1. JackM.Zurada,"IntroductiontoArtificialNeuralSystem,"JaicoPublishingHouse.

2. TimothyJ.Ross,"FuzzyLogicwithEngineeringApplications,"McGraw-HillInc.


Unit I

Usercentereddesignofsystem&interfaces,anatomyandrationalofWIMP(Window,Icon, Menus &

Pointing Devices)interfaces.

Unit II

Dialoguedesign,Presentationdesign,userdocumentation,evaluation/usabilitytestingofuser interface.

Unit III

Ergonomics and Cognitive issues, hypertext and the World Wide Web.

Unit IV

Usercentereddesign,humanfactorsinuser-centereddesign,development&evaluation, Interactive

design rapidprototyping.

Unit V

Designingforusability–effectiveness,learnability,flexibility,attitudeandusabilitygoals,criteria

foracceptability.

Books Recommended:

1. SudifteAG,―HumanComputerInterfaceDesign‖,2nded,Macmillan,1995

2. SheidermanBDesigingtheuserinterface,―StrategiesforEffectiveHumanComputer

Interaction‖ , 2nd ed. Addison Wesley ,1992


Unit I

BusinessDriversIT‘sCompetitivePotentialStrategicAlignmentStrategicManagementand

CompetitiveStrategy

Unit II

RethinkingBusinessthroughITDevelopingaCompetitiveStrategyInterorganizationInformation Systems

Business-To-Business Systems Electronic Commerce and Market Systems

Unit III

Forming a Corporate IT Strategy Developing an Information Architecture

Unit IV

IncorporatingBusinessInnovationintotheCorporateITStrategyTheChangingRoleofITIn International business The

Changing Global ITPractices

Unit V

TheImpactandvalueofInformationTechnologyinCompetitiveStrategyChangingtheFocusof Strategy

Trends: Beyond2000

Books Recommended:

1. Callon,JackD.,―CompetitiveAdvantageThroughInformationTechnology‖,McGraw-

Hill, 1996

2. Tapscott, Don, ―The Digital Economy‖, McGraw-Hill, 1996.[DIGI]


Unit I: Artificial Intelligence

Definition-Components-Scope-ApplicationAreas;Knowledge-BasedSystems(Expert Systems) -

Definition - Justification -Structure –Characterization

Unit II: Knowledge Sources

Expert-KnowledgeAcquisition–KnowledgeRepresentation-KnowledgeBase-Interference Strategies -

Forward and BackwardChaining

Unit III: Expert System Languages

ESBuildingToolsorShells;TypicalexamplesofShells.ExpertSystemsoftwarefor

manufacturingapplicationsinCAD,CAPP,MRP,Adaptivecontrol,

Unit IV: Robotics

Robotics,Processcontrol,Faultdiagnosis,FailureAnalysis;ProcessSelection,GTetc.Linking expert systems

to other software such as DBMS, MIS,MDB.

Unit V: Process control and Office automation

ProcesscontrolandOfficeautomation.Casestudiesoftypicalapplicationsintoolselection,

Processselection,Partclassification,inventorycontrol,ProcessPlanningetc.

Books Recommended:

1. Jhon & Andrew Kusiak; Artificial Intelligent Handbook.

2. T. Barnold; ArtificialIntelligent

3. Dan. W. Patterson; Introduction to Artificial Manufacturing Exportsystem

TOE23HEALTH,HOSPITALANDEQUIPMENTMANAGEMENT Unit I:

HEALTHSYSTEM

Healthorganizationofthecountry,thestate,thecitiesandtheregion,HealthFinancingSystem, Organization of

TechnicalSection.

Unit II: HOSPITAL ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

ManagementofHospitalorganization,NursingsectionMedicalSector,CentralServices,

TechnicalDepartment,DefinitionandPracticeofManagementbyObjective,Transaction

AnalysisHumanrelationinHospital,ImportancetoTeamWork,LegalaspectinHospital Management.

Unit III: REGULATORY REQUIREMENT AND HEALTH CARE CODES

FDARegulation,jointcommissionofAccreditationforHospitals,NationalFireProtection Association

Standard,IRPC.

Unit IV: EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT

Organizing Maintenance Operations, Paper Work Control, Maintenance Job, Planning

MaintenanceWork,MeasurementandStandards,PreventiveMaintenance,Maintenance Budgeting

and Forecasting,Maintenance Training, ContractMainframe.

Unit V: TRAINED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

FunctionofClinicalEngineer,RoletobeperformedinHospital,ManpowerMarket,Professional Registration, Structure

inhospital.

Books Recommended:

1. CesarA.CaceresandAlbertZara,ThepracticeofClinicalEngineering,AcademicPress,

1977.

1. Webter,J.G.andAlbertM.Cook,ClinicalEngineeringPrinciplesandPractices,Prentice

Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs,1979.

2. AnatomyKelly,Maintenanceplanningandcontrol,Butterworth‘sLondon,1984.

3. HansPfeiff,VeraDammann(Ed.)HospitalEngineeringinDevelopingCountries,Zreport

Eschborn,1986.

4. JacobKline,HandbookofBioMedicalEngineering,AcademicPress,SanDiego

TOE24INTRODUCTIONTOMEDICALPHYSICS Unit I: ATOMICPHYSICS

Traditional definition of atom, periodic system of elements, mechanical properties of atom,

emissionoflightanditsfrequencies.Electromagneticspectra.PrinciplesofNuclearPhysics—

Naturalradioactivity,Decayseries,typeofradiationandtheirapplications,artificiallyproduced isotopes and its

application, accelerator principles; Radionuclide used in Medicine and technology.

Unit II: INTERACTION WITH LIVING CELLS

Targettheory,singlehitandmultitargettheory,cellulareffectsofradiation,DNAdamage, depression of

Macro molecular synthesis, Chromosomaldamage.

Unit III: SOMATIC EFFECT OF RADIATION

Radiosensitivityprotocolofdifferenttissuesinhuman,LD50/30effectofradiationonskin,

bloodformingorgans,lensesofeye,embryoandEndocrinalglands.

Unit IV: GENETIC EFFECT OF RADIATION

Threshold of linear dose effect, relationship, factors affecting frequency of radiation induced mutation,

Gene controlled hereditary disease, biological effect of microwave and RF wave.

Variationindielectricconstantandspecificconductivityoftissues.Penetrationandpropagation of signals

effects in various vital organs, Protectionstandards.

Unit V: PHOTO MEDICINE

SynthesisofVitaminDinearlyandlatecataneouseffects,Phototherapy,Photohemotherapy, exposure

level, hazards and maximum permissibleexposure.

LASERPHYSICS—CharacteristicsofLaserradiation,Laserspeckle,biologicaleffects,laser safety

Books Recommended:

1. Moselly, Non lonisingRadiation Adam HilgarBrustol1988.

2. Branski.SandCherski.P‗BiologicalEffectsofMicrowave‘-Hutchinson&ROSSInc.


Unit I: Introduction to control systems

Introduction to control systems, properties of signals and systems. Convolution integral,

Ordinarydifferentialequation,Transferfunction,Polezeroconcepts,effectofpolelocationon

performancespecification.

Unit II: State Space analysis

State equations for dynamic systems, State equations using phase, physical and canonical

variables,realizationoftransfermatrices,Solutionofstateequation,conceptsofcontrollability, observability,

Controllability and Observabilitytests.

Unit III: Discrete time control systems

Samplingtheorem,Sampled-datasystems,thesampleandholdelement,pulsetransferfunction, The

Ztransform, stabilityanalysis.

Unit IV: Stability

Liapunov‘smethod,generationofLiapunov‘sfunction,Popov‘scriteria,designofstateobservers and

controllers, adaptive control systems , modelreference.

Unit V: Optimal Control

Introduction,formationofoptimalcontrolproblems,calculusofvariation,minimizationof

functions,constrainedoptimization,dynamicprogramming,performanceindex,optimality

principles,Hamilton–Jacobianequation,linearquadraticproblem,RicattiIIequationandits solution,

solution of two point boundary valueproblem

Text Books:

1. K. Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall ofIndia.

2. M. Gopal, "Modern Control System", WileyEastern.

Reference Books:

1. B.D.O.AndersonandIB.Moore,"OptimalControlSystem:LinearQuadraticMethods",

Prenctice HallInternational.

2. U. Itkis, "Control System of Variable Structure", John Wiley andSons.

3. H.KwakemaokandR.Sivan,"LinearOptimalControlSystem",WileyInterscience.

TOE 26 MECHATRONICS

Unit I: Mechatronics and its scope

Sensorsandtransducers-Displacement,position&proximity,velocity,force,pressureandlevel. Signal

conditioning amplification, filtering & dataacquisition.

Unit II: Pneumatic and Hydraulic actuation systems

Directional control valves, pressure control valves and cylinders. process control valves. Mechanical

actuation system-kinematic chains, cams, geartrains. Ratchet & Pawl, dampers,

bearings.Electricalactuationsystem.Mechanicalswitches-solenoidoperatedsolidstateswitches, DC, AC &

steppermotors.

BuildingblocksofMechanicalspring,massanddamper.Drives-ElectricalDrives,Fluidsystems, hydraulic, servo,

closed loopcontrollers.

Unit III: Elements of Microprocessors & Microcontrollers

ElementsofMicroprocessors&MicrocontrollersProgrammablelogiccontrollers&

Communicationinterface.

Unit IV: Case Studies of Mechatronic Systems

Industrial Robot and its control Automobile Engine Control Electromechanical disc-control.

Unit V: Veil suspension Control

Micro mechanical systems. Computer Printer, VCR, Fax Machine, NC Machine.

Books Recommended:

1. Rolf Isennann, " Mechatronics Systems", Springer,2005.

2. W. Bolten, "Mechatronics", Pearson Education2003.


Unit I: SCADA

Purposeandnecessity,generalstructure,dataacquisition,transmission&monitoring.general power

system hierarchical Structure. Overview of the methods of data acquisition systems, commonly

acquired data, transducers, RTUs, data concentrators, various communication channels-

cables,telephonelines,powerlinecarrier,microwaves,fiberopticalchannelsand satellites.

Unit II: Supervisory and Control Functions

Dataacquisitions,statusindications,majoredvalues,energyvalues,monitoringalarmandevent

applicationprocessing.ControlFunction:ON/OFFcontroloflines,transformers,capacitorsand

applicationsinprocessinindustry-valve,opening,closingetc.Regulatoryfunctions:Setpoints

andfeedbackloops,timetaggeddata,disturbancedatacollectionandanalysis.Calculationand

reportpreparation.

Unit III: MAN- Machine Communication

OperatorconsolesandVDUs,displays,operatordialogues,alarmandeventloggers,mimic diagrams,

report and printingfacilities.

Unit IV: Data basis

SCADA,EMSandnetworkdatabasis.SCADAsystemstructure-localsystem,communication system and

central system. Configuration- NON-redundant- single processor, redundant dual processor.

multicontrol centers, system configuration. Performance considerations: real time

operationsystemrequirements,modularizationofsoftwareprogramminglanguages.

Unit V: Energy Management Center

Functionsperformedatacentralizedmanagementcenter,productioncontrolandload

managementeconomicdispatch,distributedcentersandpowerpoolmanagement.

Books Recommended:

1. TorstenCergrell, " Power System Control Technology", Prentice Hall International.

2. George L Kusic "Computer Aided Power System Analysis",, Prentice Hall of India,

3. A. J. Wood and B. Woolenberg, "Power Generation Operation and Control", John Wiley &

Sons.

4. Sunil S Rao, "Switchgear Protection & Control System" Khanna Publishers 11th Edition


MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES



Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.)III Year

[Mechanical Engineering] W.E.F. Academic Session 2020-21

V Semester

S.

No.

Subject Name


Total

Marks

Contact

Hours

per

Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assignment

End

Sem

Term

Work /Lab

Work & Sessional

L

T

P

1. BMET 501

BMEP 501

DC Industrial Engineering

&Ergonomics

100 30 20 30 20 200 3 0 2 4

2. BMET -502

BMEP -502 DC Machine Component

Design –I 100 30 20 30 20 200 2 1 2 4

3. BMET -503

BMEP -503 DC

Heat & Mass Transfer 100 30 20 30 20 200 2 1 2 4

4. BMET -504 DE Departmental Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

5. BOME -505

OE Open Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

6. BMEP -506 D

Lab Machine Drawing Lab

With Autocad - - - 30 20 50 0 0 2 1

8 BMET -507 DLC

Evaluation of Internship-II

completed at II year level - - - - 50 50

-

- 4 2



Total 500 150 100 90 110 1000 13 2 12 21

NSS/NCC


BMET IC Engine BOME 505(A) Principle of Management

504(A)

BMET Machine Tool Design BOME 505(B) TQM and SQC

504(B)

BMET Alternate Automotive Fuels & BOET 504(D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship

504(C) Emissions



Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.)III Year

[Mechanical Engineering] W.E.F. Academic Session 2020-21

VI Semester

S.

No.

Subject Name


Total

Marks

Contact

Hours

per

Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assignment

End

Sem

Term

Work /Lab

Work & Sessional

L

T

P

1.

BMET 601

BMEP 601 DC Turbo machinery 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

2. BMET 602

BMEP 602 DC

Machine

Component Design

–II

100 30 20 30 20 200 3 0 4 5

3. BMET -603

BMEP -603 DC

Refrigeration and

Air-condition 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

4. BMET -604 (A/B/C)

DE Departmental Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

5. BOME -605

OE Open Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

6. BMEP -607 P

Minor Project -I - - - - 50 50 0 0 4 2

8 BMEP -608 P Open Source Lab

- - - 30 20 50

0

0 2 1



Total 500 150 100 120 130 1000 15 2 12 24

NSS/NCC


BMET 604(A) Mechatronics

BOME 605(A) Robotics

BMET 604(B)

Finite Element Method BOME 605(B) Optimization Techniques

BMET Product Design BOET 605(C) Renewable Energy Technology

604(C)

*Studentsmay also earn credits of open elective through NPTEL/Swayam.

Uttarakhand Technical University

Program: B.Tech

Year: 4 Mechanical Engg. Session: 2012-2013


Semester: VII

S.No Course NO. Subject

Periods Evaluation

Total

L T P Sessional External

CT T Total Exam Marks

A

Theory

1 TME-701 CAD/CAM 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2 TME-702 Maintenance 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

& Safety

3 TME-703 Energy 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Conservation

4 TME-XXX Elective I 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

5 Open 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Elective I

Practical

1 PME-751 CAD/CAM Lab 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

2 PME-752 Industrial 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

Training

3 PME-753 Project 100 100

4 PME-754 Seminar 50 50

Total 1000

L- Lecture, T- Tutorial, P- Practical, CT- Class Test comprising of two testes in a semester each of 15Marks, TA-

Teacher Assessment comprising of Attendance and Home Assignments & Tutorial tests in a semester each 10

marks

Uttarakhand Technical University

Program: B.Tech

Year: 4 Mechanical Engg. Session: 2012-2013


Semester: VIII

S.No Course NO. Subject

Periods Evaluation

Total


CT TA Total Exam Marks

Theory

1 TME-801 Power Plant 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Engineering

2 TME-802 Automobile 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Engineering

3 TME-XXX Elective II 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4 TME-XXX Elective III 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical

1 PME-852 Automobile 0 0 2 0 25 25 25 50

Engg. Lab

2 PME-853 Project 0 0 2 0 100 100 200 300

3 PME-854 Discipline 50

Total 1000

L- Lecture, T- Tutorial, P- Practical, CT- Class Test comprising of two testes in a semester each of 15Marks, TA-

Teacher Assessment comprising of Attendance and Home Assignments & Tutorial tests in a semester each 10

marks

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Elective-I

TME-011 Non conventional energy resources

TME-012 Advanced Engineering Material

TME-013 Optimization Techniques in Engineering

TME-014 Advanced Welding Processes

TME-015 Non Destructive Testing

Elective-II

TME-020 Total Quality Management (TQM)

TME-021 Advanced Fluid Mechanics

TME-022 Mechatronics

TME-023 Finite Element Method

TME O24 Six Sigma and Applications

Elective-III

TME-030 Experimental stress analysis

TME-031 Thermal Turbo Machines

TME-032 Robotics and automation

TME-033 Machine Tool Design

TME-034 Unconventional Manufacturing Processes

List of Open Electives to be Offered by the Mechanical Engineering

OME-001 Optimization Techniques in Engineering

OME-002 Robotics and automation

OME-003 Advanced Engineering Materials

OME-004 Computer Integrated Manufacturing

OME-005 Energy Efficient Buildings




































Note:ThestudentswillchooseanyonesubjectofthecourseofotherthantheirEngineering

Branch.


Mechanical Engineering, V-Semester

BMET 504-(A) Internal Combustion Engines L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. To familiarize with the terminology associated with IC engines.

2. To understand the basics of IC engines. 3. To understand combustion, and various parameters and variables affecting it in various types of IC engines. 4. To learn about various systems used in IC engines and the type of IC engine required for various applications

Course Outcome:

1. Analyse engine classification Cycle analysis

2. Estimate Combustion in SI engine, abnormal combustion and it's control, combustion.

3. Categorize different Fuel injection in CI engines and Fuel injectors.

4. Analyse cooling systems, Cooling Towers & Radiators.

5. To Analyse Performance parameters and Testing of SI and CI engines.

Detailed Content: Unit 1: Introduction of IC Engine: Internal Combustion Engine: S.I. and C.I. engines of two and four stroke cycles, real cycle analysis of SI and CI engines, determination of engine dimensions, speed, fuel consumption, output, mean effective pressure, efficiency, factors effecting volumetric efficiency, heat balance, performance characteristics of SI and CI engines, cylinder arrangement, firing order, power balance for multi-cylinder engines .

Unit 2: Combustion in SI engines: Flame development and propagation, Pressure-Crank Angle diagram, Stages of Combustion ignition lag, effect of air density, temperature, engine speed, turbulence and ignition timings, physical and chemical aspects, abnormal Combustion, effect of engine and fuel variables on abnormal combustion, pre-ignition, its causes and remedy, salient features of various type combustion chambers.

Unit 3: Combustion in CI Engines: Various stages of combustion in CI Engines, delay period, diesel knock, knock inhibitors, salient features of

various types of combustion chambers. Fuel injection in CI engine, Working Principle of fuel pump & fuel injectors, types of nozzles. Fuel injection in SI engine (MPFI, TBI,CRDI ), Theory of carburetion, SolexCarburetor, simple problems on carburetion. Fuel metering in CI engines

Unit 4: Fuel: Classification of IC Engine fuels, Desirable characteristics of SI & CI engine fuels, Rating of SI & CI engine fuels, Alternative fuels for SI and CI engine (liquid, gaseous, hydrogen, LPG, CNG, Biogas etc.), Air requirement, Analysis of combustion products, HHV and LHV of fuels.

Unit 5: Supercharging & Turbo charging:

Methods of supercharging, & turbo charging Effects of super charging and turbo charging. Engine Modifications for supercharging, supercharging of two stroke engines. Microprocessor controlled supercharging. Cooling & lubrication of SI & CI Engines.

Suggested books:

1. J.B. Heywood. Internal combustion Engines, Wiley

2. Ganeshan V; Internal Combustion engines; TMH

3. Mathur M L & Sharma RP; A. Course in IC engines; DhanpatRai 4. R Yadav, Internal Combustion Engines

5 Halderman JD and Mitchell CD; Automotive Engines theory and servicing; Pearson

6. DomKundwar; Internal Combustion Engines;DhanpatRai Publications

7. Taylor GF; Internal Combustion Engines Theory & Practice; MIT Press 8. Richard Stone; Introduction to IC Engines; Society of Automotive Engr (Palgrave McMillan)


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Mechanical Engineering, V-Semester

BMET 504-(B)Machine Tool Design L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. Study of various machine internal parts

2. Dynamics of machining by varying parameters

3. Automation of machine parts

Course Outcome:

1. Students are able to apply the transmission concept.

2. Identify various parts of machine tools

3. Apply various design aspects of spindles and bearings

4. Reduce vibration and chatter developing on machine tools

Detailed Content:

Unit 1: Machine Tool Drive: working and auxiliary motion in machine, Machine tool drives, Hydraulic transmission, Mechanical transmission, General requirements of machine tool design,

Layout of machine tools

Unit 2:Regulation of Speed and Feed Rates: Aim of speed feed regulation, stepped regulation ofspeed, design of speed box, Design of feed box, Special cases of gear box design, Set stopped regulation of speed and feed rates. . Unit 3: Design of Machine Tool Structure: Fundamentals of machine tool structures and theirrequirements, Design criteria of machine tool structure, Static and dynamic stiffness, Design of beds and columns, Design of housing models, Techniques in design of machine tool structure.

Unit 4: Design of Guide-ways and power Screws: Function and type of guide-ways, design of slide-ways, protecting devices for slide-ways, Design of power screws. Design of Spindles and Spindle Supports: Materials for spindles, Design of spindles, Antifriction bearings, Sliding bearings.

Unit 5: Dynamics of Machines Tools: General procedure of assessing dynamic stability of EES,Cutting processing, closed loop system, Dynamic characteristics of cutting process, Stability analysis.

Suggested books:

1. Machine Tool Design by N.K. Mehta, Tata McGraw Hill

2. Machine Tool design Handbook - CMTI Banglore



BMET-504 (C) Alternate Automotive Fuels & Emissions L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. To present a problem oriented in depth knowledge of Alternate fuel and energy system.

2. To address the underlying concepts and methods behind alternate fuel and energy system.

Course Outcome:

1. Categorize, interpret and understand the essential properties of fuels for IC engines 2. Identify the need for alternate fuels and characterize prospective alternate fuels

3. Evaluate the vehicle fuel storage and dispensing facility requirements. 4. Analyze the implement limitations with regard to performance, emission and materials compatibility. 5. Develop strategies for control of emissions as per the legislation standards.

Detailed Content:

Unit 1: Introduction Automobile Fuels: Classification of Automobile alternative fuels (liquid, gaseous, hydrogen, LPG, CNG, Biogas etc.), Desirable characteristics of SI & CI engine alternative fuels, Rating of SI & CI engine fuels, Introduction to alternate energy sources. Like EV, hybrid, fuel cell and solar cars. Merits and demerits of various alternate fuels.

Unit 2: Liquid alternative fuels: Vegetable Oils: Various vegetable oils for automobile engines, esterification, performance in engines, performance and emission characteristics, bio diesel and its characteristics. Alcohols: Properties as engine fuel, alcohols and gasoline blends, performance in automobile engine, methanol and gasoline blends.

Unit 3: Gaseous Fuels: Biogas: Introduction to Biogas system, Process during gas formation, Factors affecting biogas formation. Usage of Biogas in SI engine & CI engine., Properties of Natural gas, Hydrogen gas, LPG & CNG as engine fuels, storage and handling, performance and safety aspects to all gaseous fuel, fuel metering systems.

Unit 4: Automobile emissions: Types of automobile emissions, emission characteristics, formation of automobile emissions, mechanism of HC , CO and NO in SI engine, exhaust emission and factors affecting the emission, evaporative emission, crankcase emission, lead emission CI engine emissions: formation of smoke, factors affecting the smoke formation, unburned hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, smog and comparison of diesel and petrol emissions.

Unit 5:Emissions Norms & Measurement: Emission norms as per Bharat Standard up to BS – IV and procedures for confirmation on production.Demerits of automobile emission to environment. Types Of Catalytic Conversion, Measurement Techniques Emission Standards and Test Procedure NDIR,FID, Chemiluminescentanalyzers, Gas Chromatograph, smoke meters, emission standards.

Suggested Books:

1. J.B. Heywood. Internal combustion Engines, Wiley

2. Ganeshan V; Internal Combustion engines; TMH

3. Mathur M L & Sharma RP; A. Course in IC engines; DhanpatRai 4. R Yadav, Internal Combustion Engines

5 Halderman JD and Mitchell CD; Automotive Engines theory and servicing; Pearson

6. DomKundwar; Internal Combustion Engines; DhanpatRai Publications

7. Taylor GF; Internal Combustion Engines Theory & Practice; MIT Press 8. Richard Stone; Introduction to IC Engines; Society of Automotive Engr (Palgrave McMillan)



BMET- 505 (A) Principle of Management L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. To enable the students to study the evolution of Management. 2. To study the functions and principles of management. 3. To learn the application of the principles in an organization. 4. To enable the effective and barriers communication in the organization 5. To study the system and process of effective controlling in the organization

Course Outcome: 73 Students will be able to have clear understanding of managerial functions like planning, and have same basic knowledge on international aspect of management. 74 To understand the planning process in the organization 75 To understand the concept of organization 76 Demonstrate the ability to directing, leadership and communicate effectively 77 To analysis isolate issues and formulate best control methods

Detailed Content:

UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT: Theories of management: Traditional behavioral,contingency and systems approach. Organization as a system. UNIT 2 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION: Interaction with external environment. Managerial decisionmaking and MIS. UNIT 3 PLANNING APPROACH TO ORGANIZATIONAL ANALYSIS: design of organization structure;job design and enrichment; job evaluation and merit rating. 3 UNIT 4 MOTIVATION AND PRODUCTIVITY: Theories of motivation, leadership styles and managerialgrid. Co-ordination, monitoring and control in organizations. Techniques of control. Japanese management techniques. Case studies.

Suggested Books:

1.Schermerhorn,; Management and Organisational Behaviour essentials, Wiley India

2. Koontz: Essentials of Management, PHI Learning. 3. Hirschey: Managerial Economics, Cengage Learning. 4. A V Rau: Management Science, BSP, Hyderabad 5. Mote, l Paul and Gupta: Managerial Economics Concepts & Cases, TMH, New Delhi. 6. Stephan R Robbins Fundamental of Management, Pearson



BMET- 505 (B) TQM and SQC L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. To facilitate the understanding of total quality management principles and processes 2. Evaluate the principles of quality management and to explain how these principles can be applied within quality management systems. 3. Identify the key aspects of the quality improvement cycle and to select and use

appropriate tools and techniques for controlling, improving and measuring quality. 4. Critically appraise the organisational, communication and teamwork requirements for effective quality management. 5. Critically analyse the strategic issues in quality management, including current issues and developments, and to devise and evaluate quality implementation plans.

Course Outcome:

1. Analyze& Correlate the importance of quality control 2. Compare and analyze the concept of Quality Management 3. To analyze the concept of quality circle. 4. Categorize and apply Quality function, decentralization and Theory of control charts 5. Distinguish different types IS0-9000 series and its concept of Quality.

Detailed Content: Unit 1 Evolution of total quality management, historical perspective, teamwork, TQM and ISO 9000;information technology and Business Process Re-engineering (BPR); TPM and quality awards; aids and barriers to quality mgt, creating vision and initiating transformation, establishing programs for education and self-coordination, policy setting and review, flowchart of policy mgt and relation with

daily mgt. improvements, measurement of key indicators; quality mgt leader; cross functional teams and coordination, policy setting and review, flowchart of policy mgt and relation with daily mgt.

Unit 2 Process- definition, variation and feedback, funnel-marble experiment- rules of adjustment and itseffects, quality- definition, goalpost and kaizen view, quality of design, conformance and performance; Taguchi loss function, cost of quality, chain action of improving quality to productivity to motivation and

low cost; Deming‘s theory of mgt, fourteen points and variance reduction; attributes enumerative and variables analytic studies.

Unit 3 SQC-Control charts: basic discrete and continuous distributions, measures of central tendency,variability and shapes, sampling, size and central value theorem, control chart structure, process plotting and stability, study of out-of-control evidences, defect detection and prevention, use of control

charts in evaluating past, present and future trends; attribute control charts, count and classification charts, construction and interpretation of p , np , c and u charts, PDSA cycle(plan, do, study, act), and R charts, and s charts, individual and moving range chart, trial control limits and out of control points.

Unit 4 Process diagnostics: Between and Within Group variations, periodic and persistent disturbances, control chart patterns-natural, level-shift, cycle, wild, multi-universe, relationship and other out of control patterns; diagnosing a process, brainstorming; cause-effect, Ishikava, interrelationship, systematic and matrix diagrams; change concepts and waste elimination

Unit 5 Process improvement: Performance and technical specifications, attribute-process and variable-process capability studies; unstable and stable process capability studies and examples; attribute and variable improvement studies; Inspection: acceptance sampling(AS)- lot formation, single, double and multiple/sequential sampling plans, operating characteristic (OC) curve, producer and consumer risk, theoretical invalidation of AS, kp rule for stable and chaotic processes.

Suggested Books:

1. Gitlow HS, Oppenheim et al; Quality Management; TMH 2. Gryna FM; Juran‘s Quality Planning and Analysis; TMH

3. Crosby Philips; Quality is still free; New Amer Library

4. Kulkarni VA and Bewoor AK; Quality Control; Wiley

5. Jankiraman B and Gopal RK; Total Quality Management- Text and Cases; PHI Learning

6. Sugandhi L and Samual A; Total Quality Management; PHI Learning 7. Subburaj R; Total Qality Management; TMH

8. Naidu Babu and Rajendran; TQM; New age International pub;

9. Chase Richard B et al; Operations management; SIE-TMH

10. Chary SN; Production and Operations Management; TMH 12



BMET- 505 (C) Innovation and Entrepreneurship L T P

3 0 0

Objectives: 1. Acquire necessary knowledge and skills required for organizing and carrying out entrepreneurial activities 2. To develop the ability of analyzing and understanding business situations in which entrepreneurs act and to master the knowledge necessary to plan entrepreneurial activities. 3. Develop the ability of analyzing various aspects of entrepreneurship – especially of taking over the risk, and the specificities as well as the pattern of entrepreneurship development and, finally, to contribute to their entrepreneurial and managerial potentials.

.

Course Outcome:

1. Key concepts underpinning entrepreneurship and its application in the recognition and exploitation of product/ service/ process opportunities 2. Key concepts underpinning innovation and the issues associated with developing and sustaining innovation within organizations 3. How to design creative strategies for pursuing, exploiting and further developing new opportunities 4. Issues associated with securing and managing financial resources in new and

established organizations

Detailed Content: UNIT 1: Entrepreneur–Types of Entrepreneurs–Difference between Entrepreneur andIntrapreneur

Entrepreneurship in Economic Growth, Factors Affecting Entrepreneurial Growth. UNIT 2: Major Motives Influencing an Entrepreneur–Achievement Motivation Training, SelfRating, Business Games, Thematic Apperception Test – Stress Management, Entrepreneurship Development Programs – Need, Objectives.

UNIT 3: Small Enterprises–Definition, Classification–Characteristics, Ownership Structures–Project

Formulation – Steps involved in setting up a Business – identifying, selecting a Good Business opportunity,

UNIT 4: Market Survey and Research, Techno Economic Feasibility Assessment–Preparation ofPreliminary Project Reports – Project Appraisal – Sources of Information – Classification of Needs and Agencies.

Suggested Books:

1. Khanka. S.S., ―Entrepreneurial Development‖ S.Chand& Co. Ltd.,Ram Nagar, New Delhi, 2013.

2. Donald F Kuratko, ― Entreprenuership – Theory, Process and Practice‖, 9th Edition, Cengage

Learning 2014. 3. Hisrich R D, Peters M P, ―Entrepreneurship‖ 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2013.

4. Mathew J Manimala, ―Enterprenuership theory at cross roads: paradigms and praxis‖ 2nd Edition

Dream tech, 2005.

5. Rajeev Roy, ‗Entrepreneurship‘ 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.

6. EDII ―Faulty and External Experts – A Hand Book for New Entrepreneurs Publishers:

Entrepreneurship Development‖, Institute of India, Ahmadabad, 1986.



BMET- 604 (A) Mechatronics L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

(i) Tounderstand the structure of microprocessors and their applications in mechanical devices (ii) To understand the principle of automatic control and real time motion control systems, with thehelp of electrical drives and actuators (iii) To understand the use of micro-sensors and their applications in various fields.

Course Outcome: 1. Install, troubleshoot, maintain and repair mechatronic systems using industry-standard tools, practices, and procedures. 2. Assist in design and rebuilding projects. 3. Follow, develop, and troubleshoot manufacturing processes and procedures. 4. Organize, interpret, and use technical information and documentation. 5. mechatronics applications and the use of micro-sensors and microprocessors.

Detailed Content: UNIT – 1 INTRODUCTION: Definition of Mechatronics, Multi-disciplinary scenario, origins.Evaluation of Mechatronics, An over view of mechatronics, Design of mechatronics system.Measurements system and function of main elements of measurement systems. Need for mechatronics in industries. Objectives, advantages and disadvantages of mechatronics. Microprocessor based controllers. Principle of working of engine management system, automatic washing machine.

UNIT – 2 REVIEW OF TRANSDUCERS AND SENSORS: Defination and classification oftransducers. Definition and classification of sensors. Principle of working and applications of light sensors, proximity sensors and Hall effect sensors. MICROPROCESSOR: Introduction, Microprocessor based digital control. Digital member system, binary and hexadecimal number system, Logic functions, Data word representation basic Elements of control systems.

UNIT 3 : MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE: 8085A processor architectureTerminology-such

as, CPU, memory and address, ALU, assembler, data, registers, Fetch cycle, write cycle, state, bus

interrupts. Micro controllers – difference between microprocessor and micro controllers. Requirements

for control and their implementation in micro controllers.Classification of micro controllers.

Unit 4 :ELECTRICAL ACTUATORS: Actuator and actuator system. Classifications of actuator systemwith examples.Mechanicalswitches.Concept of bouncing Methods of Preventing bouncing of mechanical switches.Solenoids, Relays. Solid state switches – Diodes, Thyristors, Triacs, Trasistors, Darlington pair. Electrical actuator. Principle, construction and working of AC, DC motors, stepper motors, permanent motors, servomotors, Servo systems and control HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS: Valves–Classifications, Pressure Control Valves–Pressure relief valves, Pressure regulating/reducing valves, Pressure sequence valve. Flow control valves – Principle, needle valve, globe valve. Direction control valve –sliding spool valve, solenoid operated.

Unit 5 :SINGLE CONDITIONING: Concept, necessity, op-amps, protection, filtering, wheat stonebridge – Digital Signals – Multiplexer. Data acquisition – Introduction to digital signal processing – Concepts and different methods.

Suggested Books:

1. Mechatronics –Principles, Concepts and applications–Nitaigour and Premchand, Mahilik–TataMcGraw Hill -2003 2. Mechatronics –W. Bolton, Pearson Education Asia -2ndEdition, 2001. 3. Introduction to mechatronics and measurement systems –David G. Alciatore& Michel BiHistand–Tata McGraw Hill –2000 4. Mechatronics –H.D. Ramachandra–Sudha Publication -2003 Mechatronics by HMT Ltd.–TataMcGrawHill -2000. 5. Mechatronics System design by DevadasShetty and Richard A. Kark–Thomas Learining -1997.

6. Mechatronics an Introduction by Robert H Bishop–CRC

7 Mechatronics systems Fundamentals by Rolf Isermann - Springer



BMET- 604 (B) Finite Element Method L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. To illustrate the principle of mathematical modeling of engineering problems

2. To introduce the basics and application of Finite Element Method.

3. To provide the fundamental concepts of the theory of the finite element method 4. To develop proficiency in the application of the finite element method to realistic engineering problems through the use of a major commercial general-purpose finite element code.

Course Outcome:

1. to obtain an understanding of the fundamental theory of the FEA method; 2. to develop the ability to generate the governing FE equations for systems governed by partial differential equations; 3. to understand the use of the basic finite elements for structural applications using truss, beam, frame, and plane elements; and

4. to understand the application and use of the FE method for heat transfer problems. 5. to demonstrate the ability to create models for trusses, frames, plate structures, machine parts, and components using ANSYS general-purpose software

Detailed Content: Unit-I :Introduction -Structural analysis, objectives, static, Dynamic and kinematics analyses, Skeletal andcontinuum structures, Modeling of infinite d.o.f. system into finite d.o.f. system, Basic steps in finite element problem formulation, General applicability of the method.

Unit-II :Element Types and Characteristics -Discretization of the domain, Basic element shapes, Aspectratio, Shape functions, Generalized co-ordinates and nodal shape functions. ID spar and beam elements, 2D rectangular and triangular elements, Axisymmetirc elements.

Unit-III :Assembly of Elements and Matrices -Concept of element assembly, Global and local co-ordinatesystems, Band width and its effects, Banded and skyline assembly, Boundary conditions, Solution of

simultaneous equations, Gaussian elimination and Choleksy decomposition methods, Numerical integration, One and 2D applications.

Unit-IV :Higher Order and Isoparametric Elements -One dimensional quadratic and cubic elements, Useof natural co-ordinate system, Area co-ordinate system continuity and convergence requirements, 2D rectangular and triangular requirement.

Unit-V :Static& Dynamic Analysis -Analysis of trusses and frames, Analysis of machine subassemblies,Use

commercial software packages, Advantages and limitations Hamilton's principle, Derivation of equilibrium, Consistent and lumped mass matrices, Derivation of mass matrices for ID elements, Determination of natural frequencies and mode shapes, Use of commercial software packages.

Suggested Books: 1. Rao, S.S., The Finite Element Method in Engineering, 2nd ed.., Peragamon Press, Oxford. 2. Robert, D. Cook., David, S. Malkins, and Michael E. Plesha, Concepts and Application of Finite Element Analysis 3rd ed., John Wiley 3. .Chandrupatla, T.R. anBelegundu, A.D., Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 4. Zienkiewicz O C, The Finite Element Method, 3rd ed, Tata McGraw Hill.


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Mechanical Engineering, VI-Semester

BMET- 604 (C) Product Design L T P

3 0 0

Objectives: 2 The program trains multidisciplinary designers to use their creativity, design thinking, and design process to bring new ideas, products, and value to companies, communities, and people. 3 Applying diverse 2-D and 3-D design skills to create well-conceived and executed objects, products, and systems that service a human need. 4 The program emphasis is on creativity, exploration, design thinking, solution finding, personal expression, aesthetics, craftsmanship, and entrepreneurship in the creation of lifestyle products and packaging for the global consumer market. 4.The program assists each student in developing personal career pathways to success.

Course Outcome: 3. Use the Product Design and Development Process, as a means to manage the development of an idea from concept through to production. 4. Apply creative process techniques in synthesizing information, problem-solving and critical thinking. 5. Demonstrate and employ hand drawing and drafting principles to convey concepts. 6. Use basic fabrication methods to build prototype models for hard-goods and soft-goods and packaging. 7. Demonstrate, apply, explain, and recognize basic engineering, mechanical, and technical principles.

Detailed Content: Unit 1: Introduction to product design Product life-cycle, product policy of an organization. Selection of a profitable product, Product design process, Product analysis.

Unit 2: Value engineering in product design Advantages, applications in product design, problem identification and selection, Analysis of functions, Anatomy of

function. Primary versus secondary versus tertiary/unnecessary functions, functional analysis: Functional Analysis System Technique (FAST), Case studies.

Unit 3: Introduction to Product design tools QFD, Computer Aided Design, Robust design, DFX, DFM. DFA, Ergonomics in product design.

Unit 4: DFMA guidelines Product design for manual assembly, Design guidelines for metallic and non-metallic products to be manufactured by different processes such as casting, machining, injection molding etc.,

Unit-5: Rapid Prototyping Needs of rapid prototyping, needs, advantages, working principles of SLA, LOM and SLS.

Suggested Books: 5. Value Engineering: Concepts, Techniques and Applications by A.K. Mukhopadhaya

6. Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications by C.K. Chua

7. Engineering Design by Linda D. Schmidt



BMET- 605 (A) Robotics L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. To acquire the knowledge on advanced algebraic tools for the description of motion. 2. To develop the ability to analyze and design the motion for articulated systems.

3. To develop an ability to use software tools for analysis and design of robotic systems

Course Outcome:

1. Be able to use matrix algebra and Lie algebra for computing the kinematics of robots. 2. Be able to calculate the forward kinematics and inverse kinematics of serial and parallel robots. 3. Be able to calculate the Jacobian for serial and parallel robot. 4. Be able to do the path planning for a robotic system. 5. Be proficient in the use of Maple or Matlab for the simulation of robots.

Detailed Content:

Unit 1 Introduction: Need and importance, basic concepts, structure and classification of industrial robots, terminology of robot motion, motion characteristics, resolution, accuracy, repeatability, robot applications.

Unit 2 End Effectors and Drive systems:

Drive systems for robots, salient features and comparison, different types of end effectors, design, applications.

Unit 3 Sensors: Sensor evaluation and selection, Piezoelectric sensors , linear position and displacement sensing, revolvers, encoders, velocity measurement, proximity, tactile, compliance and range sensing. Image Processing and object recognition.

Unit IV Robot Programming:

Teaching of robots, manual, walk through, teach pendant, off line programming concepts and languages, applications.

Unit V Safety and Economy of Robots: Work cycle time analysis, economics and effectiveness of robots, safety systems and devices, concepts of testing methods and acceptance rule for industrial robots.

Suggested Books:

1. Mittal RK, Nagrath IJ; Robotics and Control; TMH 2. GrooverM.P,Weiss M, Nagel,OdreyNG; Industrial Robotics-The Appl□; TMH 3. Groover M.P; CAM and Automation; PHI Learning 4. Spong Mark and Vidyasagar; Robot Modelling and control; Wiley India 5. Yoshikava ; Foundations of Robotics- analysis and Control; PHI Learning; 6. Murphy ; Introduction to AI Robotics; PHI Learning 7. FU KS, Gonzalez RC, Lee CSG; Robotics □Control, sensing□; TMH 8. Shimon, K; Handbook of Industrial Robots; John Wiley &Sons,. 9. GhosalAshitava; Robotics Fundamental concepts and analysis; Oxford 10. Saha S; Introduction to Robotics; TMH 11. Yu Kozyhev; Industrial Robots Handbook; MIR Pub.22



BMET- 605 (B) Optimization Techniques L T P

3 0 0

Objectives: 1. To understand the theory of optimization methods and algorithms developed for

solving various types of optimization problems 2. To develop and promote research interest in applying optimization techniques in problems of

Engineering and Technology 3. To apply the mathematical results and numerical techniques of optimizationtheory to concrete

Engineering problems.

Course Outcome:

1. Understand importance of optimization of industrial process management. 2. Apply basic concepts of mathematics to formulate an optimization problem. 3. analyze and appreciate variety of performance measures for various optimization problems

Detailed Content:

Unit 1 Introduction to Optimization: Engineering application of Optimization – Statement of an Optimization problem - Optimal Problem formulation - Classification of Optimization problem. Optimum design concepts, Definition of Global and Local optima – Optimality

criteria - Review of basic calculus concepts – Global optimality

Unit 2 Linear programming methods for optimum design: Review of Linear programming methods for optimum design – Post optimality analysis - Application of LPP models in design and manufacturing.

Unit 3 Optimization algorithms for solving unconstrained optimization problems: Gradient based method: Cauchy‘s steepest descent method, Newton‘s method, Conjugate gradient method.

Unit-4 Optimization algorithms for solving constrained optimization problems: Direct methods – penalty function methods – steepest descent method - Engineering applications of constrained and unconstrained algorithms. Unit 5 Modern methods of Optimization: Genetic Algorithms - Simulated Annealing - Ant colony optimization - Tabu search – Neural-Network based

Optimization – Fuzzy optimization techniques – Applications.Use of Matlab to solve optimization problems.

Suggested Books: 1. Rao S. S. - ‗Engineering Optimization, Theory and Practice‘ - New Age International Publishers - 2012 -

4th

Edition.

2. Deb K. - ‗Optimization for Engineering Design Algorithms and Examples‘ – PHI - 2000 3. Arora J. - ‗Introduction to Optimization Design‘ - Elsevier Academic Press, New Delhi - 2004

4. Saravanan R. - ‗Manufacturing Optimization through Intelligent Techniques‘ - Taylor & Francis (CRC Press) -

2006

5. Hardley G. -‗Linear Programming‘ - Narosa Book Distributors Private Ltd. - 2002



BMET- 605 (C) Renewable Energy Technology L T P

3 0 0

Objectives:

1. Understand the various forms of conventional energy resources.

2. Learn the present energy scenario and the need for energy conservation

3. Explain the concept of various forms of renewable energy 4. Outline division aspects and utilization of renewable energy sources for both domestics and industrial

application 5. Analyse the environmental aspects of renewable energy resources.

Course Outcome:

1. Describe the environmental aspects of non-conventional energy resources. 2. Know the need of renewable energy resources, historical and latest developments. 3. Describe the use of solar energy and the various components used in the energy production with respect

to applications like - heating, cooling, desalination, power generation, drying, cooking etc. 4. Appreciate the need of Wind Energy and the various components used in energy generation and know

the classifications. 5. Understand the concept of Biomass energy resources and their classification, types of biogas Plants-

applications

Detailed Content:

UNIT-I Solar Radiation: Extra-terrestrial and terrestrial, radiation measuring instrument, radiation measurement and predictions. Solar thermal

conversion: Basics, Flat plate collectors-liquid and air type. Theory of flat plate collectors, selective coating, advanced collectors, Concentrators: optical design of concentrators, solar water heater, solar dryers, solar stills, solar cooling and

refrigeration. Solar photovoltaic: Principle of photovoltaic conversion of solar energy; Technology for fabrication of photovoltaic devices; Applications of solar cells in PV generation systems; Organic PV cells.

UNIT-II Wind Energy: Characteristics and measurement: Metrology of wind speed distribution, wind speed statistics, Weibull,

Rayleigh and Normal distribution, Measurement of wind data, Energy estimation of wind regimes; Wind Energy Conversion: Wind energy conversion principles; General introduction; Types and classification ofWECS; Power, torque and speed characteristics; power curve of wind turbine, capacity factor, matching wind turbine with wind regimes; Application of wind energy.

UNIT-III Production of biomass: Photosynthesis-C3 & C4 plants on biomass production; Biomass resources assessment; Co2 fixation potential of

biomass; Classification of biomass; Physicochemical characteristics of biomass as fuel Biomass conversion routes:

biochemical, chemical and thermo chemical Biochemical conversion of biomass to energy: anaerobic digestion, biogas

production mechanism, technology, types of digesters, design of biogas plants, installation, operation and maintenance of

biogas plants, biogas plant manure-utilization and manure values. Biomass Gasification: Different types, power

generation from gasification, cost benefit analysis of power generation by gasification.

UNIT-IV Small Hydropower Systems: Overview of micro, mini and small hydro system; hydrology; Elements of turbine; Assessment of hydro power; selection and design criteria of turbines; site selection and civil works; speed and voltage regulation; Investment issue load management and tariff collection; Distribution and marketing issues. Ocean Energy: Ocean energy resources, ocean

energy routs; Principle of ocean thermal energy conversion system, ocean thermal power plants. Principles of ocean wave energy and Tidal energy conversion.

UNIT-V Geothermal Energy: Origin of geothermal resources, type of geothermal energy deposits, site selection geothermal power plants; Hydrogen Energy: Hydrogen as a source of energy, Hydrogen production and storage. Fuel Cells: Types of fuel cell, fuel cell system and sub-system, Principle of working, basic thermodynamics

Suggested Bookss:

1. Kothari, Singal&Rajan; Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies, PHI Learn 2. Khan, B H, Non Conventional Energy, TMH. 3. Sukhatme and Nayak, Solar Energy, Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage, TMH. 4. Tiwari and Ghosal, Renewable Energy Resources: basic principle & application, NarosaPubl 5. KoteswaraRao, Energy Resources, Conventional & Non-Conventional, BSP Publication. 6. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamental, technologies and Application,PHI L 7. AbbasiTanseem and Abbasi SA; Renewable Energy Sources; PHI Learning 8. Ravindranath NH and Hall DO, Biomass, Energy and Environment, Oxford University Press. 9. Duffie and Beckman, Solar Engineering of Thermal Process, Wiley 10. Nikolai, Khartchenko; Green Power; Tech Book International 11. Tester, Sustainable Energy-Choosing Among Options, PHI Learning. 12. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy: Power for a sustainable future, Oxford OUP. 24

TME 011 : NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES AND UTILISATION L T P

3 1 0

UNIT-1

Energy resources and their utilization :Indian and global energy sources, Energy exploited,

Energyplanning, Energy parameters (energy intensity, energy-GDP elasticity), Introduction to various

sources of energy, Solar thermal, Photovoltaic, Water power, Wind energy, Biomass, Ocean thermal,

Tidal and wave energy, Geothermal energy, Hydrogen energy systems, Fuel cells, Decentralized and dispersed

generation. 3

Solar radiations: Extra terrestrial radiation, Spectral distribution, Solar constant, Solar radiations

onearth, Measurement of solar radiations, Solar radiation geometry, Flux on a plane surface, Latitude,

Declination angle, Surface azimuth angle, Hour angle, Zenith angle, Solar altitude angle expression for

angle between incident beam and the normal to a plane surface (no derivation), Local apparent time,

Apparent motion of sun, Day length, Solar radiation data for India. 5

UNIT-2

Solar energy: Solar thermal power and it's conversion, Solar collectors, Flat plate, Performance analysis of flat plate collector, Solar concentrating collectors, Types of concentrating collectors, Thermodynamic limits to concentration, Cylindrical collectors, Thermal analysis of solar collectors, Tracking CPC and solar swing. Solar thermal energy storage, Different systems, Solar pond, Applications, Water heating, Space heating & cooling, Solar distillation, solar pumping, solar cooking, Greenhouses,

Solar power plants Solar photovoltaic system: Photovoltaic effect, Efficiency of solar cells, Semiconductor materials for solar cells, Solar photovoltaic system, Standards of solar photovoltaic

system, Applications of PV system, PV hybrid system.

7

UNIT-3

Biogas: Photosynthesis, Bio gas production Aerobic and anaerobic bio-conversion process,

Rawmaterials, Properties of bio gas, Producer gas, Transportation of bio gas, bio gas plant technology &

status, Community biogas plants, Problems involved in bio gas production, Bio gas applications, Biomass

conversion techniques, Biomass gasification, Energy recovery from urban waste, Power generation from

liquid waste, Biomass cogeneration, Energy plantation, Fuel properties, Biomass resource development

in India.

5

Wind energy: Properties of wind, Availability of wind energy in India, wind velocity, Wind

machinefundamentals, Types of wind machines and their characteristics, Horizontal and Vertical axis

wind mills,

Elementary design principles, Coefficient of performance of a wind mill rotor, Aerodynamic

considerations in wind mill design, Selection of a wind mill, Wind energy farms, Economic issues, Recent development. 5

UNIT-4

Electrochemical effects and fuel cells: Principle of operation of an acidic fuel cell, Reusable cells,

Idealfuel cells, Other types of fuel cells, Comparison between acidic and alkaline hydrogen-oxygen fuel

cells, Efficiency and EMF of fuel cells, Operating characteristics of fuel cells, Advantages of fuel cell

power plants, Future potential of fuel cells . 3

Tidal power: Tides and waves as sources of energy, Fundamentals of tidal power, Use of tidal

energyLimitations of tidal energy conversion systems. Hydrogen Energy: Properties of hydrogen in

respect of it'suse as source of renewable energy, Sources of hydrogen, Production of hydrogen, Storage

and transportation, Problems with hydrogen as fuel, Development of hydrogen cartridge, Economics of

hydrogen fuel and its use.. 4

UNIT-5

Thermoelectric systems: Kelvin relations, power generation, Properties of thermoelectric materials, Fusion Plasma generators. 2

Geothermal energy: Structure of earth’s interior, Geothermal sites, earthquakes &

volcanoes,Geothermal resources, Hot springs, Steam ejection, Principal of working, Types of geothermal

station with schematic representation, Site selection for geothermal power plants. Advanced concepts,

Problems associated with geothermal conversion. 4

Ocean energy; Principle of ocean thermal energy conversion, Wave energy conversion machines,Power

plants based on ocean energy, Problems associated with ocean thermal energy conversion systems,

Thermoelectric OTEC, Developments of OTEC, Economics. Impact of renewable energy generation on

environment, Kyoto Protocol, Cost of electricity production from different energy sources, Energy

options for Indian economy.

Reference Books:

1. Duffle and Beckman, Solar Thermal Engineering Process, John Wiley & Sons, New York 2. H.P. Garg, Advanced in Solar Energy Technology, D. Reidel Publishing Co., Drdricht. 3. S.P. Sukhatme, Solar Energy, Tata McGrew Hill Company Ltd., New Delhi 4. Twidell& AW. Wier, Renewable energy resources, English Language book, Society I E& FN

Spon (1986) 5. N.K. Bansal., M. Kleeman& M. Mielee, Renewable conversion technology, Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

TME-012 ADVANCE ENGINEERING MATERIALS

L T P 3 1 0

UNIT-I

Ferrous Materials, their Properties and Applications: Plain carbon steels, their properties and

application: plain carbon steels, effects of alloying elements in plain carbon steels. Alloy steels, tools

steels, stainless steels, low and high temperature resisting steels, high strength steels, selections,

specifications, form and availability of steel. Cast irons-white, grey, modular malleable and alloy cast irons. Recognized patterns of distribution of graphite flakes in grey cast iron. 5

UNIT-II

Heat Treatment of Steels TTT diagrams, annealing, normalizing, hardening and tempering of

steel.Austempering and martempering of steel. Hardenibility, Journing end quench test. Grauisis and its determination. Effect of graion the properties of steel. 4

Surface hardening of steel :

Carbonising nitriding carbonitriding cyniding, flues and inducation hardenirng microscopic determination of case depth and depth of hardening. 4

Unit-III Nonferrous materials, their properties and application, brasses, bronzes, cupro-nickel

alloys,aluminum, magnesium and titanium alloys, bearing materials, selection, specific form and

availability. Heat treatment of nonferrous materials – soputionising and precipitations hardening 4

Unit-IV

Composites

Polymer – polymer, metal-metal, ceramic –ceramic, ceramic-polymer, metal-ceramic,

metalpolymercomposites. Dispersion reinforced, particle reinforced, laminated and fibre reinforced

composites. 5

UNIT-V

ELASIOMERS AND MASULLANEOUS Types, properties and identifications of different types of

rubbersvulcanisation, fabrication andforming techniques of rubber. Introduction of plastics and ceramics

– types, application and process. Smart materials-introduction and types. Selection of materials and factors effecting deflection, Selection process and systematic evaluation. 6

TME-013 OPTIMISATION TECHNIQUES IN ENGINEERING

L T P 3 1 0

Unit-I

Unconstrained Optimization: Optimizing Single-Variable Functions, conditions for Local Minimum and Maximum, Optimizing Multi-Variable Functions. 4

Unit-II

Constrained Optimization: Optimizing Multivariable Functions with Equality Constraint: Direct

SearchMethod, Lagrange Multipliers Method, Constrained Multivariable Optimization with inequality constrained: Kuhn-Tucker Necessary conditions, Kuhn –Tucker Sufficient Conditions. 6

Unit-III

Optimization: Quasi-Newton Methods and line search, least squares optimization,

GaussNewton,Levenberg- Marquartd, Extensions of LP to Mixed Integer Linear Programming (MILP),

Non-Linear Programming, The Newton Algorithm, Non-Linear Least Squares, Sequential Quadratics

Programming (SQP), Constrained Optimization, SQP Implementation, Multi-Objective Optimization,

Branch and Bound Approaches, Genetic Algorithms and Genetic Programming, Singular Based

Optimization, On-Line Real- Time Optimization, Optimization in Econometrics Approaches – Blue. 8

Unit-IV

Optimization and Functions of a Complex Variable and Numerical Analysis: The Finite Difference Method

for Poisson’s Equation in two Dimensions and for the Transient Heat Equation, Eulers Method, The

Modified Euler Mehtod and the Runge-Kutta Method for Ordinary Differential Equations, Gaussian

QuardativeTranzoidal Rule and Simpson’s 1/3 and 3/8 Rules, the Newton Raphson in one and two Dimensions, Jacobi’s Iteration Method. 8

Unit-V

Optimization in Operation Research: Dynamic Programming, Transportation – Linear Optimization

Simplex and Hitchcock Algorithms, Algorithms, Minimax and Maximum Algorithm, Discrete Simulation,

Integer Programming – Cutting Plane Methods, Separable Programming, Stochastic Programming, Goal

Programming, Integer Linear Programming, Pure and Mixed Strategy in theory of Games, Transshipment Problems, Heuristic Methods. 8

Books.

1. Winston W L: Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms 2. Rao S.S., Optimization: Theory and Applications. 3. Walsh G R: M methods of Optimization.

TME014 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY

L T P 3 1 0

Unit-I

Introduction :Importance and application of welding, classification of welding process.

Selection of welding process. Review of conventional welding process : Gas welding, Arc welding, MIG,

TIG welding. Resistance welding. Electroslag welding, Friction welding etc. Welding of MS.CI, Al, Stainless steel & Maurer/Schacfflar Diagram. Soldering & Brazing. 6

Unit-II Advanced welding Techniques- Principle and working and application of advanced

weldingtechniques such as Plasma Arc welding, Laser beam welding, Electron beam welding, Ultrasonic

welding etc. 4

Unit-III Advanced welding Techniques (continued) : Principle and working and application of

advancedwelding techniques such as explosive welding/ cladding, Underwater welding, Spraywelding / Metallising, Hard facing. 5

Unit-IV Weld Design :Welding machines/equipments and its characteristics. Weld defects anddistortion

and its remedies, Inspection/testing of welds, Macrostructure & microstructure of welds, HAZ, Weld Design, Welding of pipe-lines and pressure vessels. Life predication. 4

Unit-V Thermal and Metallurgical consideration.: Thermal considerations for welding,

temperaturedistribution, Analytical analysis, heating & cooling curves. Metallurgical consideration of

weld, HAZ and Parent metal, micro & macro structure. Solidification of weld and properties. 6

Books

Welding Hand Book

TME-015 Non Destructive testing

Unit-1

INTRODUCTION:

Scope and advantages of N.D.T. some common NDT methods used since ages – visual

inspection, Ringing test, and chalk – test (oil-whiting test) their effectiveness in

detecting surface cracks, bond strength and surface defects. 5

Unit-2

Common NDT methods Dye – penetrant tests – principle, scope, equipment and

techniques. Zyglo testing. Magnetic Particle Tests- Scope of test, Principle equipment

and technique. DC And AC magnetization, use of day and wet powders magnaglow testing. Interpretations of results. 6

Unit-3

RADIOGRAPHIC METHODS X-ray radiography – principle, equipment and methodology.

Interpretationof radiographs, Limitations Gamma ray radiography. Principle, equipment,

source of radioactive material and technique. Precautions against radiation hazards,

Advantage over x-ray radiography methods. 6

Unit-4

ULTRASONIC TESTING METHODS Introduction Principle of Operation – piezoelectricity.

Ultrasonicprobes, cathode ray oscilloscope techniques and advantages limitation and

typical applications. 4

Unit-5

Testing of castings, forgings & weldments Application of NDT methods in inspection of castings, forgings and welded structures with illustrative examples. Case studies. Sample-testing in the lab. 6

L T P 3 1 0

TME-020 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (TQM) L T P 3 1 0

Unit-I

Quality Concepts Evolution of Quality control, concept change, TQM Modern concept, Quality conceptin

design, Review off design, Evolution of proto type. Control on Purchased Product Procurement of

various products, evaluation of supplies, capacity verification, Development of sources, procurement

procedure. Manufacturing Quality Methods and Techniques for manufacture, Inspection and control of

product, Quality in sales and services, Guarantee, analysis of claims. 5

Unit-II

Quality Management Organization structure and design, Quality function, decentralization,

Designingand fitting organization for different types products and company, Economics of quality value

and contribution, Quality cost, optimizing quality cost, seduction programme. Human Factor in Quality

Attitude of top management, co-operation, of groups, operators attitude, responsibility, causes of

operators error and corrective methods. 6

Unit-III

Control Charts Theory of control charts, measurement range, construction and analysis of R

charts,process capability study, use of control charts. Attributes of Control Charts Defects, construction

and analysis off-chart, improvement by control chart, variable sample size, construction and analysis of

C- chart. 7

Unit-IV

Defects Diagnosis and Prevention Defect study, identification and analysis of defects, corrective

measure, factors affecting reliability, MTTF, calculation of reliability, Building reliability in the product,

evaluation of reliability, interpretation of test results, reliability control, maintainability, zero defects, quality circle. 6

Unit-V

IS0-9000 and its concept of Quality Management:

ISO 9000 series, Taguchi method, JIT in some details 5

References:

1. Lt. Gen. H.LaI, "Total Quality management", Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990. . 2. Greg Bounds. “Beyond Total Quality Management”. McGraw Hill, 1994. 3. Menon, H.G, "TQM in New Product manufacturing", McGraw Hill 1992.

TME-021 ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS

L T P 3 1 0

UNIT-I

Review of kinematics of fluid motion, method of describing fluid motion, translation, rate of

deformation, the material derivatives, acceleration, vorticity in Cartesian & polar coordinates, Reynolds transport theorem, Stress at a point, velocity profile, wall shear stress. 4

UNIT-II

Non-viscous incompressible flow- Equation of continuity, Euler’s equation of motion, Bernoulli’s

equation, circulation and its theorem, stress function, velocity potential, irrotational flow, two

dimensional source, sink, source-sink pair, doublet vortex, superposition of sourcesink with rectilinear

flow, Rankine body, Superposition of rectilinear flow and doublet, flow around a spinning circular cylinder, Magnus effect, lift & Drag, Skin friction. Lift of aerofoil. 7

UNIT-III

Boundary layer Concept-Introduction to boundary layer formation, Novier-stokes equation, Boundary

layer thickness, momentum thickness, energy thickness, Boundary layer equations, Momentum-Integral

equation - Von Korman, Blasius solution of boundary layer on a flat plate without pressure gradient,

Flow with very small Reynolds number, Hogenpoisseuille flow, Plane Couette flow, Hydrodynamic theory of lubrication. 8

UNIT-IV

Compressible flow- Propagation of pressure change, sound velocity, elastic waves, Mach number, Mach

cone, isentropic flow relations in terms of sonic velocity and mach number, Stagnation properties,

Regions of flow, Energy equation, Effect of Mach number on compressibility. Propagation of

infinitesimal waves, Non-steep finite pressure wave and steep finite pressure waves, Expansion waves

Isentropic flow with variable area, Mach number variation and its effect on Flow through nozzles and diffusers. Area ratio, impulse function, Use of Gas/Air tables. 6

UNIT-V

Flow with normal shock waves- Development of shock wave, rarefaction wave, governing equations,

Prandtle-Meyer relation. Thermodynamic properties across shock. Wind tunnels. Flow in constant area

duct with friction-Fanno curves, Fanno flow equations, Solution of fanno flow equations. Variation of

flow properties. Tables & charts for Fanno flow. Flow in constant area duct with heat transfer- Rayleigh

line, Fundamental equations, Rayleigh flow relation, Variation of flow properties. Tables & Charts for Rayleigh flow. 8

References:

1. Fluid Mechanics by White. 2. Fluid Mechanics by Streeter 3. Fluid Mechanics by Som& Biswas 4. Fluid Mechanics by K.L. Kumar 5. Gas Dynamics by E. Radhakrishnan

TME-022 MECHATRONICS

Section – I

L T P 3 1 0

1 Review of Microprocessors and Micro Controllers: Concepts, Binary numbers to hexadecimal

details,information on flipflops, gates, registers, counters, memory, polling and interrupts etc.

Architecture, instruction set for 8085, 8051 and assembly level language. Difference between

microprocessors and micro controllers. Introduction to programming. Signal and Data Processing:

Concepts and principles, analogue signal conditioning, signal level changes, linearization, conversion,

filtering. Impedance matching passive circuits. Specifications and circuits in instrumentation. Digital signal conditioning. 7

2 Ladder Diagram Fundamentals:Basic Components and their symbols, Fundamentals of ladderdiagrams,

Machine Control Terminology. The Programmable Logic Controller : A Brief History, PLC configurations,

System Block Diagrams, Update Solve the ladder – Update, Update, Solve the Ladder 6

3 Fundamentals of PLC Programming: Physical Components Vs Program, components, Lighting

ControlExample, Internal Relays, Disagreement Circuit, Majority Circuit, Oscillator, Holding contacts,

Always ON and Always OFF Contacts, Ladder Diagram Having more than one rung. Programming On/Off

Inputs, to produce on – off outputs : Introduction, PLC input instructions, outputs : Coils, Indicators and

others, Operational procedures, Contact and Coil Input output programming Examples, Fail Safe Circuits, Industrial Process Examples. 8

4 Creating Ladder Diagrams from Process Control Descriptions:Introductions, Ladder Diagrams,Sequence

Listings. Large Process Ladder diagram Constructions, Flowcharting as programming Method.

Introduction to Robotics: Elementary treatment on anatomy, drives, transmission and end effectors of Robotics 6

5 Material Handling: Generations Considerations, Applications in material transfer and loadingunloading

Assembly and Inspections : Assembly and robot assembly automations, Parts presentations methods.,

Assembly ope4rations, Assembly syst4m configurations inspe4ction automation. Introduction to Nano-technology. 5

Reference Books:

1 "Programmable Logic Controller – Principles and Applications" 5/e, J. W. Webb, R. A. Reis; Prentice

Hall of India Ltd. ISBN 81-203-2308-4

2 "Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications"; M. P. Groover, M. Weiss, R. N.

Nagel, N. G. Ordey; McGraw Hill International Editions, Industrial Engineering Series, ISBN 0-0-100442-4

3 "Programmable Logic Controller – Programming methods and Applications" Hackworth JohnR. and

Hackworth Frederick D. Jr.; Pearson Education LCE, ISBN 81-297-0340-8.

4 Introduction to 8085 – Gaonkar

TME-023 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P

3 1 0

UNIT I Introduction to Finite Difference Method and Finite Element Method, Advantages and 310

disadvantages 4

UNIT II

Mathematical formulation of FEM, Variation and Weighted residual approaches, Shape functions, Natural co-ordinate system, Element and global stiffness matrix, Boundary conditions, Errors, Convergence and patch test, Higher order elements. 5

UNIT III

Application to plane stress and plane strain problems, Axi-symmetric and 3D bodies, Plate bending

problems with isotropic and anisotropic materials, Structural stability, Other applications e.g., Heat conduction and fluid flow problems. 5

UNIT IV

Idealisation of stiffness of beam elements in beam-slab problems, Applications of the method to

materially non-linear problems, Organisation of the Finite Element programmes, Data preparation and mesh generation through computer graphics, Numerical techniques, 3D problems. 6

UNIT V

FEM, an essential component of CAD, Use of commercial FEM packages, Finite element solution of

existing complete designs, Comparison with conventional analysis. 4

Books:

1. The Finite Element Method O.C. Zienkiewicz and R.L. Taylor McGraw Hill 2. An Introduction to Finite Element Method J. N. Reddy McGraw Hill 3. Finite Element Procedure in Engineering Analysis K.J. Bathe McGraw Hill 4. Finite Element Analysis C.S. Krishnamoorthy Tata McGraw Hill

TME 023 SIX SIGMA METHODS & APPLICATION L T P

Unit 1

3 1 0

Quality Perception : Quality in Manufacturing, Quality in Service Sector; Differences

betweenConventional and Six Sigma concept of quality; Six Sigma success stories. Statistical foundation

and methods of quality improvement.

Descriptive statistics: Data Type, Mean, Median, Mode, Range, Variation, Standard Deviation,

Skewness,Kurtosis.

Probability Distribution :Normal, Binomial, Poisson DistributionUnit 2

Basics of Six Sigma: Concept of Six Sigma, Defects, DPMO, DPU, Attacks on X’S, Customer focus,

SixSigma for manufacturing, Six Sigma for service. Z score, Understanding Six Sigma organization,

Leadership council, Project sponsors and champions, Master Black Belt, Black Belt, Green Belts.

Unit 3

Methodology of Six Sigma, DMAIC, DFSS, Models of Implementation of Six Sigma, Selection of Six Sigma

Projects.

Unit 4

Six Sigma Tools: Project Charter, Process mapping, Measurement system analysis, Hypothesis Testing,

Quality Function deployment, Failure mode effect analysis, Design of Experiments.

Unit 5

Sustenance of Six Sigma, Communication plan, Company culture, Reinforcement and control,

Introduction to softwares for Six Sigma, Understanding Minitab, Graphical analysis of Minitab plots.

References:

1. Six Sigma: SPC and TQM in manufacturing and service, Geoff Tennant, Gower

Publishing Co.

2. Six Sigma for managers, Greg Brue, TMH 3. What is Six Sigma, Pete Pande, TMH 4. The Six Sigma Way, Peter S. Pande, TMH Team Field book 5. The Six Sigma way, Peter S. Pande, TMH

TME 030 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS

L T P 3 1 0

UNIT I

Elementary Elasticity:

Stress: Introduction, Stress Equations of Equilibrium, Laws of Stress Transformations, principal Stresses,

Two-Dimensional State of Stress, Stresses Relative to Principal Co-ordinate System, Special States of

Stress. Strain: Introduction, Displacement and Strain, Strain Transformation Equation, Principal Strains,

Compatibility, Volume Dilation, Stress Strain Relations, Strain Transformation Equations and Stress Strain Relations for Two-Dimensional State of Stress. 7

UNIT II

Strain Measurements: Introduction, Properties of Strain Gage Systems, Types of Strain Gages, Grid-

Method of Strain Analysis. Brittle Coating Method: Coating Stresses, Failure Theories, Brittle Coating

Crack Patterns, Resin and Ceramic Based Brittle Coating, Test Procedure, Analysis of Brittle Coating Data.

7

UNIT III

Electrical Resistance Strain Gages: Introduction, Strain Sensitivity in Alloys, Strain Gage Adhesives, Gage Sensitivity and Gage Factor. Strain Gage Circuit: Potentiometer and its Application, Wheat-Stone Bridge, Bridge Sensitivity, Null Balance Bridges. Analysis of Strain Gage Data: Three Element Rectangular Rosette, Delta Rosette, Stress Gage, Plane Shear-Gage. 8

UNIT IV

Theory of Photoelasticity: Introduction, Temporary Double Refraction, Stress Optic Law, Relative

Retardation, Stressed Model in Plane Polariscope, Effect of Principal Directions, Effect of Principal Stress

Difference, Stressed Model in Circular Polariscope, Light and Dark Field arrangements, Tardy Compensation, Fringe Sharpening and Multiplication by Partial Mirrors. 7

UNIT V

Two Dimensional Photoelasticity : Introduction, Isochromatic Fringe Patterns, Isoclinic Fringe Patterns,

Compensation Techniques, Calibration Methods, Separation Methods, Shear Difference Method,

Electrical Analogy Method, Oblique Incidence Method, Materials for TwoDimensionalPhotoelasticity. 6

References:

1. Experiment Stress Analysis by James W. Dally and William F. Riley, International Student

Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company.

2. Experiment Stress Analysis by Dr. Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishers.TME-043

TME 031 THERMAL TURBO MACHINES

L T P 3 1 0

UNIT-I Brief history of turbo machinery, introduction to blowers, pumps, compressors, steam & gas turbines,

turbojet, Review of laws of thermodynamics & SFEE in reference to turbo machinery, Energy transfer in

turbo machines, Euler’s equation, Velocity diagrams for axial & radial turbo machinery and pumps.

Definition of various efficiencies, Introduction to blowers, pumps, compressors, steam & gas turbines turbojet. 6

UNIT-II Centrifugal compressors- Principle of operation, work done and pressure rise, Diffuser, state losses, ship

factors, Performance, characteristics. Axial flow compressor- basic operation, Elementary theory,

Factors affecting stage pressure ratio, Blockage in compressor annulus, Degree of reaction, 3-D flow,

Design process, blade design, calculation of stage performance. Supersonic & transonic stages, Performance. 7

UNIT-III Axial flow turbines-Elementary theory of axial flow turbine, Vortex theory, Choice of blade profile, pitch

and chord, Estimation of stage performance. 5

UNIT-IV

Steam turbines- Constructional details, working of steam turbine.

Pumps :Pumps, main components, indicator diagram and modification due to piston

acceleration,performance and characteristics, axial flow pumps.

Radial flow turbines: Single velocity triangle Enthalpy- Entropy diagram, State losses, performance, Characteristics. 7

UNIT-V

Gas Turbine Starting & Control Systems: Starting ignition system, combustion system types, safety limits & control. 3

Turbine Blade coding: Cooling techniques, types Mechanical Design consideration: Overall design choices, Material selection, Design with traditional materials. 3

References:

1. Gas turbine theory :Gohen& Rogers, Addison Weslay Longman Ltd. 2. Design of high efficiency turbomachinery and gas turbines, David Gordon

Wilson, TheodosiosKorakianitis, Prentice Hall International.

3. Turbomachinery : S.M. Yahya. 4. Turbine, Compressors and Fans, S.M. Yahya, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 5. Gas Turbine- Ganeshan, Tata Mc Graw HillTME 044

TME 032 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION

L T P 3 1 0

Unit I

Introduction : Brief history, robot terminology, classification, characteristic, physical configuration, structure of industrial robot. Robot and Effectors: Types, mechanical grippers, other types of gripper, tools as end effectors, Robot/end effector interface, design consideration. 4

Robot Motion Analysis &Control :Introduction to manipulator kinematics, robot dynamics,

manipulator dynamics, robot control, task planning. 5

Unit II

Sensors :Transducers and sensors, sensors in robotics, tedile sensors, proximity and range

sensors,miscellaneous sensors and sensor-based systems, use of sensors in robotics, touch sensors,

force-torque sensors. 6

Machine Vision: Introduction, sensing and digitizing function in machine vision, image processing and analysis, vision system robotic applications. 3

Unit III

Programming :Basics of robot programming, languages, commands, communications and

dataprocessing.

Applications :Welding, electro-plating, painting, spraying, assembling, material handling, inspection, Future applications. Introduction to design of robot in specific applications. 6

Unit IV

Fundamentals of Manufacturing Automation: Basic Principles of automation, types of automated

systems, degrees of automation,Automated flow lines. Automation for machining operations Design and fabrication considerations.Analysis of multi station assembly. 4

Automated Material Handling: components, operation, types, design of automated guided vehicles and applications. 2

Automated storage / retrieval systems - types, basic components and applications. 2

Unit V

Group Technology: Part families, part classification and coding, machine Cell design, Benefits.

ComputerAided Process Planning, benefits and limitations.

Automated Inspection And Testing: Automated inspection principles and methods sensors

techniquesfor automated inspection-techniques for automated inspection-contact and noncontact

inspection methods-in process gauging, CMM’s, construction, types, inspection probes, types, and

applications. Machine vision, LASER Micrometer and optical inspection methods. 6

Reference Books:

1. Industrial Robotics (Technology, Programming and applications) – Mc Graw Hill Editions 2. Robotics – An introduction - Douglas R. Malcolm. Jr -- Delmar Publisher Inc 3. Robot technology fundamentals - Saures G. Keramas - Delmar publishers 4. Fundamentals of robotics – analysis & control - Robert J. Schilling – (PHI) edition

TME-033 MACHINE TOOL DESIGN L T P 3 1 0

Unit-I

Introduction: Developments is machine tools, types of machine tools surface, profits and pathsproduced

by machine tools. Features of construction and operations of basic machine tools e.g. lathe, drill, milling

shapes and planers, grinding machine etc. General requirement of machine tool design. Machine tool design process. Tool wear, force Analysis. 5

UNIT-II

Machine Tools Drives: Classification of machine tool drives, group Vs individual drives, Selection of

electric motor, A brief review of the elements of mechanical transmission e.g. gear, belt and chain

drives, slider-crank mechanism, cam mechanism, nut & Screw transmission, Devices for intermittent

motion, reversing & differential mechanisms. Couplings and clutches Elements of hydraulic transmission

system. e.g. pumps, cylinder, directional control valves, pressure valves etc. Fundamentals of Kinematics structure of machine tools. 7

Unit-III

Regulation of Speed and Feed rates : Laws of stepped regulation, selection of range ratio, standard

progression ratio, selection of best possible structural diagram, speed chart, Design of feed box,

Developing gearing diagrams. Stepless regulation of speed and feed in machine tool, speed and feed control. 7

Unit-IV

Design of Machine Tool Structure: Requirements and design criteria for machine tool structures,

selection of material Basic design procedure for machine tool structures, design of bed, column and

housing, Model technique in design. Design of guide ways and power screws: Basic guide way profiles,

Designing guide way for stiffness a wear resistance, hydrostatic and antifriction grand ways. Design of

sliding friction power Screws. Design of spindlier & spindle supports. Layout of bearings, selection of bearings for machine tools 8

Unit-V

Dynamics of machine tools: General procedure for assessing the dynamic stability of cutting process,

closed loop system, chatter in machine tools.Control Systems : Functions, requirements & types of

machine tool controls, controls for speed & feed change. Automatic and manual Controls. Basics of numerical controls. Machine tool testing. 6

References:

1. Machine Tools Design & Numerical Controls –N.K. Mehta, T.M.H. New Delhi. 2. Design of Machine Tools – S.K. Basu Allied Publishers. 3. Principles of Machine Tools, Bhattacharya A and Sen.G.C. New Central Book Agency.

TME034 UNCONVENTIONAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

L T P 3 1 0

Unit-I

Introduction: Limitations of conventional manufacturing processes, need of unconventionalmanufacturing

processes and its classification.

Unit-II

Unconventional Machining Process: Principle and working and applications of unconventional machining

process such as Electro-Discharge machining, Electro-chemical machining, ultrasonic machining, Abrasive jet

machining etc.

Unit-III

Principle and working and application of unconventional machining processes such as laser beam machining,

Electron beam machining, Ultrasonic machining etc.

Unit-IV

Unconventional welding processes: Explosive welding, Cladding etc. Under water welding,Metallising, Plasma

are welding/cutting etc.

Unit-V

Unconventional Forming processes: Principle, working and applications of High energy forming processes such

as Explosive Forming, Electromagnetic forming, Electro-Discharge forming, water hammer forming, explosive

compaction etc.

Books:

1. Modern Machining Processes – P.C. Pandey 2. Unconventional Machining – V.K. Jain 3. Modern Machining – G.F. Benedict

OME 005 Energy Efficient Buildings

L T P

3 1 0

Energy Efficient Building Design Strategies

Energy use in Buildings, Factors effecting Energy use, Energy Conservation options. External Factors –

Climate, Building Orientation, Shading, types of shading devices.

Thermal Comfort

Criteria and various Parameters, Psychometric Chart, Thermal Indices. Indoor air quality;

Requirements in residential, Commercial, Hospital Buildings.

Passive concepts and components

(a) passive heating concepts direct gain, indirect gain, isolated gains and suspenses;(b) passive cooling

concepts - evaporative cooling, evaporative air and water coolers, radiative cooling, application of

wind, water and earth for cooling ,use of isolation, shading, paints and cavity walls for cooling; (c)

passive heating and cooling concepts - roof pond/sky therm, roof radiation trap,

vary-therm wall, earth sheltered or earth based structures and earth airtunnels; selective ventilation,

components- windows and thermal storage

Heat Transmission in Buildings: Surface Coefficient, Air cavity, Internal and External Surface, Overall

Thermal Transmittance Walls and Windows, and Packed Roofthached Heat Transfer due to

ventilation/ infiltration, Building loss coefficient Internal Heat gains, Solar Temperature, Steady State

Method (for Trombe Wall, Water wall and Solarium), Degree Day method.

Correlation methods - solar load ratio, load collector ratio, thermal time constant method, Analytical

methods - thermal circuit analysis, admittance procedure of metrics. The periodic solutions - thermal

modeling of AC / Non AC buildings.

Typical Designs of Selected Buildings in various Climatic Zones, Thumb Rules for Design of Building

systems and Building Codes.

Reference Books

1. M.S.Sodha, N.K. Banaal, P.K.Bansal, A.Rumaar and M.A.S. Malik, Solar Passive: Building Science and Design, Pergamon Preen (1986). 2. Jamee; L. Threlked, Thermal Environment Engineering, Prentice Hall, INC-, Raglevood Cliffs, New Jersey ( 1970) 3. T.A. Markus and R.N. Morris, Building, Climate and Energy SpottwoodeBallantype Ltd-, London U.K. ( 1980) 4. Solar Thermal Energy Storage, H. P. Garg et.al, D. Reidel Publishing Company (1985) 5. Mathematical Modeling of Melting and Freezing Process, V Alexiades& A.D. Solomon, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, Washington ( 1993) 6. Energy storage technologies, a reading material prepared by Dr. D. Buddhi, School Of Energy And

Environmental Studies, DAVV, Indore.


Unit I:



Unit II:


SolarThermalEnergy:Solarradiationflatplatecollectorsandtheirmaterials,applicationsand



Unit III:

GeothermalEnergy:Resourcesofgeothermalenergy,thermodynamicsofgeo-thermalenergy

conversion-electricalconversion,non-electricalconversion,environmentalconsiderations.


Unit IV:


Thermo-electricalandthermionicConversions:Principleofworking,performanceand

limitations.


classificationofrotors,concentrationsandaugments,windcharacteristics.performanceand

limitations of energy conversionsystems.

Unit V:





Books Recommended:


2. Mani, "Handbook of Solar radiation Data forIndia".


AcademicPress.







Unit I:



Unit II:








Unit IV:



Unit V:



Books Recommended:

1 R.Billintan& R.N. Allan,‖ Reliability Evaluation of Engineering and Systems", Plenum Press.

2 K.C.Kapoor&L.R.Lamberson,"ReliabilityinEngineeringandDesign",JohnWileyand Sons.

3 S.K.Sinha&B.K.Kale,―LifeTestingandReliabilityEstimation",WileyEasternLtd.

4 M.L.Shooman,"ProbabilisticReliability,AnEngineeringApproach",McGrawHill.

5 G.H.Sandler,"System Reliability Engineering", PrenticeHall.


Unit I:


ofpollution.

Unit II:





Unit III:



Unit IV:



Unit V:




Books Recommended:



APPLICATIONS:

Unit I




Unit II



input to GISdata;

Unit III



Unit IV


Networkanalysis;

Unit V



Books Recommended:

1. GeographicInformationSystems:AManagementPerspective,byStanArnoff,WD

L Publications.


AcademicPress.




Unit I:





Unit II:




Unit III:





Unit IV:





Unit V:



scaleindustries.

Books Recommended:



















(e) Medicine



c. Altmism d Caste



Books Recommended:





5. R.s.Sharma,(ed.),IndianSocietyHistoricalProbing,People‘sPublishingHouse,New Delhi, 1977.






TOE 07 HUMAN VALUES Unit I: Introduction














i. Humanistic psychology; meaning of‗personhood‘

ii. Maslow‘s hierarchy of human need; characteristics of ‗self-actualizing‘persons.

iii. Mentalhealth

iv. Psycho-spiritual Indianconcepts.

v. Areas and nature of aestheticexperiences.

vi. Nature of beauty; aestheticsensibilities.











1. Differentmeaningofhumanvalues:foundationalhumanvalues–freedom,creativity,loveandwisdom.

2. NatureofHumanfreedom;individualfreedom,intellectualfreedom,freedomofwill,spiritualfreedom.















8. Casestudies.

Books Recommended:


2. HabitsofHighlyBy:Dr.StephenR.CoveyEffectivePeopleHarperPublications.



Introduction



Quality Systems





Registration


Recommended Books:

1 Mohamed Isiri, " Total Quality Management forEngineers".

2 Juran, J., " Quality Planning and Analysis, Mc -GrawHill.

3 JamesR.Evans,&J.W.Dean,"TotalQuality-management,OrganizationandStrategy,"



Unit I



Unit II



outmaintenance.

Unit III



Unit IV



Unit V




Unit I: An Overview






VE Projects











Recommended Books:

1 TuftyHerald,G.,―CompendiumonValueEngineering‖TheIndoAmericanSociety,First

Edition,1983.

2 Miles,L.D.,―TechniquesofValueEngineeringandAnalysis:,McGrawHillsecond

Edition,1972.

3 Khanna,O.P.,IndustrialEngineeringandManagement‖,DhanpatRai&Sons,1993.































Unit V: Quantum Wells, Wires and Dots PreparationofQuantumNanostructure;SizeandDimensionalityeffect,Fermigas;Potentialwells;Partial confinement;

Excitons; Single electron Tunneling, Infrared detectors; Quantum dot laser Superconductivity. Nano-machines &

Nano-device, Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) Nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS), Fabrication,

Nanodevices and Nanomachines. Molecular &Supermolecular switches Applications areas of Nanotechnology

inEngineering.

Recommended Books

1 Introduction to Nanotechnology – C.P.Poole Jr F.J.Owens

2 Introduction to S.S. Physics - (7th Edn.) Wiley1996.

3 Microcluster Physics – S. Sugano & H. KoizuoniSpringor1998

4 HandbookofNanostructuredMaterials&Nanotechnologyvol.-5.AcademicPress2000

TOE 12 SOLAR ENERGY

Unit I:




Unit II:





Unit III:




Unit IV:


.Solar






Unit V:



costanalysis.

Recommended Books

1 SolarEnergy:ThermalProcesses,byDuffieJohnA,andBeckmanW.A,johnWileyand Sons.

2 Solar Energy, by S.P Sukhatme, Tata Mc GrawHill.

3 Treatise on Solar Energy, by H.P Garg, john Wiley andSons.


Unit I




Unit II




Unit III


inductiontraining.

Unit IV





Unit V




















andapplications.


Unit I





Unit II





Unit III






Unit IV



Unit V




Text Books:

1 Doeblin/Measurementssystems:ApplicationandDesign,4thedition/TataMcGraw Hill.

2 S.K Singh,/ Industrial instrumentation and control/TMH 2ndedition 3 Eckman/Industrial Instrumentation / Wiley EasternLtd.

Reference Books:

1 Beckwith & Beck /Mechanical Measurements /NaronaPublishers,1988

2 Nakara/Instrumentation: measurements & Analysis/ Tata Mc GrawHill.

3 Douglas,D.Considine/HandbookofInstrumentationMeasurementandControlMcGraw Hill.


















&Aspirators.


firingmeasurements.



measurement.







inmedicine.

Text Books:

1 Khandpur R.S.- Biomedical Instrumentation-TMH

2 VenkataRam,S.K.-Bio-MedicalElectronics&Instrumentation(Revised)-Galgotia.

Reference Books::

1 Cromwell- Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements-PHI

2 Webster, J.G. –Bio- Instrumentation ,Wiley(2004)

3 Ananthi,S.–ATextBookofMedicalInstruments-2005-NewAgeInternational

4 Carr&Brown –Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology– Pearson

5 Pandey & Kumar-Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation. -Kataria









and trellisdiagram.

Text Book:

1 F.M.Reza,"AnintroductiontoInformationtheory",DoverPublicationInc.

2 H.TaubandD.L.Schilling,"Principlesofcommunicationsystem"TMH2ndEd.


Unit I




Unit II



Unit III



Unit IV




Unit V



Text Books:
























machine,ART.

Unit V: Fuzzy Logic




Text Books

1 Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks", Peal-son Education 2ndedition.

2 Satish Kumar, 'Neural Networks," TataMcGraw-HIII.

Reference Books

1 JackM.Zurada,"IntroductiontoArtificialNeuralSystem,"JaicoPublishingHouse.

2 TimothyJ.Ross,"FuzzyLogicwithEngineeringApplications,"McGraw-HillInc.


Unit I



Unit II


Unit III


Unit IV



Unit V


foracceptability.

Books Recommended:





Unit I


CompetitiveStrategy

Unit II



Unit III


Unit IV



Unit V


Trends: Beyond2000

Books Recommended:

1 Callon,JackD.,―CompetitiveAdvantageThroughInformationTechnology‖,McGraw- Hill,

1996

2 Tapscott, Don, ―The Digital Economy‖, McGraw-Hill, 1996.[DIGI]











Unit IV: Robotics






Books Recommended:

1 Jhon & Andrew Kusiak; Artificial Intelligent Handbook.

2 T. Barnold; ArtificialIntelligent

3 Dan. W. Patterson; Introduction to Artificial Manufacturing Exportsystem


HEALTHSYSTEM


TechnicalSection.







Standard,IRPC.







inhospital.

Books Recommended:

1 CesarA.CaceresandAlbertZara,ThepracticeofClinicalEngineering,AcademicPress, 1977.

2 Webter,J.G.andAlbertM.Cook,ClinicalEngineeringPrinciplesandPractices,Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs,1979.

3 AnatomyKelly,Maintenanceplanningandcontrol,Butterworth’sLondon,1984. 4 HansPfeiff,VeraDammann(Ed.)HospitalEngineeringinDevelopingCountries,Zreport

Eschborn,1986. 5 JacobKline,HandbookofBioMedicalEngineering,AcademicPress,SanDiego





















Books Recommended:

1 Moselly, Non lonisingRadiation Adam HilgarBrustol1988.

2 Branski.SandCherski.P‗BiologicalEffectsofMicrowave‘-Hutchinson&ROSSInc.













Unit IV: Stability








Text Books:

1 K. Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall ofIndia.

2 M. Gopal, "Modern Control System", WileyEastern.

Reference Books:

1 B.D.O.AndersonandIB.Moore,"OptimalControlSystem:LinearQuadraticMethods",

Prenctice HallInternational.

2 U. Itkis, "Control System of Variable Structure", John Wiley andSons.

3 H.KwakemaokandR.Sivan,"LinearOptimalControlSystem",WileyInterscience.

TOE 26 MECHATRONICS








steppermotors.










Books Recommended:

1 Rolf Isennann, " Mechatronics Systems", Springer,2005.

2 W. Bolten, "Mechatronics", Pearson Education2003.

TOE 27

SCADA & ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

Unit I: SCADA

Purposeandnecessity,generalstructure,dataacquisition,transmission&monitoring.general power system

hierarchical Structure. Overview of the methods of data acquisition systems, commonly acquired data,

transducers, RTUs, data concentrators, various communication channels-






andfeedbackloops,timetaggeddata,disturbancedatacollectionandanalysis.Calculationand reportpreparation.


OperatorconsolesandVDUs,displays,operatordialogues,alarmandeventloggers,mimic diagrams, report

and printingfacilities.

Unit IV: Data basis

SCADA,EMSandnetworkdatabasis.SCADAsystemstructure-localsystem,communication system and central

system. Configuration- NON-redundant- single processor, redundant dual processor. multicontrol centers,

system configuration. Performance considerations: real time





Books Recommended: 1 TorstenCergrell,"PowerSystemControlTechnology",PrenticeHallInternational.

2 GeorgeLKusic"ComputerAidedPowerSystemAnalysis",,PrenticeHallofIndia

3 A. J.WoodandB.Woolenberg,"PowerGenerationOperationandControl",JohnWiley&Sons.

4 SunilSRao,"SwitchgearProtection&ControlSystem"KhannaPublishers11thEdition


CIVIL ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES

Veer Madho Singh University, Dehradun

Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula

W.E.F. Academic Session 2020-21

Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) [Civil Engineering]

V Semester

S.

N

o.

S

ub

ject

co

de

cate

go

ry

Subject name

Maximum marks alloted

Tot

al

mar

ks

Contact

hours per

week

Tot

al

cre

dit

Theory Practical

End

sem

Mid

sem

Quiz/

Assignm

ent

End

sem

Term

work /

lab work

& sessional

L

T

P

1.

BCET

501

BCEP

501

DC

Design of

RC

Elements

100

30

20

30

20

200

3

1

2

5

2.

BCET

502

BCEP 502

DC

Geotechnical

Engineering I

100

30

20

30

20

200

3

1

2

5

3.

BCET

503

BCEP

503

DC

Fluid Mechanics

100

30

20

30

20

200

3

1

2

5

4.

BCET

504

(A/B/C /D)

DE

Departmental

Electives

100

30

20

-

-

150

3

1

0

4

5.

BOEC5

05

(A/B/C /D)

OE

Open Electives

100

30

20

-

-

150

3

1

0

4

6. BCEP

506

O/E

Lab Material Testing

Lab

- - - 30 20 50 0 0 2 1

7.

BCEP

507

DLC

-1

Evaluation of

Internship-II

completed at II

year level

-

-

-

-

50

50

-

-

2

1

8.

IN Internship -III To be completed any time during Fifth/ Sixth semester. Its evaluation/credit to

be added in Seventh semester.

TOTAL

500 150 100 120 130 1000

15 5 10 25

DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES OPEN ELECTIVES

BCET 504(A) Structural Analysis II BOEC 505 (A) Renewable Energy Resources

BCET 504(B) Quantity Surveying and Costing BOEC 505 (B) Transportation Engineering II

BCET 504(C) Environmental Impact Assessment BOEC 505 (C) Operations Research

BCET 504(D) Disaster Preparedness and Planning BOET 504 (D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship

Veer Madho Singh University, Dehradun

Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula

W.E.F. Academic Session 2020-21

Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) [Civil Engineering]

VI Semester

S.

N

o.

Su

bje

ct c

od

e

cate

go

ry

Subject name

Maximum marks alloted

Tota

l

mark

s

Contact

hours per

week

Total

credit

Theory Practical

End

sem

Mid

sem

Quiz/

Assignm

ent

End

sem

Term

work /

lab work

& sessional

L

T

P

1. BCET601

BCEP601

DC Design of

RC

Structur

es

100

30

20

30

20

200

3

1

2

5

2. BCET602

BCEP602

DC Environmental

Engineering I

100

30

20

30

20

200

3

1

2

5

3. BCET603

BCEP603

DC

Open Channel

Flow

100

30

20

30

20

200

3

1

2

5

4. BCET604

(A/B/C/D)

DE Departmental

Electives

100

30

20

-

-

150

3

1

0

4

5. BOEC

605 (A/B/C/D)

OE

Open Electives

100

30

20

-

-

150

3

1

0

4

6. BCEP 606 O/E

Lab

OE Lab/

Advance

Surveying

Lab

- - - 30 20 50 0 0 2 1

7.

BCEP 507

P

Minor Project I

-

-

-

-

50

50

-

-

2

1

8. IN Internship –III During semester 5/6

TOT

AL

500 150 100 60 90 100

0

15 5 10 25


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVES OPEN ELECTIVES

BCET 604(A) Geotechnical Engineering II BOEC 605 (A) Principles of Management

BCET 604(B) Precast and Modular Construction

BOEC 605 (B) Environmental Management & Sustainable Development

BCET 604© Cost Effective and Eco Friendly Structures

BOEC 605 (C) Advance Pavement Design

BCET 604(D) Urban and Town Planning BOEC 605 (D) Subject from SWAYAM


Program: B. Tech (Civil Engg.)

Year:Fourth Semester:-VII & VIII Session: 2012-2013

Scheme & Evaluation Pattern

S.

No.

Course No.

Subject


Marks L T P Sessional External

Exam CT TA Total

Semester: VII

Theory

1 TCE-701 Bridge Engineering 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2 TCE-702 Transportation Engg. II 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3 TCE-703 Seismology and Earthquake Engg. 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4 Elective –I 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

5 Elective II 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

6

Practical/Design

1 Project 0 0 4 0 0 50 50 100

2 CAD Lab- I 0 0 3 10 15 25 25 50

3 Industrial Interaction 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

4 Seminar 0 0 2 0 0 50 - 50

TOTAL = 1000

S.

No.

Course No.

Subject


Marks L T P Sessional External

Exam CT TA Total

Semester: VIII

Theory

1 Elective – III 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2 Elective – IV 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3 Elective – V 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4 Elective - VI 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

5

6

Practical/Design

1 Project 0 0 6 0 0 100 200 300

2 Discipline 0 0 2 0 0 50 - 50

3 CAD Lab. II 0 0 3 10 15 25 25 50

4

TOTAL = 1000

L- Lecture, T- Tutorial, P- Practical, CT- Class Test comprising of two tests in a semester each of 15 marks,

TA- Teacher Assessment comprising of Attendance and Home Assignments & Tutorials tests in a semester each of 10

marks.

UTTARAKHANDTECHNICALUNIVERSITY

B.TECH(CIVILENGINEERING) SESSION2012-13 ELECTIVES VII Semester

List of Elective Subjects (I & II)

1. TCE 704 Ground WaterEngineering

2. TCE 705 HydraulicStructure

3. TCE 706 Digital ImageProcessing

4. TCE 707 Air & WaterPollution

VIII Semester

List of Elective Subjects (III, IV, V &VI)

Elective-III

TCE801 Hydro Power Engineering

OR

TCE802 RiverEngineering

Elective-IV

TCE803 Advantage StructuralDesign

OR

TCE804 Construction Planning &Management

Elective-V

TCE805 Traffic Engineering andManagement

OR

TCE806 Advance HighwayEngineering

Elective-VI

TCE806 TCE807 Environmental Impact & RiskManagement

OR

TCE808 Environmental Management & SustainableDevelopment


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Civil Engineering, V-Semester

BCET 504 (A), Structural Analysis II

3L, 1T, 0P

Course Objectives

To equip the students with the force and displacement methods of structural analysis withemphasis on

analysis of continuous beams andframes.

Course Outcomes

The students will be able to

Analyze structures using forcemethod

Analyze structures using displacementmethod

learn Clapeyrons theorem and itsapplications

Analyze structures using matrixmethods

Analyze structures using plasticanalysis

Detailed Syllabus

UNIT

NO

TOPICS

1. Slope Deflection Method: Analysis of continuous beams with various loadings - beams

with overhang- analysis of rigid - frames without sway and with sway - different types of

loads - settlement effects

2. Moment Distribution Method: Distribution factors, Analysis of continuous beams with various

loadings - beams with overhang- analysis of rigid frames without sway and with sway –

sinking effect

3. Plastic Analysis:Plastic theory – Statically indeterminate structures – Plastic moment of

resistance – Plastic modulus – Shape factor – Load factor – Plastic hinge and mechanism –

collapse load – Static and kinematic methods – Upper and lower bound theorems –Plastic analysis of indeterminate beams and frames.

4. Clapeyrons Theorem (Three Moment Equation): Derivation of three moment equation -

application of three moment equation for analysis of continuous beams under the effect of

applied loads and uneven support settlement.

5. Matrix Methods: Introduction to Matrix Methods: Analysis of two and three span continuous Beams and simple frame by Flexibility and Stiffness Matrix methods.

Text/Reference Books

Reddy, C.S., ―Basic Structural Analysis‖, Tata MCGrawHill.

James, M. Gere, ―Mechanics of Materials‖, 5th Ed., NelsonThorens

Ramamrutham. S ,Narayan R, Theory of structures, DhanpatRai Publishing company, edition9

Hibbler RC, structural Analysis, Pearson, 9thedition



BCET 504 (B), Quantity Surveying and Costing

3L, 1T, 0P

Course Objectives

Determination of quantities of items and labour requirement of civil engineeringworks.

Preparation of estimate of the civil engineeringworks.

Preparation of specification of constructionitems.

To introduce the students in depth knowledge of professional practice as well the quantity analysis of construction

works like, multi-storied structures, Water works & sanitary works, Irrigationworks, Road estimates, culverts,etc.

Course Outcomes

The students will get a diverse knowledge of estimating, costing and professional practice, which will be use full in

tackling real lifeproblems.

The students will be able to understand the procedure to carry out the estimation and steps toprepare reports of

constructionworks.

The students will learn the purpose and importance ofvaluation

Detailed Syllabus

UNIT

NO

TOPICS

1

.

Introduction & Estimation of Buildings:

Importance of estimation in Civil Engineering, Different types of Estimates, methods in

Estimation, Study of various drawings with estimates, Concept of measurement, units of

measurement. Methods of taking out quantities and cost by Centre line method and long wall

and short wall method.

Preparing of detailed estimates and abstract for the building, flat and sloped roof. Estimate of

repair works and demolition of Civil Engineering structures.

2

.

Estimation of R.C.C. Structures:

Estimates of components RCC works in beams, column footings and roof slabs, Estimation of

septic

tank, manhole and RCC slab culverts. Estimation of industrial building with steel truss,

Estimation of framed structures.

3

.

Specifications and Rate Analysis:

Definition of specifications, objectives of writing specification, essentials of specification of

various items of working in buildings. Importance working out quantities and rates for the

following standard items of works-earth works in different types of soils, cement concrete of

different mixes, Brick masonry, Stone masonry, Plastering, Painting and steel works, wooden

works for doors, windows and ventilator

4

.

Estimation of Earth Work and Road Projects:

Methods for computation of Earthwork-cross sections-mid sections formula, trapezoidal and

average end area or mean sectional formula, proportional formula for different terrains.

Estimation of Road Works - WBM, Bituminous mixes and cement concrete roads

5

.

Valuation: Purpose of valuation, types of property- Depreciation, Sinking fund, Lease hold and free

hold property, obsolescence, Gross income, Outgoing and Net income, Capitalized value and

year‘s purchase. Rental method of valuations, and typical problems.

Text/Reference Books

1. B. N. Dutta, Estimating and Costing In Civil Engineering, Ubs Publishers DistributorsLtd.

2. S. C. Rangwala, Estimating and Costing, Charotar Publishing House,Anand

3. G. S. Biridi, Textbook of Estimating & Costing, DhanapatRai& Sons.Delhi.

4. M.Chakroborti, Estimating, Costing, Specification andValuation.Calcutta.

5. P.W.D. Hand Book IsCodes

6. Rangwala, S.C., Elements of Estimating and Costing, Professional practice, Charotar Publishing

House,Anand.


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Civil Engineering, V-

Semester

BCET 504 (C), Environmental Impact Assessment

COURSE OBJECTIVES

Appreciate the purpose and role of EIA in the decision-makingprocess;

Understand strengths & limitations of environmentalmanagement;

Knowprocedures

3L, 1T, 0P

Understand screening & scoping processes Interpret options for evaluating environmental and

socialimpacts;

Know formats of EIA Report (Environmental Impact Statement, or EnvironmentalStatement);

Understand the purpose of developing follow-up procedures, and options for designing these

procedures.

COURSE OUTCOMES

After studying this course, the students will be able to

Understand the different steps within environmental impactassessment

Discuss the implications of current jurisdictional and institutional arrangements in relation to

environmental impactassessment

Communicate both orally and in written form the key aspects of environmental impact

assessment

Understand how to liaise with and the importance of stakeholders in the EIAprocess

Be able to access different case studies/examples of EIA inpractice

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

UNIT-I

Concept of EIA : Introduction of EIA, Utility and scope of EIA, Significant Environmental Impacts, Stage of

EIA, Environmental Inventory, Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)

UNIT-II

Methods of Impact Identification: Environmental Indices and indicators for describing the affected

environment, matrix methodologies, network, checklist, and other method.

UNIT-III

Impact analysis: Framework, statement predication and assessment of impact of air, water, noise and socio-

economic environment.

UNIT-IV

Preparation of written documentation: Initial planning phase, detailed planning phase, writing phase,

organizing relevant information, co-ordination of team writing effort.

UNIT-V

Public Participation in Environmental Decision making: Basic definitions, Regulatory requirements,

Advantages & disadvantages of Public Participation, Selection of Public participation techniques, Practical

considerations for implementation.

Reference Books:- 1. A Handbook of Environment Impact Assessment by V. S. Kulkarni, Dr. S. N. Kaul, R. K. Trivedy

2. Introduction To Environmental Impact Assessment (Natural and Built Environment Series) 4th Edition

by John Glasson &RikiTherivel

3. Environmental Impact Assessment by R.R.Barthwal

4. Environmental Impact Assessment: A Guide to Best Professional Practices by Charles H. Eccleston

https://www.amazon.com/John-Glasson/e/B001HD2246/ref%3Ddp_byline_cont_book_1

https://www.amazon.com/s/ref%3Ddp_byline_sr_book_2?ie=UTF8&field-author=Riki%2BTherivel&text=Riki%2BTherivel&sort=relevancerank&search-alias=books

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref%3Ddp_byline_sr_book_1?ie=UTF8&field-author=R.R.%2BBarthwal&search-alias=stripbooks



BCET 504 (D), Disaster Preparedness and Planning

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

3L, 1T, 0P

1. Understanding of the roles of the various phases of disaster management and issues concerning planning and

policies in thosephases.

2. Understanding of comprehensive emergency management from a planning and policy perspective

3. Understanding of the role of federal, state, and local governments in disaster planning and policies Knowledge

of mitigation planning and policystrategies.

4. Understanding of comprehensive emergency management and relatedplans

5. Understanding of factors affecting short and long-term recovery and rebuilding and the role of planners

andpolicy-makers.

6. Understanding of the factors that give rise to disaster vulnerabilities (e.g. natural, physical, social, economic,

policies, andgovernance).

7. Understanding of the factors that give rise to differential vulnerabilities and levels of communityresilience

8. Knowledge and capabilities to assess and manage these vulnerabilities through disaster planning andpolicy-

making.

9. Data, methods, tools, and geospatial techniques (including GIS) that can enhance vulnerability assessments

and knowledgebuilding.

10. Competencies to utilize mapping in mitigation planning and responseoperations

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1. Understanding foundations of hazards, disasters and associated natural/socialphenomena

2. Familiarity with disaster management theory (cycle,phases)

3. Knowledge about existing global frameworks and existing agreements (e.g.Sendai)

4. Methods of community involvement as an essential part of successfulDRR

5. Humanitarian Assistance before and afterdisaster

6. Technological innovations in Disaster Risk Reduction: Advantages andproblems

7. Experience on conducting independent DM study including data search, analysis and presentation of disaster

casestudy

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

Unit I: Introduction, Definitions and classification:

Concepts and definition –Disaster, Hazard, Vulnerability, Resilience, Risks. Natural disasters; Cloud bursts, earth quakes, Tsunami, snow, avalanches, landslides, forest fires, diversion of river

routes (ex. Kosi river), Floods, Drought, Cyclones, volcanic hazards/ disasters (Mud volcanoes): causes and

distribution, hazardous effects and environmental impacts of natural disasters, mitigation measures, natural disaster

prone areas in India, major natural disasters in India with special reference toUttarakhand.

Man-induced disasters: water logging, subsidence, ground water depletion, Soil Erosion, release of toxic gases and

hazardous chemicals into environment, nuclear explosions.

Unit II: Inter-relationship between Disasters and Development

Factors affecting vulnerabilities, differential impacts, impacts of development projects such as dams, embankments,

changes in land use etc., climate change adaption, relevance of indigenous knowledge, appropriate technology and

local resources, sustainable development and its role in disaster mitigation, roles and responsibilities of –

community, panchayat raj institutions/urban local bodies, state, centre and other stake holders in disaster

mitigation.

Unit III: Disaster Management (Pre-disaster stage, Emergency stage and Post disaster stage)

1. Pre- disaster stage (preparedness): Preparing hazard zonation maps, Predictability/ forecasting &

warning, Preparing disaster preparedness plan, Land use zoning, Preparedness through (IEC) Information,

education & Communication; Pre-disaster stage (mitigation), Disaster resistant house construction, Population

reduction in vulnerable areas,Awareness.

2. Emergency Stage: Rescue training for search & operation at national & regional level, immediate relief,

assessmentsurveys

3. Post Disaster stage-Rehabilitation and reconstruction of disaster affected areas; urban disaster

mitigation: Political and administrative aspects, social aspects, economic aspects, environmental aspects.

Unit IV: Disaster Management Laws and Policies in India

Environmental legislations related to disaster management in India: Disaster Management Act, 2005;

Environmental policies &programmes in India- Institutions & national centres for natural

disaster mitigation: National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA): structure and functional responsibilities,

National Disaster Response Force (NDRF): Role and responsibilities, National Institute of Disaster Management

(NIDM): Role andresponsibilities.

Unit V: Case studies: Natural and Man-made disasters in India

A. Natural disasters in India with special reference toUttarakhand:

1. Earth quakes: Uttarkashi earth quake, 20th October,1991; Kutch earth quake, 2001; Sikkim earth quake, 18th

September, 2011;

2. Cloud Bursts : Uttarkashi cloud bursts, August,2012;

3. Landslides along Himalayan and other regions: Malpa (Pithoragarh) landslide, 11th& 17th August, 1998;

Varunavrat hill landslide at Uttarkashi, 24th September,2003

4. Floods : Orissa floods, September,2011

5. Tsunami : Indian Ocean earth quake and Tsunami, 26th December,2004

6. Cyclones: Thane Cyclone, 30th December,2011

7. Droughts: Karnataka droughts, October,2011

8. SnowAvalanche.

B. Man-induced disasters inIndia: 1. Forest fires: Forest fires in Uttarakhand, 2004 &2012

2. Industrial disasters: Bhopal gas tragedy, 3rd December,1984

3. Mining: Chasnala (Bihar) mining disaster, 27th December,1975

4. Oil spills: Mumbai oil spill, 7th August, 2010.

5. Nuclear disaster accidents: Narora atomic power station, Blandshahar (31st March, 1993); Kalpakkam atomic

power station (22nd October, 2002); Kota Atomic power station, Rajasthan (2nd Feb, 1995)

C. Disaster relevant to the area specific to the discipline of thestudents. Mockshows: Mock shows will be organized and conducted by expert agencies for understanding the vulnerability of areas in and

around campus along with adopting the preventive measures.

References

1. K.J. Anandha Kumar, AjinderWalia, ShekherChaturvedi, India Disaster Report, 2011, National Institute of

Disaster Management, June,2012

2. R.B.Singh (Ed) Environmental Geography, Heritage Publishers NewDelhi,1990

3. Savinder Singh Environmental Geography, PrayagPustakBhawan,1997

4. Kates,B.I& White, G.F The Environment as Hazards, oxford, New York,1978

5. R.B. Singh (Ed) Disaster Management, Rawat Publication, New Delhi,2000

6. H.K. Gupta (Ed) Disaster Management, Universiters Press, India,2003

7. R.B. Singh, Space Technology for Disaster Mitigation in India (INCED), University of Tokyo,1994

8. Dr. Satender , Disaster Management in Hills, Concept Publishing Co., New Delhi,2000

9. A.S. Arya Action Plan For Earthquake, Disaster, Mitigation in V.K. Sharma (Ed) Disaster Management IIPA

Publication New Delhi,1994

10. R.K. Bhandani An overview on Natural &Man made Disaster & their Reduction ,CSIR, New Delhi

11. M.C. Gupta Manuals on Natural Disaster management in India, National Centre for Disaster Management,

IIPA, New Delhi,2001



BOEC 505 (A), Renewable Energy Sources

3L, 1T, 0P

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. Understanding basic characteristics of renewable sources of energy and technologies for their utilization.

2. To give review on utilization trends of renewable sources ofenergy.

3. To give review on legislative and regulatory rules related to utilization of renewable sources of energy.

4. Make interpretation about the energysources.

5. To comprehend the energy & itsresources.

COURSE OUTCOMES

1. Understand the need of energy conversion and the various methods of energystorage.

2. Explain the field applications of solarenergy.

3. Identify Winds energy as alternate form of energy and to know how it can betapped.

4. Explain biomass generation and its impact onenvironment.

5. Understand the Geothermal &Tidal energy, its mechanism of production and itsapplications.

6. Illustrate the energy efficient motors &equipments for betterapplications.

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

Unit - I

Renewable Energy Systems Energy Sources, Comparison of Conventional and nonconventional, renewable and

non-renewable sources. Statistics of world resources and data on different sources globally and in Indian context.

Significance of renewable sources and their exploitation. Energy planning, Energy efficiency and management.

Unit – II

Wind Energy System Wind Energy, Wind Mills, Grid connected systems. System configuration, working

principles, limitations. Effects of wind speed and grid conditions. Grid independent systems

- wind-battery, wind- diesel, and wind-hydro biomass etc. wind operated pumps, controller for energy balance.

Small Hydro System Grid connected system, system configuration, working principles, limitations. Effect of hydro

potential and grid condition. Synchronous versus Induction Generator for standalone systems. Use of electronic

load controllers and self excited induction generators. Wave Energy System: System configuration: grid connected

and hybridSystems.

Unit - III

Solar Radiation Extraterrestrial solar radiation, terrestrial solar radiation, Solar thermal conversion, Solar

Phototonic System Solar cell, Solar cell materials, efficiency, Characteristics of PV panels under varying

insulation. PV operated lighting and water pumps, characteristics of motors and pumps connected to PV panels.

Biomass Energy System: System configuration, Biomass engine driven generators, feeding loads in stand-alone or

hybrid modes, Biomass energy and their characteristics.

Unit - IV

Energy from oceans Ocean temperature difference, Principles of OTEC, plant operations, Geothermal Energy

Electric Energy from gaseous cells, Magneto-hydro generated energy, Non hazardous energy from nuclear wastes,

Possibilities of other modern nonconventional energy sources.

Unit - V

Electric Energy Conservation Energy efficient motors and other equipment. Energy saving in Power Electronic

controlled drives. Electricity saving in pumps, airconditioning, power plants, process industries, illumination etc.

Methods of Energy Audit. Measurements systems; efficiency measurements. Energy regulation, typical case

studies, various measuring devices analog and digital, use of thyristers.

Reference Books:-: 1. John Twidell& Toney Weir, Renewable Energy Resources, E & F NSpon.

2. El-Wakil, Power Plant Technology, McGrawHill.

3. Rai G D, Non-conventional Energy Resources,Khanna.

4. F Howard E. Jordan, "Energy-Efficient Electric Motor & their Application-II", Plenum Press, New

YorkUSA

5. Anna Mani, "Wind Energy Resource Survey in India-Ill", Allied Publishers Ltd., NewDelhi,

6. S.P. Sukhatme: Solar Energy, TMH-4e,

8. Solanki –Renewable Energy Technologies – PHILearning

9. Sawhnew –Non Conventional Energy Resources – PHILearning



Semester

BOEC 505 (B), Transportation Engineering- II

3L, 1T, 0P

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

The objective of this course is to:

1. To develop a fundamental understanding of the Pavement Materials used for roadconstruction

2. To visualize the relationship between key materials and their properties along with the behavior

of pavement componentsystems

3. To know about the methods and equipments Used in the Construction of Roads and their

Operationalapproach

4. To learn about the various construction procedures of both Flexible and Rigidpavements

5. Have a better understanding of the characteristics of the flexible and rigidpavements

6. To impart knowledge on statistical analyses of traffic data; use of speed-flow-density relationships; conduct shock wave

analysis and compute road and intersection capacity; as well as the design of traffic signals

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of the course students are able to:

1. Understand concepts of pavementperformance.

2. Characterize traffic loads for pavement design andanalysis

3. Understand pavement construction procedures; and Design flexible and rigidpavements.

4. Fully conversant with topics like design and performance of pavement surface, thick plate theory,

subgrade theory, load transfer systems and joint behavior considerations, design concepts for jointed and

continuously reinforcedpavements.

5. Understand the principles of construction and maintenance ofhighway.

6. Understand various traffic characteristics and analysis and use the data for roaddesign

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

UNIT 1:Design and Construction of Pavement: Pavement component functions, factors affecting pavement

design and basic pavement design of Flexible and Rigid pavement as per IRC guidelines, Steps for

construction of highway on embankment and in cutting. Construction of embankment and subgrade, soil

stabilization.

UNIT 2: Design and Construction of Flexible Pavement: Construction of Granular Sub- Base/Drainage layer,

Construction of Granular Base Course-WBM and WMM, Construction of bituminous pavement layers- base

course and surface course, prime coat and tack coat.

UNIT 3: Design and Construction of Rigid Pavement: Types of cement concrete pavement, components of

cement concrete pavement and its functions, construction of cement concrete pavement, joints in cement

concrete pavement-function and construction.

UNIT 4:Pavement Maintenance: Objective and classification of highway maintenance works. Distresses and

maintenance measures in flexible and rigid pavements. Concept of pavement evaluation: Functional and

Structural

UNIT 5: Traffic Engineering: Traffic characteristics, Traffic studies: Traffic Volume study, Spot speed

studies, Travel time - Delay study, PCU, Origin and Destination studies, Parking studies, Road accident

studies. Traffic regulations and control devices. Types of Intersections. Road safety aspect

Reference Books:-: 1. Khanna S.K., Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand & Bros.,Roorkee.

2. Bindra S.P., A course in Highway Engineering, DhanpatRaiPublications

3. Kadiyali L. R. and Lal, N. B., Principles & Practice of Highway Engineering, Khanna Publishers,Delhi.

4. IRC:58-2015, Guidelines for the Design of Plain Jointed Rigid Pavement forHighways

5. IRC:37-2018, Guidelines for the Design of FlexiblePavements,

6. Mannering F. L., Kilareski W. P. and S. S. Washburn, Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic

Analysis. Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., NewDelhi.

7. Atkins H.N., Highway Construction and Maintenance, Soils, and Concretes, Reston Publishing

Company, Reston VA,1983.

8. Watson J. P., Highway Construction and Maintenance, Longman Scientific and Technical, New York,

1989.

9. Dr. Sharma S. K., Principles, Practice and Design of Highway Engineering (IncludingAirports),

S. Chand & Company Ltd.

10. ChakrabortyPartho, Das Animesh, Principles of Transportation Engineering,PHI



Semester

BOEC 505 (C), Operations Research

3L, 1T, 0P

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

The course aims at building capabilities in the students for analyzing different situations in the industrial/

business scenario involving limited resources and finding the optimal solution within constraints.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

1. Analyze any real life system with limited constraints and depict it in a modelform.

2. Convert the problem into a mathematicalmodel.

3. Solve the mathematical model manually as well as using soft resources/software such as solver,

TORAetc.

4. Understand variety of problems such as assignment, transportation, travelling salesmanetc.

5. Solve the problems mentioned in point 4 using linear programming approach usingsoftware.

6. Understand different queuing situations and find the optimal solutions using models for

differentsituations.

7. Simulate different real life probabilistic situations using Monte Carlo simulationtechnique.

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

Unit I Linear Models: The phase of an operation research study – Linear programming – Graphical method– Simplex

algorithm – Duality formulation – Sensitivityanalysis.

Unit II Transportation Models and Network Models: Transportation Assignment Models –Traveling Salesman

problem-Networks models – Shortest route – Minimal spanning tree – Maximum flow models –Project

network – CPM and PERT networks – Critical path scheduling – Sequencing models.

UnitIII Inventory Models: Inventory models – Economic order quantity models – Quantity discount models

– Stochastic inventory models – Multi product models – Inventory control models in practice.

Unit IV Queueing Models: Queueing models – Queueing systems and structures – Notation parameter – Single server

and multi server models – Poisson input – Exponential service – Constant rate service – Infinite population –

Simulation.

Unit V Decision Models: Decision models – Game theory – Two person zero sum games – Graphical solution-

Algebraic solution– Linear Programming solution – Replacement models – Models based on service life –

Economic life– Single / Multi variable search technique – Dynamic Programming – SimpleProblem.

Reference books:-

1. H.A. Taha, Operations Research, An Introduction, PHI,2008

2. H.M. Wagner, Principles of Operations Research, PHI, Delhi,1982.

3. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimisation: Operations Research, Jain Brothers, Delhi,2008

4. Hitler Libermann Operations Research: McGraw Hill Pub.2009

5. Pannerselvam, Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India2010

6. Harvey M Wagner, Principles of Operations Research: Prentice Hall of India2010


Civil Engineering V-Semester

Open Elective CE- 505 (D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship

Course Objectives:

• Think critically and creatively about the nature of business opportunities, resources, andindustries.

• Describe the processes by which innovation is fostered, managed, and commercialized.

• Spot new business opportunities in the environment, whether by recognition, development,

orcreation.


• Assess the market potential for a new venture, including customer need, competitors, and

industryattractiveness.

• Develop a business model for a new venture, including revenue, margins, operations, working

capital, andinvestment.

• Develop pro forma financial statements that reflect business model decisions and that can be used

to determine future fundingrequirements.




• Explain the operational implications of common terms and conditions for early- stage

investmentdeals.



1 Comprehend the role of bounded rationality, framing, causation and effectuation in


2 Demonstrate an ability to design a business modelcanvas.

3 Evaluate the various sources of raising finance for startupventures.

4 Understand the fundamentals of developing and presenting business pitching to potential

investors.

Course Content:

Unit I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurs; entrepreneurial personality and intentions -

characteristics, traits and behavioral; entrepreneurial challenges.

Unit II: Entrepreneurial Opportunities: Opportunities. Discovery/ creation, Pattern identification

and recognition for venture creation: prototype and exemplar model, reverse engineering.




Unit IV: Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups: Introduction to business models; Creating

value propositions-conventional industry logic, value innovation logic; customer focused

innovation; building and analyzing business models; Business model canvas, Introduction to lean

startups, Business Pitching.






1 Ries, Eric(2011), The lean Start-up: How constant innovation creates radically successful

businesses, Penguin BooksLimited.

2 Blank, Steve (2013), The Startup Owner‘s Manual: The Step by Step Guide for Building a

Great Company, K&SRanch.

3 S. Carter and D. Jones-Evans, Enterprise and small business- Principal Practice and Policy,

Pearson Education(2006)

4 T. H. Byers, R. C. Dorf, A. Nelson, Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise, McGraw

Hill (2013).


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Civil Engineering,

VI-Semester

COURSE OBJECTIVES

BCET 604 (A), Geotechnical

Engineering II

3L, 1T, 0P

To determine the earth pressures on foundations and retainingstructures.

To analyze shallow and deepfoundations.

To calculate the bearing capacity of soils and foundationsettlements.

To understand the pile and wellfoundation.

To understand soil exploration methods.

COURSE OUTCOMES (COs)

Determine bearing capacity of soil and retainingwall.

Determine the settlement of different type offoundation.

Understand the purposes of soil investigation, soil exploration program, soil exploration methods and soil

identification in thefield.

Obtain the effective stress and determine stress distribution within a soilmass.

Calculate the ‗shear strength‘ of soil, describe the direct shear test method and interpret direct shear test

results.

DETAILED SYLLABUS:

UNIT 1: Earth Pressure and Retaining Walls: Earth pressure at rest, active and passive earth pressure,

Rankine and Coulomb‘s earth pressure theories, earth pressure due to surcharge, Culmann‘s graphical

construction. Retaining walls, stability analysis of retaining walls, proportioning and design of retaining

walls.

UNIT 2: Shallow Foundations: Types of foundations, mechanism of load transfer in shallow and deep

foundations, shallow foundations, Terzaghi‘s bearing capacity theory, computation of bearing capacity in

soils, effect of various factors, use of field test data in design of shallow foundations, stresses below the

foundations, settlement of footings and rafts, proportioning of footings and rafts, sheeting and bracing of

foundation excavation.

UNIT 3: Pile Foundation: Types and method of construction, estimation of pile capacity, capacity and

settlement of group of piles, proportioning of piles, in-situ penetration tests, piles load test, Negative skin

friction.

UNIT 4: Well Foundations: Types of casissons, Methods of construction, Component parts and forces, tilt

and shift, remedial measures, bearing capacity, settlement and lateral stability of well foundation.

UNIT5: Machine Foundations & Soil Exploration: Types of machine foundations, mathematical models,

response of foundation – soil system to machine excitation, cyclic plate load test, block resonance test,

criteria for design. Methods of soil exploration; boring, sampling, penetration tests, correlations between

penetration resistance and soil design parameters.

TEXT/REFERENCE BOOKS:

A Text Book of Soil v engineering – Cengage learning, NewDelhi.



VI-Semester

BCET 604 (B), Precast and Modular Construction

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. To understand the importance ofPrefabrication

2. To know the process of prefabrication of various structuralelements

3. To understand the assembling and dismantling of prefabricatedcomponents

4. To study the design considerations in the process ofprefabrication

5. To understand the joining techniques inprefabrication

3L, 1T, 0P

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of the course the student will be able

1. To know the procedure ofprefabrication

2. To design the structural prefabricatedelements.

3. To familiarize with joining techniques used forprefabrication

4. To know abnormal loads which are hazardous to the prefabricatedstructures.

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

Unit – I Introduction-Need for prefabrication – Principles – Materials – Modular coordination – Standardization –

Systems – Production – Transportation – Erection.

Unit – II Prefabricated components-Behavior of structural components – Large panel constructions – Construction of

roof and floor slabs – Wall panels – Columns – Shear walls

Unit – III Design Principles- Disuniting of structures- Design of cross section based on efficiency of material used –

Problems in design because of joint flexibility – Allowance for joint deformation.

Unit – IV Joints in Structural Members-Joints for different structural connections – Dimensions and detailing –

Design of expansion joints

Unit – V Design of abnormal load: Progressive collapse – Code provisions – Equivalent design loads for considering

abnormal effects such as earthquakes, cyclones, etc., – Importance of avoidance of progressive collapse.

Reference Books: - 1. CBRI, Building materials and components, India,1990

2. Gerostiza C.Z., Hendrikson C. and Rehat D.R., ―Knowledge based process planning for construction

and manufacturing‖, Academic Press Inc.,1994

3. Allen E, Iano, J, Fundamentals of Building Construction subscription E Book, Material and Method,

John Wiley and Sons,2011.

4. Cameron K. Andres, Ronald C. Smith, Principles and Practices of Commercial Construction, 8th Ed.,

Prentice Hall,2009.



VI-Semester

BCET 604 (C), Cost Effective and Eco Friendly Structures

3L, 1T, 0P

COURSE OBJECTIVES

1. To understand the environmental issues due to building materials and the energy consumption in

manufacturing buildingmaterials

2. To study the cost effective construction techniques andequipment‘s

3. To study how to make sanitation costeffective

4. To study how to make road constructioneco-friendly

5. To understand the Green building ratingsystem

COURSE OUTCOMES

Upon completion of the course the student should be able to:

1. Understand the Definition, Concept & Objectives of the terms cost effectiveconstruction

2. Apply cost effective techniques inconstruction

3. Apply cost effective Technologies and Methods inConstruction

4. State the Concept of GreenBuilding

5. Apply low cost and eco-friendly road constructiontechniques

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

Unit -I Concepts of energy efficient & environment friendly materials and techniques. Cost effective materials: -

Soil, Fly ash, Ferrocement, Lime, Fibres, Stone Dust, Red mud, Gypsum, Alternate Wood, Polymer. Energy

Efficient & Environment friendly building material products: - Walls - Stabilised and sun dried, soil blocks

& bricks, Solid & Hollow concrete blocks, stone masonry blocks, Ferrocement partitions. Roofs - Precast

R.C. Plank & Joists roof, precast channel roof, Precast L-panel roof, Precast Funicular shells, Ferrocement

shells, Filler Slab, SeasalFibre roof, Improved country tiles, Thatch roof, M.C.R.tile.

Unit -II Cost effective construction techniques and equipments:- (a) Techniques: - Rat trap bond construction,

Energy Efficient roofings, Ferrocement technique, Mud Technology. (b) Equipment‘s:- Brick moulding

machine, Stablilised soil block making machine and plants for the manufacturing of concrete blocks,

M.C.R. tile making machine, Ferrocement wall panel & Roofing channel making machine, R.C.C.

Chaukhat makingm/c.

Unit -III Cost effective sanitation: - (a) Waste water disposal system (b) Cost effective sanitation for rural and urban

areas (c) Ferrocement Drains

Unit -IV Low Cost Road Construction: - Cost effective road materials, stabilization, construction techniques tests,

equipment used for construction, drainage, maintenance.

UNIT-V Cost analysis and comparison: - (a) All experimental materials (b) All experimental techniques Green

Building rating systems

Reference books:- 1. Alternative Building Materials and Technologies – K S Jagadeesh, B V Venkatta Rama Reddy & K S

NanjundaRao – New Age InternationalPublishers

2. Integrated Life Cycle Design of Structures – AskoSarja –CRCPress

3. Non-conventional Energy Resources –D S Chauhan and S K Sreevasthava – New Age

InternationalPublishers

4. Buildings How to Reduce Cost – Laurie Backer - CostFord

5. Lynne Elizabeth, Cassandra Adams Alternative Construction: Contemporary Natural

BuildingMethods‖, Softcover, Wiley & Sons Australia, Limited,John,2005

6. Givoni, ―Man, Climate, Architecture, Van Nostrand, New York,1976.

7. Charles J. Kibert, Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery,John Wiley &

Sons,2005.

8. Eugene Eccli- Low Cost, Energy efficient shelter for owner & builder, Rodale Press,1976



VI-Semester

COURSE OBJECTIVES

BCET 604 (D), Urban and Town

Planning

3L, 1T, 0P

1. The course is intended to develop an appreciation of the scope and breadth of planning practice as it

has emergedhistorically

2. Provide an overview of the various fields within planning, such as housing, community development,

transportation, environmental planning, urban sprawl and growth management. Our focus will be on

the major policy issues and problems within each of thefields.

3. This course is designed to explore the capacities for planners to work collaboratively in addressing

transportation and urban infrastructurechallenges.

COURSE OUTCOMES

1. Provide the students an overview and understanding of the History of Town Planning Politics and

policy making in modern cities and to assess modern and contemporary theories of Town and

CountryPlanning.

2. The students will develop ability to conduct transportation planning, analysis and evaluation of

systems. They will learn short- & long-range planning for alternative transport systems while

designing for present and future cities andregions.

3. It will helps students to build a depth understanding of spatial and non-spatial data collection,

presentation and interpretation in context for physicalplanning.

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

UNIT-I Definition and classification of urban areas - Trend of urbanization - Planning process – Various stages of

the planning process - Surveys in planning. Plans - Delineation of planning areas. Utility of spaces, future

growth etc. Role of ―Urban Planner ―in planning and designing in relation with spatial organization, utility,

demand of the area and supply

UNIT-II Plan implementation- Urban Planning agencies and their functions - Financing- Public, private,

Nongovernmental organizations- Public participation in Planning. Development control regulations.

Sustainability and rationality in planning, Components of sustainable urban and regional development,

Emerging Concepts: Global City, inclusive city, Safe city, etc. City of the future, future of the city.

UNIT-III Town and country planning act- Building bye-laws. Elements of City Planning, Zoning and land use,

Housing. Introduction to landscaping, importance, objectives, principles, elements, Urban Planning

standards Urban renewal for quality of life and livability.

UNIT-IV Traffic transportation systems: urban road, hierarchy, traffic management, Intelligent Transport Systems.

Legal Issues in Planning and Professional Practice, Concepts and contents related to planning provision

regarding property rights, Concept of Arbitration, State and Central government to deal with various

matters concerning Town and Country Planning. Mechanism for preparation of DP: Land Acquisition

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act2013.

UNIT-V Types of Development plans: Master Plan, City Development Plan, Structure Plan, housing, land use,

Water Supply & sanitation, etc., planning agencies for various levels of planning. Their organization and

purpose (CIDCO-MHADA-MIDC, MMRDA/ PMRDA etc).

Reference Books:- 1. Adib Kanafani. (1983). Transportation Demand Analysis. McGraw Hill Seriesin

Transportation,Berkeley.

2. Hutchinson, B.G. (1974). Principles of Urban Transport Systems Planning. McGrawHill

Book Company, NewYork.

3. John W.Dickey. (1975). Metropolitan Transportation Planning. McGraw Hill Book Company,

NewYork.

4. Papacostas, C.S., and Prevedouros, P.D. (2002). Transportation Engineering and Planning. 3rd Edition,

Prentice - Hall of India Pvt Ltd.,318-436.

5. Khisty C.J., Transportation Engineering - An Introduction, Prentice Hall, India,2002.

6. Yang. H. Huang, Pavement Analysis and Design, Second Edition, Prentice HallInc.

7. Rajib B. Mallick and Tahar El-Korchi, Pavement Engineering – Principles and Practice, CRC Press

(Taylor and FrancisGroup)

8. Relevant IRCCodes

9. Bruton M J (1981), ―Introduction to transportation planning‖, Hutchinson ofLondon

10. Dickey J W (1980), ―Metropolitan Transportation Planning‖, Tata McGrawHill

11. Principles of Transportation Engineering: P. Chakraborty and A.Das

12. Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning: L.R.Kadyal



VI-Semester

COURSE OBJECTIVES

BOEC 605 (A), Principles of

Management

3L, 1T, 0P

1. To enable the students to study the evolution ofManagement,

2. To study the functions and principles ofmanagement.

3. To learn the application of the principles in anorganization.

4. To enable the effective and barriers communication in theorganization

5. To study the system and process of effective controlling in theorganization.

COURSE OUTCOMES

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Upon completion of the course, students will be able to have clear understanding of managerial

functions like planning, and have same basic knowledge on international aspect ofmanagement

2. To understand the planning process in theorganization

3. To understand the concept oforganization

4. Demonstrate the ability to directing, leadership and communicateeffectively

5. To analysis isolate issues and formulate best controlmethods

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT: Theories of management: Traditional behavioral,

contingency and systems approach. Organization as a system.

UNIT 2 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION: Interaction with external environment. Managerial decision

making and MIS.

UNIT 3 PLANNING APPROACH TO ORGANIZATIONAL ANALYSIS: design of organization

structure; job design and enrichment; job evaluation and merit rating.

UNIT 4 MOTIVATION AND PRODUCTIVITY: Theories of motivation, leadership styles and managerial grid.

Coordination, monitoring and control in organizations. Techniques of control. Japanese management

techniques.

UNIT 5 Case Studies on above

Reference Books:- 1. Peter Drucker, Harper and Row: The Practice ofManagement.

2. Koontz: Essentials of Management, PHILearning.

3. Schemerhorn‖ introduction to Management‖ 10th edition, John Wiley(India).

4. Staner: Management, PHILearning.

5. Daft: Principles of Management, CengageLearning.

6. T. N. Chhabra: Principle and Practice of Management, DhanpatRai, NewDelhi.


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Civil

Engineering, VI-Semester

BOEC 605 (B), Environmental Management &Sustainable Development

3L, 1T, 0P

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

1. A deep understanding of the current status and future trends in sustainable development and social

corporateresponsibility.

2. Application of environmental tools and techniques to integrate sustainable practices (economical,

environmental and socialconcerns).

3. Adaptation to continuously increasing strictness of environmentallegislation.

4. Understand the economic and social justifications for various environmental policy approaches made at

differentlevels.

COURSE OUTCOME:

1. Innovative pollution controlpractices

2. Adaptation of strategic environmental assessment approaches in different contextsand

different levels of decisionmaking.

3. Evaluation of environmental policies in a cost benefit analysisconcept

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT1. Introduction and scope: inter-linkages of energy-environment and economy from engineering

infrastructure perspective. Concepts of ecology, Systems approach and sustainability engineering.

UNIT II. Environment and Energy: Interaction between energy and environmental resources,

Environmental quality Standards and Indices (Indian and International).Environmental monitoring,

Analysis, statistics and Data interpretation.

UNIT III: Environmental Guidelines: Environmental management system, Guidelines for

Environmental Management & Sustainable Development (ISO 14000Series).

UNIT IV: Environmental Impact:Impact assessment, life cycle assessment and risk analysis of

scientific and technologicaldevelopments.

UNIT V: Environmental Laws and Regulations: Environmental legislations, ethics and social

responsibility. Sustainable development within the context of global economy, Technology and climate

change.

References:

1. Baker, S., ―Sustainable Development‖, Taylor & France‘s.2006

2. Krishnamurthy, B., ―Environmental Management‖, Prentice Hall of India.2005

3. Friedman, F.B., ―Practical Guide to Environmental Management‖, Environmental Law Institute.2003

4. Environmental Management Plans Demystified: A Guide to ISO 14001-Spam Press.2001.

5. Calow, P.,―Handbook of Environmental Risk Assessment and Management‖, BlackwellPublishing.19

5. A deep understanding of the current status and future trends in sustainable development and social

corporateresponsibility.

6. Application of environmental tools and techniques to integrate sustainable practices (economical,

environmental and socialconcerns).

7. Adaptation to continuously increasing strictness of environmentallegislation.

8. Understand the economic and social justifications for various environmental policy approaches made at

differentlevels.

COURSE OUTCOME:

4. Innovative pollution controlpractices

5. Adaptation of strategic environmental assessment approaches in different contextsand

different levels of decisionmaking.

6. Evaluation of environmental policies in a cost benefit analysisconcept

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT1. Introduction and scope: inter-linkages of energy-environment and economy from engineering

infrastructure perspective. Concepts of ecology, Systems approach and sustainability engineering.

UNIT II. Environment and Energy: Interaction between energy and environmental resources,

Environmental quality Standards and Indices (Indian and International).Environmental monitoring,

Analysis, statistics and Data interpretation.

UNIT III: Environmental Guidelines: Environmental management system, Guidelines for

Environmental Management & Sustainable Development (ISO 14000Series).

UNIT IV: Environmental Impact:Impact assessment, life cycle assessment and risk analysis of

scientific and technologicaldevelopments.

UNIT V: Environmental Laws and Regulations: Environmental legislations, ethics and social

responsibility. Sustainable development within the context of global economy, Technology and climate

change.

References:

6. Baker, S., ―Sustainable Development‖, Taylor & France‘s.2006

7. Krishnamurthy, B., ―Environmental Management‖, Prentice Hall of India.2005

8. Friedman, F.B., ―Practical Guide to Environmental Management‖, Environmental Law Institute.2003

9. Environmental Management Plans Demystified: A Guide to ISO 14001-Spam Press.2001.

10. Calow, P.,―Handbook of Environmental Risk Assessment and Management‖, BlackwellPublishing.19


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Civil

Engineering, VI-Semester

BOEC 605 (C), Advance Pavement Design

3L, 1T, 0P

COURSE OBJECTIVES:

The objective of this course is to:

1. To understand the principles of Highway geometrics design as per IRCstandards.

2. To visualize the relationship between key materials and their properties along with the behavior of

pavement componentsystems

3. To know about the methods and equipments Used in the Construction of Roads and their

Operationalapproach

4. To learn about the various construction procedures of both Flexible and Rigidpavements

5. provide better understanding of the characteristics of the flexible and rigidpavements

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of the course students are able to:

1. Understand the basics of highway planning and design, and workout problems in design of road

geometrics

2. Visualize the relationship between key materials and their properties along with the behavior of

pavement componentsystems.

3. Learn about the various construction procedures of both Flexible and Rigid pavements and

Recommend pavement preservationtechniques

4. Evaluate topics like design and performance of pavement surface, thick plate theory, subgrade

theory, load transfer systems and joint behavior considerations, design concepts for jointed and

continuously reinforcedpavements.

5. Apply the principles of construction, overlaying and maintenance ofhighway.

SYLLABUS DETAILS:

Unit -I Equivalent Single Wheels Load concepts and applications, Relationship between wheel arrangements

and loading effects, tyre contact area, Effect of load repetition, Effect of transient loads, Impact of

moving loading, Factors to be considered in Design of pavements, Design wheel load, soil, climatic

factors, pavement component materials, Environmental factors, Special factors such as frost, Freezing

andthawing.

Unit -II Flexible Pavements : Component parts of the pavement structures and their functions, stresses in

flexible pavements, Stress distribution through various layers, Boussinesque‘s theory , Burmister‘s two

layered theory, methods of design, group index method, CBR method, Burmister‘s method and North

Dakota cone method.

Unit -III Rigid Pavements: Evaluation of subgrade, Modulus-K by plate bearing test and the test details,

Westergaard‘s stress theory stresses in rigid pavements, Temperature stresses, warping stresses,

frictional stresses, critical combination of stresses, critical loading positions.

Unit -IV Rigid pavement design: IRC method, Fatigue analysis, PCA chart method. AASHTO Method,

Reliability analysis. PAVEMENT JOINTS: Types of joints, contraction and warping joints, dowel bars

and tie bars, Temperature reinforcements, filling and sealing of joints.

Unit -V Evaluation and Strengthening of Existing Pavements: Benkleman beam method, Serviceability Index

Method. Rigid and flexible overlays and their design procedures.

Reference Books:--

1. Principles of pavement design by E.J.Yoder& M.W.Witczak

2. AASHO, ―AASHO Interim Guide for Design of Pavement Structures‖, Washington, D.C. 3.

Portland Cement Association, Guidlines for Design of Rigid Pavements,Washington

4. DSIR, Conc. Roads Design &Construction

5. Srinivasan M. "Modern PermanentWay"


NAME OF DEPTT./CENTRE: Department of Civil Engineering

SubjectCode: TCE-704 Course Title: Ground WaterEngineering

Contact Hours: L: 3 T: 1 P:0

DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Groundwater occurrence and its role in hydrologic cycle, groundwater bearing

formations, attributes of an aquifer, aquifer classification, flow and storage

characteristics of various types of aquifers, recharge processes, storage release

mechanisms.

7

2. Differential equations governing groundwater flow in Cartesian coordinates,

Dupuit-forchheimer assumptions, analytical solutions, numerical solutions,

regional groundwater planning, stream-aquifer interflows.

8

3. Differential equations governing ground water flow in polar coordinates, well

hydraulics, analytical solutions for confined, leaky confined and unconfined

aquifers, image well theory, time-variant pumping rates, well interference,

analysis of pumping test data.

8

4. Construction of wells, various drilling techniques. 4

5. Estimation of recharge, lumped water balance, flow in unsaturated zone,

experimental methods, GEC-97 norms.

6

6. Artificial recharge, induced recharge, roof water harvesting. 4

7. Contamination of groundwater, quality parameters and standards, riverbank

infiltration.

3

8. Ground water modeling packages. 2

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.

Name of books/ Authors/ Publishers Year of

Publication

1. Todd, D.K., ―Groundwater Hydrology‖, Wiley. 1980

2. Walton, W.C., ―Ground Resource Evaluation‖, McGraw-Hill 1970

3. Jacob Bear, ―Hydraulics of Groundwater‖, McGraw-Hill. 1979

4. Bouwer, H., ―Groundwater Hydrology‖, McGraw-Hill. 1978

5. Kruseman, G.P. and Ridder, N.A., ―Analysis and Evaluation of Pumping Test

Data‖, IILRI.

1990

6. Rushton, K.R., ―Groundwater Hydrology‖, John Wiley. 2003

7. Freeze, R.A. and cherry, J.A. ― Groundwater‖, Prentice Hall. 1979



SubjectCode: TCE-705 Course Title: HydraulicStructures


DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Introduction: Hydraulic structures for water resources projects. 2

2. Embankment Dams: Types, design considerations, seepage analysis and control,

stability analysis, construction techniques.

8

3. Gravity Dams: Forces acting on failure of a gravity dam, stress analysis, elementary

profile, design of gravity dam, other functional features of a gravity

dam.

8

4. Spillways: Types and their design, spillway gates, cavitations, aerators and energy

dissipation (terminal structures).

8

5. Channel Transitions: Design principles for subcritical and supercritical flows. 6

6. Hydropower Plant: Terms relating to hydropower, basic design aspects of

different unit of hydropower plant.

10

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Singh, B., ―Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering‖, 9th Ed. Nem Chand &

Bros.

1997

2. Asawa G.L.,‖ Irrigation Engineering‖, 2nd

Ed., New Age International. 1996

3. Ranga Raju, K.G., ―Flow through Open Channels‖, Tata McGraw-Hill. 2003

4. Subramanya, K., ―Flow in open Chanels‖, 2nd

Ed. Tata McGraw-Hill. 2000

5. Chow V.T., ―Open Channel Hydraulics‖, McGraw-Hill. 1959



SubjectCode: TCE-706 Course Title: Digital ImageProcessing


DETAILS OF COURSE :

SN Contents Contact Hours

1. Introduction to remote sensing data analysis, spectral, spatial and radiometric resolutions, visual

data interpretation, image formats, digital image and its characteristics, image

processing systems.

6

2. Initial data statistics, Histogram and Scatterplot. 2

3. Image Preprocessing, atmospheric, radiometric an geometric corrections, image enhancement

and restoration, contrast stretching-linear and non-linear.

6

4. Noise removal, low, medium and high pass filters, other filters, multi-spectral enhancement. 5

5. Image transformation - mathematical operators, KLT, PCA, FFT, image analysis - feature

extraction, pattern recognition.

9

6. Classification - Supervised and unsupervised techniques. 5

7. Accuracy assessment procedures, post classification techniques. 2

8. Data fusion, fuzzy logic, advance image processing techniques and concepts, application of

digital image processing to various engineering problems.

7

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

SN Name of Books / Authors/ Publishers Year of

Publication

1. Agarwal, C.S. and Garg, P.K., ―Remote Sensing in Natural Resources Monitoring and

Management‖, A.H. Wheeler & Co.

2000

2. Chandra, A.M. and Ghosh, S.K., ―Remote Sensing and Geographical Information

Systems‖, Alpha Science.

2005

3. Gonzalez, R.C. and Wintz, P., ―Digital Image Processing‖, Addison Wesley. 2000

4. Jia, X. and Richards, J.A., ―Remote Sensing Digital Image Analysis‖, 3rd Ed., Springer

Verlag.

1999

5. Mather, P.M., ―Computer Processing of Remotely sensed Data‖, John Wiley. 1999



SubjectCode: TCE-707 Course Title: Air and WaterPollution

Contact Hours: L: 3 T: 1 P: 0

DETAILS OF COURSE:

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Introduction and scope, air and water resources. 4

2. Dispersion and interaction of pollutants, Air quality: Mass Balance approaches,

box model approaches, air quality dispersion-modeling approaches, Water quality:

Mass balance approaches, aquatic ecosystem modeling approaches, air and water

chemistry.

8

3. Monitoring and modeling of indoor and ambient air quality, Emission inventory,

key meteorological data.

4

4. Pollution of surface and ground water resources & control mechanisms. Baseline

monitoring of surface waters, ground water quality and quantity, mitigation

measures.

5

5. Impact of air and water pollution on ecosystems, mitigation measures. 3

6. Carrying capacity of air and water sheds. 3

7. Air and water pollution versus health risk and global climate change, air and water

quality standards, regulations and legislations, national versus international.

8

8. Air Quality management and reclamation of water bodies, technology and policy

options for controlling air and water pollution. Decision methods for evaluation of

alternatives.

7

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Kenneth, W., Warner, F.C. And Davis Wayne, T., ―Air Pollution, Its Origin

and Control‖, 3rd

Ed., Prentice Hall.

1997

2. Mishra, P.C., ―Fundamentals of Air and Water pollution‖, South Asia Books. 1990

3. Davis, M.L. and Cornwell, D.A., ―Introduction to Environmental

Engineering‖, McGraw Hill.

2002

4. David A. Chin, ―Water Quality Engineering in Natural Systems‖, John Wiley. 2006



SubjectCode: TCE-801 Course Title: HydropowerEngineering


DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Introduction: Prospects of hydropower, sources of energy, hydropower potential,

distribution and development, basin-wise development of hydropower, constraints

in hydro power development.

3

2. Stream Flow Data and Hydropower Potential: Flow and load duration curves,

estimation of flow duration curve at ungauged site, primary and secondary power,

storage and pondage, load factor, capacity factor, utilization factor, diversity

factor.

4

3. Types of Hydro Power Plants: Base and peak load Hydro-power plants, run-of- river

plants, valley dam plants, diversion canal plants, high head diversion plants,

pumped-storage power plants.

3

4. Intake Structures: Functions of intake structures, its location types, trash rack-

dimensions, design, spacing of bars, methods of cleaning; design of transition.

5

5. Conveyance System: Power canal-location, site, surges in canals, penstocks- types,

design and layout, economical diameter of penstock, hydraulic losses,

branches, air vent, forebay.

8

6. Hydraulic Transients: Basic equations of Unsteady flow through conduits, method

of characteristics, boundary conditions, single-pipeline applications for various

valve opening conditions, functions of surge tank and its location, types

anddesignofsurgetank,introductiontotransientsoftwareslikeHAMMERand

HYTRAN etc.

8

7. Hydraulic Turbines: Types of turbines, characteristics and efficiency of turbines,

selection of turbines, selection of turbines, cavitations, casing, draft tubes, tail trace

and their hydraulicdesign.

8

8. Small Hydropower Development: Benefits and potential of small hydropower

plants, components of small hydropower plants, trench weir, desilting tank, and

turbines.

3

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Barrow, H.K., ―Water Poer Engineering‖, Tat McGraw-Hill 1943

2. Varshney, R.S., ―Hydro Power Structures‖, Nem Chand & Bros. 2001

3. Choudhary, M.H., ―Applied Hydraulic Transients, Van Nastrand Reinhold. 1987

4. Warnick, C.C., ―Hydropower Engineering‖, Prentice-Hall. 1984

5. ―Hydropower Development‖, Vol.3,4,5,&6, Norwegian Institute of

Technology, Division of Hydraulic Engineering.

1992


NAME OF DEPTT./CENTRE: Department of CivilEngineering

SubjectCode: TCE-802 Course Title: RiverEngineering


DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Elements of River Geomorphology: Origin and properties of sediments, river

problems control of vegetation an river morphology.

4

2. Soil Erosion and Sediments Yield: Types of erosion, mechanism of soil erosion,

sediment delivery ratio, process based modeling of soil erosion.

6

3. Hydraulics of Alluvial Streams: Incipient motion, modes of sediment transport,

bed-forms., resistance to flow in alluvial rivers, bed load transport, suspended load

transport.

8

4. River Geometry and Plan Forms: Stable channels and their geometry, flow

around river bends, braided river, meandering river.

6

5. Gravel Bed Rivers: Hydraulic geometry of gravel bed rivers, armouring, bed

forms and resistance to flow in gravel bed rivers.

6

6. Bed Level Variations in Steams: Degradation, local scour, aggradations,

reservoir sedimentation, mathematical modeling for river bed variations.

6

7. Rivers and Environment: Environmental effects of hydraulic structures, river

pollution, river action plans, stream restoration.

6

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Garde, R.J., ―River Morphology‖, New Age International. 2006

2. Julin, P.Y., ―Erosion and Sedimentation‖, Cambridge University Press. 1998

3. Jansen, P.P.H., ―Principles of River Engineering‖, VSSD Publications. 1994

4. Rosgen, D., ―Applied River Morphology‖, Wildland Hydrology books,

Pagosa Springs.

1996

5. Graf, W.H. and Altinakar, M.S., ―Fluvial Hydraulics: Flow and Transport

Processes in Channels of Simple Geometery‖, John Wiley.

1999



SubjectCode: TCE-803 Course Title: Advanced StructuralDesign

Contact Hours: L: 3 T: 1 P/D:2/2

DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Inelastic analysis of R.C. beams and frames. 4

2. Analysis & design of flat slabs; equivalent frame method, direct designmethod,

deflection calculations.

6

3. Design of shear walls 4

4. Analysis & design of deep beams 4

5. Design of grid floors, folded plates, cylindrical shells. 8

6. Design of industrial buildings, bracing, gantry girders and stepped columns. 8

7. Microwave tower & transmission line towers 4

8. Plastic Design. 4

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Jain, A.K., ―Reinforced Concrete- Limit State Sesign‖, 6th Ed., Nem Chand &

Bros.

2006

2. Varghese, P.C., ―Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design‖, Prentice Hall. 2001

3. Pillai, S.D. and Menon, D., ―Reinforced Concrete Design‖, Tata McGraw-

Hill.

2003

4. Agarwal P. and Shrinkhande, M., ―Earthquake Resistance Design of

Structures‖, Prentice-Hall of India.

2006

5. Krishna Raju, N., ―Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design‖, CBS Publishers. 1986



SubjectCode: TCE-804 Course Title: Construction Planning &Management

Contact Hours: L: 3 T: 1 P/D:0

DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Network Techniques: Introduction to network techniques; use of computer aided

CPM and PERT for planning, scheduling and control of construction works; bar

charts: Error in networks; Types of nodes and node numbering systems.

12

2. Construction Planning: Planning for construction and site facilities using networks;

preparation of construction schedules for jobs, materials, equipment,

labour and budgets using CPM.

9

3. Construction Equipments and Methods: Equipment for earthworks; Concrete

construction; Aggregate production; Concrete production, handling and

placement; Mixers, vibrations and temperature control.

12

4. Control on Construction: Construction quality control and inspection; Significance

of variability and estimation of risk; Construction costcontrol;

crashing of networks

9

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Srivastava, U.K., Construction, Planning Management, Galgotia 1999

2. Peurifoy, R.L., Construction Planning, Equipments and Methods, McGraw

Hill.

1996

3. Ahuja, H.N., Construction Performance Control by Networks, Wiley

Interscience.

1976

4. Moder and Philipese, Project Management with CPM and PERT, Van NO

Strand.

1970



SubjectCode: TCE-805 Course Title: Traffic Engineering &Management


DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Fundamentals of Traffic Flow: Traffic flow elements, time-space diagram, flow-

density relationship, gap and gap acceptance.

3

2. Capacity Analysis: HCM 2000 and IRC guidelines, two-lane highway, multilane

highway, basic freeway sections.

8

3. Design of Intersections, Parking Areas and Terminals: Design of at-grade

intersection, roundabout, grade-separated intersection, on-street parking, off-street

parking, parking for disable, truck terminal, container terminal

6

4. Road Safety Engineering: Statistical analysis of accidents, accident modeling,

remedial measures, road safety audit, transportation system management (TSM)

techniques, achievable speed reductions, estimate of accident reductions and

benefits.

10

5. Traffic Forecasting: Forecast based on past trends and extrapolation, forecast and

mathematical models, period for forecasting, time series approach.

3

6. Survey Execution: Defining data requirements, secondary sources, choice of survey

instrument, design of sampling strategy, the survey plan, cross-sectional and time

series surveys, training and administration, participatorytransport

surveys.

2

7. Forecasting Travel Demand: Demand forecasting approaches, trip generation, trip

distribution, mode choice, traffic assignment, other methods for forecasting

demand.

4

8. Planning for Public Transport: Selection of public transport technology, MRTS,

LRTS,BRTS,ITSModules,driverinformationandguidance,publictransport

travelinformationandticketing,freightandfleetmanagement,systemintegration.

6

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Flaherty C.A., ―Transport Planning and Traffic Engineering‖, Butterworth-

Heineman.

2006

2. Slin, M., guest, P. and Matthews, P., ―traffic Engineering Design: Principles

and Practice‖, 2nd

Ed., Butterworth-Heinemann.

2006

3. Garder, N.J. and Hoel, L.A., ―traffic Engineering‖, 3rd

Ed., Brooks/Cole,

Pacific Grove.

2001

4. Kadiyali, L.R., ―traffic Engineering and Transport Planning‖, 6th Ed., Khanna

Publishers.

2004

5. McShane, William R. and Roses, Roger, P., ―traffic Engineering‖, Prentice

Hall.

1990

6. Virhic, Vikan, R., ―Urban Transit Operations, Planning and Economics‖, John

Wiley.

2004



SubjectCode: TCE-806 Course Title: Advanced HighwayEngineering


DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Introduction: National road development programmes, Bombay plan, Lucknow plan,

IRC Vision-2021 and Rural Road Vision-225, comparison and significance,

financial analysis of highway projects, vehicle operating cost.

6

2. New Road Materials: Alternate forms of aggregates, theory and specifications of

fillers, additives, emulsions, cutbacks and modifies binder, Mix designs-Marshall,

Hubbard Field and Hveem Method, requirement of a mix.

7

3. Pavement Structure-Soil Interaction: Tests on soil (Plate Load, CBR and Triaxial),

strength of pavement materials, importance and functions of each layer

of pavement and subgarde.

3

4. Design of Flexible Pavements: Design factors, empirial, semiempiricial and

analytical design methods, California bearing ratio, triaxial, Mclead and Burmister

method, advantages and limitations, IRC method of design, design considerations

for expressways.

6

5. Design of Rigid Pavements: Design factors, load and temperature stresses, load

transfer devices, design of Dowel and Tie bars, joint requirement and working, IRC

methods of design of SFRC pavements, construction techniques and specifications,

quality control tests, reinforced concrete pavements, continuously reinforced

andprestressed.

8

6. Stabilized Roads: Aggragate mixtures, proportioning, types of stabilizations,

advantages and limitation, special problems related to drainage, control of seepage

and capillary rise.

4

7. Pavement Evaluation Techniques for Functional and Structural Evaluation:

Benkalman beam deflection method, flexible and rigid overlays.

2

8. Maintenance of Pavements: Routine and periodic maintenance, special repairs,

maintenance management system, case study of failure of flexible and rigid

pavements cracking, settlement, frost heaving and mud pumping in pavements.

6

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Kerbs, R.D. and Walker, R.D., ―Highway Materials‖, MCGraw-Hill. 1971

2. Khanna, S.K. and Justo, C.E.G. ― highway Engineering‖, NEm Chand and

Bros.

2001

3. Huang, Y.H. ―Pavement Analysis and Design‖ Prentice Hall 1993

4. Wright, P.H. and Dixon, K.K., ―Highway Engineering‖, John Wiley. 2004

5. Kadiyali, L.R. and Lal, N.B., ―Principles and Practices of Highway

Engineering‖, Khanna Publishers.

2006



SubjectCode: TCE-807 Course Title: Environmental Impact and RiskAssessment


DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Introduction and scope utility of the EIA process, expended and narrowed scope of

EIA, impacts of development activities, planning and management of impact

studies.

6

2. Environmental attributes environmental indices and indicators, environmental

assessment, methods and techniques, matrices, network and checklist methods,

prediction techniques for quality of environmental attributes.

10

3. Impact evaluation, assessment of impact on air, water, soil and ground water, noise,

biological environment. Assessment ofimpact on socio-economic

environment, evaluation methods, mitigation measures.

10

4. Health risk assessment, hazard identification, toxicology and dose response

characterization, exposure characterization, risk characterization, uncertainty in

estimates.

10

5. Risk evaluation, risk acceptance, basic principles of health risk management. 6

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Kenneth, W., Warner, F.C. and Davis Wayne, T., ―Air Pollution, Its Origin and

Control‖, 3rd

Ed., Prentice Hall.

1997

2. Mishra, P.C., ―Fundamentals of Air and Water Pollution‖, South Asia Books. 1990

3. Masters, G., ―Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science‖,

Prentice Hall of India.

2004

4. Jain, R.K., ―Environmental Impact Assessment‖, John Wiley. 1978

5. Paustenbach, D.A., ―Risk Assessment‖, A Text Book of Case Studies, John

Wiley.

1992



SubjectCode: TCE-808 Course Title: Environmental Management&

SustainableDevelopment


DETAILS OF COURSE :

S.

No.

Contents Contact

Hours

1. Introduction and scope, inter-linkages of energy-environment and economy from

engineering infrastructure perspective.

5

2. Concepts of ecology, systems approach and sustainability engineering. 5

3. Interaction between energy and environmental resources, environmental quality

standards and indices (Indian and International).

7

4. Environmental monitoring, analysis, statistics and data interpretation. 6

5. Environmental management system, ISO 14000 Series. 4

6. Impact assessment, life cycle assessment and risk analysis of scientific and

technological developments.

6

7. Environmental legislations, ethics and social responsibility. 4

8. Sustainable development within the context of global economy, technology and

climate change.

5

Total 42

SUGGESTED BOOKS :

S.

No.


Publication

1. Baker, S., ―Sustainable Development‖, Taylor & France‘s. 2006

2. Krishnamoorthy, B., ―Environmental Management‖, Prentice Hall of India. 2005

3. Friedman, F.B., ―Practical Guide to Environmental Management‖,

Environmental Law Institute.

2003

4. Environmental Management Plans Demystified: A Guide to ISO 14001-Spam

Press.

2001

5. Calow, P., ―Handbook of Environmental Risk Assessment and Management‖,

Blackwell Publishing.

1998


ELECTRONICS AND

TELECOMMUNICATION

ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES


SchemeofExaminationasperAICTEFlexibleCurricula


Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) [Electronics and Communication

Engineering]

V Semester

Maximum Marks Allotted Contact

Hours per

S. Theory Practical

Total Week

Subject Name

No. Marks

En

d Mid Quiz /

End

Term Work

L T P

/Lab Work

Sem Sem Assignment Sem

& Sessional

1. BECT 501 DC Microprocessors & 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

BECP-501 Interfacing

2. BECT -502

DC

Electromagnetic Theory 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2

5

BECP-502

3. BECT -503

DC VLSI Technology and

100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2

5

BECP-503

Design

4. BECT -504 DE Departmental Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

5. BOEC-505 OE Open Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

Simulation Software Lab

6. BECP 506 O/E (Mat Lab, Multisim etc) /

-

- -

30 20 50 0 0 2

1

Lab

PCB design and Fabrication

Lab

BECP -507

DLC-1 Evaluation of Internship-II -

- -

-

50 50

2

1

completed at II year level



Total 500 150 100 120 130 1000 15 5 14 25

NSS/NCC


BECT 504(A) CNTL BOEC -505(A) Data Structure using C++

BECT 504(B) Data Communication and BOEC -505(B) Computer System

Networks Organisation

BECT 504(C) Advanced Control System BOEC -505(C) Process Control

Instrumentation

BECT 504 (D) IC Technology BOET -504 (D) Innovation and

Entrepreneurship



Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) [Electronics and Communication

Engineering]

VI Semester


Contact

Hours per

Theory Practical Week

S. Subject Name

Total

No.

Marks

Team Work

End Mid Quiz / End / L T

P

Sem Sem Assignment Sem Lab Work &

Sessional

1. BECT 601 DC Digital Signal Processing 100 30 20 30 20 200

3 1 2 5

BECP-601

2. BECT -602 DC Antenna and Wave 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

BECP-602 Propagation

3. BECT -603 DC Digital Communication 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

BECP-603

4. BECT -604 DE Departmental Elective 100 30 20 - 150 3 1 0 4

5. BOEC -605 OE Open Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

6. BECP -606 O/E Open Source S/w Lab - - - 30 20 50 0 0 2 1

Lab

7 BECT -607 P Minor Project -1 50 2 1

8 IN Internship - III Non Credit Course

Total 500 150 100 120 130 1000 15 5 10 25

Note: Meaning of Last Character of Subject Code (T – Theory; P – Practical)

Departmental Electives Open Electives (Using SWAYAM etc may be allowed)

BECT 604 (A) Cellular and Mobile BOEC -605 (A) Microcontroller and Embedded

Communication Systems

BECT 604 (B) CMOS Design BOEC -605 (B) Bio Medical Electronics

BECT 604 (C) Satellite Communication BOEC -605 (C) Power Electronics

BECT 604 (D) High Speed Electronics BOEC 605 (D) IOT and Applications


Program: B. Tech-ECE

Year: Session: 2012 – 2013



No.

Marks


Exam

CT TA Total

Semester:7th

Theory

1. TEC-701 Optical Fibre 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Communication Systems

2. TEC – 702 Wireless Communication 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Systems

3. TEC – 703 Satellite Communication 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. TEC-01X ELECTIVE-I 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150


Practical/Design

1. PEC -751 Project 0 0 4 0 0 50 50 100

2. PEC-752 Industrial Interaction 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

3. PEC-753 OFC & VLSI Simulation 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

Lab.

4. Seminar 0 0 2 0 0 50 0 50

Semester: 8th

Theory


No. L T P Sessional External Marks

Exam

CT TA Total

1. TEC - 801 Radar & Navigation 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TEC-802 Data Communication 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Networks

3. TEC-02X ELECTIVE-II 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. TEC-03X ELECTIVE-III 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical/Design

1. PEC-851 Project 0 0 6 0 0 100 200 300

2 PCS-854 CAD of Electronics Lab. 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

3. Discipline 0 0 2 0 0 50 0 50

ELECTIVE-I

TEC 011 Digital System Design Using VHDL

TEC 012 Artificial Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic

TEC 013 Principles of Secure Communication

TEC 014 Mobile Computing

ELECTIVE-II

TEC 021 Spread Spectrum Systems

TEC 022 Reliability Engineering

TEC 023 Selected Topics in Communication

TEC 024 Digital Image Processing

ELECTIVE-III

TEC 031 Random Signal Theory

TEC 032 Optical Networks

TEC 033 Adaptive Signal Processing

TEC 034 Embedded Systems

UTTRAKHAND TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY, DEHRADUN

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES


[List of Open Elective of 7th Semester for B.Tech. Civil/Electrical/Electrical and

Electronics/Mechanical & Allied Courses/Manufacturing Technology/Electronics and

Communications & Allied Courses/ Instrumentation and Control & Allied Courses/Computer

Science and Engineering & Allied Courses/ Information Technology & Allied Courses/ Agriculture (Old)/

Biotechnology/Marine Engg./Biomedical Engg. Courses.]





























Note: The students will choose any one subject of the course of other than their

Engineering Branch.



Electronics & Communication Engineering V-Semester Departmental Elective EC- 504 (A) Communication Network and Transmission Lines (CNTL)

Unit I Characteristic Parameters of symmetrical and asymmetrical two port networks and their design Image impedance, iterative impedance, characteristic impedance, propagation coefficient, image transfer coefficient, iterative transfer coefficient, Lattice and Bridged T networks, reactive matching networks, matching

techniques, insertion loss, symmetrical and asymmetrical attenuators and their design.

Unit II Passive LC Filters Analysis and design of Low pass, high pass, band pass and band elimination filters, m-derived filters, composite filters, Filter specifications, Butterworth approximation, Chebyshev approximation, elliptic function approximation, frequency transformation.

Unit III Positive real function LC, RL, RC, and RLC network synthesis, Foster and Cauer network, minimum positive real function, Brune‘s method, Bott-Duffin method, Synthesis-Coefficient.

Unit IV Transmission line fundamentals Lumped parameter equivalent, voltage and current on a transmission line,

infinite line, characteristic impedance and propagation constant, waveform distortion, attenuation and phase

equalizers, distortion-less line, loading, liner reflection on aline, reflection coefficient, input and transfer

impedances, open circuit and short circuit line, reflection factors, reflection loss, insertion loss, T and π equivalents of a line, location of line fault, construction and design of two wire line and coaxial cable.

Unit V Line at radio frequencies Parameters of line and coaxial cable at radio frequencies, dissipation-less line, voltage and current on a dissipation-less line, standing waves, standing wave ratio, input impedance of open circuit and short circuit, power and impedance measurement on lines, eighth-wave, quarter-wave and half

wave line, circle diagram, Smith chart, solution of problems using Smith chart, single and double stub matching .introduction to micro-strip lines and its analysis.

References: 3. Ryder: Networks and Transmission Lines, PHI Learning. 4. Valkenberg: Introduction to Modern Network synthesis, Wiley India.

5. Suresh: Electric Circuits and Networks, Pearson Education. 6. Raju: Electromagnetic field theory and Transmission Lines, Pearson Education.

7. Ganesan: Transmission Lines and Waveguides, TMH.

8. Rao: Electromagnetic Waves and Transmission Lines, PHI learning.

4

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Electronics &

Communication Engineering, VI-Semester Departmental Elective EC- 504 (B) DATA

COMMUNICATION and Networking

Unit-I Data Communication: Introduction, Components, data representation Serial & Parallel

transmission, Modes of data transmission, Line Encoding: Unipolar, Polar, Bipolar,

Networks – Protocols and standards – Standards organizations – Line configurations –

Topology– Transmission mode – Categories of networks – Inter networks.

Unit-II OSI model: Functions of the layers. Transmission media: Guided media – Unguided media – Transmission impairment –Performance. Switching Circuit switching , packet switching (virtual circuit and datagram approach), message switching Unit-III

ERROR CONTROL AND DATA LINK PROTOCOLS Error detection and correction: Types of errors – Detection – Vertical Redundancy Check (VRC) – Longitudinal Redundancy Check (LRC) – Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) –

Check sum –Error Correction. Data Link Layer Protocols: Framing , HDLC, ARQ: Stop and Wait, Sliding Window. Efficiency Unit-IV

NETWORKS LAN: Project 802 – Ethernet – Token bus – Token ring – FDDI. MAN: IEEE 802.6 (DQDB)

– SMDS.X.25, FRAME RELAY, ATM AND SONET/, SDH

Unit-V. NETWORKING DEVICES AND TCP / IP PROTOCOL SUITE Networking and internetworking devices: Repeaters – Bridges – Gateways – Other devices – Routing algorithms – Distance vector routing – Link state routing. TCP / IP protocol suite: Overview of TCP/IP.

REFERENCE BOOKS

5. Data and Computer Communication – W. Stallings, Pearson

6. LANs – Keiser, Tata Mc-Graw Hill

7. Data Communication & Networking – B.A. Forouzan, Tata Mc-Graw Hill

8. Internetworking with TCP/IP – VOL-I – D.E. Comer, PHI

9. ISDN and Broad band ISDN with Frame Relay & ATM – W. Stallings, Pearson

Textbooks:

4. Computer Networks by Tanenbum/PHI.

5. Shay, William A. / ―Understanding Data communications & Networks‖ / Vikas Publishing HousePvt. Ltd.


Electronics & Communication Engineering V-Semester Departmental Elective EC- 504 (C) ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM

Unit I Advantages and disadvantages of digital control system, Ideal sampler, sampled and hold circuit,zero order hold circuit, Z transform, Inverse Z transform by various method, mapping between s plane and Z plane, solution of the linear difference equation.

Unit II Pulse transfer function, general procedure for obtaining pulse transfer function, pulse transferfunction of cascaded elements, pulse transfer function of closed loop systems. Transfer function of discrete data system, stability analysis of closed loop system in the z plane, Jury stability test.

Unit III Non Linear Systems: introduction , common physical non linearity‘s, phase plane method ,

basicconcepts ,singular points, stability of non linear system , construction of phase trajectories, system analysis by phase plane method, Describing functions methods, basic concepts derivation of describing function, liapunov‘s stability criterion.

Unit IV Review of root locus, lead compensation, lag compensation, lag- lead compensation and theircomparison, review of state space methods, observability and controllability of system , pole placement by state feedback.

UnitVTuning rules of PID controller, modifications of PID controllers, Introduction to software packageused in control systems- MATLAB SIMULINK.

Reference Books: 4. Automatic control system—B. C.Kuo, wiley 5. Control system engineering—Nagrath&gopal, Publishers: New Age International 6. Modern control engineering –K. Ogata, Pearson; 5 edition 7. Control system engineering—Norman Nise, Publisher: Wiley

8. Discrete time Control system— K. Ogata, Pearson; 2 edition

6


Electronics &Communication Engineering V-Semester

Departmental Elective EC- 504 (D) IC Technology

UNIT-I

Semiconductor technology trend, Clean rooms, Wafer cleaning, Phase diagram and solid solubility, Crystal structure, Crystal defects, Czochralski growth, Bridgman growth of GaAs, Float Zone growth, Wafer Preparation and specifications

Unit -2

Deposition: Evaporation, Sputtering and Chemical Vapor Deposition, Epitaxy: Molecular

Beam Epitaxy, Vapor Phase Epitaxy, Liquid Phase Epitaxy, Evaluation of epitaxial layers,

Silicon Oxidation: Thermal oxidation process, Kinetics of growth, Properties of Silicon

Dioxide, Oxide Quality, high κ and low κ dielectrics, Diffusion: Nature of diffusion,

Diffusion in a concentration gradient, diffusion equation, impurity behavior, diffusion

systems, problems in diffusion, evaluation of diffused layers, Ion Implantation: Penetration

range, ion implantation systems, process considerations, implantation damage and annealing

Unit-3

Etching: Wet chemical etching, dry physical etching, dry chemical etching, reactive ion

etching, ion beam techniques, Lithography: Photoreactive materials, Pattern generation and

mask making, pattern transfer, Electron beam, Ion beam and X-ray lithography, Device Isolation, Contacts and Metallization: Junction and oxide isolation, LOCOS, trench isolation,

Schottky contacts, Ohmic contacts, Metallization and Packaging, CMOS Process Flow: N well, P-well and Twin tub

Unit 4

Semiconductor Measurements: Conductivity type, Resistivity, Hall Effect Measurements, Drift Mobility, Minority Carrier Lifetime and diffusion length, Packaging: Integrated circuit packages, Electronics package reliability, Testing: Technology trends affecting testing, VLSI testing process and test equipment, test economics and product quality

Unit 5

SOI Technology: SOI fabrication using SIMOX, Bonded SOI and Smart Cut, PD SOI and FD SOI Device structure and their feature, GaAs Technologies: MESFET Technology,

Digital Technologies, MMIC technologies, MODFET and Optoelectronic Devices, Silicon Bipolar Technologies: Second order effects in bipolar transistor, Performance of BJT, Bipolar

processes and BiCMOS

Reference Books:

(b) VLSI Technology, S.M. Sze (c) Physics of Semiconductors, S.M. Sze


Electronics & Communication Engineering V-Semester Open Elective EC- 505 (A) Data Structure using C++

UNIT 1 COMPLEXITY ANALYSIS: Time and Space complexity of algorithms, asymptoticanalysis, big O and other notations, importance of efficient algorithms, program performance measurement, data structures and algorithms. LINEAR LISTS: Abstract data type, sequential and linked representations, comparison

ofinsertion, deletion and search operations for sequential and linked lists, list and chain classes, exception and iterator classes for lists, doubly linked lists, circular lists, linked lists

through simulated pointers, lists in STL, skip lists, applications of lists in bin sort, radix sort, sparse tables. UNIT 2 STACKS AND QUEUES: Abstract data types, sequential and linked

implementations,exception handling in classes, representative applications such as parenthesis matching, towers of Hanoi, wire routing in a circuit, finding path in a maze,

simulation of queuing systems, equivalence problem. UNIT 3 HASHING: Search efficiency in lists and skip lists, hashing as a search structure, hash table,collision avoidance, linear open addressing, chains, uses of hash tables in text compression, LZW algorithm. UNIT 4 TREES: Binary trees and their properties, terminology, sequential and linkedimplementations, tree traversal methods and algorithms, heaps as priority queues, heap

implementation, insertion and deletion operations, heapsort, heaps in Huffman coding, leftist

trees, tournament trees, use of winner trees in mergesort as an external sorting algorithm, bin packing. UNIT 5 GRAPHS: Definition, terminology, directed and undirected graphs, properties, connectivityin graphs, applications, implementation – adjacency matrix and linked adjacency chains, graph traversal – breadth first and depth first, spanning trees.

SUGGESTED BOOKS: 7. M. T. Goodrich and R. Tamassia, Algorithm Design: Foundations, Analysis and InternetExamples, John Wiley & Sons, 2001. 8. Drozdek, A., ―Data Structures and Algorithms in C++‖, Vikas Publishing House. 2002

9. Wirth, N., ―Algorithms and Data Structures‖, Prentice-Hall of India. 1985

10. Lafore, R., ―Data Structures and Algorithms in Java‖, 2nd Ed., Dorling Kindersley.

2007 11. Datastructure using C, Bandopadhyaya, ―Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in Java‖, WCB/McGraw-Hill. 2001 12. C and datastructure, Padnabham, BSP, Hyderabad

8



Open Elective EC- 505 (B) Computer System Organization

Unit-I COMPUTER BASICS AND CPU Von Newman model, various subsystems, CPU, Memory, I/O,System Bus, CPU and Memory registers, Program Counter, Accumulator, Instruction register,

Micro-operations, Register Transfer Language, Instruction Fetch, decode and execution, data movement and manipulation, Instruction formats and addressing modes of basic computer.

Unit-II CONTROL UNIT ORGANIZATION Hardwired control unit, Micro and nano programmed controlunit, Control Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro Instruction formats, Micro program sequencer, Microprogramming, ARITHMETIC AND LOGIC UNIT Arithmetic Processor, Addition, subtraction, multiplication anddivision, Floating point and decimal arithmetic and arithmetic units, design of arithmetic unit.

Unit-III INPUT OUTPUT ORGANIZATION Modes of data transfer–program controlled, interrupt drivenand direct memory access, Interrupt structures, I/O Interface, Asynchronous data transfer, I/O processor. Data transfer – Serial / parallel, synchronous/asynchronous, simplex/half duplex and full duplex.

Unit-IV MEMORY ORGANIZATION Memory Maps, Memory Hierarchy, Cache Memory -Organizationand mappings. Associative memory, Virtual memory, Memory Management Hardware.

Unit-V MULTIPROCESSORS Pipeline and Vector processing, Instruction and arithmetic pipelines, Vectorand array processors, Interconnection structure and inter-processor communication.

Books: 1. Morris Mano: Computer System Architecture, Pearson Education.

2. William Stallings: Computer Organization and Architecture, PHI

3. Carl Hamacher: Computer Organization, TMH

4. Tanenbaum: Structured Computer Organization, Pearson Education



Open Elective EC- 505 (C) Process Control Instrumentation Unit-I Introduction: Historical Perspective, incentives of process control, synthesis of control system. Classification and

definition of process variables. Mathematical modeling: Need and application of mathematical modeling, Lumped

and distributed parameters, Analogies, thermal, Electrical, and chemical systems, Modeling of CSTR, Modeling of

heat exchanger, Interactive and non-interactive type of system, Dead time elements, Developing continuous time and

discrete time models from process data. Unit-II Control Modes: Definition, Characteristics and comparison of on-off, proportional, Integral, Differential, PI, PD,

PID, Dynamic behavior of feedback controlled processes for different control modes, Control system quality, IAE, ISE, IATE criterion, Tuning of controllers Ziegler-Nichols, Cohen-Coon Methods, controller trouble shooting. Unit-III Realization of Control Modes: Realization of different control modes like P, I, D in Electric, Pneumatic, Hydraulic

controllers. Use of DDC and PLC, Process monitoring, man machine interface, real time systems: RTS introduction and its characteristics. Unit-IV Actuators: Hydraulic, Pneumatic actuators, Solenoid, E-P converters, control valves, Types, Functions, Quick opening, Linear and equal percentage valve, Ball valves, Butterfly valves, Globe valves, Pinch valves, valve application and selection, Cavitations and flashing, Dampers and variable speed Drives. Unit-V Advanced Controls: Introduction to advanced control system like Cascade, Feed forward, Ratio, Selective,

Override, Split range and Auctioneering control, Plant wide control. PI Diagrams: Symbols, Terminology,

Case studies, a brief study of instrumentation and control relevant to industries. References: 1. Dale Patrick, Stephen Fardo, ―Industrial Process Control System‖.

2. Shinskey F.G., ―Process Control System‖, III Ed., McGraw Hill.

3. Smith C.A. & A.B. Corripio, ―Principle & Practiced Automatic Process Control‖, J. Willey.

4. Rao M &S.Qiv, ―Process Control Engg.‖,Gorden& Breach.

5. S Levi and AK Agrawala. Real-time system design. McGraw-Hill International.

6. GeorgeStephanopoulos― Chemical Process Control‖ PHI, Delhi

7. C.D. Johnson ―Process control instrumentation technology‘ PHI

8. Harriott- Process Control 1st ed., TMH

9. Patranabis- Principles of Process Control 2nd ed., TMH

10



Open Elective EC- 505 (D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship

Course Objectives: • Think critically and creatively about the nature of business opportunities,

resources, and industries. • Describe the processes by which innovation is fostered, managed, and

commercialized. • Spot new business opportunities in the environment, whether by recognition,

development, or creation. • Effectively and efficiently evaluate the potential of new business opportunities. • Assess the market potential for a new venture, including customer need,

competitors, and industry attractiveness. • Develop a business model for a new venture, including revenue, margins,

operations, working capital, and investment. • Develop pro forma financial statements that reflect business model decisions and

that can be used to determine future funding requirements. • Write a clear, concise, and compelling business plan for a new venture.

• Identify appropriate sources of financing for an entrepreneurial business plan.

• Develop a compelling sales pitch to acquire financing necessary to a new venture. • Explain the operational implications of common terms and conditions for early-

stage investment deals. • Describe the process by which new ventures are created and launched.

Course Learning Outcomes: 1. Comprehend the role of bounded rationality, framing, causation and effectuation in entrepreneurial decision making. 2. Demonstrate an ability to design a business model canvas.

3. Evaluate the various sources of raising finance for startup ventures. 4. Understand the fundamentals of developing and presenting business pitching to potential investors.

Course Content: Unit I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurs; entrepreneurial personality andintentions - characteristics, traits and behavioral; entrepreneurial challenges.

Unit II: Entrepreneurial Opportunities: Opportunities. Discovery/ creation, Patternidentification and recognition for venture creation: prototype and exemplar model, reverse engineering.

Unit III: Entrepreneurial Process and Decision Making: Entrepreneurial ecosystem, Ideation,development and exploitation of opportunities; Negotiation, decision making process and approaches, Effectuation and Causation.

Unit IV: Crafting business models and Lean Start-ups: Introduction to business models;Creating value propositions-conventional industry logic, value innovation logic; customer focused innovation; building and analyzing business models; Business model canvas, Introduction to lean startups, Business Pitching.

Unit V: Organizing Business and Entrepreneurial Finance: Forms of business organizations;organizational structures; Evolution of Organisation, sources and selection of

venture finance options and its managerial implications. Policy Initiatives and focus; role of institutions in promoting entrepreneurship.

Text/Reference Books: 1. Ries, Eric(2011), The lean Start-up: How constant innovation creates radically

successful businesses, Penguin Books Limited. 2. Blank, Steve (2013), The Startup Owner‘s Manual: The Step by Step Guide for

3. Building a Great Company, K&S Ranch. 4. S. Carter and D. Jones-Evans, Enterprise and small business- Principal Practice and

Policy, Pearson Education (2006) 5. T. H. Byers, R. C. Dorf, A. Nelson, Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise,

McGraw Hill (2013).


Electronics &Communication Engineering VI-Semester Departmental Elective EC- 604 (A) Cellular and MOBILE COMMUNICATION

Unit I Introduction to wireless communication systems, different generations of wireless networks.Cellular system design fundamentals, frequency reuse, handoff strategies, Interference and system capacity, Trunking and grade of service.

Unit II Mobile radio propagation: free space propagation model, Ground reflection propagation model,Long term fading, Small scale multipath propagation, Time dispersion parameters, Coherence bandwidth, Doppler spread and coherence time, types of small scale fading, Clarke‘s model for flat fading,

level crossing and fading statistics.

Unit III Capacity in cellular systems, cell splitting and sectoring, cell-site antennas and mobile antenna,cochannel interference reduction, Frequency management and channel assignment.

Unit IV Frequency division and time division multiple access. Global System for Mobile: SystemArchitecture. GSM Radio subsystem,.GSM.. GSM Traffic Channel and Control Channel, Frame

Structure. Introduction to 3G/4G/LTE/5G communication Systems.

Unit V Spread spectrum multiple access (Frequency Hopped Multiple Access and. Code Division MultipleAccess). Different spreading codes. CDMA Digital Cellular system: different standards with

detailed description of forward and reverse channels. Capacity of cellular systems. Introduction to Cognitive Radio Networks.

Reference Books:

SUGGESTED BOOKS: 1. Alaxendar K, Introduction to Mobile Network Engg: GSM, 3G-WCDMA, LTE and road

to 2. 5G”, 2018. 3. Simon Haykin& Michael Moher, “Modern Wireless Communications”, Pearson

Education, 4. 2007. 5. Sridhar Iyer, “Wireless and Mobile communications”, , 2013. 6. Gordon L. Stuber, “Principles of Mobile Communication”, Springer International Ltd., 7. 2001. 8. Andrea Goldsmith, Wireless Communications, Cambridge University Press, 2007.


Communication Engineering, VI-Semester Departmental Elective EC- 604

(B) CMOS DESIGN

Unit I

Introduction Introduction to CMOS VLSI circuit, VLSI design flow, Design strategies ,Hierarchy, regularity,modularity, locality, MOS Transistor as a Switches, CMOS Logic, Combinational

circuit, latchesand register, Introduction of CAD Tool , Design entry, synthesis, functional simulation. Unit II Specification of sequential systems Characterizing equation & definition of synchronous sequential machines. Realization of statediagram and state table from verbal description, Mealy and Moore model machines state

tableand transition diagram. Minimization of the state table of completely and incompletely specifiedsequential machines. Unit III

Asynchronous Sequential Machine Introduction to asynchronous sequential machine, Fundamental mode and Pulse modeasynchronous sequential machine, Secondary state assignments in asynchronous sequential machine, races and hazards. Unit IV Introduction, Size and complexity of Integrated Circuits, The Microelectronics Field, IC Production Process, Processing Steps, Packaging and Testing, MOS Processes, NMOS

Process, CMOS Process, Bipolar Technology, Hybrid Technology, Design Rules and Process Parameters Unit V Dc Models, Small Signal Models, MOS Models, MOSFET Models in High Frequency and smallsignal, Short channel devices, Sub threshold Operations, Modeling Noise

Sources in MOSFET‘s,Diode Models, Bipolar Models, Passive component Models.

Refrences:

1. Neil Weste: Principle of CMOS VLSI Design, TMH. 2. Kohavi: Switching & Finite Automata Theory, TMH.

3. Lee: Digital Circuits and Logic Design, PHI Learning.. 4. Geiger, Allen and Strader: VLSI Design Techniques for Analog and Digital

Circuits, TMH. 5. Sorab Gandhi: VLSI Fabrication Principles, Wiley India.

6. Weste and Eshraghian: Principles of CMOS VLSI design, Addison-Wesley

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Electronics & Communication

Engineering, VI-Semester Departmental Elective EC- 604 (C) Satellite Communication

Unit-I

Overview of satellite systems: Introduction, Frequency allocations for satellite systems. Orbits and launching methods: Kepler‘s three laws of planetary motion, terms used forearth orbiting satellites, orbital elements, apogee and perigee heights, orbit

perturbations, inclined orbits, local mean solar point and sun-synchronous orbits, standard time. Unit-II The Geostationary orbit: Introduction, antenna look angles, polar mount antenna, limits ofvisibility, near geostationary orbits, earth eclipse of satellite, sun transit outage, launching orbits. Polarization: antenna polarization, polarization of satellite signals, cross polarizationdiscrimination. Depolarization: ionospheric, rain, ice. Unit-III The Space segment: introduction, power supply, attitude control, station keeping, thermalcontrol, TT&C subsystem, transponders, antenna subsystem, Morelos and Satmex 5, Anik satellites, Advanced Tiros-N spacecraft. The Earth segment: introduction, receive-only home TV systems, master antenna TVsystem, Community antenna TV system, transmit-receive earth station. Unit-IV The space link: Introduction, Equivalent isotropic radiated power (EIPR),

transmissionlosses, the link power budget equation, system noise, carrier-to-noise ratio (C/N), the uplink, the downlink, effects of rain, combined uplink and downlink C/N ratio,

inter modulation noise, inter satellite links. Interference between satellite circuits. Unit-V

Satellite services VSAT (very small aperture terminal) systems: overview, network architecture, accesscontrol protocols, basic techniques, VSAT earth station, calculation of link margins for a VSAT star network. Direct broadcast satellite (DBS) Television and radio: digital DBS TV, BDS TV systemdesign and link budget, error control in digital DBS-TV, installation of DBS-TV antennas, satellite radio broadcasting. References:

1. Roddy: Satellite Communications, TMH.

2. Timothy Prattt: Satellite Communications, Wiley India. 3. Pritchard, Suyderhoud and Nelson: Satellite Communication Systems

Engineering, PearsonEducation. 4. Agarwal: Satellite Communications, Khanna Publishers.

5. Gangliardi: Satellite Communications, CBS Publishers.

6. Chartrand: Satellite Communication, Cengage Learning.

7. Raja Rao: Fundamentals of Satellite communications, PHI Learning.

18


Engineering, VI-Semester Departmental Elective EC- 604 (D) High Speed Electronics

Unit-I Silicon based MOSFET and BJT circuits for high speed operation and their limitations:-Emitter coupled Logic (ECL) and CMOS Logic circuits with scaled down devices. Silicon

On Insulator (SOI) wafer preparation methods and SOI based devices and SOICMOS circuits for high speed low power applications. Unit-II Materials for high speed devices and circuits Merits of III –V binary and ternary compound

semiconductors (GaAs, InP, InGaAs, AlGaAs ETC.), silicon-germanium alloys and silicon

carbide for high speed devices, as compared to silicon based devices. Brief outline of the

crystal structure, dopants and electrical properties such as carrier mobility, velocity versus

electric field characteristics of these materials. Material and device process technique with

these III-V and IV – IV semiconductors Unit-III Metal semiconductor contacts and Metal Insulator Semiconductor and MOS devices: Native

oxides of Compound semiconductors for MOS devices and the interface state density related issues. Metal semiconductor contacts, Schottky barrier diode. Thermionic Emission model for

current transport and current-voltage (I-V) characteristics. Effect of interface states and

interfacial thin electric layer on the Schottky barrier height and the I-V characteristics. Unit-IV High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMT): Hetero-junction devices. The generic

Modulation Doped FET (MODFET) structure for high electron mobility realization. Principle

of operation and the unique features of HEMT. InGaAs/InP HEMT structures.

Unit-V Hetero junction Bipolar transistors (HBTs): Principle of operation and the benefits of hetero junction BJT for high speed applications. GaAs and InP based HBT device structure and the

surface passivation for stable high gain high frequency performance. SiGe HBTs and the concept of strained layer devices

References: 1. Stephen: High-Speed Digital System Design: A Handbook of Interconnect

Theory and Design Practices, Wiley. 2. Tomar: Fundamentals of Electronic Devices & Circuits, Springer. 3. Lee: The Design of CMOS Radio-Frequency Integrated Circuits, Cambridge

University Press 4. Razavi: RF Microelectronics, Prentice-Hall.

5. Gonzalez: Microwave Transistor Amplifiers, Prentice Hall.


Communication Engineering, VI-Semester Open Elective EC- 605 (A) Microcontroller

& Embedded system UNIT-I Introduction to 8-bit microcontrollers:8051 Interfacing, Applications and serialcommunication8051 interfacing to ADC and DAC, Stepper motor interfacing, Timer/

counter functions, 8051based data acquisition system 8051 connections to RS-232, 8051 Serial communication ,Serialcommunication modes, Serial communication programming,

Serial port programming in C. UNIT II: Microcontroller 8096 Introduction to 16-bit Microcontroller, functional block-diagram, memorystatus, complete 8096 instruction set, classification of instruction set, addressing

modes,programming examples using 8096, hardware features of 8096,parallel ports, control &statusRegisters, Introduction to 16/32 bit PIC microcontrollers and DSPIC. UNIT-III

Introduction to Embedded Systems: Definition of embedded system, embedded systems vs. general computing systems, history of

embedded systems, classification, major application areas, purpose of embedded systems,

characteristics and quality attributes of embedded systems, common design metrics, and processor technology: general purpose processor, application specific processor, single

purpose processor. UNIT-IV

Embedded System Architecture: Von Neumann v/s Harvard architecture, instruction set architecture, CISC and RISC. instructions set architecture, basic embedded processor, microcontroller architecture, CISC & RISC examples: 8051, ARM, DSP processors. UNIT-V

Input Output and Peripheral Devices Timers and counters, watchdog timers, interrupt controllers, PWM, keyboard controller, analogto digital converters, real time clock. Reference Books:

1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and EmbeddedSystems, Pearson education, 2005.

2. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture, III edition, CENGAGE Learning.

3. V. Udayashankara and M.S. Mallikarjunaswamy, 8051 Microcontroller: Hardware, Software& Applications, Tata McGraw - Hill, 2009.

4. McKinlay, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems - using assembly and C, PHI,2006 / Pearson, 2006.

5. Tim Wilmshurst, Designing embedded system with PIC microcontrollers Principles and applications. 2nd ed. 2011 Bsp books pvtlt

6. Shibu K V, ―Introduction to Embedded System‖, TMH.

7. David E Simon, ―An Embedded Software Primer‖, Pearson education Asia, 2001.

8. Steven F. Barett, Daniel J. Pack, ―Embedded Systems‖ Pearson education, First

Impression2008.


Communication Engineering, VI-Semester Open Elective EC- 605 (B) BIOMEDICAL

ELECTRONICS

UNIT I - PHYSIOLOGY AND TRANSDUCERS Cell and its structure - Resting and Action Potential - Nervous system: Functional

organization of the nervous system - Structure of nervous system, neurons - synapse -

transmitters and neural communication - Cardiovascular system - respiratory system - Basic

components of a biomedical system - Transducers - selection criteria - Piezo electric,

ultrasonic transducers – Temperature measurements - Fiber optic temperature sensors.

UNIT II - ELECTRO - PHYSIOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS Electrodes -Limb electrodes -floating electrodes - propelled disposable electrodes - Micro,

needle and surface electrodes - Amplifiers: Preamplifiers, differential amplifiers, chopper

amplifiers -Isolation amplifier. ECG - EEG - EMG - ERG - Lead systems and recording

methods– Typical waveforms. Electrical safety in medical environment: shock hazards

leakage current-Instruments for checking safety parameters of biomedical equipments

UNIT III - NON-ELECTRICAL PARAMETER MEASUREMENTS Measurement of blood pressure - Cardiac output - Heart rate - Heart sound –Pulmonary

function measurements - Spiro meter - Photo Plethysmography, Body Plethysmography Blood Gasanalyzers : pH of blood -measurement of blood pCO2, pO2, finger-tip oxymeter

ESR, GSR measurements . UNIT IV - MEDICAL IMAGING Radio graphic and fluoroscopic techniques - Computer tomography - MRI - Ultrasonography- Endoscopy - Thermography - Different types of biotelemetry systems and patient monitoring -Introduction to Biometric systems

UNIT V- ASSISTING AND THERAPEUTIC EQUIPMENTSPacemakers - Defibrillators - Ventilators - Nerve and muscle stimulators - Diathermy - Heart -Lung machine - Audio meters - Dialysers - Lithotripsy

REFERENCES

1. M. Arumugam, ‗Bio-Medical Instrumentation‘, Anuradha Agencies, 2003. 2. L.A. Geddes and L.E. Baker, ‗Principles of Applied Bio-Medical Instrumentation‘,

John

3. Wiley& Sons, 1975.

4. J. Webster, ‗Medical Instrumentation‘, John Wiley & Sons, 1995.

5. C. Rajarao and S.K. Guha, ‗Principles of Medical Electronics and Bio-medical

6. Instrumentation‘, Universities press (India) Ltd, Orient Longman ltd, 2000.


Engineering, VI-Semester Open Elective EC- 605 (C) POWER ELECTRONICS

Unit-1 Power Semiconductor Switches

Power diodes - Basic structure and V-I characteristics - various types - DIACs –Basic structureand V-I characteristics – TRIACs - Basic structure and V-I characteristics

Power BJT: Construction and working principle, quasisaturation, primary

breakdown,secondary breakdown.

IGBTs - Basic structure and V-I characteristics. Power MOSFETs - Basic structure and V-I characteristics Thyristors- basic structure - static and dynamic characteristics - device specifications andratings - methods of turning on - gate triggering circuit using UJT Unit 2: Rectifiers

Thyristors- series and parallel operation, methods of turning off - commutation circuits. Line frequency phase controlled rectifiers using SCR Single Phase –Half wave rectifier with R and RL loads–Full wave half controlled and

fullycontrolled converters with continuous and constant currents - Input side harmonics and power factor - Effect of source inductance Three Phase - Half wave rectifier with R and RL loads - Full wave fully controlledconverterswith continuous and constant currents Unit 3: Inverters &Cycloconverters Inverters – Single phase inverters – series, parallel andbridge inverters. Single Phase Pulse Width

Modulated (PWM) inverters – Basic circuit andoperation.Single phase series resonant inverter, Single phase bridge inverters,Three phase bridge inverters,Voltage control of

inverters, Harmonics reduction techniques, Single phase and three phasecurrent source inverters Unit-IV

AC Voltage Controllers Principle of On-Off and phase controls, Single phase ac voltage controller with resistive and inductive loads Three phase ac voltage controllers (various configurations and

comparison only),Single phase transformer taps changer. Cyclo Converters-Basic principle of operation, singlephase to single phase, three phase to single phase and three phase to

three phase cyclo converters, output voltage equation Unit V: DC – DC Converters

Choppers - Principle of operation - step-up and step-down choppers. Switching regulators - Buck regulators - Boost regulators - Buck-boost regulators–Switchedmode power supply - principle of operation and analysis Text/Reference Books:

1. Ned Mohan, Power Electronics., John Wiley and Sons, 2nd edition, 1995. 2. Rashid, Power Electronics, Circuits Devices and Applications, Pearson

Education, 3rd

edition,2004. 3. G.K.Dubey, Thyristorised Power Controllers, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1993. 4. Dewan&Straughen, Power Semiconductor Circuits, John Wiley & Sons, 1975.

5. Cyril W Lander, Power Electronics, McGraw Hill, 3rd edition, 1993.

6. M.D. Singh and K.B.Khanchandani, ―Power Electronics‖Tata MC Graw Hill, 2005 7. P.C Sen, ―Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics‖, John Wiley &

Sons, 2nd

Edition. 8. P.S Bhimbhra , ― Power Electronics‖, Khanna Publishers, 2012


New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Electronics & Communication Engineering, VI-Semester

Open Elective EC- 605 (D) IoT and Applications

UNIT 1 Introduction – Defining IoT, Characteristics of IoT, Physical design of IoT, Logical design of IoT, Functional blocks of IoT, Communication models &APIs . UNIT 2

IoT & M2M:

Machine to Machine, Difference between IoT and M2M, Software define Network. UNIT 3

Network & Communication aspects: Wireless medium access issues, MAC protocol survey, Survey routing protocols, Sensor deployment & Node discovery, Data aggregation & dissemination, Communication with Cognitive radio networks: OSI model and framework. UNIT 4

Challenges in IoT: Design challenges, Development challenges, Security challenges, Other challenges. UNIT 5

Domain specific applications of IoT:

Home automation, Industry applications, Surveillance applications, Other IoT applications

Developing IoTs: Introduction to Python, Introduction to different IoT tools, Developing applications through IoT tools, Developing sensor based application through embedded system platform, Implementing IoT concepts with python.

Suggested Books:

1. Vijay Madisetti, ArshdeepBahga, Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach, 2. WaltenegusDargie,ChristianPoellabauer, Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor Networks: Theory

and Practice"

TEC 011 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING VHDL

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION TO VHDL: VHDL description, combinational networks, modeling flip-flopusing

VHDL, VHDL model for multiplexer, compliance and simulation of VHDL, codes, modeling a

sequential machine, variables, signals and constants, arrays VHDL operators, VHDL functions,

VHDL procedures, packages and libraries, VHDL model for a counter.

Attributes, transport and inertial delays, operator over loading, multi valued logic and signal

resolution, IEEE-1164, standard logic, generic, generates statements, synthesis of VHDL codes.

UNIT 2

DESIGN OF NETWORKS FOR ARITHMATIC OPERATIONS: Design of serial adder withaccumulator,

state graph for control networks design of binary multiplier, multiplication of signed binary

numbers, design of binary divider. DIGITAL DESIGN WITH SM CHART: state machine charts, derivation of SM charts,realization of

SM charts, implementation of dice game, alternative realization of SM charts using

microprogramming.

UNIT 3

FLOATING POINT ARITHMETIC: Representation of floating point numbers, floating

pointmultiplication, and other floating point operations.

DESIGNING WITH PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAYS AND COMPLEX PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC

DEVICES: Xilinx 3000 series FPGAs, Xilinx 4000 series FPGAs, using one hot stateassignment.

UNIT 4

MEMORY MODELS FOR MEMORIES AND BUSES: Static RAM, a simplified 486 bus

model,interfacing memory to microprocessor bus

UNIT 5

DESIGN EXAMPLES: UART design, description of MC68HC05 microcontroller, design

ofmicrocontroller CPU, and complete microcontroller design.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Charles H Roth Jr, “Digital System Design using VHDL”, Thomson

Learning, 02. 2. Stephen Brown &ZvonkoVranesic, “Fundamentals of digital logic design with VHDL”,

TMH, 2nd Ed., 2007.

3. Jhon F Wakerly, “Digital design”, PHI, 4th Ed.

TEC 012 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC

Unit-I

Neural Networks-1(Introduction & Architecture): Neuron, Nerve structure and

synapse,Artificial Neuron and its model, activation functions, Neural network architecture: single

layer and multilayer feed forward networks, recurrent networks. Various learning techniques;

perception and convergence rule, Auto-associative and hetro-associative memory

Unit-II

Neural Networks-II (Back propagation networks): Architecture: perceptron model,

solution,single layer artificial neural network, multilayer perception model; back propogation

learning methods, effect of learning rule co-efficient ;backpropogation algorithm, factors affecting

back propagation training, applications.

Unit-III

Fuzzy Logic-I (Introduction) :Basic concepts of fuzzy logic, Fuzzy sets and Crisp sets, Fuzzyset

theory versus probability theory, Fuzzy set theory and operations, Properties of fuzzy sets, Fuzzy

and Crisp relations, Fuzzy to Crisp conversion.

Unit-IV

Fuzzy Logic –II (Fuzzy Membership, Rules) :Membership functions, interference in fuzzylogic,

fuzzy if -then rules, Fuzzy implications and Fuzzy algorithms, Fuzzyfications&Defuzzifications,

Fuzzy Controller,

Unit-V

Application of Neural Network and Fuzzy logic: Application of neural network, case

study,Inverted pendulum, Image processing. Introduction to neuro & fuzzy logic controller.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Jacek M. Zurada, ‘Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems’, Jaico Publishing home, 2002. 2. . Timothy J. Ross, ‘Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications’, 2

ndJohn Wiley (India), 1997.

TEC 013 PRINCIPLES OF SECURE COMMUNICATION

UNIT 1

Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum Systems: Model of SS digital communication system,direct

sequence spread spectrum signal, error rate performance of the decoder, processing gain and

jamming margin, uncoded DSSS signals, applications of DSSS signals in anti-jamming, low

detectability signal transmission, code division multiple access and multipath channels, effect of

pulsed interference on DSSS systems, Generation of PN sequences using m sequence and Gold

sequences, excision of narrowband interference in DSSS systems, acquisition and tracking of DSSS

system.

UNIT 2

Frequency Hopped Spread Spectrum Systems: Basic concepts, slow and fast frequencyhopping,

performance of FHSS in AW GN and partial band interference, FHSS in CDMA system, Time

hopping and hybrid SS system, acquisition and tracking of FH SS systems.

UNIT 3

Cryptographic Techniques: Classical encryption technique, Symmetric cipher model,cryptography

and cryptanalysts, Substitution techniques, transposition techniques

UNIT 4

Block Cipher and Data Encryption Standard :Block cipher principle, data encryptionstandard

(DES) strength of DES, differential and linear cryptanalysts, block cipher design principles,

simplified advanced encryption standard (S-AES), multiple encryption and triple DES, Block cipher

modes of operation, stream ciphers and RC4 algorithm

UNIT 5

Public Key Cryptography: Prime numbers, Fermat and Euler’s theorem, Chinese

remaindertheorem, discrete algorithms, principles of public key cryptosystems, RSA algorithm,

key management Diffie-Hellman key exchange, message authentication requirements and

functions.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Digital Communication by J.G. Proakis McGraw Hill 2nd Ed. 2. Cryptography and Network Security by W. Stallivgs 4th Ed., PHI 3. Digital Communication by Simon Haykin, Wiley. 4. Principle of Communication systems by Taub & Schilling TMH. 5. Cryptography and secure Communications by M.Y. Rhee, Mc Graw Hill

TEC 014 MOBILE COMPUTING

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION TO NETWORK TECHNOLOGIES AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS:

WLAN:Infrared vs. radio transmission, Infrastructure and ad hoc networks, IEEE 802.11.

Bluetooth- User scenarios, Physical layer, MAC layer, Networking, Security. Link management

GSM-Mobile services, System architecture, Radio interface, Protocols, Localization and calling,

Handover, Security, and New data services.

MOBILE COMPUTING (MC): Introduction to MC, novel applications, limitations, and architecture

UNIT 2

(WIRELESS) MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL: Motivation for a specialized MAC (Hidden and exposedterminals, Near and far terminals) , SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA.

MOBILE NETWORK LAYER: Mobile IP (Goals, assumptions, entities and terminology, IP packetdelivery, agent advertisement and discovery, registration, tunneling and encapsulation, optimizations), Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).

UNIT 3

MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER: Traditional TCP, Indirect TCP, Snooping TCP, Mobile TCP,

Fastretransmit/fast recovery, Transmission /time-out freezing, Selective retransmission,

Transaction oriented TCP.

DATABASE ISSUES: Hoarding techniques, caching invalidation mechanisms, client

servercomputing with adaptation, power-aware and context-aware computing, transactional

models, query processing, recovery, and quality of service issues.

UNIT 4

DATA DISSEMINATION: Communications asymmetry, classification of new data deliverymechanisms, push-based mechanisms, pull-based mechanisms, hybrid mechanisms, selective tuning (indexing) techniques. Mobile Ad hoc Networks (MANETs): Overview, Properties of a MANET, spectrum of

MANETapplications, routing and various routing algorithms, security in MANETs.

UNIT 5

PROTOCOLS AND TOOLS: Wireless Application Protocol-WAP. (Introduction,

protocolarchitecture, and treatment of protocols of all layers), Bluetooth (User scenarios,

physical layer, MAC layer, networking, security, link management) and J2ME.

SUGGESTED BOOKS: 1. Stojmenovic and Cacute, “Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing”, Wiley, 2002. 2. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Addison-Wesley. second edition, 2004. 3. Reza Behravanfar, “Mobile Computing Principles: Designing and Developing Mobile

Applications with UML and XML”, ISBN: 0521817331, Cambridge University Press, October 2004.

TEC 021 SPREAD SPECTRUM SYSTEMS

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to spread spectrum, spread spectrum techniques, Directsequence

system, frequency hopping systems, pulse FM(chirp) system, hybrid systems

UNIT 2

CODING FOR COMMUNICATION AND RANGING- Property of codes for spread

spectrum,Autocorrelation and cross correlation of codes, composite codes, code selection and

signal spectra, error detection and correlation codes.

UNIT 3

MODULATION AND DEMODULATION – Balance modulator, quadric-phase modulator,frequency

synthesis for spread spectrum modulation, in line and heterodyne correlation, base band

recovery, phase lock loop, COSTAS loop, FM feedback, PDM and FH demodulators.

UNIT 4

NEED FOR SYNCHRONIZATION: types of synchronizers, RF link- Noise figure, co-channelusers,

dynamic range and AGC, propagation medium, overall transmitter and receiver design.

UNIT 5

TEST AND EVALUATION OF SPREAD SPECTRUM SYSTEM- selectivity, sensitivity, jammingmargin,

synch acquisition, processing gain. Transmitter measurements.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. R. C. Dixon, “Spread spectrum systems with commercial application”, John Wiley, 3rd

Ed.

2. H. Taube and D. L. Schilling, “Principles of Communication systems”, Tata Mc-

Graw Hill, 2nd Ed. Reprint 2007.

TEC 022 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION: Definition of reliability, quality, availability, maintainability, types offailures,

various parameters of system effectiveness, concept of failure modes, difference between MTTR

and MTTF.

UNIT 2

RELIABILITY MATHEMATICS: Classical set theory, Boolean algebra, sample space, definitionof

probability, basic properties of probability, conditional probability, and random variables.

PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION: Exponential distribution, gamma distribution,

binomialdistribution, normal distribution and weibull distribution.

UNIT 3

RELIABILITY DATA ANALYSIS: The reliability function, bathtub curve, data collection, storage

9. recovery of data, component reliability from test data, linear hazard model & exponential

hazard model.

UNIT 4

SYSTEM RELIABILITY: Systems with components in series, systems with components

inparallel, series –parallel systems, Fault tree techniques, K-out of m systems.

UNIT 5

ELECTRONICS SYSTEM RELIABILITY: Reliability of electronic components, component typesand

failure mechanics, circuit and system aspects, reliability of electronic system design, parameter

variation and tolerance.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Practical Reliability Engineering/ Patrick D. T., O’Connor / John Wiley & Sons 4th edition. 2. Reliability Engineering/ E. Balagurusamy / Tata McGraw- Hill.

TEC-023 SELECTED TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION

UNIT 1

Software defined radio; Cognitive radio: Definition, spectrum management, computational

intelligence, architecture and radio resource management.

UNIT 2

Review of third generation cellular systems and standards, multicarrier modulation and multiple

access techniques; Broadband wireless access, OFDMA and mobile WiMAX.

UNIT 3

Space-time wireless communications, linear diversity techniques, space-time coding; MIMO detection and channel estimation, iterative detection and decoding, MIMO-OFDM; Smart antennas; Ultra wideband communication.

UNIT 4

Advanced physical and MAC layer alternatives for wireless PAN, LAN, MAN and cellular networks; Mobile ad hoc and wireless sensor networks, adaptive link, MAC and network layer, energy efficiency and cross-layer design.

UNIT 5

Wireless capacity and channel state estimation, network capacity, information theory and network architecture, capacity of ad hoc networks; Wireline and wireless cooperation strategies, multi-antenna relaying, cooperative diversity, cooperative physical layer architecture.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Fette, B., “Cognitive Radio Technology”, Elsevier. 2006 2. Mitola III, J., “Cognitive Radio Architecture: The Engineering Foundation of Radio XML”,

Wiley-Interscience. 2006 3. Giannakis, G.B., Hua, Y., Stoica, P. and Tong, L., “Signal Processing Advances in Wireless

and Mobile Communications”, Vol.1 and Vol. 2, Prentice- Hall. 2001 4. Pietrzyk, S., “OFDMA for Broadband Wireless Access”, Artech House. 2006 5. Siwiak, K. and McKeown, D., “Ultra-wideband Radio”, John Wiley & Sons. 2004 6. Paulraj, A., Nabar, R. and Gore, G., “Introduction to Space-Time Wireless

Communications”, Cambridge University Press. 2003 7. Gilsic, S.G., “Advanced Wireless Networks: 4G Technology”, John Wiley & Sons. 2006

TEC 024 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION: Fundamental steps in DIP, elements of DIP, Simple image model, Sampling&

quantization, basic relationships between Pixels, Color image model.

UNIT 2

IMAGE TRANSFORMS: One-dimensional & Two-dimensional DFT, Cosine, Sine, Hadamard,Haar,

and Slant & KL transforms.

IMAGE ENHANCEMENT: Introduction, Point operations, Histogram modeling, spatialoperations,

Transform operations

UNIT 3

IMAGE RESTORATION: Introduction, Image observation models, Inverse & Wiener

filtering,difference between enhancement & restoration Restoration-spatial filtering, Noise

reduction in frequency domain.

UNIT 4

IMAGE COMPRESSION: Introduction, Pixel coding, Predictive coding, Transform coding,Inter-

frame coding.

UNIT 5

IMAGE SEGMENTATION: Introduction, Spatial feature extraction, Transforms features,Edge

detection, Boundary extraction, Segmentation techniques.

Minor Project: submission of 15 pages of MATLAB Program on above.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Digital Image Processing, Rafael C. Conzalez Richard E Woods, 2nd Ed.TMH 2. Pratt “ Digital Image Processing” 4

th Edition, John Wiley(India)

3. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Anil K Jain.

TEC 031 RANDOM SIGNAL THEORY

UNIT 1

THEORY OF PROBABILITY: Axioms of probability: set theory, probability space, conditional,

probability Repeated Trials: Combined experiments, Bernoulli trials, Bernoulli’s Theorem.

UNIT 2

CONCEPT OF RANDOM VARIABLE: Introduction, distribution and density functions,

specificrandom variables, conditional distributions.

FUNCTIONS OF ONE RANDOM VARIABLE: function and distribution of random variable,mean

and variance, moments, characteristic functions.

UNIT 3

TWO RANDOM VARIABLES: Bivariate distributions, one function of two random variables,

two functions of two random variables, joint moments, joint characteristic functions, conditional

distributions Multiple random variables, sequences of random variables

UNIT 4

CONCEPTOF STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Definition, systems with stochastic inputs,

powerspectrum, discrete-time processes.

RANDOM WALKS AND OTHER APPLICATIONS: random walks, Poisson poins and shot

noise,cyclostationary Processes, band-limited processes and sampling theory, deterministic

signals in noise.

SPECTRAL REPRESENTATION AND ESTMATION: factorization and innovations, finite-

ordersystems and state variables, spectral representation of random processes, ergodicity,

spectrum estimation

UNIT 5

MEAN SQUARE ESTIMATION: prediction, filtering and prediction, Kalman filters. Entropy:

Basic concepts, random variables and stochastic processes, MEM.

MARKOV CHAIN: introduction, higher transition probabilities and the Chapman-Kolmogorov

equation, classification of states, stationary distributions and limiting probabilities, transient

states and absorption probabilities, branching processes. Markov processes and Queueing

theory: introduction, Markov processes, queueing theory.

SUGGESTED BOOKS: 1. Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes/A. Papoulis & S. U.

Pillai/4th

ed./TMH

2. Probability, Random Variables & Random Signal Principles/Peyton Z. Peebles,Jr./TMH

TEC 032 OPTICAL NETWORKS

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Optical Networks Characteristics of Optical Fiber (Emphasison

Non Linear Characteristics) , Timing & Synchronization.

UNIT 2

COMPONENTS: Couplers, Isolators & Circulators, Multiplexers & Filters, Optical

Amplifiers,Tunable Lasers, Switches, Wavelength Converters

UNIT 3

NETWORKS: SONET/SDH- Multiplexing, SONET/ SDH Layers, Frame Structure, Frame

Structure,Physical Layer, Elements of a SONET/SDH Infrastructure. ATM - Functions of ATM,

Adaptation Layers, Quality of Service, Flow Control, Signaling and Routing . WDM Network

Elements, Optical Line Terminals, Optical Line Amplifiers, Optical Add/ Drop Multiplexers, Optical

Cross Connects.

UNIT 4

WDM NETWORK DESIGN: Cost Trade-offs, Light path Topology Design, and Routing

andwavelength assignment problems, Dimensioning Wavelength Routing Networks, Network

Survivability Basic Concepts, Protection in SONET/SDH, Protection in IP networks, Optical Layer

Protection, Different Schemes, Interworking between Layers Access Networks, Network

Architecture Overview, Enhanced HFC, FTTC.

UNIT 5

OPTICAL SWITCHING: OTDM, Synchronization, Header Processing, Buffering, Burst

Switching.Deployment Considerations

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Ramaswami, Rajiv &Sivarajan, Kumar N. / “Optical Networks a Practical perspective”/

Morgan Kaufmann Publishers / 2nd Ed. 2. Black, Uyless / “Optical Networks Third Generation Transport Systems”/ Pearson

Educations

TEC 033 ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION: Definition and characteristics, general properties open and closed

loopadaptation.

UNIT 2

ADAPTIVE LINEAR COMBINER: General description, input signal and Weight vectors,desired

response and error performance function, gradient and minimum mean square, alternative

definition of gradient, decorelection of error and input components.

UNIT 3

THEORY OF ADAPTATION WITH STATIONARY SIGNALS: Input correlation matrix, Eigenvalues and

eigenvectors of the correlation matrix, and their geometrical significance. Basic ideas of gradient

search methods, gradient search by newton’s method and method of steepest descent, gradient

component estimation by derivative measurement, effects of gradient noise, on weight vector

solution, excess MSE, time constant and mis-adjustment, performance comparison of Newton

and S.D. methods.

UNIT 4

ADAPTIVE ALGORITHMS: Least mean square algorithm, convergence, learning curve noisein

Weight vector misadjustment and performances of LMS algorithms, sequential regression

algorithm, adaptive recursive LMS algorithm, random search algorithm.

RECURSIVE LEAST SQUARE ALGORITHM: Preliminaries, matrix inversion lemma,exponentially

weighted RLS algorithm, update recursion for the sum of weighted error squares, convergence

analysis of RLS algorithm

UNIT 5

ADAPTIVE FILTER STRUCTURES: Lattice structures, all poles and all zeroes versions,adaptive

lattice predictor. Lattice LMS algorithms, and lattice SER algorithms, adaptive filters with

orthogonal signals, DFT and lattice preprocessors.

ADAPTIVE FILTER APPLICATIONS: (i) Adaptive modeling and systems identification. (ii)Inverse

adaptive modeling, equalization and deconvolution

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. Adaptive Signal Processing, Widrow and Stearns, Pearson Education 2. Adaptive Filter Theory, Simon Haykin, Pearson Education

TEC 034 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION: Embedded systems and its applications, Embedded Operating

system,Design parameters of an embedded system and its significance, design life cycle,

tools introduction, hardware and software partitioning and co-design.

UNIT 2

HARDWARE FUNDAMENTALS FOR THE EMBEDDED DEVELOPERS : Digital circuit

parameters- Open collector outputs Tristate outputs I/O sinking and Sourcing, PLD’s,

Watchdog Timers, Hardware design and development.

CUSTOM SINGLE PURPOSE PROCESSORS: Optimizing program, FSMD, Data path & FSM.

GENERAL PURPOSE PROCESSORS AND ASIP’S (Application Specific Instruction

setProgramming): Software and operation of general purpose processors-Programmers

View Development Environment-ASIPs Microcontrollers-DSP Chips.

UNIT 3

INTRODUCTION TO MICROCONTROLLERS AND MICOPROCESSORS: Embedded

versusexternal memory devices, CISC and RISC processors, Harvard and Von Neumann

Architectures.

RTOS -Tasks, states, Data, Semaphores and shared data, Operating system

services,Message queues, Mailboxes.

UNIT 4

ADVANCED PROCESSOR-(only architectures) 80386, 80486, ARM and DUAL CORE, Core

toDUO, i3, i5, i7 (References)

COMMUNICATION BASICS: Microprocessor Interfacing I/O Addressing, Direct

memoryaccess, Arbitration, multilevel bus architecture, Serial protocols, Parallel

protocols and wireless protocols.

UNIT 5

REAL WORLD INTERFACING: LCD, Stepping Motor, ADC, DAC, LED, Push Buttons, Key

board,Latch Interconnection, PPI.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

a. Embedded System Design-Frank Vahid/Tony Givargis, John Willey@2005. b. Microcontroller (Theory and Applications) Ajay V Deshmukh, Tata McGraw-Hill@2005. c. An Embedded Software Primer-David E.Simon, Pearson Education @ 1999.

REFERENCES: 1. The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded systems-Muhammad Ali Mazidi and

Janice Gillispie. 2. Microcontrollers (Architecture, Implementation & Programming) Kenneth Hintz,

Daniel Tabak, Tata McGraw-Hill@2005. 3. 8051 Microcontrollers & Embedded Systems 2nd Edition-Sampath Kr, Katson

Books2006.


1. INTRODUCTION

Various non-conventional energy resources- Introduction, availability, Classification, relative merits

and demerits.

2. SOLAR CELLS:

Theory of solar cells. solar cell materials, solar cell power plant, limitations.

3.SOLAR THERMAL ENERGY:

Solar radiation flat plate collectors and their materials, applications and performance, focussing of

collectors and their materials, applications and performance; solar thermal power plants, thermal

energy storage for solar heating and cooling, limitations.

2. GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Resources of geothermal energy, thermodynamics of geo-thermal energy Conversion-electrical

conversion, non-electrical conversion, environmental Considerations. 3. MAGNETO-HYDRODYNAMICS (MHD):

Principle of working of MHD Power plant, performance and limitations.

& FUEL CELLS:

Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their working, performance and limitations.

7.

THERMO-ELECTRICAL AND THERMIONIC CONVERSIONS:

a. Principle of working, performance and limitations.

8. WIND ENERGY:

Wind power and its sources, site selection, criterion, momentum theory, classification of rotors,

concentrations and augments, wind characteristics. performance and limitations of energy conversion

systems.

3. BIO-MASS:

Availability of bio-mass and its conversion theory.

3. OCEAN THERMAL ENERGY CONVERSION (OTEC): Availability, theory and working principle, performance and limitations.

4. WAVE AND TIDAL WAVE: Principle of working, performance and limitations. Waste Recycling Plants

References:

1. AndraGabdel, "A Handbook for Engineers and Economists".

A. Mani , "Handbook of Solar radiation Data for India".

2. Peter Auer, "Advances in Energy System and Technology". Vol. 1 & II Edited by

Academic Press.

3. F.R. the MITTRE, "Wind Machines" by Energy Resources and Environmental

Series.

4. Frank Kreith, "Solar Energy Hand Book".

5. N. Chermisinogg and Thomes, C. Regin, "Principles and Application of Solar

Energy".

6. N.G. Calvert, " Wind Power Principles”.

7. W. Palz., P. Chartier and D.O. Hall," Energy from Biomass".

TOE – 02

RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

1. Introduction:

Definition of reliability, types of failures, definition and factors influencing system

effectiveness, various parameters of system effectiveness.

2 Reliability Mathematics :

Definition of probability, laws of probability , conditional probability, Bay's theorem;

various distributions; data collection, recovery of data, data analysis procedures,

empirical reliability calculations.

3. Reliability:

Types of system- series, parallel, series parallel, stand by and complex; development of logic

diagram, methods of reliability evaluation; cut set and tie-set methods, matrix methods

event trees and fault trees methods, reliability evaluation using probability distributions,

Markov method, frequency and duration method.

4. Reliability Improvements: Methods of reliability improvement, component redundancy, system redundancy, types of

redundancies-series, parallel, series - parallel, stand by and hybrid, effect of maintenance.

5. Reliability Testing:

Life testing, requirements, methods, test planning, data reporting system, data reduction and analysis, reliability test standards.

References:

1. R.Billintan& R.N. Allan,"Reliability Evaluation of Engineering and Systems", Plenum Press.

2. K.C. Kapoor & L.R. Lamberson,"Reliability in Engineering and Design", John Wiely and Sons.

3. S.K. Sinha & B.K. Kale,"Life Testing and Reliability Estimation", Wiely Eastern Ltd.

4. M.L. Shooman, "Probabilistic Reliability, An Engineering Approach", McGraw Hill.

5. G.H.Sandler,"System Reliability Engineering", Prentice Hall.

TOE-03

ENVIRONMENT AND ECOLOGY

1. Environment:

Environment and its components, pollution of environment by human activity, kinds of pollution.

Water Quality:

Measure of water quality, water quality standards, water treatment; waste water transport and

treatment, sludge treatment and disposal.

Air Quality:

Sources and effects of air pollution, major air pollutants, air quality control, treatment of emissions,

dispersion of air pollutants.

Solid waste:

Collection of refuse, removal and transport, disposal of refuse.

Noise Pollution:

Effect of noise on human health and its control.

2. Ecology:

Ecology and Ecosystems, concept of ecological imbalances, physical and climate factors, biotic

components, energy and material flows in ecosystems, human influence on ecosystems.

Conservation of Natural Resources: water resources, mineral resources,agricultural and forestry

resources, agriculture soil and need of nutrients, fertilizers and pesticides.

Brief introduction about environmental legislation and environmental audit.

References:


TOE-04

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS) TECHNOLOGY AND ITS APPLICATIONS:

UNIT – 1

Definition of GIS, Cartography and GIS, GIS database: spatial and attribute date; Spatial

models: Semantics, spatial information, temporal information, conceptual models of spatial

information, representation of geographic information: point, line and area futures, top logy,

UNIT - 2

Raster and vector data, raster to vector data conversion, map projection, analytical transformation,

rubber sheet transformation, manual digitizing and semi-automatic line following digitizer; Remote

sensing data as an input to GIS data;

UNIT - 3

Attribute database: scale and source of inaccuracy; GIS functionality; data storage and data retrieval

through query, generalization, classification, containment search within a spatial region;

UNIT - 4

Overlay: arithmetical, logical and conditional overlay, buffers, inter visibility, aggregation; Network

analysis;

UNIT - 5

Applications of GIS in planning and management of utility lines and in the filed of environmental

engineering, geotechnical engineering, transportation engineering and water resources engineering.

References:

1 Geographic Information Systems: A Management Perspective, by Stan Arnoff, WDL

Publications.

2 Fundamentals of Spatial Information Systems by Robert laurini and Derek Thompson,

Academic Press.

3 Geographical Information Systems, Vo. I and II edited by Paul Longely, M.F.

Goodchild, et.al, Jhon Wiley and Sons, Inc. 1999.


Entrepreneur-definition. Growth of small scale industries in developing countries and their positions

vis-a-vis large industries; role of small scale industries in the national economy; characteristics and

types of small scale industries; demand based and resources based ancillaries and sub-control type.

Government policy for small scale industry; stages in starting a small scale industry.

Project identification- assessment of viability, formulation, Evaluation, financing, field-study and

collection of information, preparation of project report, demand analysis, material balance and

output methods, benefit cost analysis, discounted cash flow, internal rate of retum and net present

value methods.

Accountancy- Preparation of balance sheets and assessment of economic viability, decision making,

expected costs, planning and production control. quality control. marketing, industrial relations. sales

and purchases, advertisement, wages and incentive, inventory control, preparation of financial

reports, accounts and stores studies.

Project Planning and control:

The financial functions, cost of capital approach in project planning and control. Economic evaluation,

risk analysis, capital expenditures, policies and practices in public enterprises. profit planning and

programming, planning cash flow, capital expenditure and operations. control of financial flows,

control and communication.

Laws concerning entrepreneur viz, partnership laws, business ownership, sales and income taxes and

workman compensation act.

Role of various national and state agencies which render assistance to small scale industries. Reference:



UNIT – 1

Main features of Indian Culture

3. The orient list view 4. The nationalist view 3. The Marxist view 4. Analysis and formulations


4. Indian Civilization 5. Vedic culture 6. Tribal and flok culture 7. Foreign elements

UNIT - 2

Impact of integrating, disintegrating and proliferating forces of History.

3. Eras of political unification 4. Foreign invasions 5. Regional conflicts 6. Religious movements 7. Trade and Dissemination

UNIT - 3

Ideas and Institution

5. Political 6. Social 7. Economic 8. Religious

UNIT - 4

Achievements in Arts, Science and Technology

(a) Literature (b) Art and Architecture (c) Music and Dance (d) Astronomy and Mathematics

UNIT - 5

Values and disvalues

a. Humanism and spiritualism

b. Ashinsa c. Altmism e. Unsociability f. Religious suicide and superstition g. Degradation of women and prostitution.

References:

1. Ghose Aurobindo, Foundations of Indian culture.

2. Pande, G.C., Foundations of Indian culture, 2 Vols.

3. Coomarswami, dance of Siva

4. Thapar Ramila, Ancient Indian Social History

5. R.s. Sharma, (ed.), Indian Society Historical Probing, People’s Publishing House, New Delhi, 1977.

6. Kossambi, Introduction to Indian History.

7. Altekar, A.S., State and Government in Ancient India.

8. Altekar, A.S., Position of Women in Hindu Civilization

9. Prakash, Om, conceptualization and History.

10. Bartam, A.I., Wonder that was India.

TOE 07 HUMAN VALUES

Introduction

1. Nature of value crisis in the contemporary Indian society and the larger human community.

2. Meaning and nature of values; holistic view of life and its value.

3. Conceptualizing ‘good’ life and its value dimensions.

Unit-I : Material and Societal value


2. Role of Science and technology; problems of material development.

3. Socio-political ideologies for promoting material wellbeing

4. Conceptualizing ‘good’ society and ‘social goods’

5. Justice as a societal value.

6. Democracy and rule of law.

7. Values in the Indian Constitution.

8. Gandhian concepts of good society; gram swaraj, sarvodaya, antyodaya

Unit-II : Psychological and Aesthetic Values

1. Humanistic psychology; meaning of ‘personhood’ 2. Mental health

3. Psycho-spiritual Indian concepts.

4. Areas and nature of aesthetic experiences.

5. Nature of beauty; aesthetic sensibilities.

Unit-III : Ethical and Spiritual Values

1. Bases for moral judgments : customary morality, religious morality, reflective morality.

2. Some principles of ethics; ethical canons and their significance in modern life.

3. Virtue ethics; personal virtues for the modern times.

4. Ethics of duty and ethics of responsibility.

5. Factors to be considered in making ethical judgements: motives, means and consequences.

6. Spirituality and spiritual values : spiritual wisdom of the Upanishads; Buddha’s view.

7. Science, materialism and spirituality.

8. Spirituality in the modern times.

Unit-IV : Human Values

1. Different meaning of human values : foundational human values – freedom, creativity, love and

wisdom.

2. Nature of Human freedom; individual freedom, intellectual freedom, freedom of will, spiritual

freedom.

3. Creativity : its meaning and nature; different kinds of creativity.

4. Creative problem solving.

5. Creative personality, creative environment.

6. Love as a foundational human value; different kinds of love.

7. Human wisdom; characteristics of a wise person.

8. Concepts & Principles of interdependence.

Unit-V : Work Ethics and Professional Ethics

1. Different attitudes to work.

2. Demands of work-ethics, ethics at work place.

3. ‘Good’ organization and its values.

4. What is a profession?

5. Professional ethos and code of professional ethics.

6. IEEE Code of professional ethics.

7. Problems in practising the code.

8. Case studies.

Text Books &References :

1. Human Values By : Prof. A.N. Tripathi

New Age International.

2. 7 Habits of Highly By :Dr. Stephen R. Covey

Effective People Harper Publications.

3. Wisdom Leadership By : Prof. S.K. Chakraborthy

TOE-08

QUALITY SYSTEM & MANAGEMENT

1. Introduction:

Definition, need of quality systems, role of quality standards, stages of quality assurance systems.

quality charts, control charts for variables and attributes, acceptance sampling.

2. Quality Systems:

Overall responsibility for progress of quality systems. quality manuals, procedures and role of


improvement. ISO 9000 quality systems, British Standards BS5750/ISO 9000 origin of standards, requirements,

issues associated with implementation. Registration and accredition in quality system-certification, approval, registration of leading

accessors.

References:

1. Mohamod Isiri, " Total Quality Management for Engineers".

2. Juran, J., " Quality Planning and Analysis, Mc-Graw Hill.

3. James R. Evans,& J.W. Dean," Total Quality-management, Organisation and Strategy,"

Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., Singapore.

TOE – 09

CONDITION MONITORING & DIAGNOSTICS

Unit-I

Productivity, Quality circle in Maintenance, Reliability, Reliability assurance, Maintainability vs. Reliability. Failure analysis, Equipment downtime analysis, breakdown analysis.

Unit-II

Maintenance type, Breakdown maintenance, Corrective maintenance, Opportunity maintenance, Routine maintenance, Preventive and predictive maintenance, Condition based maintenance systems, Design-out maintenance.

Unit-III

Equipment health monitoring, Signals, Online & off-line monitoring, Visual & temp. Monitoring, Leakage monitoring, Lubricant monitoring.

Unit-IV

Ferrography, Spectroscopy, Crack monitoring, Corrosion monitoring, thickness monitoring. Noise/sound monitoring, Smell/Odour monitoring, Thermography.

Unit-V

Virbration-characteristics, Vibration monitoring-causes, identification, measurement of machine vibration.

C.M.of lubes and hydraulic systems, C.M. of pipe lines, Selection of C.M. techniques Advantages.

TOE – 10

VALUE ENGINEERING

An Overview

Definition, value engineering recommendations, programmes, advantages.

Approach of function

Evaluation of function, determining function, classifying function, evaluation of costs, evaluation of

worth, determining worth, evaluation of value. VE Job Plan

Introduction, orientation, information phase, speculation phase, analysis phase.

Selection of Evaluation of VE Projects

Projects selection, Methods selection, value standards, application of VE methodology. Versatility of VE

VE operation in maintenance and repaair activities, value engineering in non hardware projects. Initiating A VE Programme

Introduction, traning plan, career development for VE specialities.

Fast Diagramming

Cost models, life cycle costs.

VE level of Effort

VE team, Co-ordinator, designer, different services, definitions, constuction management contracts,

value engineering case studies.

References:

1. Tufty Herald, G., “Compendium on Value Engineering” The Indo American Society, First

Edition, 1983.

2. Miles, L.D., “Techniques of Value Engineering and Analysis:, McGraw Hill second Edition,

1972. 3. Khanna, O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1993.

TOE-11

NANOTECHNOLOGY

A. Introduction to Physics of Solid State:

1. Structure:Size dependence of properties; crystal structures, face centered

cubicnanoparlicles; Tetrehedrally bounded semiconductor structures; lattice vibrations.

2. Energy bounds: Insulators, semiconductor and conductors; Reciprocal space;Energy bounds

and gaps of semiconductors; effective masses; Fermi Surfaces.

3. Localized Particles: Acceptors and deep taps; mobility; Eacitons.

B. Methods of Measuring Properties:

1. Structure :Atomic Structures; Crystallography; Particle size determination, surface

structure.

2. Microscopy : Transmission electron Microscopy; field ion microscopy Scanning

Microscopy. 3. spectroscopy: Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy; Photoemission and X-ray Spectroscopy; Magnetic resonance, optical and vibrational Spectroscopy,

C. Properties of Individual Nano particles

1. Metal Nano clusters: Magic Numbers; Theoretical Modelling of Nanopracicles; Geometric

Structure; Electronic Structure; Reactivity; Fluctuations Magnetic Clusters; Bulle to Nano

structure.

2. Semi conducting Nanoparticles: Optical Properties; Photofragmentation; Coulmbic

Explosion.

3. Rare Gas & Molecular Clusters: Inert Gas Clusters; Superfluid Clusters molecular clusters. 4. Method of Synthesis: RF Plasma; Chemical methods; thermolysis; pulsed laser methods.

D. Carbon Nanoparticles:

1. Carbon Molecule: Nature of carbon bond; New carbon structures.

2. Carbon Clusters: Small carbon clusters; Discovery ofc60; Strictures ofc60, Alkalidoped c60;

superconductivity in c60; Large and smaller fullerenes; other buckyballs.

3. Carbon Nano tubes: Fabrication; structure, Electrical Properties; Vibrationalproperties,

Mechanical Properties.

4. Applrs: Field emission & Shielding; Computers; Fuel cells, chemicals sensors;catalysis,

Mechanical reinforcement.

E. Balle Nanostructured materials:

1. Solid Disordered Nanostructure.

2. Nanostructured Crystals F. Nanostructured Ferromagnetism


Nanomagnets; Nanopore containment of magnetic particles, Nanocarbon Ferromagnets,

Giant &clossal magnetoresistance; Ferrofluids. G. Quantum Wells, Wires and Dots

Preparation of Quantum Nanostructure; Size and Dimensionality effect, Fermigas;

Potential wells; Partial confinement; Excitons; Single electron Tunneling, Infrared

detectors; Quantum dot laser Superconductivity. H. Nano-machines & Nano-device

Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) Nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS),

Fabrication, Nanodevices and Nanomachines. Molecular &Supermolecular switches Applications areas of Nanotechnology in

Engineering . Books

1. Introduction to Nanotechnology – C.P.Poole Jr F.J. Owens

2. Introduction to S.S. Physics - (7th Edn.) Wiley 1996.

3. Microcluster Physics – S. Sugano & H. KoizuoniSpringor 1998

4. Handboole of Nanostructured Materials & Nanotechnology vol.-5. Academic Press

2000

TOE 12

SOLAR ENERGY

UNIT-1

Introduction, Energy alternative, Devices for thermal collection and storage, on, Solar radiation geometry, Empirical equations for prediction the availability of solar radiation, Solar radiation on tilted surfaces. UNIT-2

Liquid flat- Plate Collectors: General performance analysis, Transmissivity-absorptivity product and

overall loss coefficient and heat trasfer correlations, Collector efficiency factor, Numericals,

Analysis of collectors similar to the conventional collector. Testing procedures, Alternatives to the

conventional collector, Numericals. UNIT-3

Solar Air Heaters: Performance analysis of a conventional air heater, Other types of air heaters. Concentrating Collectors: Flat plate collectors with plane reflectors, Cylindrical parabolic collector,

Compound parabolic dish collector ,Central receiver collector, Numericals. UNIT-4

Thermal energy storage: Sensible heat storage, Latent heat Storage, Thermo-chemical storage.

Solar distillation: Introduction, working principal of solar distillation, Thermal efficiency of distiller



Overall heat Evaluation of distillation output, Passive solar stills, Conventional solar still, Basin

construction, Thermal analysis of conventional solar still. UNIT-5

Photovoltaic Systems: Introduction doping Fermi level, P-N junction characteristics, Photovoltaic

effect, Photovoltaic material, Module, Cell temperature, Numericals.

Economic analysis: Introduction, cost analysis.

BOOKS: 1. Solar Energy: Thermal Processes, by Duffie John A, and Beckman W.A, john Wiley and Sons. 2. Solar Energy, by S.P Sukhatme, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 3. Treatise on Solar Energy, by H.P Garg, john Wiley and Sons.

TOE-13

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Unit-I

Scope and Importance of Human Resource management, Historical background of Evolution of

HRM and HRD in 20th century, Outlining the contemporary role for HRM in organization. Goals of

HRM. (Why behavioural approach?)

Unit-II

Manpower as a resource in job related behaviour and individual motivation in a work setting.

Various theories of human motivation, Maslow’ s hierarchy of needs. Needs for achievement,

power and affiliation, other theories, group

Unit-III

Manpower planning and recruitment, Testing procedures and their limitations. Reservations in jobs, pre

induction training.

Unit-IV

Wage and salary administration-pay roll and compensation. Job analysis and job specification, other pay plans,

employment contracts, special compensation plans for example personnel, effect of Financial rewards on

individuals performance. Goal setting and performance evaluation, promotion policy, employee

satisfaction, turnover.

Unit-V

Assessment of training needs, forces promoting investment in HRD, Human resource



assignment, Sponsored courses cost benefit exercise. Importance of unions, industrial petitions and conflict analysis and resolution . Relevant labour laws.

TOE-14

ADVANCED MATERIAL SCIENCE

UNIT I

Introduction

Solid Solution

Properties of solid solutions and alloys, types binary alloys, Thermal Equilibrium Diagrams, Cooling

curves, Eutectic and peritectic alloys, Intermetallic compounds. Heat Treatment

Heat treatment principles and processes for Ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys, Effect on

structures and Properties. Fatigue & Creep

Fatigue loading, Mechanisms of fatigue, fatigue curve, Fatigue tests. Design criteria in fatigue,

Corrosion fatigue.

UNIT II

Corrosion and its prevention

Mechanism of corrosion, Chemical Corrosion, Electro chemical corrosion, Anodic and Cathodic

protection, Forms of metallic coatings. Anodising, Phosphasting.

UNIT III

Selection of materials for hazardous/ saline environment

Selection of materials of saline/ hazardous environment - Boilers,Steam and Gas turbine and Diesel engine components, Pumping, Machinery, Piping, Engine

seating, Propellers and Rudders, Composition strength value and other requirements for materials

used. Material Standards.

UNIT IV

Electrical and Electronics materials

Science and engineering of electrical and electronics materials such as semi-

conductor, super conductor, its devices and applications.

TOE-15

INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION

Unit-1

1. Basic Measurement principles & Source of Errors.

2. Units of pressure and vacuum, different type of manometer, diaphragm gauges, bellows and force balance type sensors, boudern gauge, and piezoelectric,

capacitive and inductive pressure pickups.

Vacuum pressure measurements: McLeod gauge, pirani gauge, thermocouple gauge, Knudsen gauge ionization calibration procedures,

Unit-2

3. Temperature Measurements: Standards and calibration, Thermal expansion methods, bimetallic thermometer, Liquid-in-gas (thermocouples) common thermocouples, Resistance thermometers, Bulk semiconductor sensors, Radiation

thermometers, automatic null balance radiation thermometers. Optical parameters, Case studies of temperature controllers. Unit- 3

4. Differential pressure flow meters: Bernoulli’s theorem, pitut tube orifice, vanturi, and flow nozzle. Hot wire and hot film anemometers, constant pressure drop, varial area meters (rotameter), Turbine meters. Electromagnetic flow meters, Ultrasonic flow meter. Measurement of level. Flot type gauge, purge method, differential pressure method, conductive and capacitive method, and

electromechanical method, use of radio scope for level measurement.

Unit-4

5. Measurement of weight: Load cell method, strain gauge, LVDT, piezoelectric, pneumatic and hydraulic load cell, null balance method.

6. Density, Viscosity , pH and conductivity measurement.

Unit-5

7. Measurement of moisture: Thermal dying method, Distillation Method, Chemical reaction Method, Electrical Method

8. Recorders: Graphic Recorders , Strip Chart Recorders , Circular-chart –recorders, Multipoint

Recorders and X-Y Recorders.

Text Books: --

1. Doeblin / Measurements systems: Application and Design, 4th edition / Tata Mc Graw Hill.

2. S.K Singh,/ Industrial instrumentation and control/TMH 2nd edition

3. Eckman/Industrial Instrumentation / Wiley Eastern Ltd.

Reference Books: -

4. Beckwith & Beck /Mechanical Measurements / NaronaPublishers,1988

5. Nakara/Instrumentation: measurements & Analysis/ Tata Mc Graw Hill.

6. Douglas, D.Considine / Handbook of Instrumentation Measurement and Control Mc Graw Hill.

TOE-16

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

Unit -1

1. Introduction: Specifications of bio-medical instrumentation system, Man-Instrumentation

system Components, Problems encountered in measuring a living system. Basics of

Anatomy and Physiology of the body.

2. Bioelectric potentials: Resting and action potentials, propagation of action potential, The

Physiological potentials – ECG, EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and Evoked responses.

3. Electrodes and Transducers: Electrode theory, Biopotential Electrodes – Surface electrodes,


Unit-2 4.

Cardiovascular Measurements: Electrocardiography –ECG amplifiers, Electrodes and Leads, ECG

recorders –Single channel, Three channel, Vector Cardiographs, ECG System for Stresses testing,

Holter recording, Blood pressure measurement, Heart sound measurement. Pacemakers and

Defibrillators.

Patient Care & Monitoring: Elements of intensive care monitoring, displays,diognosis, Calibration & Reparability of patient monitoring equipment.

Unit-3

Respiratory system Measurements: Physiology of Respiratory system.Measurement of breathing mechanism – Spirometer. Respiratory Therapy equipments: Inhalators, Ventilators &Respirators, Humidifiers, and Nebulizers & Aspirators. Nervous System Measurements: Physiology of nervous system, NeuronalCommunication, Neuronal firing measurements.

Unit-4

Ophthalmology Instruments: Electroretinogram, Electro-oculogram,

Ophthalmoscope, Tonometer for eye pressure measurement.

Diagnostic techniques: Ultrasonic diagnosis, Eco-cardiography, Eco-

encephalography, Ophthalmic scans, X-ray &Radio-isotope diagnosis and

therapy, CAT-Scan, Emission computerized tomography, MRI.

Unit-5

Bio-telemetry: The components of a Bio-telemetry system, Implantable units,

Telemetry for ECG measurements during exercise, for Emergency patient monitoring. Prosthetic Devices and Therapies: Hearing Aides, Myoelectric Arm, Dia-thermy,

Laser applications in medicine.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Khandpur R.S.- Biomedical Instrumentation- TMH

2. Venkata Ram,S.K.-Bio-Medical Electronics&Instrumentation (Revised)- Galgotia.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Cromwell- Book of Medical Instruments-2005-New Age International Biomedical

2. Instrumentation andCarr&Brown –Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology – Pearson

3. Measurements- Pandey & Kumar-Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation. – Kataria PHI

4. Webster,j.g. –Bio Instrumentation Wiley (2004)

TOE-17

FUNDAMENTALS OF CODING THEORY

Unit-I Purpose of encoding, separable binary codes, Shannon-fano encoding, noiseless coding. Shannon

binary encoding, Huffman encoding, discrete coding in presence of noise. Unit-II

Error detecting and error correcting codes, Hamming single error correcting code, Elias's

iteration technique for coding. Unit-III

Block codes, encoders and decoders for block codes, syndrome and syndrome decoding. Unit-IV

Cyclic codes. Encoders and decoders for cyclic code, Golay code, BCH code, Reed soloman

code. Unit-V

Convolution coding, code generation, decoding of convolution code, sequential decoding,

state and trellis diagram.

Text Book:

1. F. M. Reza, "An introduction to Information theory", Dover Publication Inc. 2. H. Taub and D. L. Schilling, "Principles of communication system" TMH 2nd Ed.

TOE-18

CONSUMER ELECTRONICS

UNIT 1

Audio Systems: Microphones, Loudspeakers, Speaker baffle and enclosure,

Acoustics, Mono, Stereo, Quad, Amplifying Systems, Equalisers and Mixers,

Electronic

Music Synthesisers, Commercial Sound, Theater Sound System

UNIT 2

Video Systems and Displays: Monochrome TV, Colour TV standards and systems,

TFT, Plasma, HDTV, Digital TV, Video Telephone and Video Conferencing

UNIT 3

Domestic Appliances: Washing machines, Microwave ovens, Air- conditioners and

Refrigerators, In car computers

Office Systems: FAX, Xerox, Telephone Switching System, Mobile Radio System

UNIT 4

Recording and Reproduction Systems: Disc recording and reproduction, Magnetic

recording and reproduction, Video tape recording and reproduction, Video disc

recording and play back, Distortion and Noise reduction in Audio and Video System

UNIT 5

Power Supplies and other systems: SMPS, UPS and Preventive Maintenance, Set

Text Books:

1. Consumer Electronics S P Bali Pearson ed 2005

TOE-19 WIRELESS & MOBILE COMMUNICATION

UNIT I

EVOLUTION OF MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION FUNDAMENTALS. Large scale pathloss: propagation

models, reflection, diffraction, scattering, practical link budget design using path loss model. Small scale

fading & multipath propagation and measurements, impulse response model and parameters of

multipath channels, types of fading, theory of multi-path shape factor for fading wireless channels

UNIT II

SPREAD SPECTRUM MODULATION TECHNIQUES: Pseudo-noise sequence, direct sequence

spreadspectrum (DS-SS), frequency hopped spread spectrum(FHSS),performance of DS-SS, performance

of FH-

SS, modulation

performance in fading and multipath channels, fundamentals of equalization,

equalizer in communication receiver, survey of equalization techniques,

linear equalizer, linear equalizer, non-linear equalization, diversity

techniques, RAKE receiver.

UNIT III

INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE COMMUNICATION: Evolution of mobile communications, mobile

radiosystems- Examples, trends in cellular radio and personal communications.

Cellular Concept: Frequency reuse, channel assignment, hand off, Interference and systemcapacity,

tracking and grade of service, Improving Coverage and capacity in Cellular systems.

UNIT IV

of Speech Coders for Mobile Communication, GSM Codec, RS codes for CDPD. Multiple

AccessTechniques:

FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, SDMA, Capacity of Cellular CDMA and SDMA.

UNIT V

WIRELESS SYSTEMS AND STANDARDS: Second Generation and Third Generation Wireless

Networksand Standards, WLL, Blue tooth. AMPS, GSM, IS-95 and DECT

TEXT BOOK

1. T.S.Rappaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, Second Edition, Pearson

Education/ Prentice Hall of India, Third Indian Reprint 2003.

REFERENCES

1. R. Blake, “ Wireless Communication Technology”, Thomson Delmar, 2003

2. W.C.Y.Lee, "Mobile Communications Engineering: Theory and applications, Second Edition,

McGraw-Hill International, 1998.

3. Stephen G. Wilson, “ Digital Modulation and Coding”, Pearson Education, 2003.

TOE- 20

HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

Unit –I

User centered design of system & interfaces, anatomy and rational of WIMP

(Window, Icon, Menus & Pointing Devices ) interfaces.

Dialogue design, Presentation design, user documentation, evaluation / usability

testing of user interface. Unit –III

Ergonomics and Cognitive issues, hypertext and the World Wide Web.1

Unit –IV

User centered design, human factors in user-centered design, development &

evaluation, Interactive design –rapid prototyping. Unit –V

Designing for usability –effectiveness, learnability, flexibility, attitude and usability

goals, criteria for acceptability. References:

1. SudifteAG , “Human Computer Interface Design” , 2nd ed, Macmillan ,1995

2. Sheiderman B Desiging the user interface, “Strategies for Effective

Human Computer Interaction”, 2nd ed. Addison Wesley, 1992

TOE –21

IT IN BUSINESS

Unit - I

Business Drivers IT’s Competitive Potential

Strategic Alignment

Strategic Management and Competitive Strategy

UNIT – II

Rethinking Business Through IT Developing a Competitive Strategy

Interorganization Information Systems Business-To-Business Systems

Electronic Commerce and Market Systems

Unit - III

Forming a Corporate IT Strategy

Developing an Information Architecture

Unit - IV

Incorporating Business Innovation Into the Corporate IT Strategy The

Changing Role of IT In International business The Changing Global IT

Practices

Unit - V

Changing the Focus of Strategy

Trends: Beyond 2000

References:

1. Callon, Jack D., “Competitive Advantage Through Information

Technology”, McGraw - Hill, 1996 [CALL]

2. Tapscott, Don, “The Digital Economy”, McGraw-Hill, 1996. [DIGI]

TOE –22

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE IN MANUFACTURING

UNIT I

Artificial Intelligence - Definition - Components - Scope - Application Areas;

Knowledge - Based Systems (Expert Systems) - Definition - Justification - Structure –

Characterization

UNIT II

Knowledge Sources - Expert - Knowledge Acquisition - Knowledge Representation -

Knowledge Base - Interference Strategies - Forward and Backward Chaining

UNIT III

Expert System Languages - ES Building Tools or Shells; Typical examples of Shells.

Expert System software for manufacturing applications in CAD, CAPP, MRP , Adaptive

control,

UNIT IV

Robotics, Process control, Fault diagnosis, Failure Analysis; Process Selection, GT etc.

Linking expert systems to other software such as DBMS, MIS, MDB.

UNIT V

Process control and Office automation. Case studies of typical applications in tool

selection, Process selection, Part classification, inventory control, Process Planning etc.

References

1. Artificial Intelligent Hand book, Jhon & Andrew Kusiak.

2. Artificial Intelligent, T. Barnold.

3. Introduction to Artificial Manufacturing Export system, Dan.W. Patterson

TOE 23

HEALTH, HOSPITAL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

UNIT - I HEALTH SYSTEM

Health organisation of the country, the state, the cities and the region, Health Financing System,

Organisation of Technical Section.

UNIT- II HOSPITAL ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

Management of Hospital organisation, Nursing section Medical Sector, Central Services, Technical

Department, Definition and Practice of Management by Objective, Transaction Analysis Human

relation in Hospital, Importance to Team Work, Legal aspect in Hospital Management.

UNIT III REGULATORY REQUIREMENT AND HEALTH CARE CODES

FDA Regulation, joint commission of Accreditation for Hospitals, National Fire Protection Association

Standard, IRPC.

UNIT IV

EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT

Organizing Maintenance Operations, Paper Work Control, Maintenance Job, Planning Maintenance

Work Measurement and Standards, Preventive Maintenance, Maintenance Budgeting and

Forecasting, Maintenance Training, Contract Mainframe.

UNIT V

TRAINED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

Function of Clinical Engineer, Role to be performed in Hospital, Man power Market, Professional Registration, Structure in hospital.

REFERENCES BOOKS

1. Cesar A. Caceres and Albert Zara, The practice of Clinical

Engineering, Academic Press, 1977.

2. Webster, J.G. and Albert M. Cook, Clinical Engineering Principles and

Practices, Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, 1979.

3. Anatomy Kelly, Maintenance planning and control, Butterworths London, 1984.

4. Hans Pfeiff, Vera Dammann (Ed.) Hospital Engineering in

Developing Countries, Z report Eschborn, 1986.

5. Jacob Kline, Handbook of Bio Medical Engineering, Academic Press, San

Diego 1988.

6. R.C. Goyal, Handbook of Hospital Personal Management, Prentice Hall of

India, 1993.

TOE 24

INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL PHYSICS

UNIT - I

ATOMIC


emission of light and its frequencies. Electromagnetic spectra.

Principles of Nuclear Physics — Natural radioactivity, Decay series, type ofradiation and

their applications, artificially produced isotopes and its application, accelerator principles;

Radionuclides used in Medicine and technology.

UNIT - II

INTERACTION WITH LIVING CELLS

Target theory, single hit and multi target theory, cellular effects of radiation, DNA damage,


UNIT - III

SOMATIC EFFECT OF RADIATION

Radio sensitivity protocol of different tissues in human, LD 50/30 effect of radiation on

skin, blood forming organs, lenses of eye, embryo and Endocrinal glands.

UNIT - IV

GENETIC EFFECT OF RADIATION

Threshold of linear dose effect, relationship, factors affecting frequency of radiation

induced mutation, Gene controlled hereditary disease, biological effect of microwave and

RF wave. Variation in dielectric constant and specific conductivity of tissues. Penetration

and propagation of signals effects in various vital organs, Protection standards.

UNIT - V

PHOTO MEDICINE

Synthesis of Vitamin D in early and late cataneous effects, Phototherapy, Photo

hemotherapy, exposure level, hazards and maximum permissible exposure. LASER

PHYSICS — Characteristics of Laser radiation, Laser speckle, biologicaleffects, laser safety

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Moselly, Non lonisingRadiation Adam HilgarBrustol 1988.

2. Branski. S and Cherski. P ‘Biological Effects of Microwave’ -Hutchinson & ROSS

Inc.

TOE - 25

MODERN CONTROL SYSTEM

1. Design of Control System in State Space:

Review of controllability and observability, controller design by pole placement,

Ackermann's formula, design of full order and minimum order state observers,

steady state error design via integral control.

2. Robust Control Systems:

Robust control. Quadratic Performance Index, state regulator and output regulator

problems. control configurations, state regulator design through the Lyapunov equation,

optimal state regulator through the matrix Riccati equation, model reference control.

3. Optimal Control:

Basic mathematical concepts, conditions for optimality, variational calculas approach,

Pontryagin's maximum principle and Hamilton Jacobi-Bellman theory, structures and

properties of optimal systems.

4. Variable Structure System:

Concept of variable structure system (VSS), switching of structure in sliding region, VSS for

control of second order system, applications of VSS in power system.

References:

1. K. Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall of India.

2. M. Gopal, "Modern Control System", Wiley Eastern.

3. B.D.O. Anderson and IB. Moore, " Optimal Control System: Linear

Quadratic Methods", Prenctice Hall International.

4. U. Itkis, "Control System of Variable Structure", John Wiley and Sons.

5. H. Kwakemaok and R. Sivan, "Linear Optimal Control System", Wiley Interscience.

TOE 26

MECHATRONICS

1. Mechatronics and its scope:

Sensors and transducers- Displacement, position & proximity, velocity, force, pressure and level.

Signal conditioning amplification, filtering & data acquisition.

2. Pneumatic and Hydraulic actuation systems:

Directional control valves, pressure control valves and cylinders. process control valves. Mechanical actuation system-kinematic chains, cams, geartrains. Ratchet & Pawl, dampers, bearings. Electrical actuation system. Mechanical switches- solenoid operated solid state switches, DC, AC & stepper motors.

Building blocks of Mechanical spring, mass and damper. Drives- Electrical Drives, Fluid systems, hydraulic, servo, closedloop controllers.

3. Elements of Microprocessors & Microcontrollers, Programmable logic controllers & Communication interface.

4. Case Studies of Mechatronic Systems:

Industrial Robot and its control

Electromechanical disc-control.

5. Vehicle suspension Control:


References:

1. Rolf Isennann, " Mechatronics Systems", Springer, 2005.

2. W. Bolten, "Mechatronics", Pearson Education 2003.

3. HMT Ltd, "Mechatronics:, Tata McGraw Hill 1998.

TOE 27

SCADA & ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

1. SCADA:

Purpose and necessity, general structure, data acquisition, transmission & monitoring. general

power system hierachial Structure.

Overview of the methods of data acquisition systems, commonly acquired data, transducers, RTUs, data

concentrators, various communication channels- cables, telephone lines, power line carrier, microwaves,


2. Supervisory and Control Functions:

Data acquisitions, status indications, majored values, energy values, monitoring alarm and event

application processing. Control Function: ON/ OFF control of lines, transformers, capacitors and

applications in process in industry - valve, opening, closing etc.

Regulatory functions: Set points and feed back loops, time tagged data,


3. MAN- Machine Communication:

Operator consoles and VDUs, displays, operator dialogues, alarm and event loggers, mimic diagrams,

report and printing facilities.

4. Data basis- SCADA, EMS and network data basis.

SCADA system structure - local system, communication system and central system. Configuration-

NON-redundant- single processor, redundant dual processor. multicontrolcenters, system

configuration.

Performance considerations: real time operation system requirements,

modularization of software programming languages.

5. Energy Management Center:

Functions performed at a centralized management center, production control and load management

economic dispatch, distributed centers and power pool management.

References:



3. A. J. Wood and B. Woolenberg, "Power Generation Operation and Control", John Wiley & Sons.

4. Sunil S Rao, "Switehgear Protection & Control System" Khanna Publishers 11th Edition.


ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS

ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES




Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) [Electrical & Electronics Engineering]

V Semester

S.

No.

Subject

Code

C

ateg

ory

Subject Name


Total

Mark

s

Contact Hours

per Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assignm

ent

End

Sem

Term

Work

/Lab Work

&

Sessional

L

T

P

1. BEET-501

BEEP-501

DC Electrical Machine-II 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

2. BEET-502

&BEEP501

DC Power System-II 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

3. BEET-503

(A or B or C)

DE Departmental Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

4. BOET-504

(A / B / C / D)

OE Open Elective-I 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

5. BEET-505 DC Electromagnetic Field

theory

100 30 20 - - 150 3 1 0 4

6 BENP-506 IN Evaluation of

Internship-II

completed at II year level

- - - - 100 100 0 0 4 2

7 BENP-507 Open Source Lab 50 50

8 BASP-

507/607

IN Internship -III To be completed any time during Fifth/ Sixth semester. Its


Total 500 150 100 60 190 1000 11 5 19 22

NSS/NCC


BEET 503(A) CAD of Power Apparatus BOET-504(A) Digital Control System

BEET 503(B) Applied Instrumentation BOET-504(B) Communication Engineering

BEET 503(C) Electrical Engineering Material BOET-504(C) Industrial electronics

BOET-504(D) Innovation and Entrepreneurship




Bachelor of Technology (B. Tech.) [Electrical & Electronics Engineering]

VI Semester

S.

No.

Subject

Code

C

ateg

ory

Subject Name


Total

Marks

Contact

Hours

per

Week

Theory Practical

End

Sem

Mid

Sem

Quiz /

Assignm

ent

End

Sem

Team Work /

Lab Work

&Sessional

L

T

P

1. BEET-601 &

BEEP-601

DC Power Electronics 100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

2. BECT-602

& BECP-

602

DC Microprocessor &

Embedded systems

100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

BECT-603 DC Digital Signal Processing

100 30 20 30 20 200 3 1 2 5

3. BEET-604(A or B or C)

DE Departmental Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

4. BOET-605(A

or B or C)

OE Open Elective 100 30 20 - - 150 3 0 0 3

5. BEEP-606 O/E

Lab

Simulation lab/Virtual

Lab

- - - 30 20 50 0 0 4 2

6. BEEP-607 P Minor Project -I - 50 50 0 0 4 2

7 BASP-

507/607

IN Internship - III To be completed anytime during Fifth/Sixth semester. Its


Total 500 150 100 90 160 1000 14 4 14 25


BEET 604(A) FACTS BOET-605(A) Introduction to smart grids

BEET 604(B) Energy Management and SCADA

BOET-605(B) Power Plant Engineering

BEET 604(C) NCER BOET-605(C) Special Electromechanical Systems

UttarakhandTechnicalUniversity B.Tech,Electrical&ElectronicsEngineering(EEE)

Year:4Session:2011-2012

SchemeandEvaluationPattern


No.

Marks

L

T

P

Sessional

External

Exam

CT

TA

Total

Semester:7 th

Theory

1. TEE701

Switch Gear and

Protection 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TEE702 ANN & Fuzzy Logic 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3. TEC701

Optical Fiber

Communication System 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. Elective-1 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

5. Open Elective 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical/Design

1. PEE751 Power System Lab 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

2. PEC751 OFC Lab 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

3. PEE753

Industrial Training

Seminar 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

4. PEE754 Project 0 0 2 0 0 50 50 100

Semester: 8th

Theory


No. Marks

L

T

P

Sessional

External

Exam

CT

TA

Total

1. TEE801 Electric Drives 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TEE802

SCADA & Energy

Management 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3. Elective-2 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. Elective-3 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical/Project

1. PEE851 Electric Drive Lab 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

2. PEE852 Project 0 0 2 0 0 100 200 300

3. DIS850 Discipline 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 50

LISTOFELECTIVE–I

TEE011:UtilizationofElectricalEnergyandTraction

TEE012:DigitalControlSystem

TIC011:FiberOpticsandLaserInstrumentation

TIC012:AnalyticalInstrumentation

LISTOFELECTIVE–II

TEE021:ModernControlSystem

TEE022:Bio-MedicalInstrumentation

TEE023:PowerPlantEngineering

TIC023:SystemDesignUsingMicrocontroller

LISTOFELECTIVE–III

TEE031:PowerQualityImprovementTechniques

TEE032:PowerConverterApplication

TEE033:EHVAC&DCTRANSMISSION

TEC033:AdaptiveSignalProcessing

TEC034:EmbeddedSystems




[List of Open Elective of 7th Semester for B. Tech. Civil/Electrical/Electrical and Electronics/

Mechanical & Allied Courses/ Electronics and Communications & Allied































Note:ThestudentswillchooseanyonesubjectofthecourseofotherthantheirEngineering Branch.


Electrical and Electronic Engineering, V-Semester

Departmental Elective BEET- 503 (A) CAD of power system

Course

Objectives

To introduce computer applications in the analysis of power systems

To understand the solution methods and techniques used in power system

studies Code Course outcome Level

CO1 Recent techniques and computer application for

modeling of practical and large interconnected power system networks using programming languages

L2

CO2 Recent methodologies for simulation and analysis of power system networks like real and reactive power

flows and optimal scheduling.

L5

CO3 Effect of outage of any important component of

power system on the operation and reliability of power systems

L4

CO4 Algorithm required to find out parameters for

monitoring and control of power system in real time

from actual measurement data.

L4

Unit-I

NETWORK MATRICES: Evaluation of Bus Admittandce matrix (YBUS), Bus Impedance matrix

(ZBUS), Branch Impedance matrix (ZBT) and Loop Admittance matrix (ZLOOP) by singular and

nonsinugulartransformation..

Unit-II

SHORT CIRCUIT STUDIES: Formulation of ZBUS for single phase and three phase networks, transformation of network matrices using symmetrical components; short circuit studies using computer. Unit-III

LOAD FLOW STUDIES: Representation of off load and on load tap changing and phase shifting

transformer and dc link, decoupled and fast decoupled methods, sparsity technique, introduction to

load flow of integrated ac/dc/ system. Unit-IV

STSBILITY STUDIES: Network formulation for stability studies for different types of loads ( constantimpedance,constantcurrentandconstantpowerloads),digitalcomputersolutionofswing equation for single and multimachine cases using Runge-Kutta and predictor corrector method, effect of exciter and governor ontransient

References Books:

1. G.W. Stagg and A. H. El-Abiad, ―Computer methods in power system analysis‖, McGraw Hill,

1971. 2. G. L. Kusic, ―Computer aided power system analysis‖, PHI,1986.

3. L.P.Singh, ― Advanced power system analysis and dynamics‖, Wiley Eastern1980.

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula Electrical & Electronic

Engineering, V-Semester Departmental Elective EEE- 503 (B) Applied Instrumentation

Course

Objectives

TomakestudentsunderstandtheIdentification,classification,Thestudentswill

beabletoLearnthemeasurementsystems,errorsofmeasurement,construction,

workingprincipleandapplicationofvarioustransducersusedforDisplacement

measurement, Temperature measurement, Level measurement,and Miscellaneous measurement.

Code Course outcome Level

CO 1 Acquire the knowledge basic sensor characteristics. L3

CO 2 Classify the different types of sensors and actuators L4

CO 3 Apply and solve appropriate mathematical equations

of temperature sensors L3

CO 4 Apply and solve appropriate mathematical equations of pressure sensors

L3

CO 5 Apply and solve appropriate mathematical equations

of level sensors and display devices L3

Unit-I

Introduction to measurement: Definition, application and types of measurement

System Introduction to CRO, Different parts of CRO, Its Block diagram, Electrostatic focusing,

Electrostaticdeflection,postdeflectionacceleration,ScreenforCRTs,Graticule,Vertical&Horizontal

deflection system, Time base circuit, Oscilloscope probes and transducers, Attenuators, Application of

CROs,Lissajouspatterns,SpecialpurposeCROsMultiinput,Dualtrace,Dualbeam,Sampling,Storage

(Analog & Digital)Oscilloscopes.

Unit-II

R, L, C Measurement: Bridges: Measurement of resistance using Measurement of inductance and

capacitancebyA.C.bridges:Maxwell’sbridge,Andersonbridge,Scheringbridge,Hay’sbridge,Wein’s

bridge, Shielding and grounding, Qmeter.

Unit-III

NonElectrical Quantities (Transducer): Classification of Transducers, Strain gauge, Displacement

Transducer Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) and Rotary Variable Differential

Transformer (RVDT), Temperature Transducer Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD), Thermistor,

Thermocouple, Piezoelectric transducer, Photo emissive, Photo conductive, Photo voltaic,

Photodiode, Photo Transistor, Nuclear Radiation Detector.

Unit-IV

Digital instruments: Advantages of digital instruments, Over analog instruments, DA, AD conversion,

Digital voltmeter, Ramp type DVM, Integrating DVM, successive approximation DVM,frequency

meter. Display devices: Digital display system and indicators like CRT, LED, LCD, Nixies, Electro

luminescent, Incandescent, Electrophoretic image display, Liquid vapour display dotmatrix display,

Analogrecorders,XYrecorders.InstrumentsusedincomputercontrolledinstrumentationRS232Cand IEEE

488, GPIB electricinterface.

Unit-V

Signal generator: Function generator, sweep frequency generator, Pulse and square wave generator, Wave Analysers, Harmonic Distortion Analyser, Spectrum Analyser, frequency counter.

References Books:

1. John P. Bentley : Principles of measurement systems, Longman1983 2. Johnson C.D: Process control instrumentation technology, 4/e, PHI,1995

3. D.Patranabis:PrinciplesofIndustrialInstrumentation,TataMcGrawHillPublishingLtd.NewDelhi, 1999

4. Sheingold D. H.: Transducer interfacing hand book – a guide to analog signal conditioning, analog

devices Inc masschusetts,1980.

5. Anderson N A : Instrumentation for process measurement and control :Chilton book company1980.

6. H. S. Kalsi: Electronics Instrumentation,TMH.

7. K. Sawhney: Instrumentation and Measurements, Dhanpat Rai andCo.

8. Helfric and Cooper: Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques;Pearso


BEET 503(C)- Electrical Engineering Materials

Course

Objectives

Understandthequantummechanicsofelectronincrystals.Understandthebasic

electricalandmagneticpropertiesofcrystallinesolidsandamorphousmaterials.

Understand the difference between electronic structuresand physical properties of semiconductors, metals, and dielectrics.


CO1 Illustrate students with a moderate level understanding of the physics behind the crystal structure of material

L3

CO2 Employ the students with the understanding of the physics behind the dielectric materials

L3

CO3 Analyse the students with a thorough understanding of the

electrical properties and characteristics of various

materials, used in electrical appliance

L4

CO4 Analyse the students with a thorough understanding of the

magnetic properties and characteristics of various materials, used in electrical appliance

L4

UNIT-I Conducting Material: Classification and main properties, High resistivity alloy: Constant Mangann,

Nichrome, Electrochemical, properties of copper, Aluminum, steel tungsten, Molybdenum,Platinum,

Tantalum, Niobium, Mercurry, Nickel, Titanum, Carbon, Lead, thermal,

Bitmetals,thermocouple,materials, specific resistance, conductance, variation of resistance with

temperature, super conductors.

Unit-II

Semi-Conductor Materials: General conception, variation of electrical conductivity, Elements having

semiconductor properties, general application, hall effect, energy levels, conduction insemiconductors,

Intrinsic conduction, impurity conduction, P and N type impurities, electrical change,Neutrality, Drift,

Mobility current flow in semiconductors P-N junction formation by alloying, Elasing(forward and

reverse)ofP-njunction,Reverseseparationcurrent,Zenereffect,Junction,capacitance,halldefectsand

hallcoefficient.

Unit-III

Magnetic Materials: Details of magnetic materials, reduction between B.H. and, soft and hard magnetic

materials. Di-magnetic, Para magnetic and Ferromagnetic materials, electrical sheet steel, cast iron.

Permanent magnetic materials. Dynamic and static hysteresis loop. Hysteresis loss, eddycurrent loss,

Magnetisation, magnetic susceptibility, coercive force, core temperature, rectangularhysteresis loop,

Magnet rest square loop core materials, iron silicon, Iron alloys Unit-IV

Insulating Materials: General electrical mechanical and chemical properties of insulating material,

Electrical characteristics volume and surface resistivity complex permitivity loss, anddielectric loss,

equivalent circuits of an imperfect dielectric polarization and polarizability classification of dielectric.

Unit-V

Mechanical Properties: Classification insulating materials on the basis of temperature rise. General

properties of transformer oil, commonly used varnishes, solidifying insulating materials,

resins,bituminous waxes, drying oils, Fibrous insulating materials, wood, paper and cardboard,

insulatingtextiles, varnished adhesive tapes, inorganic fibrous material and other insulating materials,

such asmica, ceramic, bakelite, ebonite, glass, PVC, rubber, other plastic molded materials.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. TTTI Madras; Electrical Engineering Materials;TMH.

2. Electrical Engineering Material s & Devices; John Allison;TMH

3. Materials for Electrical Engineering; B.M. Tareev

4. Anderson; Di-Electrics

5. Kortisky; Electrical Engineering Materials

6. Indulkar and S. Thruvengadem; Electrical Engineering Materials; S.Chand 7. Dekkor AK; Electrical Engineering Materials;PHI


Electrical & Electronics Engineering, V-Semester

Open Elective BOCT- 504 Digital ControlSystem

Course

Objectives

To study the stability analysis of digital control system. To study the canonical

forms of digital control systems. To determine steady stateperformance of Digital control systems.

Codes Course Outcomes Level

CO1 Demonstrate non-linear system behavior by phase plane and describing function methods

L4

CO2 Perform the stability analysis nonlinear systems by

Lyapunov method develop design skills in optimal

control problems

L3

CO3 Derive discrete-time mathematical models in both

time domain (difference equations, state equations) and zdomain (transfer function using z-transform)

L4

CO4 Predict and analyze transient and steady-state

responses and stability and sensitivity of both open-

loop and closed-loop linear, time-invariant, discrete- time control systems

L5

CO5 Acquire knowledge of state space and state feedback

in modern control systems, pole placement, design of state observers and output feedback controllers

L3

UNIT I

Introduction to Discrete Time Control System Basic building blocks of Discrete time Control system,

Sampling Theorem, Z transform and Inverse Z transform for applications for solving differential

equations, Mapping between the S-plane and the Z plane, Impulse sampling and Data Hold.

UNIT II

Pulse Transfer Function and Digital PID Controllers The pulse transfer function, pulse transfer function

of Closed Loop systems, Pulse transfer function of Digital PID controller, Velocity & Position forms of

Digital PID Controller, Realization of Digital Controllers, Deadbeat response and ringing of poles

UNIT III

Design of Discrete Time Control System by conventional methods Stability analysis in Zplane, Jury

stability criterion, bilinear transformations, Design based on the root locus method, Digital Controller

Design using Analytical Design Method.

UNIT IV

State Space Analysis of Discrete Time Control System State space representation of discrete time

systems, Solution of discrete time state space equations, Pulse transfer function matrix, Eigen Values,

Eigen Vectors and Matrix Diagonalization, Discretization of continuous time state space equations,

Similarity transformations.

UNITV

Pole Placement and Observer Design Concept of Controllability and Observability, Useful

transformations in state space analysis and design, Stability improvement by state feedback, Design via

poleplacement,Stateobservers.OptimalControlQuadraticOptimalControlandQuadraticperformance

index, Optimal state regulator through the matrix riccati equations, Steady State Quadratic Optimal

Control.

Reference Books:

1. Discrete Time Control systems by K. Ogata, Prentice Hall, SecondEdition.

2. Digital Control and State Variable Methods by M. Gopal, Tata McGrawHill.

3. B. C. Kuo, Digital Control Systems, Oxford University Press, 2/e,IndianEdition

4. DigitalcontrolofDynamicSystemsbyG.F.Franklin,J.DavidPowell,MichaelWorkman3rdEdition, Addison

Wesley.

5. Digital Control Engineering by M. Gopal, Wiley EasternLtd.

6. Digital Control by Kannan Moudgalya, John Wiley andSons.

7. Digital control systems by Contantine H. Houpis and Gary B. Lamont, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill International.



Open Elective BOET- 504 (B) Communication Engineering

Course

objectives

To familiarize students with the fundamentals of analog and digital

communication systems, to provide students with tools for

communication signal analysis, to familiarize students with various

techniquesforamplitudemodulationanddemodulationofanalogsignals

Codes Course outcomes Level

CO1 The fundamentals of basic communication system,

types of noise affecting communication system and

noise parameters

L 2

CO2 Need of modulation, modulation processes and

different amplitude modulation schemes

L 4

CO3 Different angle modulation schemes with different

generation and detection methods.

L 2

CO 4 Analyze concept of advanced modulation techniques L 4

CO 5 Apply the knowledge of digital communication and

describe the error control codes like block code, cyclic code

L 3

Unit I:

Introduction:OverviewofCommunicationsystem,Communicationchannels,Needformodulation,

Baseband and Passband signals, Amplitude Modulation: Double sideband with Carrier (DSB-C),

Double side band without Carrier DSB-SC, Single Side Band Modulation SSB, Modulators and

Demodulators, Vestigial Side Band (VSB), Quadrature Amplitude Modulator, Radio Transmitter

andReceiver..

Unit II:

AngleModulation,ToneModulatedFMSignal,ArbitraryModulatedFMSignal,BandwidthofFM Signals using Bessel‘s Function, FM Modulators and Demodulators, Approximately Compatible

SSB Systems, Stereophonic FMBroadcasting

Unit III:

PulseModulation,DigitalTransmissionofAnalogSignals:SamplingTheoremanditsapplications, Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM), Pulse Width Modulation, Pulse Position Modulation, Their

generation and Demodulation, Digital Representation of Analog Signals Pulse Code Modulation (PCM), PCM System Issues in digital transmission: Frequency Division Multiplexing Time

Division Multiplexing, T1 Digital System, TDM Hierarchy.

Unit IV:

Differential Pulse Code Modulation, Delta Modulation. Adaptive Delta Modulation, Voice Coders, Sources of Noises, Frequency domain representation of Noise, Super position of Noises, Linear filtering of Noises, Mathematical Representation of Noise.

Unit V:

Noise in Amplitude Modulation: Analysis, Signal to Noise Ratio, Figure of Merit. Noise in Frequency Modulation: Pre-emphasis, De-Emphasis and SNR Improvement, Phase Locked Loops Analog and Digital.

Reference Books:

1. B.P.Lathi, ―Modern Digital and Analog communication Systems‖,3rd Edition, Oxford

UniversityPress.

2. Simon Haykin, ―Communication Systems‖, 4th Edition, WileyIndia.

3. H.P.Hsu& D. Mitra ―Analog and Digital Communications‖, 2nd Edition, TataMcGraw-Hill.



Open Elective BOCT- 504 (C) Industrial Electronics

Course

Objectives

To build on the knowledge gained by studying power electronic modules and systems as well as support electronics for control and automation and their application in various domains.

Codes Course Outcomes Level

CO1 Acquire basic knowledge on the working of various semi-

conductor converters

L 2

CO2 Develop analysis capability in SCR and Circuits L 4

CO3 Develop design competence in signal and power using

SCR family elements

L 2

CO 4 Acquire knowledge on basic power OPAMPS L 3

CO 5 Acquire knowledge on basic PLC and its working L 3

Unit-I

Power supply, rectifiers (half wave, full wave), performance parameters of power supplies, filters

(capacitor,inductor, inductor-capacitor, pi filter), bleeder resistor, voltage multipliers .Regulated power

supplies(seriesandshuntvoltageregulators,fixedandadjustablevoltageregulators,currentregulator),

switched regulator (SMPS), comparison of linear and switched power supply, switch mode converter

(flyback, buck, boost, buk-boost, cukconverters).

Unit-II

Silicon controlled rectifies (SCR), constructional features, principle of operation, SCR terminology,

turn-onmethods, turn-off methods, triggering methods of SCR circuits, types of commutation,

comparisonofthyristorsandtransistors,thermalcharacteristicsofSCR,causesofdamagetoSCR,SCR

overvoltageprotection circuit, Line commutated converters (half wave rectifier withinductive and

resistive load, single phase and three phase full waverectifiers).

Unit-III

Other members of SCR family Triacs, Diacs, Quadracs, recovery characteristics, fast recovery diodes,

powerdiodes,powertransistor,powerMOSFET,Insulatedgatebipolartransistor(IGBT),lossofpower in

semiconductor devices, comparison between power MOSFET, power transistor and power IGBT.

Unit-IV

Applications of OP-AMP Basics of OP-AMP, relaxation oscillator, window comparator, Opcomp as

rectangular to triangular pulse converter and vice- versa, Wien bridge oscillator, function generator,

frequencyresponseofOP-AMP,simplifiedcircuitdiagramofOP-AMP,powersuppliesusingOP-AMP,

filters (low-pass, high pass) usingOP-AMP

Unit-V

Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)Functions, applications, advantages and disadvantages of PLC

over conventional relay controllers, comparison of PLC with process control computer system, factors

to be considered in selecting PLC, functional block diagram of PLC, microprocessor in PLC, memory,

inputandoutputmodules(interfacecards),sequenceofoperationsinaPLC,statusofPLC,eventdriven device,

ladder logic language, simple process control applications of PLC, Programmingexamples..

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bishwanath Paul: Industrial Electronics and control,PHILearning. 2. Rashid: Power Electronics- Circuits, devices and applications, PearsonEducation. 3. Singh and Khanchandani: Power Electronics,TMH

4. Bhimbra: Power Electronics, Khanna Publishers

5. Moorthi: Power Electronics, Oxford University Press.

6. Webb: Programmable Logic Controllers- Principles and Applications, PHILearning.



Electrical & Electronics Engineering, VI-Semester

BOCT- 504 (D) Innovation andEntrepreneurship

Innovations in Entrepreneurship Development

Course

Objectives

To acquaint with the fundamental concept of Entrepreneurship. It deals with

basic theory of startups/businesses. It is important for the student to understand the value of pow Entrepreneurship and its operation.

Code Course outcome

CO1 To describe Types of Entrepreneurs.

CO2 Describe basic operation and Major Motives of an Entrepreneur

CO3 Analyze Market Survey and Research.

CO4 Formulate a Good Business opportunity.

UNIT-1

Entrepreneur – Types of Entrepreneurs – Difference between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur

Entrepreneurship in Economic Growth, Factors Affecting Entrepreneurial Growth.

UNIT-2

MajorMotivesInfluencinganEntrepreneur–AchievementMotivationTraining,SelfRating,Business

Games, Thematic Apperception Test – Stress Management, Entrepreneurship Development Programs

– Need,Objectives.

UNIT-3

Small Enterprises – Definition, Classification – Characteristics, Ownership Structures – Project

Formulation – Steps involved in setting up a Business – identifying, selecting a Good Business

opportunity.

UNIT -4

Market Survey and Research, Techno Economic Feasibility Assessment – Preparation of Preliminary

Project Reports – Project Appraisal – Sources of Information – Classification of Needs and Agencies.

TEXT BOOKS :

Khanka. S.S., ―Entrepreneurial Development‖ S.Chand& Co. Ltd.,Ram Nagar, New Delhi,

2013.

Donald F Kuratko, ― Entreprenuership – Theory, Process and Practice‖, 9th Edition, Cengage

Learning2014.

REFERENCES :

Hisrich R D, Peters M P, ―Entrepreneurship‖ 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,2013.

Mathew J Manimala, ―Enterprenuership theory at cross roads: paradigms and praxis‖ 2nd

Edition Dream tech,2005.

Rajeev Roy, ‗Entrepreneurship‘ 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press,2011.

EDII ―Faulty and External Experts – A Hand Book for New Entrepreneurs Publishers:

Entrepreneurship Development‖, Institute of India, Ahmadabad,1986.



Departmental Elective BEET - 604(A) FACTS


CO1 Understand the operations of different FACTS devices L2

CO2 Select the controllers for different Contingencies. L3

CO3 Analyze the different FACTS devices in different stability conditions.

L4

CO4 Select an appropriate FACTS device for a particular application

L3

Unit-I:Introduction:Reactivepowercontrolinelectricalpowertransmissionlines-Uncompensated transmission line – series compensation – Basic concepts of Static Var Compensator (SVC) – Thyristor Controlled Series capacitor (TCSC) – Unified power flow controller(UPFC).

Unit-II: Static Var Compensator (SVC) And Applications Voltage control by SVC – Advantages of slope in dynamic characteristics – Influence of SVC on system voltage – Design of SVC voltage regulator –Modelling of SVC for power flow and fast transient stability – Applications: Enhancement of transient stability – Steady state power transfer Enhancement of power system damping..

Unit-III:

ThyristorControlledSeriesCapacitor(TCSC)AndApplicationsOperationoftheTCSC–Different modes of operation – Modelling of TCSC – Variable reactance model – Modelling for Power Flow and stability studies. Applications: Improvement of the system stability limit – Enhancement of systemdamping.

Unit-V: Voltage Source Converter Based Facts Controllers Static Synchronous Compensator (STATCOM) – Principle of operation – V-I Characteristics. Applications: Steady state power transfer-enhancement of transient stability – prevention of voltage instability. SSSC-operation of SSSCandthecontrolofpowerflow–modellingofSSSCinloadflowandtransientstabilitystudies.

Text/References:-

1. R.MohanMathur,RajivK.Varma,―Thyristor–BasedFactsControllersforElectricalTransmission

Systems‖, IEEE press and John Wiley & Sons, Inc,2002.

2. Narain G. Hingorani, ―Understanding FACTS -Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC

Transmission Systems‖, Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi- 110 006,2011.

3. K.R.Padiyar,‖ FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission and Distribution‖, New Age

International(P) Limited, Publishers, New Delhi,2008.

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of

Examination as per AICTE Flexible Curricula


Departmental Elective EEE-604(B) Energy Management and SCADA


CO1 Employ the fundamentals of PLC, DCS, and SCADA for automation used in industry.

L3

CO2 Differentiate the hardware and software requirements of PLC and SCADA.

L4

CO3 Categorise the basics of man-machine communication based on the communication system

L4

CO4 Construct the safety instrumented systems on the basis of the requirements of safety.

L6

CO5 Apply the concept of SCADA in different applications L5

Unit-I

SCADA

Purposeandnecessity,generalstructure,dataacquisition,transmission&monitoring.generalpower system hierarchical Structure. Overview of the methods of data acquisition systems, commonly

acquired data, transducers, RTUs, data concentrators, various communication channels- cables,

telephone lines, power line carrier, microwaves, fiber optical channels andsatellites.

Unit-II

Supervisory and Control Functions

Data acquisitions, status indications, majored values, energy values, monitoring alarm and event

application, processing. Control Function: ON/ OFF control of lines, transformers, capacitors and

applications in processin industry - valve, opening, closing etc. Regulatory functions: Set points and

feed back loops, time tagged data, disturbance data collection and analysis. Calculation and report

preparation

Unit-III

MAN- Machine Communication

OperatorconsolesandVDUs,displays,operatordialogues,alarmandeventloggers,mimicdiagrams, report

and printingfacilities.

Unit-IV

Data basis

SCADA, EMS and network data basis. SCADA system structure - local system, communication

system and central system. Configuration- NON-redundant- single processor, redundant dual

processor. Multicontrol centers, system configuration. Performance considerations: real time

operation system requirements, modularization of software programming languages

Unit-V

Energy Management Center

Functions performed at a centralized management center, production control and load management


Text Books:

1. TorstenCergrell, " Power System Control Technology", Prentice HallInternational. 2. George L Kusic "Computer Aided Power System Analysis",, Prentice Hall ofIndia,

3. A. J. Wood and B. Woolenberg, "Power Generation Operation and Control", John Wiley &Sons.

4. Sunil S Rao, "Switchgear Protection & Control System" Khanna Publishers 11thEdition.


Electrical & Electronics Engineering VI-Semester EEE- 603 (C) NCER


CO1 Create awareness among students about Non-Conventional sources of energy technologies

L3

CO2 Enable students to understand various renewable energy technologies and systems.

L3

CO3 To impart the knowledge of Storage technologies form the autonomous renewable energy sources

L3

CO4 Equip the students with knowledge and understanding of various possible mechanisms about renewable energyprojects

L4

Unit 1: Physics of Wind Power:

History of wind power, Indian and Global statistics, Wind physics, Betz limit, Tip speed ratio, stall

and pitch control, Wind speed statistics-probability distributions, Wind speed and power-cumulative

distribution functions.

Unit 2: Wind generator topologies:

Review of modern wind turbine technologies, Fixed and Variable speed wind turbines, Induction

Generators, Doubly-Fed Induction Generators and their characteristics, Permanent Magnet

Synchronous Generators, Power electronics converters. Generator-Converter configurations,

Converter Control.

Unit 3: The Solar Resource

Introduction,solarradiationspectra,solargeometry,EarthSunangles,observerSunangles,solarday

length, Estimation of solar energyavailability.

Unit 4: Solar photovoltaic:

Technologies-Amorphous, mono crystalline, polycrystalline; V-I characteristics of a PV cell, PV

module, array, Power Electronic Converters for Solar Systems, Maximum Power Point Tracking

(MPPT) algorithms. Converter Control.

Unit 5: Network Integration Issues and Solar thermal power generation:

Overview of grid code technical requirements. Fault ride-through for wind farms - real and reactive

power regulation, voltage and frequency operating limits, solar PV and wind farm behavior during

grid disturbances. Power quality issues. Power system interconnection experiences in the world.

HybridandisolatedoperationsofsolarPVandwindsystems.Technologies,Parabolictrough,central

receivers, parabolic dish, Fresnel, solar pond, elementaryanalysis.

Text / References:

1. T. Ackermann, ―Wind Power in Power Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons Ltd.,2005. 2. G. M. Masters, ―Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems‖, John Wiley and Sons,2004.

3. S.P.Sukhatme,―SolarEnergy:PrinciplesofThermalCollectionandStorage‖,McGrawHill,1984.

4. H.SiegfriedandR.Waddington,―Gridintegrationofwindenergyconversionsystems‖JohnWiley and

Sons Ltd., 2006.

5. G. N. Tiwari and M. K. Ghosal, ―Renewable Energy Applications‖, Narosa Publications,2004.


Electrical & Electronics Engineering V-Semester

Open elective BOCT 605(A) Introduction to Smartgrids.


CO 1 Classify the basic terms of a Power System Grid; explain the importance and objectives of the various dispersed

generation units

L3

CO 2 Analysis of various energy management policies; distinguish them according to their priorities

L4

CO 3 Describe and classify the modern and innovative

application fields of dispersed generation units L3

CO 4 Describe by drawing a block diagram and explain the

operation of the basic part of a smart grid (namely the

Micro-grid); quantify its operational, financial and

environmental advantages.

L3

CO 5 Acquire the knowledge on power quality of the smart-grid system

L3

UNITIIntroductiontoSmartGrid:EvolutionofElectricGrid,ConceptofSmartGrid,Definitions, Need

of Smart Grid, Functions of Smart Grid, Opportunities & Barriers of Smart Grid, Difference

betweenconventional&smartgrid,ConceptofResilient&SelfHealingGrid,Presentdevelopment

&InternationalpoliciesinSmartGrid.CasestudyofSmartGrid.CDMopportunitiesinSmartGrid.

UNIT II Introduction to Smart Meters, Real Time Prizing, Smart Appliances, Automatic Meter

Reading (AMR), Outage Management System (OMS), Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEV),

Vehicle to Grid, Smart Sensors, Home & Building Automation.

UNIT III Smart Substations, Substation Automation, Feeder Automation, Geographic Information

System(GIS),IntelligentElectronicDevices(IED)&theirapplicationformonitoring&protection, Smart

storage like Battery, SMES, Pumped Hydro, Compressed Air Energy Storage, Wide Area

Measurement System (WAMS), Phase Measurement Unit (PMU), PMUs application tomonitoring

& control of powersystem.

UNIT IV Concept of microgrid, need & application of microgrid, formation of microgrid, Issues of

interconnection, protection & control of microgrid, Plastic & Organic solar cells, thin flim solar

cells, Variable speed wind generators, fuel cells, microturbines, Captive power plants, Integration

of renewable energy sources

UNIT V Power Quality & EMC in Smart Grid, Power Quality issues of Grid connected Renewable

EnergySources,PowerQualityConditionersforSmartGrid,WebbasedPowerQualitymonitoring.

Reference Books:

1. Ali Keyhani, Mohammad N. Marwali, Min Dai, ―Integration of Green and Renewable Energy in

Electric Power Systems‖,Wiley.

2. Clark W. Gellings, ―The Smart Grid: Enabling Energy Efficiency and Demand Response‖, CRC

Press.

3. JanakaEkanayake, Nick Jenkins, KithsiriLiyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, ―Smart

Grid: Technology and Applications‖,Wiley.

4. Jean Claude Sabonnadiere, NouredineHadjsaid, ―Smart Grids‖, Wiley Blackwell19.

5. Stuart Borlase, ―Smart Grids (Power Engineering)‖, CRCPress.



Open Elective BOCT-605(B) Power Plant Engineering


CO 1 Able to get the basics of Power Plants. L3

CO 2 Able to get the idea about the power generation by renewable and non-renewable energy resources

L3

CO 3 Able to know about the different types of cycles and natural resources used in power plants and their applications.

L3

CO 4 Understanding of Power Plant Economics, Energy Storage including compressed air energy and pumped hydro etc.

L3

CO 5 Discussing environmental and safety aspects of power plant operation

L3

Unit-I Coal based thermal power plants, basic Rankine cycle and its modifications, layout of modern coal

power plant, super critical boilers, FBC boilers, turbines, condensers, steam and heating rates,

subsystems of thermal power plants, fuel and ash handling, draught system, feed water treatment,

binary cycles and cogeneration systems Unit-II Gasturbineandcombinedcyclepowerplants,Braytoncycleanalysisandoptimization,componentsofgast

urbine power plants, combined cycle power plants, Integrated Gasifier based Combined Cycle

(IGCC)systems. Unit-III Basics of nuclear energy conversion, Layout and subsystems of nuclear power plants, Boiling

Water Reactor (BWR), Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR), CANDU Reactor, Pressurized Heavy

Water Reactor (PHWR), Fast Breeder Reactors (FBR), gas cooled and liquid metal cooled

reactors, safety measures for nuclear power plants. Unit-IV

Hydroelectric power plants, classification, typical layout and components, principles of wind, tidal,

solar PV and solar thermal, geothermal, biogas and fuel cell power systems. Unit-V Energy, economic and environmental issues, power tariffs, load distribution parameters, load

curve, capital and operating cost of different power plants, pollution control technologies including

waste disposal options for coal and nuclear plants. Text Books: 1. Nag P.K., Power Plant Engineering, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill,2008. 2. El Wakil M.M., Power Plant Technology, Tata McGraw Hill,2010. 3. Elliot T.C., Chen K and Swanekamp R.C., Power Plant Engineering, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill,1998.

Uttarakhand Technical University, Dehradun New Scheme of Examination as per AICTE FlexibleCurricula

Electrical &Electronics Engineering, VI-Semester

Departmental Elective BOCT-603(C) Special ElectromechanicalSystems CO1 The ability to formulate and then analyse the working of any

electrical machine under loaded and unloaded conditions L5

CO2 The skill to analyse the response of any electrical machine L4

CO3 The ability to troubleshoot the operation of an electrical machine

L3

CO4 Compare accepted standards and guidelines to select appropriate electrical machines to meet specified performance

requirements.

L4

CO5 Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamental control

practices associated with rotating machines (starting, reversing,

braking, speed control etc.).

L4

Unit-1

Poly-phaseACMachines:Constructionandperformanceofdoublecageanddeepbarthreephase

inductionmotors;e.m.f.injectioninrotorcircuitofslipringinductionmotor,conceptofconstant

torque and constant power controls, static slip power recovery control schemes (constant

torque and constantpower). Unit 2

Single phase Induction Motors: Construction, starting characteristics and applications of

split phase, capacitor start, capacitor run, capacitor-start capacitor-run and shaded pole

motors. Two PhaseACServomotors:Construction,torque-

speedcharacteristics,performanceandapplications Unit3

StepperMotors:Principleofoperation,variablereluctance,permanentmagnetandhybridstepper motors, characteristics, drive circuits and applications. Switched Reluctance Motors: Construction; principle of operation; torque production, modes of operation, drivecircuits. Unit 4

Permanent Magnet Machines: Types of permanent magnets and their magnetization

characteristics, demagnetizing effect, permanent magnet dc motors, sinusoidal PM ac

motors, brushless dc motors and their important features and applications, PCB motors.

Single phase synchronous motor; construction, operating principle and characteristics of

reluctance and hysteresis motors; introduction to permanent magnet generators and

applications

Unit 5

Single Phase Commutator Motors: Construction, principle of operation, characteristics of

universal and repulsion motors; Linear Induction Motors. Construction, principle of

operation, Linear force, and applications


1. P.S. Bimbhra ―Generalized Theory of Electrical Machines‖ KhannaPublishers.

2. P.C. Sen ―Principles of Electrical Machines and Power Electronics‖ Johnwilley&Sons, 2001

DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE

TEE011:UTILIZATIONOFELECTRICALENERGYANDTRACTION

UnitI:ElectricHeating Advantage&methodsofelectricheating,Resistanceheating,Electricarcheating,Inductionheating,

Dielectricheating,

UnitII:ElectricWelding Electricarcwelding,electricresistancewelding,ElectricWeldingcontrol,ElectrolyteProcess:Principalof

Electrodeposition,lawsofElectrolysis,applicationElectrolysis.

UnitIII:Illumination Variousdefinition,lawsofIllumination,requirementofgoodlighting,Designofindoorlighting&outdoor

lightingsystem.

RefrigerationandAirConditioning

Refrigerationsystem,domesticRefrigerator,watercooler,TypesofAirconditioning,Windowair

Conditioner

UnitIV:ElectricTraction–I Typesofelectrictraction,systemoftrackelectrification,Tractionmechanics-typesofservices,speedtime

curveanditssimplification,averageandschedulespeeds,Tractiveeffortspecificenergyconsumption,

mechanicsoftrainmovement,coefficientofadhesionanditsinfluence

UnitV:ElectricTraction–II Salientfeaturesoftractiondrives,Series-parallelcontrolofdctractiondrives(bridgetraction)andenergy

saving,PowerElectroniccontrolofdc&actractiondrives,Dieselelectrictraction.

ReferenceBook:

1.H.Pratab.‖Modernelectrictraction‖DhanpatRai&Sons.

2.C.L.Wadhwa,‖Generation,DistributionandUtilizationofElectricalEnergy―NewAgeInternationalP

ublishers.

TEE012:DIGITALCONTROLSYSTEMS

UnitI:SignalProcessinginDigitalControl Basicdigitalcontrolsystem,advantagesofdigitalcontrolandimplementationproblems,basicdiscretetime

signals,z-transformandinversez-transform,modelingofsample-holdcircuit.,pulsetransferfunction,

solutionofdifferenceequationbyz-Transformmethod.

UnitII:DesignofDigitalControlAlgorithms Steadystateaccuracy,transientresponseandfrequencyresponsespecifications,digitalcompensatordesign

usingfrequencyresponseplotsandrootlocusplots.

UnitIII:StateSpaceAnalysisandDesign Statespacerepresentationofdigitalcontrolsystem,conversionofstatevariablemodelstotransferfunctions

andviceversa,solutionofstatedifferenceequations,controllabilityandobservability,designofdigital

controlsystemwithstatefeedback.

UnitIV:StabilityofDiscreteSystem Stabilityonthez-planeandJurystabilitycriterion,bilineartransformation,Routhstabilitycriteriononrth

plane.Lyapunov‘sStabilityinthesenseofLyapunov,stabilitytheoremsforcontinuousanddiscrete

systems,stabilityanalysisusingLyapunov‘smethod.

Unit:VOptimaldigitalcontrol DiscreteEulerLagrangeequation,max.min.principle,otpimality&Dynamicprogramming,Differenttypes

ofproblemandtheirsolutions.

ReferenceBooks:

1 J.R.Leigh,―AppliedDigitalControl‖,PrenticeHall,International

2 C.H.HoupisandG.B.Lamont,―DigitalControlSystems:Theory,hardware,Software‖,McGraw

Hill.

3 B.C.Kuo,―DigitalControlSystem‖,SaundersCollegePublishing.

4 2.M.Gopal,―DigitalControlandStateVariableMethods‖,TataMcGrawHill.

TIC011:FIBREOPTICSANDLASERINSTRUMENTATION

UNIT1 OPTICALFIBRESANDTHEIRPROPERTIESPrinciplesoflightpropagationthroughafibre-

Differenttypesoffibresandtheirproperties,fibrecharacteristics–Absorptionlosses–Scatteringlosses–

Dispersion–Connectors&splicers–Fibretermination–Opticalsources–Opticaldetectors.

UNIT2 INDUSTRIALAPPLICATIONOFOPTICALFIBRESFibreopticsensors–Fibreopticinstrumentation

system–Differenttypesofmodulators–Interferometricmethodofmeasurementoflength–Moirefringes

–Measurementofpressure,temperature,current,voltage,liquidlevelandstrain.

UNIT3 LASERFUNDAMENTALSFundamentalcharacteristicsoflasers–Threelevelandfourlevellasers–

Propertiesoflaser–Lasermodes–Resonatorconfiguration–Q-switchingandmodelocking–Cavity damping–

Typesoflasers–Gaslasers,solidlasers,liquidlasers,semiconductorlasers.

UNIT4 INDUSTRIALAPPLICATIONOFLASERSLaserformeasurementofdistance,length,velocity,

acceleration,current,voltageandatmosphericeffect–Materialprocessing–Laserheating,welding,melting

andtrimmingofmaterial–Removalandvaporization.

UNIT5

HOLOGRA

M Holography–Basicprinciple-Methods–Holographicinterferometryandapplication,Holographyfornon-

destructivetesting–Holographiccomponents.

TEXTBOOKS

1 J.M.Senior,‗OpticalFibreCommunication–PrinciplesandPractice‘,PrenticeHallofIndia,1985.

2 R.KSingh,`OpticalFibreCommunicationSystem`,WileyIndi

a

3 WilsonandJ.F.B.Hawkes,‗IntroductiontoOptoElectronics‘,

PrenticeHallofIndia,2001.

TIC012:ANALYTICALINSTRUMENTATION

UNIT1 ELECTROMAGNETICRADIATION–differentregions,theirwavelengths,frequenciesandenergies-

interactionofEMradiationswithmatter–atomic,molecular,electronicinteraction-Basicprinciplesof

spectroscopy–emissionandabsorptionofradiations–resonance-radiationsources–dispersingand

resolvingtechniques–detectors-typicalatomicemissionandabsorptionspectrographsintheUVand

visibleregion.

UNIT2 MOLECULARSPECTRA–electronic,vibrationalandrotationalenergiesandspectracharacteristicbands

ofradicals,OH,CH,CO,etc.,-IRabsorption–spectroscopy–singleanddoublebeamspectrophotometers

-instrumentationtechniquesforanalyzingsolid,liquidandgaseoussamples–samplehandlingtechniques.

UNIT3 MICROWAVESPECTROSCOPY–NMR,ESRandEPRspectroscopy–basicprinciples–

instrumentationtechniquesandapplications-principlesofionoptics–ionsources–singlefocusingand

doublefocusingmassspectrometers–principlesandapplication

UNIT4 PrinciplesofX-rayfluorescencespectrometryandflamephotometry–detectionofX-raysandnuclear

radiations–ionizationchamber-proportionalcounter–GMcounter-scintillationcounter-solidstate detector-

gammarayspectrometers–isotopedilutionandtracertechniquesforquantitativeestimationand analysis.

UNIT5 ELECTROCHEMICALMETHODS–electricalconductivityofliquidsconductivityandwaterpurity–

practicalmeasurementsandapplication–sulphurdioxidemonitor–determinationofpH–oxygen

analyzers.Principlesofgasandliquidchromatography–processchromatography–operationoftypical

processchromatography.

REFERENCEBOOKS

1.H.H.Willard,L.L.Merrit,J.A.DeanandF.A.Settle,InstrumentalmethodsofAnalysis,6thedition-CBS

PublishersandDistributers,1986.

2.B.E.Noltingk(Edtr,)Jone‘sInstrumentTechnology,Vol.2,FourthEdition,Butterworths,1986(chapters

4&5forunit5)

1.D.A.SkoogandD.M.West,PrinciplesofInstrumentalAnalysis,2ndedition,Holt-Saunders,1980.

TEE021:MODERNCONTROLSYSTEM

UnitI:Introductiontocontrolsystems Introductiontocontrolsystems,propertiesofsignalsandsystems.Convolutionintegral,Ordinary

differentialequation,Transferfunction,Polezeroconcepts,effectofpolelocationonperformance specification.

UnitII:StateSpaceanalysis Stateequationsfordynamicsystems,Stateequationsusingphase,physicalandcanonicalvariables,

realizationoftransfermatrices,Solutionofstateequation,conceptsofcontrollability,observability,

ControllabilityandObservabilitytests.

UnitIII:Discretetimecontrolsystems Samplingtheorem,Sampled-datasystems,thesampleandholdelement,pulsetransferfunction,TheZ-

transform,stabilityanalysis.

UnitIV:Stability Liapunov‘smethod,generationofLiapunov‘sfunction,Popov‘scriteria,designofstateobserversand

controllers,adaptivecontrolsystems,modelreference.

UnitV:OptimalControl Introduction,formationofoptimalcontrolproblems,calculusofvariation,minimizationoffunctions,

constrainedoptimization,dynamicprogramming,performanceindex,optimalityprinciples,Hamilton–

Jacobianequation,linearquadraticproblem,RicattiIIequationanditssolution,solutionoftwopoint

boundaryvalueproblem

ReferenceBooks:

1.B.D.O.AndersonandIB.Moore,"OptimalControlSystem:LinearQuadratic

Methods",PrencticeHallInternational.

2.U.Itkis,"ControlSystemofVariableStructure",JohnWileyandSons.

3.H.KwakemaokandR.Sivan,"LinearOptimalControlSystem",WileyInterscience.

TEE022:BIO–MEDICALINSTRUMENTATION

UnitI:BasicPhysiologicalsystemofbody Problemencounteringmeasuringleavingsystem,bioelectricpotential,biomaterial,Basictransducers

principle,Activeandpassivetransducers,transducerforbiomedicalapplications,Generation,propagation

anddistributionofbioelectricpotential(ECG,EEGandEMG)

UnitII:BioPotentialElectrode Basictype(microskinsurfaceandneedleelectrodes),Biochemicaltransducer(PH,bloodgasand

specificationelectrodes),CardiovascularSystem&Measurement,Heatandcardiovascularsystemand

circulationblockdiagrambloodpressureand,measurement,characteristicsofbloodflowandheartsound,

Electrocardiography,ECGanlead,configuration,ECGrecordingandtheirtypes

UnitIII:NervousSystem Theanatomyofnervoussystem,neuronalcommunication,EPSP,IPSP,Organizationofbrain,Measurement

fromthenervoussystem,Systematicskinandbodytemperaturemeasurement,Temperaturemeasurement,

Briefideaaboutultrasonicmeasurements

UnitIV:PatientCareMonitoring Elementofintensivecare,Organizationalthehospitalforepatient-caremonitoring,Pacemakers-type,

systems,modeandgenerators,Defibrillator-types.Biotelemetryandapplicationoftelemeterinpatientcare

UnitV:AutomationofChemicalTest InstrumentationfordiagnosticXrays,Interfacingcomputerwithmedicalinstrumentationandother

equipments,Biomedicalcomputerapplication.Shockhazardsfromelectricalequipments,methodsof

accidentprevention.

ReferenceBooks:

1.Cromwell-BiomedicalInstrumentationandMeasurements-PHI

2.Webster,J.G.–Bio-Instrumentation,Wiley(2004)

3.Ananthi,S.–ATextBookofMedicalInstruments-2005-NewAgeInternational

4.Carr&Brown–IntroductiontoBiomedicalEquipmentTechnology–Pearson

5.Pandey&Kumar-BiomedicalElectronicsandInstrumentation.-Kataria

TEE023:POWERPLANTENGINEERING

UNIT1 INTRODUCTION:Pipingandinstrumentationdiagramofathermalpowerplant,basicprocessona

boiler,Fuelmeasurement-reviewofpressureandtemperaturemeasurementsteamandwaterflow

measurement–instrumentapplicationsinpowerstations:reviewofindicatingandrecordinginstrument

applicationsinpowerstations:reviewofindicatingandrecordinginstruments,waterlevelgaugeforboiler

drums,closedcircuittelevisioninstrument,gasanalysismeters,smokeinstruments,dustmonitor-

measurementofimpuritiesinfeedwaterandsteamgeneratorcoolantcontrolsandinstruments,instrument

maintenanceaspects.

UNIT2 BOILERCONTROL-I:Boilercontrolobjectives-combustionoffuels(gaseousliquid,andsolid),excess

air,combustionchemistryandproductsofcombustion,requirementforexcesscombustion,air-circulationof

efficiencyofboiler:input/outputmethod-streamtemperaturecontrolsystemssuperheatersandde-

superheaters.

UNIT3 BOILERCONTROL-II:Feedwatersupplyandboilerwatercirculationsystem-drumlevelcontrol systems-

boilerdraftsystems-measurementandcontroloffurnacedraftmeasurementandcontrolof combustion-

draftandairflowcontrolrelatedfunctions.

UNIT4

FLUEGASANALYSISTRIMMINGOFCOMBUSTIONCONTROLSYSTEMS: Combustioncontrolforliquidandgaseousfuelboilerscoalorsolidfuelstrokescombustioncontrolfor stoker-

firedboilers-pulverisedcoal-firedboilers.Turbinemonitoringandcontrol:speed,vibration,shell

temperaturemonitoring.

UNIT5 NUCLEARPOWERPLANTINSTRUMENTATION:Pipingandinstrumentationdiagramofdifferent

typesofnuclearpowerplants-radiationdetectioninstrumentsprocesssensorsfornuclearpowerplants-

spectrumanalyzers-nuclearreactorcontrolsystemsandalliedinstrumentation.

REFERENCEBOOKS:

1.A.Sherryet.Al.(Editors),Modernpowerstationpractice,Vol.6(Instrumentationcontrolsand

testing),PergamonPress,1971.

TIC023:SYSTEMDESIGNUSINGMICROCONTROLLERS

UNIT1 REVIEWOFMICROCONTROLLERS:FeaturesofTypicalMicrocontroller–onBoardperipherals–

ProcessorSelectioncriteria–MicrocontrollerDesignSpecifications–Wordlength–PerformanceIssues-

Powerconsumption–PackageTypes–Electricalrequirements–ResetHardware–oscillatorDesign–

powerConsideration-DevelopmentTools–FirmwareDevelopmentoptions–AssemblyLanguageVsHigh

levelLanguageProgramming.

UNIT2 MCS51MICROCONTROLLERANDINTERFACING:IntelMCS51Architecture–Derivatives-

SpecialFunctionRegisters(SFR),I/Opins,portsandcircuits,Instructionset,AddressingModes,Assembly

LanguageProgramming,TimerandCounterProgramming,SerialCommunication,ConnectiontoRS232,

InterruptsProgramming,ExternalMemoryinterfacing,Introductionto16bitMicrocontroller

UNIT3 PICMICROCONTROLLERANDINTERFACING:Introduction,CPUarchitecture,registers,

instructionsetsaddressingmodesLooptiming,timers,Interrupts,Interrupttiming,I/oExpansion,I2CBus

OperationSerialEEPROM,Analogtodigitalconverter,UART-BaudRate-DataHandling-Initialization,

SpecialFeatures-serialProgramming-ParallelSlavePort.

UNIT4 SOFTWAREDEVELOPMENTANDTOOLS:Embeddedsystemevolutiontrends.Round-Robin,robin

withInterrupts,function-One-SchedulingArchitecture,Algorithms.Introductionto-assembler-compiler-

crosscompilersandIntegratedDevelopmentEnvironment(IDE).ObjectOrientedInterfacing,Recursion,

Debuggingstrategies,Simulators.

UNIT5 REALTIMEOPERATINGSYSTEMS:TaskandTaskStates,tasksanddata,semaphoresandshared

DataOperatingsystemServices-Messagequeues-TimerFunction-Events-MemoryManagement,Interrupt

RoutinesinanRTOSenvironment,basicdesignUsingRTOS.SystemDesignIssues–DesignofIndustrial

ControlSystem.

REFERENCE: 1.Burns,AlanandWellings,Andy,"Real-TimeSystemsandProgrammingLanguages",SecondEdition.

Harlow:Addison-Wesley-Longman,1997.

2.RaymondJ.A.BhurandDonaldL.Bialey,"AnIntroductiontorealtimesystems:Designtonetworking

withC/C++",PrenticeHallInc.NewJersey,1999.

3.GrehanMoore,andCyliax,"RealtimeProgramming:Aguideto32BitEmbeddedDevelopment.

Reading"Addison-Wesley-Longman,1998.

4.Heath,Steve,"EmbeddedSystemsDesign",Newnes1997.

TEE031:POWERQUALITYIMPROVEMENTTECHNIQUE

UnitI:PowerQualityTermsandDefinitions Introduction,transients,sagandswell,shortduration/longdurationvoltagevariations,voltageimbalance,

waveformdistortion,voltagefluctuations,powerfrequencyvariation.

PowerQualityProblems:

Poorloadpowerfactor,loadscontainingharmonics,notchinginloadvoltage,DCoffsetinloads,

unbalancedloads,disturbanceinsupplyvoltage.

UnitII:FundamentalsofHarmonics:Representationofharmonics,waveform,harmonicpower,measures

ofharmonicdistortion;currentandvoltagelimitsofharmonicdistortion:IEEE,IEC,EN,NORSOK

CausesofHarmonics:2-pulse,6-pulseand12-pulseconverterconfigurations,inputcurrentwaveformsand

theirharmonicspectrum;InputsupplyharmonicsofACregulator,integralcyclecontrol,cycloconverter,

transformer,rotatingmachines,ARCfurnace,TVandbatterycharger.

UnitIII:EffectofHarmonics:Parallelandseriesresonance,effectofharmonicsonstaticpowerplant-

transmissionlines,transformers,capacitorbanks,rotatingmachines,harmonicinterferencewithripple

controlsystems,powersystemprotection,consumerequipmentsandcommunicationsystems,power

measurement.

.

UnitIV:Elimination/SuppressionofHarmonics:Highpowerfactorconverter,multi-pulseconverters

usingtransformerconnections(Delta,polygon)

PassiveFilters:Typesofpassivefilters,singletunedandhighpassfilters,filerdesigncriteria,doubletuned

filters,dampedfiltersandtheirdesign.

UnitV:ActivePowerfilters:Compensationprinciple,classificationofactivefiltersbyobjective,systems

configuration,powercircuitandcontrolstrategy.

ShuntActiveFilter:Singlephaseactivefilter,principleofoperation,expressionforcompensatingcurrent,

conceptofconstantcapacitorvoltagecontrol;Threephaseactivefilter:Operation,analysisandmodeling;

Instantaneousracavitvepowertheory

Threephaseseriesactivefilters:Principleofoperation,analysisandmodeling.

OtherTechniques:Unifiedpowerqualityconditioner,voltagesourceandcurrentconfigurations,principle

ofoperationforsag,swellandflickercontrol.

.

Referencebooks: 1.C.Sankarm,‖PowerQuality‖CRCPressUSA.

2.BarryW.Kennedy,―PowerQualityPrimer―McGrawHill.

3.WilsonE.Kazibwe,‖Electricalpowerqualitycontrolstechniques‖VanNostrandReinhold.

TEE032:POWERCONVERTERAPPLICATIONS

UnitI:HVDCTransmission Schematicdiagram;modesofoperation,twelvepulselinecommutatedconverters,effectofsource

inductance;controlofHVDCconverters,converterfaultsandprotection,harmonicfilters

UnitII:FACTControllers Principalofpowertransmission,principalofshuntcompensation-andseriescompensation-TCR,TCS,

SVC,STATCOM,Seriescompensator-TSSC,FCSC,TCSC,SSVC,phaseanglecompensator,unified

powerflowcontroller(UPFC),comparisonofcompensator

.

UnitIII:PowerSupplies Desirablespecificationofpowersupply,drawbackoflinearpowersupply.Switchmodepowersupply (SMPS)-

schematicdiagram,flybackconverters,forwardconverter,pushpullconverters,halfbridgeand

fullbridgeconverter;uninterruptiblepowersupply,(UPS)-configurationoflineandonlineUPS,switch

modeandresonantpowersupplies,aircraftpowersupply.

UnitIV:IndustrialApplications Highfrequencyinvertersforinductionanddielectricheating,acvoltagecontrollersforresistanceheating

andilluminationcontrol,highfrequencyfluorescentlighting,electricweldingcontrol.

UnitV: InterconnectionofRenewableEnergySourcestotheUtilityGrid,Photovoltaicarrayinterconnection,wind

andsmallhydrointerconnection,interconnectionofenergystoragesystem,DCcircuitbreaker,singlephase

andthreephaseacswitches,Excitationcontrolofsynchronousgenerator.

ReferenceBooks:

1. K.R.Padiyar,―HVDCPowerTransmission:TechnologyandSystemReactions‖New

AgeInternational

2. NedMohan,T.M.UndelandandWilliamP.Robins,―PowerElectronics:Converters,

ApplicationsandDesign‖,JohnWiley&Sons.

3. 2.M.H.Rashid,―PowerElectronics:Circuits,DevicesandApplications‖PrenticeHall

ofIndia.

UnitI:Introduction

TEE033:EHVA.C.&D.C.TRANSMISSION

NeedofEHVtransmission,standardtransmissionvoltage,comparisonofEHVAC&DCtransmission

systemsandtheirapplications&limitations,surfacevoltagegradientsinconductor,distributionofvoltage

gradientsonsub-conductors,mechanicalconsiderationsoftransmissionlines,moderntrendsinEHVAC&

DCtransmission.

UnitII:EHVACTransmission Coronalossformulas,coronacurrent,audiblenoise-generationandcharacteristicscoronapulsestheir

generationandproperties,radiointerference(RI)effects,overvoltageduetoswitching,ferroresonance,

reductionofswitchingsurgesonEHVsystem,principleofhalfwavetransmission.

UnitIII:ExtraHighVoltageTesting Characteristicsandgenerationofimpulsevoltage,generationofhighACandDCvoltages,measurementof

highvoltagebyspheregapsandpotentialdividers.ConsiderationforDesignofEHVLines,Designfactors

understeadystatelimits,EHVlineinsulationdesignbasedupontransientovervoltages.Effectsofpollution

onperformanceofEHVlines.

UnitIV:EHVDCTransmission-I Typesofdclinks,converterstation,choiceofconverterconfigurationandpulsenumber,effectofsource

inductanceonoperationofconverters,principleofdclinkcontrol,convertercontrolscharacteristics,firing

anglecontrol,currentandexcitationanglecontrol,powercontrol,startingandstoppingofdclink.

UnitV:EHVDCTransmission-II Converterfaults,protectionagainstovercurrentsandovervoltage,Smoothingreactors,generationof

harmonics,acanddcfilters,multi–terminaldcsystems(MTDC):Types,control,protectionandapplication

Referencebooks:

1.M.HRashid,‖PowerElectronics:Circuit,DevicesandApplications―Prentice

hallofIndia.

2.S.Rao,―EHVAC&HVDCTransmissionEngineeringandpractice‖Khanna

Publishers.

TEC033:ADAPTIVESIGNALPROCESSING

UNIT1

INTRODUCTION:Definitionandcharacteristics,generalpropertiesopenandclosedloop adaptation.

UNIT2

ADAPTIVELINEARCOMBINER:Generaldescription,inputsignalandWeightvectors,desired

responseanderrorperformancefunction,gradientandminimummeansquare,alternativedefinition

ofgradient,decorelectionoferrorandinputcomponents.

UNIT3

THEORYOFADAPTATIONWITHSTATIONARYSIGNALS:Inputcorrelationmatrix,Eigen

valuesandeigenvectorsofthecorrelationmatrix,andtheirgeometricalsignificance.Basicideasof

gradientsearchmethods,gradientsearchbynewton‘smethodandmethodofsteepestdescent,

gradientcomponentestimationbyderivativemeasurement,effectsofgradientnoise,onweight

vectorsolution,excessMSE,timeconstantandmis-adjustment,performancecomparisonofNewton

andS.D.methods.

UNIT4

ADAPTIVEALGORITHMS:Leastmeansquarealgorithm,convergence,learningcurvenoisein

WeightvectormisadjustmentandperformancesofLMSalgorithms,sequentialregressionalgorithm,

adaptiverecursiveLMSalgorithm,randomsearchalgorithm.

RECURSIVELEASTSQUAREALGORITHM:Preliminaries,matrixinversionlemma,

exponentiallyweightedRLSalgorithm,updaterecursionforthesumofweightederrorsquares,

convergenceanalysisofRLSalgorithm

UNIT5

ADAPTIVEFILTERSTRUCTURES:Latticestructures,allpolesandallzeroesversions,adaptive

latticepredictor.LatticeLMSalgorithms,andlatticeSERalgorithms,adaptivefilterswith

orthogonalsignals,DFTandlatticepreprocessors.

ADAPTIVEFILTERAPPLICATIONS:(i)Adaptivemodelingandsystemsidentification.(ii)

Inverseadaptivemodeling,equalizationanddeconvolution

SUGGESTEDBOOKS:

1.AdaptiveSignalProcessing,WidrowandStearns,PearsonEducation

2.AdaptiveFilterTheory,SimonHaykin,PearsonEducation

TEC034:EMBEDDEDSYSTEMS

UNIT1

INTRODUCTION:Embeddedsystemsanditsapplications,EmbeddedOperatingsystem,Design

parametersofanembeddedsystemanditssignificance,designlifecycle,toolsintroduction,hardware

andsoftwarepartitioningandco-design.

UNIT2

HARDWAREFUNDAMENTALSFORTHEEMBEDDEDDEVELOPERS:Digitalcircuit parameters-

OpencollectoroutputsTristateoutputsI/OsinkingandSourcing,PLD‘s,Watchdog

Timers,Hardwaredesignanddevelopment.

CUSTOMSINGLEPURPOSEPROCESSORS:Optimizingprogram,FSMD,Datapath&FSM.

GENERALPURPOSEPROCESSORSANDASIP’S(ApplicationSpecificInstructionset

Programming):Softwareandoperationofgeneralpurposeprocessors-ProgrammersView

DevelopmentEnvironment-ASIPsMicrocontrollers-DSPChips.

UNIT3

INTRODUCTIONTOMICROCONTROLLERSANDMICOPROCESSORS:Embeddedversus

externalmemorydevices,CISCandRISCprocessors,HarvardandVonNeumannArchitectures. RTOS-

Tasks,states,Data,Semaphoresandshareddata,Operatingsystemservices,Messagequeues, Mailboxes.

UNIT4

ADVANCEDPROCESSOR-(onlyarchitectures)80386,80486,ARMandDUALCORE,Coreto

DUO,i3,i5,i7(References)

COMMUNICATIONBASICS:MicroprocessorInterfacingI/OAddressing,Directmemoryaccess,

Arbitration,multilevelbusarchitecture,Serialprotocols,Parallelprotocolsandwirelessprotocols. UNIT5

REALWORLDINTERFACING:LCD,SteppingMotor,ADC,DAC,LED,PushButtons,Key

board,LatchInterconnection,PPI.

SUGGESTEDBOOKS:

1.EmbeddedSystemDesign-FrankVahid/TonyGivargis,JohnWilley@2005.

2.Microcontroller(TheoryandApplications)AjayVDeshmukh,TataMcGraw-Hill@2005.

3.AnEmbeddedSoftwarePrimer-DavidE.Simon,PearsonEducation@1999.

REFERENCES:

1.The8051Microcontrollerandembeddedsystems-MuhammadAliMazidiandJaniceGillispie.

2.Microcontrollers(Architecture,Implementation&Programming)KennethHintz,DanielTabak,

TataMcGraw-Hill@2005.

3.8051Microcontrollers&EmbeddedSystems2ndEdition-SampathKr,KatsonBooks2006.


Unit I:



Unit II:





Unit III:




Unit IV:






Unit V:





Books Recommended:

1. AndraGabdel, "A Handbook for Engineers andEconomists".A.Mani, "Handbook of Solar radiation Data

forIndia".

2. PeterAuer,"AdvancesinEnergySystemandTechnology".Vol.1&IIEditedby AcademicPress.







Unit I:



Unit II:








Unit IV:



Unit V:



Books Recommended:

1. R.Billintan& R.N. Allan,‖ Reliability Evaluation of Engineering and Systems", Plenum

Press.

1. K.C.Kapoor&L.R.Lamberson,"ReliabilityinEngineeringandDesign",JohnWileyand Sons.

2. S.K.Sinha&B.K.Kale,―LifeTestingandReliabilityEstimation",WileyEasternLtd.

3. M.L.Shooman,"ProbabilisticReliability,AnEngineeringApproach",McGrawHill.



Unit I:


ofpollution.

Unit II:





Unit III:



Unit IV:



Unit V:




Books Recommended:



APPLICATIONS:

Unit I




Unit II



input to GISdata;

Unit III



Unit IV


Networkanalysis;

Unit V



Books Recommended:

1 GeographicInformationSystems:AManagementPerspective,byStanArnoff,WD

L Publications.

2 FundamentalsofSpatialInformationSystemsbyRobertlauriniandDerekThompson,

AcademicPress.

3 GeographicalInformationSystems,Vo.IandIIeditedbyPaulLongely,M.F.Goodchild,



Unit I:





Unit II:




Unit III:





Unit IV:





Unit V:



scaleindustries.

Books Recommended:



















(e) Medicine



c. Altmism d Caste



Books Recommended:

1 Ghose Aurobindo, Foundations of Indianculture.

2 Pande, G.C., Foundations of Indian culture, 2Vols.

3 Coomarswami, dance ofSiva

4 Thapar Ramila, Ancient Indian SocialHistory

5 R.s.Sharma,(ed.),IndianSocietyHistoricalProbing,People‘sPublishingHouse,New Delhi, 1977.

6 Kossambi, Introduction to IndianHistory.

7 Altekar, A.S., State and Government in AncientIndia.

8 Altekar, A.S., Position of Women in HinduCivilization

9 Prakash, Om, conceptualization andHistory.

10 Bartam, A.I., Wonder that wasIndia.


NatureofvaluecrisisinthecontemporaryIndiansocietyandthelargerhumancommunity.

Meaning and nature of values; holistic view of life and itsvalue.

Conceptualizing ‗good‘ life and its valuedimensions.


Role of material values in promoting human wellbeing.

Role of Science and technology; problems of materialdevelopment.

Socio-political ideologies for promoting materialwellbeing

Conceptualizing ‗good‘ society and ‗socialgoods‘

Justice as a societalvalue.

Democracy and rule oflaw.

Values in the IndianConstitution.

Gandhian concepts of good society; gram swaraj, sarvodaya,antyodaya


Humanistic psychology; meaning of‗personhood‘

Maslow‘s hierarchy of human need; characteristics of ‗self-actualizing‘persons.

Mentalhealth

Psycho-spiritual Indianconcepts.

Areas and nature of aestheticexperiences.

Nature of beauty; aestheticsensibilities.


Basesformoraljudgments:customarymorality,religiousmorality,reflectivemorality.

Some principles of ethics; ethical canons and their significance in modernlife.

Virtue ethics; personal virtues for the moderntimes.

Ethics of duty and ethics ofresponsibility.

Factorstobeconsideredinmakingethicaljudgments:motives,meansandconsequences.

Spiritualityandspiritualvalues:spiritualwisdomoftheUpanishads;Buddha‘sview.

Science, materialism andspirituality.

Spirituality in the moderntimes.


Differentmeaningofhumanvalues:foundationalhumanvalues–freedom,creativity,loveandwisdom.

NatureofHumanfreedom;individualfreedom,intellectualfreedom,freedomofwill,spiritualfreedom.

Creativity: its meaning and nature; different kinds ofcreativity.

Creative problemsolving.

Creative personality, creativeenvironment.

Love as a foundational human value; different kinds oflove.

Human wisdom; characteristics of a wiseperson.

Concepts & Principles ofinterdependence.


Different attitudes towork.

Demands of work-ethics, ethics at workplace.

‗Good‘ organization and itsvalues.

What is aprofession?

Professional ethos and code of professionalethics.

IEEE Code of professionalethics.

Problems in practicing thecode.

Casestudies.

Books Recommended:

Human Values By : Prof. A.N. Tripathi New AgeInternational.

7HabitsofHighlyBy:Dr.StephenR.CoveyEffectivePeopleHarperPublications.

Wisdom Leadership By : Prof. S.K. Chakraborthy WheelerPublication.


Introduction



Quality Systems





Registration


Recommended Books:



6. JamesR.Evans,&J.W.Dean,"TotalQuality-management,OrganizationandStrategy,"



Unit I



Unit II



outmaintenance.

Unit III



Unit IV



Unit V




Unit I: An Overview






VE Projects











Recommended Books:

1 TuftyHerald,G.,―CompendiumonValueEngineering‖TheIndoAmericanSociety,First

Edition,1983.

2 Miles,L.D.,―TechniquesofValueEngineeringandAnalysis:,McGrawHillsecond

Edition,1972.

3 Khanna,O.P.,IndustrialEngineeringandManagement‖,DhanpatRai&Sons,1993.































Unit V: Quantum Wells, Wires and Dots

Preparation of Quantum Nanostructure; Size and Dimensionality effect, Fermi gas; Potential wells;

Partial confinement; Excitons; Single electron Tunneling, Infrared detectors; Quantum dot laser



&Supermolecular switches Applications areas of Nanotechnology in Engineering.

Recommended Books

1 Introduction to Nanotechnology – C.P.Poole Jr F.J.Owens

2 Introduction to S.S. Physics - (7th Edn.) Wiley1996.

3 Microcluster Physics – S. Sugano & H. KoizuoniSpringor1998

4 HandbookofNanostructuredMaterials&Nanotechnologyvol.-5.AcademicPress2000

TOE 12 SOLAR ENERGY

Unit I:




Unit II:





Unit III:




Unit IV:


.Solar






Unit V:



costanalysis.

Recommended Books

1 SolarEnergy:ThermalProcesses,byDuffieJohnA,andBeckmanW.A,johnWileyand Sons.

2 Solar Energy, by S.P Sukhatme, Tata Mc GrawHill.

3 Treatise on Solar Energy, by H.P Garg, john Wiley andSons.


Unit I




Unit II




Unit III


inductiontraining.

Unit IV





Unit V




















andapplications.


Unit I





Unit II





Unit III






Unit IV



Unit V




Text Books:

1 Doeblin/Measurementssystems:ApplicationandDesign,4thedition/TataMcGraw Hill.

2 S.K Singh,/ Industrial instrumentation and control/TMH 2ndedition 3 Eckman/Industrial Instrumentation / Wiley EasternLtd.

Reference Books:

1 Beckwith & Beck /Mechanical Measurements /NaronaPublishers,1988

2 Nakara/Instrumentation: measurements & Analysis/ Tata Mc GrawHill.

3 Douglas,D.Considine/HandbookofInstrumentationMeasurementandControlMcGraw Hill.


















&Aspirators.


firingmeasurements.



measurement.







inmedicine.

Text Books:

1 Khandpur R.S.- Biomedical Instrumentation-TMH

2 VenkataRam,S.K.-Bio-MedicalElectronics&Instrumentation(Revised)-Galgotia.

Reference Books::

1 Cromwell- Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements-PHI

2 Webster, J.G. –Bio- Instrumentation ,Wiley(2004)

3 Ananthi,S.–ATextBookofMedicalInstruments-2005-NewAgeInternational

4 Carr&Brown –Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology– Pearson

5 Pandey & Kumar-Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation. -Kataria









and trellisdiagram.

Text Book:

1 F.M.Reza,"AnintroductiontoInformationtheory",DoverPublicationInc.

2 H.TaubandD.L.Schilling,"Principlesofcommunicationsystem"TMH2ndEd.


Unit I




Unit II



Unit III



Unit IV




Unit V



Text Books:
























machine,ART.

Unit V: Fuzzy Logic




Text Books

1 Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks", Peal-son Education 2ndedition.

2 Satish Kumar, 'Neural Networks," TataMcGraw-HIII.

Reference Books

1 JackM.Zurada,"IntroductiontoArtificialNeuralSystem,"JaicoPublishingHouse.

2 TimothyJ.Ross,"FuzzyLogicwithEngineeringApplications,"McGraw-HillInc.


Unit I



Unit II


Unit III


Unit IV



Unit V


foracceptability.

Books Recommended:





Unit I


CompetitiveStrategy

Unit II



Unit III


Unit IV



Unit V


Trends: Beyond2000

Books Recommended:

1 Callon,JackD.,―CompetitiveAdvantageThroughInformationTechnology‖,McGraw- Hill, 1996

2 Tapscott, Don, ―The Digital Economy‖, McGraw-Hill, 1996.[DIGI]











Unit IV: Robotics






Books Recommended:

a. Jhon & Andrew Kusiak; Artificial Intelligent Handbook.

b. T. Barnold; ArtificialIntelligent

c. Dan. W. Patterson; Introduction to Artificial Manufacturing Exportsystem


HEALTHSYSTEM


TechnicalSection.







Standard,IRPC.







inhospital.

Books Recommended:

1. CesarA.CaceresandAlbertZara,ThepracticeofClinicalEngineering,AcademicPress, 1977.

2. Webter,J.G.andAlbertM.Cook,ClinicalEngineeringPrinciplesandPractices,Prentice Hall Inc.

Englewood Cliffs,1979.



Eschborn,1986.






















Books Recommended:















Unit IV: Stability








Text Books:



Reference Books:

1. B.D.O.AndersonandIB.Moore,"OptimalControlSystem:LinearQuadraticMethods", Prenctice

HallInternational.



TOE 26 MECHATRONICS








steppermotors.










Books Recommended:




Unit I: SCADA

Purposeandnecessity,generalstructure,dataacquisition,transmission&monitoring.general power

system hierarchical Structure. Overview of the methods of data acquisition systems, commonly

acquired data, transducers, RTUs, data concentrators, various communication channels-







reportpreparation.


OperatorconsolesandVDUs,displays,operatordialogues,alarmandeventloggers,mimic diagrams,

report and printingfacilities.

Unit IV: Data basis

SCADA,EMSandnetworkdatabasis.SCADAsystemstructure-localsystem,communication system and

central system. Configuration- NON-redundant- single processor, redundant dual processor. multicontrol

centers, system configuration. Performance considerations: real time





Books Recommended:



A. J. Wood and B. Woolenberg, "Power Generation Operation and Control", John

Wiley & Sons.

3. Sunil S Rao, "Switchgear Protection & Control System" Khanna Publishers 11th Edition


APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND

INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES


Program: B. Tech- AEI/IC/AIE Year: 4

th Session: 2012 – 2013

Scheme and EvaluationPattern

L T P Sessional External Exam

CT TA Total

Semester:7

th

Theory

1. TEC-701 Optical Fibre Communication Systems

3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TEE – 702 Artificial Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic

3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3. TIC – 701 Biomedical Instrumentation

3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. TIC-01X ELECTIVE-I 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150


Practical/Design

1. PIC -751 Project 0 0 4 0 0 50 50 100

2. PIC-752 Industrial Interaction 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

3. PIC-753 Biomedical Instrumentation Lab.

0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

4. Seminar 0 0 2 0 0 50 0 50

Semester: 8th

Theory

S.No Course No.

Subject Periods Evaluation Total Marks

L T P Sessional External Exam CT TA Total

1. TIC - 801 PLC and Distributed Control System

3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

2. TIC-802 Process & Optimal Control

3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

3. TIC-02X ELECTIVE-II 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

4. TIC-03X ELECTIVE-III 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150

Practical/Design

1. PIC-851 Project 0 0 6 0 0 100 200 300

2 PIC-852 PLC & DCS Lab. 0 0 2 0 0 25 25 50

3. Discipline 0 0 2 0 0 50 0 50

ELECTIVE-I

TIC011 Fiber Optics and LASER Instrumentation

TIC012 AnalyticalInstrumentation

TIC013 Industrial Electronics

TIC014 OpticalInstrumentation

ELECTIVE-II

TIC021 Power Plant Engineering

TIC022 Computer Control Process

TEC024 Digital ImageProcessing

TIC023 System Design UsingMicrocontroller ELECTIVE-III

TIC 031 Adaptive Control System

TIC 032 Industrial Safety and Management

TIC 033 Process Control System Components

TIC 034 Robotics & Automation




































Note:ThestudentswillchooseanyonesubjectofthecourseofotherthantheirEngineering

Branch.

TIC 011 FIBRE OPTICS AND LASER INSTRUMENTATION

UNIT 1 OPTICAL FIBRES AND THEIR PROPERTIES Principles of light propagation through a fibre - Different types of fibres and their properties, fibre characteristics – Absorption losses – Scattering losses – Dispersion – Connectors & splicers – Fibre termination – Optical sources – Optical detectors.

UNIT 2 INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF OPTICAL FIBRES Fibre optic sensors–Fibre optic instrumentation system – Different types of modulators – Interferometric method of measurement of length – Moire fringes – Measurement of pressure, temperature, current, voltage, liquid level and strain.

UNIT 3 LASER FUNDAMENTALS Fundamental characteristics of lasers – Three level and four level lasers – Properties of laser – Laser modes – Resonator configuration – Q-switching and mode locking – Cavity damping – Types of lasers – Gas lasers, solid lasers, liquid lasers, semiconductor lasers.

UNIT 4 INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF LASERS Laser for measurement of distance, length, velocity, acceleration, current, voltage and atmospheric effect – Material processing – Laser heating, welding, melting and trimming of material – Removal and vaporization.

UNIT 5 HOLOGRAM

Holography – Basic principle - Methods – Holographic interferometry and application, Holography for non-destructive testing – Holographic components.

TIC-012 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION

UNIT 1 ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION – different regions, their wavelengths, frequencies and energies - interaction of EM radiations with matter – atomic, molecular, electronic interaction - Basic principles of spectroscopy – emission and absorption of radiations – resonance - radiation sources – dispersing and resolving techniques – detectors - typical atomic emission and absorption spectrographs in the UV and visibleregion.

UNIT 2 MOLECULAR SPECTRA – electronic, vibrational and rotational energies and spectra characteristic bands of radicals, OH, CH, CO, etc., - IR absorption – spectroscopy – single and double beam spectrophotometers - instrumentation techniques for analyzing solid, liquid and gaseous samples – sample handling techniques.

UNIT 3 MICROWAVE SPECTROSCOPY – NMR, ESR and EPR spectroscopy – basic principles – instrumentation techniques and applications - principles of ion optics – ion sources – single focusing and double focusing mass spectrometers – principles and application

UNIT 4 PRINCIPLES OF X-RAY FLUORESCENCE SPECTROMETRY AND FLAME PHOTOMETRY – detection of X-rays and nuclear radiations – ionization chamber - proportional counter – GM counter - scintillation counter - solid state detector - gamma ray spectrometers – isotope dilution and tracer techniques for quantitative estimation andanalysis.

UNIT 5 ELECTROCHEMICAL METHODS – electrical conductivity of liquids conductivity and water purity – practical measurements and application – sulphur dioxide monitor – determination of pH – oxygen analyzers. Principles of gas and liquid chromatography – process chromatography – operation of typical process chromatography.

REFERENCE BOOKS 1. H.H. Willard, L.L. Merrit, J.A. Dean and F.A. Settle, Instrumental methods of Analysis, 6th

edition - CBS Publishers and Distributers,1986. 2. B.E.Noltingk (Edtr,) Jone’s Instrument Technology, Vol. 2, Fourth Edition, Butterworths,

1986 (chapters 4 &5 for unit5) 3. D.A. Skoog and D.M. West, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 2 nd edition, Holt-

Saunders, 1980.

TIC-013 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS

UNIT 1 REGULATED SUPPLIES AND SCR: Switched Mode voltage regulator, Comparison of Linear and Switched Mode Voltage Regulators, Servo Voltage Stabilizer, monolithic voltage regulators Fixed and Adjustable IC Voltage regulators, 3-terminal Voltage regulators, Current boosting .Principles of operation and characteristics of SCR, Triggering of Thyristors, Commutation Techniques of Thyristors, Classes A, B, C, D, E and F, Ratings of SCR.

UNIT 2 APPLICATIONS OF SCR-I: Static circuit breaker, Protection of SCR, Inverters, Classification, Single Phase inverters, Converters , single phase Half wave and Full wave.Chopper circuits, Principle, methods and Configurations, Diac and Triac, Triacs, Triggering modes, Firing Circuits, Commutation

UNIT 3 APPLICATIONS OF SCR-II Voltage compensator – solid state DC voltage regulation – DC shunt motor – armature control and field control of motor speed – electronic control of DC motor – speed regulator action – full wave motor speed regulation by one SCR

UNIT 4 INDUSTRIAL TIMERS :Industrial timers -Classification, types, Electronic Timers, Classification, RC and Digital timers, Time base Generators. Electric Welding , Classification, types and methods of Resistance and ARC wielding

UNIT 5 INDUSTRIAL HEATING APPLICATIONS :High Frequency heating, principle, merits, applications, High frequency Source for Induction heating. Dielectric Heating, principle, material properties, Electrodes and their Coupling to RF generator, Thermal losses and Applications.Ultrasonics, Generation and Applications.

TEXTBOOKS 1. Industrial and Power Electronics, G.K. Mithal and Maneesha Gupta, Khanna Publishers, 19th Ed., 2003. REFERENCES 1. Thyristors and applications, M. Rammurthy, East-West Press,1977. 2. Industrialelectronicsandcontrol,S.K.BhattacharyaandS.chatterjee,TataMeGraw Hill,1995 3. Frank D. Petruzella, Industrial Electronics, McGraw Hill International Editions,1996

TIC-014 OPTICAL INSTRUMENTATION

Unit 1 LIGHT SOURCING, TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING: Concept of Light, Classification of different phenomenon based on theories of light, Basic light sources and its Characterization, Polarization , Coherent and Incoherent sources, Grating theory ,Application of diffraction grating, Electro-optic

Unit2 OPTO –ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND OPTICAL COMPONENTS: Photo diode, PIN, Photo-Conductors, Solar cells, ,Phototransistors, Materials used to fabricate LEDs and Lasers Design of LED for Optical communication, Response times of LEDs ,LED drive circuitry, Lasers Classification :Ruby lasers, Neodymium Lasers, He- Ne Lasers,CO2 Lasers, Dye Lasers, Semiconductors Lasers ,Lasers Applications.

Unit3 INTERFEROMETRY: Interference effect, Radio- metry, types of interference phenomenon and its Application, Michelson’s Interferometer and its application Fabry-perot interferometer, Refractometer, Rayleigh’s interferometers, Spectrographs and Monochromators, Spectrophotometers, Calorimeters, Medical Optical Instruments

Unit4 HOLOGRAPHY: Principle of Holography, On-axis and Off axis Holography, Application of Holography,Optical data storage, OPTICAL FIBER SENSORS: Active and passive optical fiber sensor, Intensity modulated, displacement type sensors, Multimode active optical fiber sensor (Microbendsensor)Single Mode fiber sensor-Phase Modulates and polarization sensors

Unit5 FIBER OPTIC FUNDAMENTALS AND MEASUREMENTS: Fundamental of Fibers, Fiber Optic Communication system, Optical Time domain Reflectometer (OTDR),Time domain dispersion measurement, Frequency Domain dispersion measurement, Laser Doppler velocimeter,

Reference BOOK: 1. J.Wilson&J F B Hawkes,OptoElectronics:An Introduction PHI,Edition 2. Wave Optics and its Application, RajpalS.Sirohi 3. A Yariv / Optical Electronics/C.B.S. Collage Publishing, New York,1985. 4-

Fundamentals of OPTOELECTRONICS byPollock

TIC-801 PLC AND DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM

UNIT 1

PLC Fundamentals – Discrete state Vs continuous state control-Evolution of modern day, PLCs building blocks of PLCs-Communication in PLCs.

UNIT 2

PLC Applications-Programming methods- Relay & logic ladder diagrams-Boolean logic-High level languages-Graphical representation- programming examples – Comparative study of industrial PLCs.

UNIT 3

Elements of DCS –Evolution of DCS - Building blocks- Detailed descriptions and functions of field control units-Operator stations and data highways-Redundancy concepts.

UNIT 4

Case studies in DCS-Comparative study of industrial DCS-Reliability calculations -intrinsically safe instrumentation –Case studies

UNIT 5

Communications in DCS - Basics of Computer networks - Special requirements of network used for control - Communication protocols-link access mechanism- Manufactures automation protocols - Field bus and Smarttransmitters.

REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Moore, Digital control devices, ISA press,1986. 2. Tanaenbaum A.S., Computer networks, Prentice Hall,1998. 1. Lukcas M.P., Distributed control systems, Van Nostrand Reinhold co.,Newyork,1986. 2. Huges T, Programmable Logic Controllers, ISApress,1994.

TIC-021 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION : Piping and instrumentation diagram of a thermal power plant, basic process on a boiler, Fuel measurement- review of pressure and temperature measurement steam and water flow measurement – instrument applications in power stations: review of indicating and recording instrument applications in power stations: review of indicating and recording instruments, water level gauge for boiler drums, closed circuit television instrument, gas analysis meters,smokeinstruments,dustmonitor-measurementofimpuritiesinfeedwaterandsteam generator coolant controls and instruments, instrument maintenance aspects. UNIT 2 BOILER CONTROL-I: Boiler control objectives-combustion of fuels (gaseous liquid, and solid), excess air, combustion chemistry and products of combustion, requirement for excess combustion, air-circulation of efficiency of boiler: input/output method-stream temperature control systems super heaters and de-superheaters.

UNIT 3 BOILER CONTROL-II: Feed water supply and boiler water circulation system-drum level control systems-boiler draft systems-measurement and control of furnace draft measurement and control of combustion-draft and air flow control relatedfunctions.

UNIT 4 FLUE GAS ANALYSIS TRIMMING OF COMBUSTION CONTROL SYSTEMS : Combustion control for liquid and gaseous fuel boilers coal or solid fuel strokes combustion control for stoker-fired boilers- pulverised coal-fired boilers. Turbine monitoring and control: speed, vibration, shell temperature monitoring.

UNIT 5 NUCLEAR POWER PLANT INSTRUMENTATION: Piping and instrumentation diagram of different types of nuclear power plants-radiation detection instruments process sensors for nuclear power plants-spectrum analyzers-nuclear reactor control systems and allied instrumentation.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. B.G.Liptak,Instrumentationinprocessindustries,Vol.IandII,Chiltonbooksco,

1973. 2. Sam G. Dukelow. The control of boilers, Instrument Society of Americapress.

3. A.Sherryet.Al.(Editors),Modernpowerstationpractice,Vol.6(Instrumentation controls and testing), Pergamon Press,1971.

TIC-022 COMPUTER CONTROL OF PROCESS

UNIT 1 ANALYSIS OF SAMPLED DATA CONTROL SYSTEM: Continuous and discrete systems sample data system- Z transform –inverse Z transform- selection of sampling period – mathematical representation of sampler- transfer function of zero order hold and first order hold device-Pulse transfer function – –open loop and closed response of linear sample data control system for step input – stability analysis: Jury’s test and bilinear transformation-State space representation of sample data systems

UNIT 2 DIGITAL CONTROL ALGORITHMS – Deadbeat Algorithm – Dahlin’s method – ringing – Kalman’s approach – discrete equivalent to an analog Controller – design for load changes. PID Algorithms – tuning techniques. Selection of sampling time. Dead time Compensation – Smith Predictor Algorithm.

UNIT 3 SYSTEM MODELING AND IDENTIFICATION – Mathematical model for processes – first order. Second order processes without and with pure delay higher order systems – process modeling form step test data – pulse testing for process identification – time – domain identification – linear least squarealgorithm.

UNIT 4 ROBUST CONTROL, INTELLIGENT CONTROLLERS, OPTIMAL CONTROL

UNIT 5 ADAPTIVE CONTROL: Introduction- types- MFA control- single loop MFA controlmultivariable MFA control-model reference adaptive control. MODEL PREDICTIVE CONTROL: Introduction- optimization problems- dynamic matrix control- DMC for first order process – quadratic DMC.

REFERENCES BOOK: 1. P.B. Deshpande and RH. Ash, “Elements of Computer Process Control”,

Instrument Society of America. 1981. 2. B.W.Bequette. “Process control” Prentice Hall Inc. 2006(unitIV) 3. C.L. Smith, “Digital Computer Process Control”, Intext Educational Publishers,1972. 4. Vance Vandoren” Techniques for Adaptive Control” BH publishers.,2003 (unit–V)

TIC-023 SYSTEM DESIGN USING MICROCONTROLLERS

UNIT 1 REVIEW OF MICROCONTROLLERS: Features of Typical Microcontroller – on Board peripherals – Processor Selection criteria – Microcontroller Design Specifications – Word length – Performance Issues - Power consumption – Package Types – Electrical requirements – Reset Hardware – oscillator Design – power Consideration - Development Tools –Firmware Development options – Assembly Language Vs High level Language Programming.

UNIT 2 MCS51 MICROCONTROLLER AND INTERFACING: Intel MCS51 Architecture – Derivatives - Special Function Registers (SFR), I/O pins, ports and circuits, Instruction set, Addressing Modes, Assembly Language Programming, Timer and Counter Programming, Serial Communication, Connection to RS 232, Interrupts Programming, External Memory interfacing , Introduction to 16 bit Microcontroller UNIT 3 PIC MICROCONTROLLER AND INTERFACING: Introduction, CPU architecture, registers, instruction sets addressing modes Loop timing, timers, Interrupts, Interrupt timing, I/o Expansion, I 2C Bus Operation Serial EEPROM, Analog to digital converter, UART-Baud Rate-Data Handling- Initialization, Special Features - serial Programming- Parallel Slave Port. UNIT 4 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT AND TOOLS: Embedded system evolution trends. Round - Robin, robin with Interrupts, function-One-Scheduling Architecture, Algorithms. Introduction to- assembler-compiler-cross compilers and Integrated Development Environment (IDE). Object Oriented Interfacing, Recursion, Debugging strategies, Simulators. UNIT 5 REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS: Task and Task States, tasks and data, semaphores and shared Data Operating system Services-Message queues-Timer Function-Events-Memory Management, Interrupt Routines in an RTOS environment, basic design Using RTOS. System Design Issues – Design of Industrial Control System.

REFERENCES: 1. Burns, Alan and Wellings, Andy, " Real-Time Systems and Programming Languages ",

Second Edition. Harlow: Addison-Wesley-Longman,1997. 2. Raymond J.A. Bhur and Donald L.Bialey, " An Introduction to real time systems: Design to

networking with C/C++ ", Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersey,1999. 3. Grehan Moore, and Cyliax, " Real time Programming: A guide to 32 Bit Embedded

Development. Reading " Addison-Wesley-Longman,1998. 4. Heath, Steve, " Embedded Systems Design ", Newnes1997.

TEC024 DIGITAL IMAGEPROCESSING

UNIT 1

INTRODUCTION: Fundamental steps in DIP, elements of DIP, Simple image model,

Sampling &quantization, basic relationships between Pixels, Color imagemodel.

UNIT 2

IMAGE TRANSFORMS: One-dimensional & Two-dimensional DFT, Cosine, Sine,

Hadamard, Haar, and Slant & KL transforms.

IMAGE ENHANCEMENT: Introduction, Point operations, Histogram modeling, spatial

operations, Transform operations

UNIT 3

IMAGE RESTORATION: Introduction, Image observation models, Inverse &Wiener

filtering,difference between enhancement &restoration Restoration-spatial filtering,

Noise reduction in frequencydomain.

UNIT 4

IMAGE COMPRESSION: Introduction, Pixel coding, Predictive coding, Transform coding,

Inter-frame coding.

UNIT 5

IMAGE SEGMENTATION: Introduction, Spatial feature extraction, Transforms

features, Edge detection, Boundary extraction, Segmentationtechniques.

SUGGESTED BOOKS:

1. DigitalImageProcessing,RafaelC.ConzalezRichardEWoods, 2ndEd. 2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Anil KJain.

TIC-031 ADAPTIVE CONTROL SYSTEMS UNIT 1

Mathematical Model: Mathematical Model for process of I order, II order – I order with pure delay & higher order system. Discretization techniques and computer solution of differential equations – simulation of process dynamics – state models.

UNIT 2 Identification of Methods: Conventional techniques of identification, Identification of systems with dead time Discrete Systems, ARMA process, discrete state model – least squarestechniques – recursive leastsquares – generalized recursive least squares algorithms – fixed memory algorithm, Minimum variance method.

UNIT 3 Adaptive Control of Deterministic Systems: Gain scheduling, MRAC, STC, Minimum variance controller – Predictive control, Minimum prediction error adaptive controls – adaptive control algorithms for closed loop pole assignment – adaptive control of time varying systems.

UNIT 4 Adaptive Control of Stochastic Systems: Stochastic processes, Stochastic minimum prediction error adaptive controller – adaptive pole placement – adaptive optimal controllers.

UNIT 5 State Estimation and Observers: Parameter estimation and state estimation, Luenberger, Asymptotic observers – adaptive observer – Extended Recursive least squares, FM and Kalman filter.

REFERENCES: 1. Goodwin G.C. and Sin K.S. Jersey,, “Adaptive filtering, prediction and control”, Prentice

Hall, inc.,1984. 2. Mendel J.M., Marcel, Dekker, “Discrete techniques of parameter estimation”, New York,1994. 3. Hsia T.C.H.A., “System Identification”, Lexington books,1974. 4. Harris C.J. and Billings S.A. Peter ,“Self Tuning and Adaptive control”, Peregnius Ltd.,1984.

TIC 032 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND MANAGEMENT

UNIT 1 ENERGY CONVERSION – world fossil fuel reserves – world energy consumption – historical lives of fossil fuels – global energy and environmental management – environmental aspects of fossil, nuclear, hydro and biomass energy conversion – gaseous emissions – solid waste – liquidwaste.

UNIT 2 ENERGY MANAGEMENT – need for energy conservation – energy auditing – conducting real time continuous energy audits – data collection – automated data acquisition – data analysis – role of energy manager – energy audit instruments – gas analyzer – energy conservation in industries: boilers, pumps, fans, compressed air systems, refrigeration and air conditioning systems, DG sets, electrical motors, variable speed motors.

UNIT 3 AIR POLLUTANTS AND GLOBAL CLIMATE – air pollutant effects. Pollution control laws and regulation – national and international – role of environmental monitoring in environmental management systems – continuous emissions monitoring systems. Pollution control – review of pollution control methods in thermal power plants – industrial – nuclear – automobiles – disposal/treatment of solid and liquid wastes – alternate fuels.

UNIT 4 SAFETY AND PRODUCTIVITY – causes of accidents in industries – accidents reporting and investigation – measuring safety performance – workman compensation rules.

UNIT 5 SAFETY CODES AND STANDARDS – general safety considerations in power plants, pressure vessels and pressurized pipe lines – operation and inspection of extinguishers – preventing the spread of fire – emergency exit facilities.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Blake Roland. P, “Industrial safety”, Prentice Hall of India,1973. 2. Callaghan. P. O, “Energy Management”, McGraw Hill Book Co.,1993.

REFERENCES: 1. Culp. A. W, “Principles of Energy Conservation”, McGraw Hill Book Co.,1991. 2. Noel de Nervers, “Air Pollution Control Engineering”, McGraw Hill BookCo., 2000.

TIC-033 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

UNIT 1 ORIFICE METER – design of orifice for given flow condition – design of rotameter – design of RTD measuring circuit – design of cold junction compensation circuit for thermocouple using RTD – Transmitters – Zero and span adjustment in D/P transmitters and temperature transmitters.

UNIT 2 BOURDON GAUGES – factors affecting sensitivity – design of Bourdon tube – Design of Air purge system for level measurement. Electronic P+I+D controllers – design – adjustment of setpoint, bias and controller settings.

UNIT 3 CONTROL VALVES – design of actuators and positioners – types for valve bodies – valve characteristics – materials for body, and trim – sizing of control valves – selection of body, materials and characteristics of control valves for typical applications.

UNIT 4 TYPES OF PUMPS – pump – performance – pipe work calculation – characteristics of different pumps – pump operation maintenance – instruments used in pumping practice pump noise and vibration – selection of pumps.

UNIT 5 Design of logic circuits for alarm and annunciator circuits, interlocks – design of microprocessor based P+I+D controller.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. N.A. Anderson, “Instrumentation for Process Measurement and Control”, Chillton Company, 1980. 2. D.M. Considine, “Process Instruments and Controls Handbook”, McGraw Hill Book Co.1985.

REFERENCES: 1. R.H. Warring, “Pumping Manual”, Gulf Publishing Co.,1984. 2. C.D. Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”, Prentice HallInc.

TIC-034 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION

UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION: Robotics – Basic components – Classification – Performance characteristics – Actuators- Electric actuator- DC motor horse power calculation, magnetostrictive hydraulic and pneumatic actuators. Sensors and vision systems: Different types of robot transducers and sensors – Tactile sensors – Proximity and range sensors –ultrasonic sensor-touch sensors-slip sensors-sensor calibration- vision systems – Image processing and analysis – image data reduction – segmentation feature extraction – Object recognition.

UNIT 2 ROBOT CONTROL: Control of robot manipulators- state equations-constatnt solutions-linear feedback systems-single axis PID control- PD gravity control- computed torque control- variable structure control- Impedance control .

UNIT 3 END EFFECTORS: End effectors and tools– types – Mechanical grippers – Vacuum cups – Magnetic grippers – Robot end effectors interface, work space analysis work envelope-workspace fixtures-pick and place operation- continous path motioninterpolated motion-straight line motion.

UNIT 4 ROBOT MOTION ANALYSIS: Robot motion analysis and control: Manipulator kinematics –forward and inverse kinematics- arm equation-link coordinates- Homogeneous transformations and rotations and Robot dynamics.

UNIT 5 ROBOT APPLICATIONS: Industrial and Non industrial robots, Robots for welding, painting and assembly – Remote Controlled robots – Robots for nuclear, thermal and chemical plants – Industrial automation – Typical examples of automated industries.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mikel P. Grover , et. Al. “Industrial Robots – Technology Programming and Applications”, McGraw Hill,1980.

2. Robert J.Schilling, Fundamentals of Robotics-Analysis and Control, PHI,2007.( Unit 2 and Unit3)

REFERENCE: 1. K.S.Fu, R.C.Gonzalez, CSG. Lee, Robotics, control sensing vision and Intelligence, Tata Mcgraw- Hill, 2008


Unit I:



Unit II:





Unit III:




Unit IV:






Unit V:





Books Recommended:


2. Mani, "Handbook of Solar radiation Data forIndia".


AcademicPress.







Unit I:



Unit II:








Unit IV:



Unit V:



Books Recommended:

1. R.Billintan& R.N. Allan,‖ Reliability Evaluation of Engineering and Systems",

Plenum Press.

2. K.C.Kapoor&L.R.Lamberson,"ReliabilityinEngineeringandDesign",JohnWileyand

Sons.

3. S.K.Sinha&B.K.Kale,―LifeTestingandReliabilityEstimation",WileyEasternLtd. 4. M.L.Shooman,"ProbabilisticReliability,AnEngineeringApproach",McGrawHill.



Unit I:


ofpollution.

Unit II:





Unit III:



Unit IV:



Unit V:




Books Recommended:



APPLICATIONS:

Unit I




Unit II



input to GISdata;

Unit III



Unit IV


Networkanalysis;

Unit V



Books Recommended:

1. GeographicInformationSystems:AManagementPerspective,byStanArnoff,WD

L Publications.


AcademicPress.




Unit I:





Unit II:




Unit III:





Unit IV:





Unit V:



scaleindustries.

Books Recommended:



















(e) Medicine



c. Altmism d Caste



Books Recommended:





5. R.s.Sharma,(ed.),IndianSocietyHistoricalProbing,People‘sPublishingHouse,New Delhi, 1977.




















7. Humanistic psychology; meaning of‗personhood‘

8. Maslow‘s hierarchy of human need; characteristics of ‗self-actualizing‘persons.

9. Mentalhealth

10. Psycho-spiritual Indianconcepts.

11. Areas and nature of aestheticexperiences.

12. Nature of beauty; aestheticsensibilities.











9. Differentmeaningofhumanvalues:foundationalhumanvalues–freedom,creativity,loveandwisdom.

10. NatureofHumanfreedom;individualfreedom,intellectualfreedom,freedomofwill,spiritualfreedom.















16. Casestudies.

Books Recommended:


2. 7HabitsofHighlyBy:Dr.StephenR.CoveyEffectivePeopleHarperPublications.



Introduction



Quality Systems





Registration


Recommended Books:



3. JamesR.Evans,&J.W.Dean,"TotalQuality-management,OrganizationandStrategy," Thomson

Asia Pvt. Ltd.,Singapore.


Unit I



Unit II



outmaintenance.

Unit III



Unit IV



Unit V




Unit I: An Overview






VE Projects











Recommended Books:

1. TuftyHerald,G.,―CompendiumonValueEngineering‖TheIndoAmericanSociety,First

Edition,1983.

2. Miles,L.D.,―TechniquesofValueEngineeringandAnalysis:,McGrawHillsecond

Edition,1972.

3. Khanna,O.P.,IndustrialEngineeringandManagement‖,DhanpatRai&Sons,1993.































Unit V: Quantum Wells, Wires and Dots

PreparationofQuantumNanostructure;SizeandDimensionalityeffect,Fermigas;Potentialwells;Partial

confinement; Excitons; Single electron Tunneling, Infrared detectors; Quantum dot laser



&Supermolecular switches Applications areas of Nanotechnology inEngineering.

Recommended Books

1. Introduction to Nanotechnology – C.P.Poole Jr F.J.Owens

2. Introduction to S.S. Physics - (7th Edn.) Wiley1996.

3. Microcluster Physics – S. Sugano & H. KoizuoniSpringor1998

4. HandbookofNanostructuredMaterials&Nanotechnologyvol.-5.AcademicPress2000

TOE 12 SOLAR ENERGY

Unit I:




Unit II:





Unit III:




Unit IV:


.Solar






Unit V:



costanalysis.

Recommended Books

1. SolarEnergy:ThermalProcesses,byDuffieJohnA,andBeckmanW.A,johnWileyand Sons.

2. Solar Energy, by S.P Sukhatme, Tata Mc GrawHill.

3. Treatise on Solar Energy, by H.P Garg, john Wiley andSons.


Unit I




Unit II




Unit III


inductiontraining.

Unit IV





Unit V




















andapplications.


Unit I





Unit II





Unit III






Unit IV



Unit V




Text Books:

1. Doeblin/Measurementssystems:ApplicationandDesign,4thedition/TataMcGraw Hill.

2. S.K Singh,/ Industrial instrumentation and control/TMH 2ndedition 3. Eckman/Industrial Instrumentation / Wiley EasternLtd.

Reference Books:

1. Beckwith & Beck /Mechanical Measurements /NaronaPublishers,1988

2. Nakara/Instrumentation: measurements & Analysis/ Tata Mc GrawHill.

3. Douglas,D.Considine/HandbookofInstrumentationMeasurementandControlMcGraw Hill.


















&Aspirators.


firingmeasurements.



measurement.







inmedicine.

Text Books:

i. Khandpur R.S.- Biomedical Instrumentation-TMH

ii. VenkataRam,S.K.-Bio-MedicalElectronics&Instrumentation(Revised)-Galgotia.

Reference Books::

1. Cromwell- Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements-PHI

2. Webster, J.G. –Bio- Instrumentation ,Wiley(2004)

3. Ananthi,S.–ATextBookofMedicalInstruments-2005-NewAgeInternational

4. Carr&Brown –Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology– Pearson

5. Pandey & Kumar-Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation. -Kataria









and trellisdiagram.

Text Book:

1. F.M.Reza,"AnintroductiontoInformationtheory",DoverPublicationInc.

2. H.TaubandD.L.Schilling,"Principlesofcommunicationsystem"TMH2ndEd.


Unit I




Unit II



Unit III



Unit IV




Unit V



Text Books:
























machine,ART.

Unit V: Fuzzy Logic




Text Books

1. Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks", Peal-son Education 2ndedition.

2. Satish Kumar, 'Neural Networks," TataMcGraw-HIII.

Reference Books

1. JackM.Zurada,"IntroductiontoArtificialNeuralSystem,"JaicoPublishingHouse.

2. TimothyJ.Ross,"FuzzyLogicwithEngineeringApplications,"McGraw-HillInc.


Unit I



Unit II


Unit III


Unit IV



Unit V


foracceptability.

Books Recommended:





Unit I


CompetitiveStrategy

Unit II



Unit III


Unit IV



Unit V


Trends: Beyond2000

Books Recommended:

1. Callon,JackD.,―CompetitiveAdvantageThroughInformationTechnology‖,McGraw- Hill, 1996

2. Tapscott, Don, ―The Digital Economy‖, McGraw-Hill, 1996.[DIGI]











Unit IV: Robotics






Books Recommended:

1. Jhon & Andrew Kusiak; Artificial Intelligent Handbook.

2. T. Barnold; ArtificialIntelligent

3. Dan. W. Patterson; Introduction to Artificial Manufacturing Exportsystem


HEALTHSYSTEM


TechnicalSection.







Standard,IRPC.







inhospital.

Books Recommended:

2. CesarA.CaceresandAlbertZara,ThepracticeofClinicalEngineering,AcademicPress,

1977.

5. Webter,J.G.andAlbertM.Cook,ClinicalEngineeringPrinciplesandPractices,Prentice

Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs,1979.



Eschborn,1986.






















Books Recommended:















Unit IV: Stability








Text Books:



Reference Books:

1. B.D.O.AndersonandIB.Moore,"OptimalControlSystem:LinearQuadraticMethods", Prenctice

HallInternational.



TOE 26 MECHATRONICS








steppermotors.










Books Recommended:




Unit I: SCADA

Purposeandnecessity,generalstructure,dataacquisition,transmission&monitoring.gene

ral power system hierarchical Structure. Overview of the methods of data acquisition

systems, commonly acquired data, transducers, RTUs, data concentrators, various

communication channels-

cables,telephonelines,powerlinecarrier,microwaves,fiberopticalchannelsand

satellites.






reportpreparation.


OperatorconsolesandVDUs,displays,operatordialogues,alarmandeventloggers,mimic

diagrams, report and printingfacilities.

Unit IV: Data basis

SCADA,EMSandnetworkdatabasis.SCADAsystemstructure-localsystem,communication

system and central system. Configuration- NON-redundant- single processor, redundant

dual processor. multicontrol centers, system configuration. Performance considerations:

real time operationsystemrequirements,modularizationofsoftwareprogramminglanguages.




Books Recommended:

1. TorstenCergrell,"PowerSystemControlTechnology",PrenticeHallInternationa

l.

2. GeorgeLKusic"ComputerAidedPowerSystemAnalysis",,PrenticeHallofIndia,

A. J.WoodandB.Woolenberg,"PowerGenerationOperationandControl",J

ohnWiley&Sons.

3. SunilSRao,"SwitchgearProtection&ControlSystem"KhannaPublishers11thE

dition


PLASTIC AND POLYMER

ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES

COURSES AND EVALUATION SCHEME

B.Tech (Plastic & Polymer Engineering)

(Effective from Session 2014-2015)

YEAR IV, SEMESTER –VII

Sl.

No.

Course

code

Subject

PERIODS

SESSIONAL

EXAM

ESE

Subject

Total

Credit

L T P CT TA Total

A) THEORY

1 TPP-701 Industrial Safety & Hazard

Management 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150 4

2 TME-701 CAD/CAM 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150 4

3 TPP-702 Nylon Technology 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150 4

4 TPP-703 Fibre Manufacturing

Technology 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150 4

5 TOE- Open Elective* 3 1 0 30 20 50 100 150 4

B) PRACTICAL / TRAINING / PROJECT

6 PPP-701 Polymer Characterization Lab 0 0 3 - 50 50 50 100 3

7 PPP-702 Minor Project 0 0 2 - 50 50

50 2

8 PPP-703 Industrial Training Report

presentation 0 0 2 - 50 50

50

9 GP-301 General Proficiency

(NSS/NCC/Sports/Cultural) - - - -

50 - 50 -

TOTAL 15 5 7 - - - - 1000 27

* Details of open elective (Select any one elective subject. Syllabus according to UTU,

Dehradun)

TOE – 01Non ConventionalEnergyResources TOE – 14Advance MaterialScience

TOE –02ReliabilityEngineering TOE – 15IndustrialInstrumentation

TOE – 03Environment&Ecology TOE – 16BiodmedicalEngineering

TOE – 04Geographic Inf. System Tech. &itsapplication TOE

– 17Fundamentals of Coding Theory TOE –

05EntrepreneurshipDevelopmentProgramme TOE –

18ConsumerElectronics TOE – 06AncientIndianCulture TOE – 19Artificial neural network & Fuzzylogic

TOE –07HumanValues TOE – 20Human

ComputerInteraction

TOE – 08Quality System&Management TOE – 21IT inBusiness

TOE – 09Condition Monitoring &Diagnostics TOE – 22Artificial Intelligence

inManufacturing

TOE –10Value Engineering TOE – 23Health, Hospital and

EquipmentManagement

TOE–11Nanotechnology TOE – 24Introduction to

MedicalPhysics

TOE –12SolarEnergy TOE – 25Modern ControlSystem

TOE – 13HumanResourceManagement TOE –26Mechatronics

TOE – 27SCADA & Energy

Management System

TOE-01 NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY RESOURCES Unit I: Introduction: Various non-conventional energy resources- Introduction,

availability,classification, relative merits and demerits.

Unit II: Solar Cells:Theory of solar cells. Solar cell materials, solar cell power plant, limitations. Solar

Thermal Energy: Solar radiation flat plate collectors and their materials, applicationsand


thermal power plants, thermal energy storage for solar heating and cooling, limitations.

Unit III: Geothermal Energy: Resources of geothermal energy, thermodynamics of geo-

thermalenergy conversion-electrical conversion, non-electrical conversion, environmental

considerations. Magneto-hydrodynamics (MHD): Principle of working of MHD Power plant, performanceand

limitations.

Unit IV: Fuel Cells: Principle of working of various types of fuel cells and their

working,performance and limitations. Thermo-electrical and thermionic Conversions: Principle of working, performance

andlimitations.

Wind Energy: Wind power and its sources, site selection, criterion, momentum

theory,classification of rotors, concentrations and augments, wind characteristics. performance

and limitations of energy conversion systems.

Unit V: Bio-mass: Availability of bio-mass and its conversion theory. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC): Availability, theory and working

principle,performance and limitations. Wave and Tidal Wave: Principle of working, performance and limitations. Waste

RecyclingPlants

Books Recommended: 1. AndraGabdel, "A Handbook for Engineers and Economists". A. Mani, "Handbook of Solar

radiation Data for India". 2. Peter Auer, "Advances in Energy System and Technology". Vol. 1 & II Edited by

Academic Press. 3. F.R. the MITTRE, "Wind Machines" by Energy Resources and Environmental Series. 4. Frank Kreith, "Solar Energy Hand Book". 5. N. Chermisinogg and Thomes, C. Regin, "Principles and Application of Solar

Energy". 6. N.G. Calvert, " Wind Power Principles‖. 7. W. Palz., P. Chartier and D.O. Hall," Energy from Biomass".


Unit I: Introduction: Definition of reliability, types of failures, definition and factors

influencing,system effectiveness, various parameters of system effectiveness.

Unit II: Reliability Mathematics: Definition of probability, laws of probability,

conditionalprobability, Bay's theorem; various distributions; data collection, recovery of

data, data analysis procedures, empirical reliability calculations.

Unit III: ReliabilityTypes of system- series, parallel, series parallel, stand by and

complex;development of logic diagram, methods of reliability evaluation; cut set and tie set

methods, matrix methods event trees and fault trees methods, reliability evaluation using

probability distributions, Markov method, frequency and duration method.

Unit IV: Reliability Improvements: Methods of reliability improvement, component

redundancy,system redundancy, types of redundancies series, parallel, series - parallel, stand

by and hybrid, effect of maintenance.

Unit V: Reliability Testing: Life testing, requirements, methods, test planning, data

reportingsystem, data reduction and analysis, reliability test standards.

Books Recommended: 1. R.Billintan& R.N. Allan,‖ Reliability Evaluation of Engineering and Systems",

Plenum Press.

2. K.C. Kapoor & L.R. Lamberson,"Reliability in Engineering and Design", John Wiley

and Sons.

3. S.K. Sinha & B.K. Kale, ―Life Testing and Reliability Estimation", Wiley Eastern

Ltd. 4. M.L. Shooman, "Probabilistic Reliability, An Engineering Approach", McGraw Hill. 5. G.H.Sandler,"System Reliability Engineering", Prentice Hall.


Unit I: Environment: Environment and its components, pollution of environment by

humanactivity, kinds of pollution.

Unit II: Water Quality: Measure of water quality, water quality standards, water treatment;

wastewater transport and treatment, sludge treatment and disposal. Air Quality: Sources and effects of air pollution, major air pollutants, air quality

control,treatment of emissions, dispersion of air pollutants.

Unit III: Solid waste: Collection of refuse, removal and transport, disposal of refuse.


Unit IV: Ecology: Ecology and Ecosystems, concept of ecological imbalances, physical and

climatefactors, biotic components, energy and material flows in ecosystems, human influence

on ecosystems. Unit V: Conservation of Natural Resources: Water resources, mineral resources, agricultural

andforestry resources, agriculture soil and need of nutrients, fertilizers and pesticides. Brief

introduction about environmental legislation and environmental audit.

Books Recommended: 1. Vesilind, " Introduction to Environmental Engineering," Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.

Singapore.

TOE-04 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS) TECHNOLOGY AND

ITS APPLICATIONS:

Unit I Definition of GIS, Cartography and GIS, GIS database: spatial and attribute date; Spatial models: Semantics, spatial information, temporal information, conceptual models of spatial information, representation of geographic information: point, line and area futures, topology,

Unit II Raster and vector data, raster to vector data conversion, map projection, analytical

transformation, rubber sheet transformation, manual digitizing and semi-automatic line

following digitizer; Remote sensing data as an input to GIS data;

Unit III Attribute database: scale and source of inaccuracy; GIS functionality; data storage and data

retrieval through query, generalization, classification, containment search within a spatial

region;

Unit IV Overlay: arithmetical, logical and conditional overlay, buffers, inter visibility, aggregation;

Network analysis;

Unit V Applications of GIS in planning and management of utility lines and in the filed of

environmental engineering, geotechnical engineering, transportation engineering and water

resources engineering.

Books Recommended: 1. Geographic Information Systems: A Management Perspective, by Stan Arnoff, WDL

Publications.

2. Fundamentals of Spatial Information Systems by Robert laurini and Derek Thompson,

Academic Press.

3. Geographical Information Systems, Vo. I and II edited by Paul Longely, M.F.

Goodchild, et.al, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 1999.


Unit I: Entrepreneur: Definition. Growth of small scale industries in developing countries and

theirpositions vis-a-vis large industries; role of small scale industries in the national economy;

characteristics and types of small scale industries; demand based and resources based ancillaries

and sub-control type. Government policy for small scale industry; stages in starting a small scale

industry.

Unit II: Project identification: Assessment of viability, formulation, Evaluation, financing, field-study

and collection of information, preparation of project report, demand analysis, material balance

and output methods, benefit cost analysis, discounted cash flow, internal rate of return and net

present value methods.

Unit III: Accountancy: Preparation of balance sheets and assessment of economic viability,

decisionmaking, expected costs, planning and production control. Quality control. marketing,

industrial relations. Sales and purchases, advertisement, wages and incentive, inventory control,

preparation of financial reports, accounts and stores studies.

Unit IV: Project Planning and control: The financial functions, cost of capital approach in

projectplanning and control. Economic evaluation, risk analysis, capital expenditures, policies

and practices in public enterprises. Profit planning and programming, planning cash flow, capital

expenditure and operations, control of financial flows, control and communication.

Unit V: Laws concerning entrepreneur: Partnership laws, business ownership, sales and

incometaxes and workman compensation act. Role of various national and state agencies

which render assistance to small scale industries.

Books Recommended: 1. Joseph, L. Massod, " Essential of Management", Prentice Hall of India.


Unit I: Main features of Indian Culture (a) The orientlist view (b) The nationalist view


Principal Components – historical and archeo-ethic perspective (a) Indian Civilization (b) Vedic culture (c) Tribal and folk culture (d) Foreign elements

Unit II: Impact of integrating, disintegrating and proliferating forces of History. (b) Eras of political unification (b) Foreign invasions

(d) Regional conflicts (d) Religious movements (f) Trade and Dissemination

Unit III: Ideas and Institution a. Political b. Social


Unit IV: Achievements in Arts, Science and Technology (a)

Literature (b) Art and Architecture (d) Music and Dance (d) Astronomy and Mathematics (f) Medicine

Unit V: Values and disvalues a. Humanism and spiritualism b. Ahinsa c. Altmism d Caste e. Unsociability f. Religious suicide and superstition g.

Degradation of women and prostitution.

Books Recommended: 1. Ghose Aurobindo, Foundations of Indian culture. 2. Pande, G.C., Foundations of Indian culture, 2 Vols. 3. Coomarswami, dance of Siva 4. Thapar Ramila, Ancient Indian Social History 5. R.s. Sharma, (ed.), Indian Society Historical Probing, People‘s Publishing House,

New Delhi, 1977.

6. Kossambi, Introduction to Indian History. 7. Altekar, A.S., State and Government in Ancient India. 8. Altekar, A.S., Position of Women in Hindu Civilization 9. Prakash, Om, conceptualization and History. 10. Bartam, A.I., Wonder that was India.

TOE 07 HUMAN VALUES

Unit I: Introduction Nature of value crisis in the contemporary Indian society and the larger human community.

Meaning and nature of values; holistic view of life and its value. Conceptualizing ‗good‘ life and its value dimensions.

Material and Societal value Role of material values in promoting human well being.

Role of Science and technology; problems of material development. Socio-political ideologies for promoting material wellbeing Conceptualizing ‗good‘ society and ‗social goods‘ Justice as a societal value. Democracy and rule of law. Values in the Indian Constitution. Gandhian concepts of good society; gram swaraj, sarvodaya, antyodaya Unit II : Psychological and Aesthetic Values Humanistic psychology; meaning of ‗personhood‘

Maslow‘s hierarchy of human need; characteristics of ‗self-actualizing‘ persons. Mental health Psycho-spiritual Indian concepts. Areas and nature of aesthetic experiences. Nature of beauty; aesthetic sensibilities. Unit III : Ethical and Spiritual Values Bases for moral judgments : customary morality, religious morality, reflective morality.

Some principles of ethics; ethical canons and their significance in modern life. Virtue ethics; personal virtues for the modern times. Ethics of duty and ethics of responsibility. Factors to be considered in making ethical judgments: motives, means and consequences. Spirituality and spiritual values : spiritual wisdom of the Upanishads; Buddha‘s view. Science, materialism and spirituality. Spirituality in the modern times.

Unit IV : Human Values Different meaning of human values: foundational human values – freedom, creativity, love

and wisdom. Nature of Human freedom; individual freedom, intellectual freedom, freedom of will,

spiritual freedom.

Creativity: its meaning and nature; different kinds of creativity. Creative problem solving. Creative personality, creative environment. Love as a foundational human value; different kinds of love. Human wisdom; characteristics of a wise person. Concepts & Principles of interdependence.

Unit V : Work Ethics and Professional Ethics Different attitudes to work.

Demands of work-ethics, ethics at work place. ‗Good‘ organization and its values. What is a profession? Professional ethos and code of professional ethics. IEEE Code of professional ethics. Problems in practicing the code. Case studies.

Books Recommended: 1. Human Values By : Prof. A.N. Tripathi New Age International.

2. Habits of Highly By :Dr. Stephen R. Covey Effective People Harper Publications. 3. Wisdom Leadership By : Prof. S.K. Chakraborthy Wheeler Publication.


Introduction Definition, need of quality systems, role of quality standards, stages of quality assurance

systems. Quality charts, control charts for variables and attributes, acceptance sampling.

Quality Systems Overall responsibility for progress of quality systems. quality manuals, procedures and role of


improvement. ISO 9000 quality systems, British Standards BS5750/ISO 9000 origin of standards,

requirements, issues associated with implementation.

Registration Registration and accreditation in quality system-certification, approval, registration of leading

accessors.

Recommended Books: 1 Mohamed Isiri, " Total Quality Management for Engineers". 2 Juran, J., " Quality Planning and Analysis, Mc -Graw Hill. 3 James R. Evans,& J.W. Dean," Total Quality-management, Organization and

Strategy," Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., Singapore.


Unit I Productivity, Quality circle in Maintenance, Reliability, Reliability assurance, Maintainability vs.

Reliability. Failure analysis, Equipment downtime analysis, breakdown analysis.

Unit II Maintenance type, Breakdown maintenance, Corrective maintenance, Opportunity maintenance,

Routine maintenance, Preventive and predictive maintenance, Condition based maintenance

systems, Design-out maintenance.

Unit III Equipment health monitoring, Signals, Online & off-line monitoring, Visual & temp.

Monitoring, Leakage monitoring, Lubricant monitoring.

Unit IV Ferrography, Spectroscopy, Crack monitoring, Corrosion monitoring, thickness monitoring.

Noise/sound monitoring, Smell/Odour monitoring, Thermography.

Unit V Vibration-characteristics, Vibration monitoring-causes, identification, measurement of machine

vibration. C.M.of lubes and hydraulic systems, C.M. of pipe lines, Selection of C.M. Techniques,

Advantages.


Unit I: An Overview Definition, value engineering recommendations, programmes, advantages. Approach of

function Evaluation of function, determining function, classifying function, evaluation of

costs, evaluation of worth, determining worth, evaluation of value.

Unit II: VE Job Plan Introduction, orientation, information phase, speculation phase, analysis phase. Selection of

Evaluation of VE Projects Projects selection, Methods selection, value standards, application of VE methodology.

Unit III: Versatility of VE VE operation in maintenance and repair activities, value engineering in non hardware

projects. Initiating A VE Programme Introduction, training plan, career development for VE specialties.

Unit IV: Fast Diagramming Cost models, life cycle costs

Unit V: VE level of Effort VE team, Co-coordinator, designer, different services, definitions, construction management

contracts, value engineering case studies.

Recommended Books: 1 Tufty Herald, G., ―Compendium on Value Engineering‖ The Indo American Society, First

Edition, 1983.

2 Miles, L.D., ―Techniques of Value Engineering and Analysis:, McGraw Hill second

Edition, 1972. 3 Khanna, O.P., Industrial Engineering and Management‖, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1993.


Unit I: Introduction to Physics of Solid State Structure: Size dependence of properties; crystal structures, face centered cubic

nanoparticles; Tetrahedral bounded semiconductor structures; lattice vibrations.

Energy bounds: Insulators, semiconductor and conductors; Reciprocal space; Energy boundsand

gaps of semiconductors; effective masses; Fermi Surfaces. Localized Particles: Acceptors and deep taps; mobility; Eacitons.

Unit II: Methods of Measuring Properties Structure: Atomic Structures; Crystallography; Particle size determination, surface structure. Microscopy: Transmission electron Microscopy; field ion microscopy Scanning Microscopy.

Spectroscopy: Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy; Photoemission and X-ray

Spectroscopy;Magnetic resonance, optical and vibrational Spectroscopy, Luminescence.

Unit III: Properties of Individual Nano particles Metal Nano clusters: Magic Numbers; Theoretical Modelling of nano particles,

GeometricStructure; Electronic Structure; Reactivity; Fluctuations Magnetic Clusters; Bulle to

Nano structure. Semi conducting Nanoparticles: Optical Properties; Photofragmentation; Columbic Explosion. Rare Gas & Molecular Clusters: Inert Gas Clusters; Superfluid Clusters molecular clusters. Method of Synthesis: RF Plasma; Chemical methods; thermolysis; pulsed laser methods.

Unit IV: Carbon Nanoparticles Carbon Molecule: Nature of carbon bond; New carbon structures. Carbon Clusters: Small carbon clusters; Discovery of 60 c ; Strictures of 60 c , Alkali doped 60c;

superconductivity in 60 c ; Large and smaller fullerenes; other buckyballs. Carbon Nano tubes: Fabrication; structure, Electrical Properties; Vibrational

properties,Mechanical Properties. Field emission & Shielding; Computers; Fuel cells,

chemicals sensors; catalysis, Mechanical reinforcement. Balle Nanostructure materials: Solid Disordered Nanostructure, Nano structured Crystals, Nano structured Ferromagnetism


Nanomagnets; Nanopore containment of magnetic particles, Nanocarbon Ferromagnets, Giant &

colossal magnetoresistance; Ferrofluids.

Unit V: Quantum Wells, Wires and Dots Preparation of Quantum Nanostructure; Size and Dimensionality effect, Fermi gas; Potential

wells; Partial confinement; Excitons; Single electron Tunneling, Infrared detectors; Quantum dot

laser Superconductivity. Nano-machines & Nano-device, Microelectromechanical systems

(MEMS) Nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS), Fabrication, Nanodevices and Nanomachines.

Molecular &Supermolecular switches Applications areas of Nanotechnology in Engineering.

Recommended Books 1 Introduction to Nanotechnology – C.P.Poole Jr F.J. Owens 2 Introduction to S.S. Physics - (7th Edn.) Wiley 1996.

3 Microcluster Physics – S. Sugano & H. KoizuoniSpringor 1998 4 Handbook of Nanostructured Materials & Nanotechnology vol.-5. Academic Press

2000

TOE 12 SOLAR ENERGY

Unit I: Introduction, Energy alternative, Devices for thermal collection and storage, Thermal

applications.

Solar radiation: Instruments for measuring solar radiation, Solar radiation geometry, Empirical

equations for prediction the availability of solar radiation, Solar radiation on tilted surfaces.

Unit II: Liquid flat- Plate Collectors: General performance analysis, Transmissivity, absorptivity, product

and overall loss coefficient and heat transfer correlations, Collector efficiency factor, Numerical,

Analysis of collectors similar to the conventional collector. Testing procedures, Alternatives to

the conventional collector, Numerical.

Unit III: Solar Air Heaters: Performance analysis of a conventional air heater, Other types of air

heaters.

Concentrating Collectors: Flat plate collectors with plane reflectors, Cylindrical parabolic

collector, Compound parabolic dish collector, Central receiver collector, Numerical.

Unit IV: Thermal energy storage: Sensible heat storage, Latent heat Storage, Thermochemical storage

.Solar

distillation: Introduction, working principal of solar distillation, Thermal efficiency of distiller



Overall heat Evaluation of distillation output, Passive solar stills, Conventional solar still,

Basin construction, Thermal analysis of conventional solar still.

Unit V: Photovoltaic Systems: Introduction doping Fermi level, P-N junction characteristics,

Photovoltaic effect, Photovoltaic material, Module, Cell temperature, Numerical. Economic

analysis: Introduction, cost analysis.

Recommended Books 1 Solar Energy: Thermal Processes, by Duffie John A, and Beckman W.A, john Wiley

and Sons.

2 Solar Energy, by S.P Sukhatme, Tata Mc Graw Hill. 3 Treatise on Solar Energy, by H.P Garg, john Wiley and Sons.


Unit I Scope and Importance of Human Resource management, Historical background of Evolution of

HRM and HRD in 20th century, Outlining the contemporary role for HRM in organization. Goals

of HRM. (Why behavioural approach?)

Unit II Manpower as a resource in job related behaviour and individual motivation in a work setting.

Various theories of human motivation, Maslow‘ s hierarchy of needs. Needs for achievement,

power and affiliation, other theories, group motivation and conflicts.

Unit III Manpower planning and recruitment, Testing procedures and their limitations. Reservations in

jobs, pre-induction training.

Unit IV Wage and salary administration-pay roll and compensation. Job analysis and job specification,

other pay plans, employment contracts, special compensation plans for example personnel, effect

of Financial rewards on individual‘s performance. Goal setting and performance evaluation,

promotion policy, employee satisfaction, turnover.

Unit V Assessment of training needs, forces promoting investment in HRD, Human resource



assignment, Sponsored courses cost benefit exercise. Importance of unions, industrial petitions

and conflict analysis and resolution . Relevant labour laws.


Unit I: Introduction Solid Solution: Properties of solid solutions and alloys, types binary alloys, Thermal

EquilibriumDiagrams, Cooling curves, Eutectic and peritectic alloys, Intermetallic compounds. Heat

Treatment Heat treatment principles and processes for Ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys, Effect

on structures and Properties. Unit II: Fatigue & Creep: Fatigue loading, Mechanisms of fatigue, fatigue curve, Fatigue tests. Design criteria in fatigue, Corrosion fatigue. Unit III: Corrosion and its prevention Mechanism of corrosion, Chemical Corrosion, Electro chemical corrosion, Anodic and Cathodic

protection, Forms of metallic coatings. Anodizing, Phosphasting.

Unit IV: Selection of materials for hazardous/ saline environment Selection of materials of saline/ hazardous environment - Boilers, Steam and Gas turbine and Diesel

engine components, Pumping, Machinery, Piping, Engine seating, Propellers and Rudders, Composition

strength value and other requirements for materials used. Material standards. Unit V: Electrical and Electronics materials Science and engineering of electrical and electronics materials such as semiconductor, super

conductor, its devices and applications.


Unit I Basic Measurement principles & Source of Errors, Units of pressure and vacuum, different type

of manometer, diaphragm gauges, bellows and force balance type sensors, bourdon gauge, and

piezoelectric, capacitive and inductive pressure pickups. Vacuum pressure measurements:

McLeod gauge, pirani gauge, thermocouple gauge, Knudsen gauge ionization calibration

procedures,

Unit II Temperature Measurements: Standards and calibration, Thermal expansion methods, bimetallic

thermometer, Liquid-in-gas (thermocouples) common thermocouples, Resistance thermometers,

Bulk semiconductor sensors, Radiation thermometers, automatic null balance radiation

thermometers. Optical parameters, Case studies of temperature controllers.

Unit III Differential pressure flow meters: Bernoulli‘s theorem, pitot tube orifice, venturi, and flow

nozzle. Hot wire and hot film anemometers, constant pressure drop, variable area meters

(rotameter), Turbine meters. Electromagnetic flow meters, Ultrasonic flow meter.

Measurement of level. Float type gauge, purge method, differential pressure method,

conductive and capacitive method, and electromechanical method, use of radio scope for level

measurement.

Unit IV Measurement of weight: Load cell method, strain gauge, LVDT, piezoelectric, pneumatic and

hydraulic load cell, null balance method. Density, Viscosity , pH and conductivity measurement.

Unit V Measurement of moisture: Thermal dying method, Distillation Method, Chemical reaction Method, Electrical Method Recorders: Graphic Recorders , Strip Chart Recorders , Circular-

chart –recorders, Multipoint Recorders and X-Y Recorders.

Text Books: 1 Doeblin / Measurements systems: Application and Design, 4th edition / Tata Mc

Graw Hill.

2 S.K Singh,/ Industrial instrumentation and control/TMH 2nd edition 3 Eckman/Industrial Instrumentation / Wiley Eastern Ltd.

Reference Books: 1 Beckwith & Beck /Mechanical Measurements / NaronaPublishers,1988 2 Nakara/Instrumentation: measurements & Analysis/ Tata Mc Graw Hill. 3 Douglas, D.Considine / Handbook of Instrumentation Measurement and Control Mc

Graw Hill.


Unit I: Introduction: Specifications of bio-medical instrumentation system, Man- Instrumentation system

Components, Problems encountered in measuring a living system. Basics of Anatomy and

Physiology of the body. Bioelectric potentials: Resting and action potentials, propagation of action potential,

ThePhysiological potentials – ECG, EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and Evoked responses.

Electrodes and Transducers: Electrode theory, Biopotential Electrodes – Surfaceelectrodes,


Unit II: Cardiovascular Measurements: Electrocardiography –ECG amplifiers, Electrodes and Leads, ECG recorders –Single

channel, Three channel, Vector Cardiographs, ECG System for Stresses testing, Holter

recording, Blood pressure measurement, Heart sound measurement. Pacemakers and

Defibrillators. Patient Care & Monitoring: Elements of intensive care monitoring, displays, diagnosis,

Calibration & Reparability of patient monitoring equipment.

Unit III: Respiratory system Measurements: Physiology of Respiratory system .Measurement of breathing mechanism – Spirometer.

Respiratory Therapy equipments: Inhalators, Ventilators &Respirators, Humidifiers, and

Nebulizers & Aspirators. Nervous System Measurements: Physiology of nervous system, Neuronal communication,

Neuronal firing measurements.

Unit IV: Ophthalmology Instruments: Electroretinogram, Electro-oculogram, Ophthalmoscope, Tonometer for eye pressure

measurement.

Diagnostic techniques: Ultrasonic diagnosis, Eco-cardiography, Ecoencephalography,

Ophthalmic scans, X-ray &Radio-isotope diagnosis and therapy, CAT-Scan, Emission

computerized tomography, MRI.

Unit V: Bio-telemetry: The components of a Bio-telemetry system, Implantable units, Telemetry for ECG

measurements during exercise, for Emergency patient monitoring.

Prosthetic Devices and Therapies: Hearing Aids, Myoelectric Arm, Dia-thermy,

Laserapplications in medicine.

Text Books: 1 Khandpur R.S.- Biomedical Instrumentation- TMH 2 Venkata Ram,S.K.-Bio-Medical Electronics & Instrumentation (Revised)- Galgotia.

Reference Books:: 1 Cromwell- Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements- PHI 2 Webster, J.G. –Bio- Instrumentation ,Wiley (2004) 3 Ananthi, S. –A Text Book of Medical Instruments-2005-New Age International 4 Carr&Brown –Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology – Pearson 5 Pandey & Kumar-Biomedical Electronics and Instrumentation. - Kataria


Unit I: Purpose of encoding, separable binary codes, Shannon-fano encoding, noiselesscoding.


Unit II: Error detecting and error correcting codes, Hamming single error correcting

code,Elias's iteration technique for coding.

Unit III: Block codes, encoders and decoders for block codes, syndrome and

syndromedecoding.

Unit IV: Cyclic codes. Encoders and decoders for cyclic code, Golay code, BCH code,

Reedsoloman code.

Unit V: Convolution coding, code generation, decoding of convolution code,

sequentialdecoding, state and trellis diagram.

Text Book: 1 F. M. Reza, "An introduction to Information theory", Dover Publication Inc. 2 H. Taub and D. L. Schilling, "Principles of communication system" TMH 2nd Ed.


Unit I Audio Systems: Microphones, Loudspeakers, Speaker baffle and enclosure, Acoustics, Mono,

Stereo, Quad, Amplifying Systems, Equalizers and Mixers, Electronic Music Synthesizers,

Commercial Sound, Theater Sound System

Unit II Video Systems and Displays: Monochrome TV, Colour TV standards and systems, TFT,

Plasma, HDTV, Digital TV, Video Telephone and Video Conferencing

Unit III Domestic Appliances: Washing machines, Microwave ovens, Air- conditioners and

Refrigerators, In car computers Office Systems: FAX, Xerox, Telephone Switching System,

Mobile Radio System

Unit IV Recording and Reproduction Systems: Disc recording and reproduction, Magnetic recording and reproduction, Video tape recording and reproduction, Video disc recording and play back,

Distortion and Noise reduction in Audio and Video System

Unit V Power Supplies and other systems: SMPS, UPS and Preventive Maintenance, Set Top Boxes,

Remote controls, Bar codes, ATM

Text Books: 1. S P Bali, Consumer Electronics; Pearson ed 2005


Unit I: Fundamental Concepts Introduction and history, human brain, biological neuron, models of neuron, network

architecture, knowledge representation. Error correction learning, Hebbian learning,

competitive learning, Boltzmann learning, learning with and without teacher. Artificial

neurons. Neural networks and architectures Introduction, neuron signal function, mathematical preliminaries, Feedforward & feedback

architecture.

Unit II: Geometry of Binary threshold neurons and their networks Pattern recognition, convex sets and convex hulls, space of Boolean functions, binary neurons

for pattern classification, non linear separable problems, capacity of TLN, XOR solution.

Perceptions and LMS, Learning objective of TLN, pattern space & weight space, perception

learning algorithm, perception convergence theorem, pocket algorithm, a - LMS learning, MSE

error surface, steepest descent search, µ -LMS and application.

Unit III: Back propagation algorithm Multilayered architecture, back propagation learning algorithm, practical considerations,

structure growing algorithms, applications of FFNN. Statistical Pattern Recognition Bayes'

theorem, classical decisions with bayes' theorem, probabilistic interpretation of neuron

function, interpreting neuron signals as probabilities, multilayered networks & posterior

probabilities, error functions for classification problems.

Unit IV: Self Organizing Feature MAP Introduction, Maximal eigenvector filtering, principal component analysis, generalized

learning laws, competitive learning, vector quantization, maxican hat networks, SOFM,

applications of SOFM. Other Networks Generalized RBF networks. Stochastic Machines:

simulated annealing, Boltzmann machine, ART.

Unit V: Fuzzy Logic Introduction, classical & Fuzzy sets, classical & fuzzy relations, membership function, geometry

& operations of fuzzy sets, fuzzy rules, rule composition & defuzzification, fuzzy engineering

applications, Neural network & fuzzy logic. Fuzzy Neural Control

Text Books 1 Simon Haykin, "Neural Networks", Peal-son Education 2nd edition.

2 Satish Kumar, 'Neural Networks," Tata McGraw-HIII.

Reference Books 1 Jack M. Zurada, " Introduction to Artificial Neural System," Jaico Publishing House. 2 Timothy J. Ross, "Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications," McGraw-Hill Inc.


Unit I User centered design of system & interfaces, anatomy and rational of WIMP (Window, Icon,

Menus & Pointing Devices) interfaces.

Unit II Dialogue design, Presentation design, user documentation, evaluation / usability testing of

user interface.

Unit III Ergonomics and Cognitive issues, hypertext and the World Wide Web.

Unit IV User centered design, human factors in user-centered design, development & evaluation,

Interactive design rapid prototyping.

Unit V Designing for usability –effectiveness, learnability, flexibility, attitude and usability goals,

criteria for acceptability.

Books Recommended: 1 SudifteAG , ―Human Computer Interface Design‖ , 2nd ed, Macmillan ,1995

2 Sheiderman B Desiging the user interface, ―Strategies for Effective Human Computer

Interaction‖ , 2nd ed. Addison Wesley , 1992


Unit I Business Drivers IT‘s Competitive Potential Strategic Alignment Strategic Management and Competitive Strategy Unit II Rethinking Business through IT Developing a Competitive Strategy Interorganization

Information Systems

Business-To-Business Systems Electronic Commerce and Market Systems Unit III Forming a Corporate IT Strategy Developing an Information Architecture Unit IV Incorporating Business Innovation into the Corporate IT Strategy The Changing Role of IT In

International business The Changing Global IT Practices Unit V The Impact and value of Information Technology in Competitive Strategy Changing the

Focus of Strategy Trends: Beyond 2000

Books Recommended: 1 Callon, Jack D., ―Competitive Advantage Through Information Technology‖,

McGraw - Hill, 1996

2 Tapscott, Don, ―The Digital Economy‖, McGraw-Hill, 1996. [DIGI]


Unit I: Artificial Intelligence Definition - Components - Scope - Application Areas; Knowledge - Based Systems (Expert Systems) -

Definition - Justification -Structure – Characterization

Unit II: Knowledge Sources Expert - Knowledge Acquisition – Knowledge Representation - Knowledge Base - Interference

Strategies - Forward and Backward Chaining

Unit III: Expert System Languages ES Building Tools or Shells; Typical examples of Shells. Expert System software for manufacturing

applications in CAD, CAPP, MRP , Adaptive control, Unit IV: Robotics Robotics, Process control, Fault diagnosis, Failure Analysis; Process Selection, GT etc. Linking

expert systems to other software such as DBMS, MIS, MDB. Unit V: Process control and Office automation Process control and Office automation. Case studies of typical applications in tool selection, Process

selection, Part classification, inventory control, Process Planning etc.

Books Recommended:

1 Jhon & Andrew Kusiak; Artificial Intelligent Hand book.

2 T. Barnold; Artificial Intelligent 3 Dan. W. Patterson; Introduction to Artificial Manufacturing Export system

TOE 23 HEALTH, HOSPITAL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

Unit I: HEALTH SYSTEM Health organization of the country, the state, the cities and the region, Health Financing System, Organization of

Technical Section. Unit II: HOSPITAL ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Management of Hospital organization, Nursing section Medical Sector, Central Services, Technical Department,

Definition and Practice of Management by Objective, Transaction Analysis Human relation in Hospital, Importance to

Team Work, Legal aspect in Hospital Management. Unit III: REGULATORY REQUIREMENT AND HEALTH CARE CODES FDA Regulation, joint commission of Accreditation for Hospitals, National Fire Protection Association

Standard, IRPC. Unit IV: EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT Organizing Maintenance Operations, Paper Work Control, Maintenance Job, Planning Maintenance Work,

Measurement and Standards, Preventive Maintenance, Maintenance Budgeting and Forecasting,Maintenance

Training, Contract Mainframe. Unit V: TRAINED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL Function of Clinical Engineer, Role to be performed in Hospital, Man power Market, Professional Registration,

Structure in hospital. Books Recommended:

1 Cesar A. Caceres and Albert Zara, The practice of Clinical Engineering, Academic Press, 1977.

2 Webter, J.G. and Albert M. Cook, Clinical Engineering Principles and Practices,

Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, 1979. 3 Anatomy Kelly, Maintenance planning and control, Butterworth‘s London, 1984. 4 Hans Pfeiff, Vera Dammann (Ed.) Hospital Engineering in Developing Countries, Z report

Eschborn, 1986.

5 Jacob Kline, Handbook of Bio Medical Engineering, Academic Press, San Diego

TOE 24 INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL PHYSICS

Unit I: ATOMIC PHYSICS Traditional definition of atom, periodic system of elements, mechanical properties of atom,

emission of light and its frequencies. Electromagnetic spectra. Principles of Nuclear Physics

— Natural radioactivity, Decay series, type of radiation and their applications, artificially

produced isotopes and its application, accelerator principles; Radionuclide used in Medicine and

technology.

Unit II: INTERACTION WITH LIVING CELLS Target theory, single hit and multi target theory, cellular effects of radiation, DNA damage,


Unit III: SOMATIC EFFECT OF RADIATION Radio sensitivity protocol of different tissues in human, LD 50/30 effect of radiation on skin,

blood forming organs, lenses of eye, embryo and Endocrinal glands.

Unit IV: GENETIC EFFECT OF RADIATION Threshold of linear dose effect, relationship, factors affecting frequency of radiation induced

mutation, Gene controlled hereditary disease, biological effect of microwave and RF wave.

Variation in dielectric constant and specific conductivity of tissues. Penetration and propagation

of signals effects in various vital organs, Protection standards.

Unit V: PHOTO MEDICINE Synthesis of Vitamin D in early and late cataneous effects, Phototherapy, Photo hemotherapy,

exposure level, hazards and maximum permissible exposure. LASER PHYSICS — Characteristics of Laser radiation, Laser speckle, biological

effects,laser safety

Books Recommended: 1 Moselly, Non lonisingRadiation Adam HilgarBrustol 1988. 2 Branski. S and Cherski. P ‗Biological Effects of Microwave‘ -

Hutchinson & ROSS Inc.


Unit I: Introduction to control systems Introduction to control systems, properties of signals and systems. Convolution integral,

Ordinary differential equation, Transfer function, Pole zero concepts, effect of pole location on

performance specification.

Unit II: State Space analysis State equations for dynamic systems, State equations using phase, physical and canonical

variables, realization of transfer matrices, Solution of state equation, concepts of

controllability, observability, Controllability and Observability tests.

Unit III: Discrete time control systems Sampling theorem, Sampled-data systems, the sample and hold element, pulse transfer

function, The Ztransform, stability analysis.

Unit IV: Stability Liapunov‘s method, generation of Liapunov‘s function, Popov‘s criteria, design of state

observers and controllers, adaptive control systems , model reference.

Unit V: Optimal Control Introduction , formation of optimal control problems, calculus of variation, minimization of

functions, constrained optimization, dynamic programming, performance index , optimality

principles, Hamilton – Jacobian equation, linear quadratic problem, Ricatti II equation and its

solution, solution of two point boundary value problem

Text Books: 1 K. Ogata, "Modern Control Engineering", Prentice Hall of India.

2 M. Gopal, "Modern Control System", Wiley Eastern.

Reference Books: 1 B.D.O. Anderson and IB. Moore, " Optimal Control System: Linear

Quadratic Methods", Prenctice Hall International.

2 U. Itkis, "Control System of Variable Structure", John Wiley and Sons. 3 H. Kwakemaok and R. Sivan, "Linear Optimal Control System", Wiley

Interscience.

TOE 26 MECHATRONICS

Unit I: Mechatronics and its scope Sensors and transducers- Displacement, position & proximity, velocity, force, pressure and

level. Signal conditioning amplification, filtering & data acquisition.

Unit II: Pneumatic and Hydraulic actuation systems Directional control valves, pressure control valves and cylinders. process control valves.

Mechanical actuation system-kinematic chains, cams, geartrains. Ratchet & Pawl, dampers,

bearings. Electrical actuation system. Mechanical switches- solenoid operated solid state

switches, DC, AC & stepper motors. Building blocks of Mechanical spring, mass and damper. Drives- Electrical Drives, Fluid

systems, hydraulic, servo, closed loop controllers.

Unit III: Elements of Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Elements of Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Programmable logic controllers &

Communication interface.

Unit IV: Case Studies of Mechatronic Systems Industrial Robot and its control Automobile Engine Control Electromechanical disc-control.

Unit V: Veil suspension Control Micro mechanical systems. Computer Printer, VCR, Fax Machine, NC Machine.

Books Recommended: 1 Rolf Isennann, " Mechatronics Systems", Springer, 2005. 2 W. Bolten, "Mechatronics", Pearson Education 2003.


Unit I: SCADA Purpose and necessity, general structure, data acquisition, transmission & monitoring. general power system

hierarchical Structure. Overview of the methods of data acquisition systems, commonly acquired data, transducers,

RTUs, data concentrators, various communication channels- cables, telephone lines, power line carrier, microwaves,


Unit II: Supervisory and Control Functions Data acquisitions, status indications, majored values, energy values, monitoring alarm and event application

processing. Control Function: ON/ OFF control of lines, transformers, capacitors and applications in process in

industry - valve, opening, closing etc. Regulatory functions: Set points and feed back loops, time tagged data,


Unit III: MAN- Machine Communication Operator consoles and VDUs, displays, operator dialogues, alarm and event loggers, mimic diagrams, report and

printing facilities.

Unit IV: Data basis SCADA, EMS and network data basis. SCADA system structure - local system, communication system and central

system. Configuration- NON-redundant- single processor, redundant dual processor. multicontrolcenters, system

configuration. Performance considerations: real time operation system requirements, modularization of software

programming languages.

Unit V: Energy Management Center Functions performed at a centralized management center, production control and load management


Books Recommended: 1 TorstenCergrell, " Power System Control Technology", Prentice Hall International.

2 George L Kusic "Computer Aided Power System Analysis",, Prentice Hall of India, A. J. Wood and B. Woolenberg, "Power Generation Operation and Control", John Wiley & Sons.

3 Sunil S Rao, "Switchgear Protection & Control System" Khanna Publishers 11th Edition.

MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M.TECH.)

COMPUTER SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES



Master of Technology (M. Tech.) [Computer Science and Engineering]

M. Tech. (Computer Science & Engineering)

Semester I

Semester II

Course Number Subject

MCST 201 Program Core III - Advance Algorithms

MCST 202 Program Core IV - Soft Computing

MCST 23X Program Elective III –

MCST 24X Program Elective IV –

MAUT 29X Audit Course

MCSP 201 Laboratory 3 (Advance Algorithm)

MCSP 2XX Laboratory 4 (Based on Electives)

MCSP 202 Mini Project with Seminar

Course Number Subject

MCST 101 Program Core I- Mathematical foundations of Computer Science

MCST 102 Program Core II-Advanced Data Structures

MCST 11X Program Elective I –

MCST 12X Program Elective II –

MOET 191 Research Methodology and IPR

MAUT 19X Audit Course

MCSP 102 Laboratory 1 (Advanced Data Structures)

MCSP 1XX Laboratory 2 (Based on Electives)

Semester III

Course No. Subject

MCST 35X Program Elective 5 –

1. MOET391

2. MOET392

3. MOET393

4. MOET394

5. MOET395

6. MOET396

Open Elective –

1. Business Analytics

2. Industrial Safety

3. OperationsResearch

4. Cost Management ofEngineeringProjects

5. CompositeMaterials 6. Waste toEnergy

MCSP 301/ MCSP 302 Dissertation-I /Industrial Project

Semester IV

Subject

MCSP 401 Dissertation II

SEMESTER-I

PROGRAMELECTIVE-I

S.NO.

COURSE NO.

SUBJECT

1.

MCST 111 Machine Learning

2.

MCST 112 Wireless Sensor Networks

3.

MCST 113 Introduction to Intelligent Systems

PROGRAMELECTIVE-II

S.NO.

COURSE NO.

SUBJECT

1.

MCST 121 Data Science

2.

MCST 122 Distributed Systems

3.

MCST 123 Advanced Wireless and Mobile Networks

Audit course 1:

S.NO.

COURSE NO. SUBJECT

1. MAUT 191 English for Research PaperWriting

2. MAUT 192 DisasterManagement

3. MAUT 193 Sanskrit for TechnicalKnowledge

4. MAUT 194 ValueEducation

SEMESTER-II

PROGRAM ELECTIVE-III

S.NO. COURSE NO. SUBJECT

1. MCST 231 Data Preparation and Analysis

2. MCST 232 Secure Software Design & Enterprise Computing

3. MCST 233 Computer Vision

PROGRAM ELECTIVE-IV

S.NO.

COURSE NO.

SUBJECT

1.

MCST 241 Human and Computer Interaction

2.

MCST 242 GPU Computing

3.

MCST 243 Digital Forensics

Audit course 2

S.NO.

COURSE NO. SUBJECT

1

.

MAUT 291 Constitution ofIndia

2

.

MAUT 292 PedagogyStudies

3

.

MAUT 293 Stress Management byYoga

4

.

MAUT 292 Personality Development

through Life Enlightenment

Skills

SEMESTER-III

PROGRAM ELECTIVE-V

S.NO. COURSE NO. SUBJECT

1. MCST 351 Mobile Applications and Services

2. MCST 352 Compiler for HPC

3. MCST 353 Optimization Techniques

Elective Subjects

Course Code MCST 111

Course Name Machine learning Credits 3 Pre-Requisites

Total Number of Lectures:48

COURSE OBJECTIVE

To learn the concept of how to learn patterns and concepts from data withoutbeing explicitly programmed in variousIOT nodes.

To design and analyse various machine learning algorithms and techniques with a modern outlook focusing onrecent advances.

Explore supervised and unsupervised learning paradigms ofmachine learning.

To explore Deep learning technique and various featureextraction strategies.

LECTURE WITH BREAKUP NO. OF

LECTURES

Unit 1: Supervised Learning (Regression/Classification)

Basic methods: Distance-based methods, Nearest-Neighbours, Decision Trees,Naïve Bayes

Linear models: Linear Regression, Logistic Regression,Generalized Linear Models

Support Vector Machines, Nonlinearity andKernel Methods

Beyond Binary Classification: Multi-class/StructuredOutputs, Ranking

10

Unit 2: Unsupervised Learning

Clustering:K-means/Kernel K-means

Dimensionality Reduction: PCA andkernel PCA

Matrix Factorization andMatrix Completion

Generative Models (mixture models and latentfactor models)

7

Unit 3 Evaluating Machine Learning algorithms and Model Selection, Introduction to Statistical Learning Theory, Ensemble Methods (Boosting, Bagging, Random Forests)

6

9

Unit 5 Scalable Machine Learning (Online and Distributed Learning) A selection from some other advanced topics, e.g., Semi-supervised Learning, Active Learning, Reinforcement Learning, Inference in Graphical Models, Introduction to Bayesian Learning and Inference

9

Unit 6: Recent trendsin various learning techniques ofmachine learning and classification methods for IOT applications. Various models forIOT applications.

5

COURSE OUTCOMES

After completion of course, students would be able to:

Extract features that can be used for a particular machine learning approach in variousIOT applications.

To compare and contrast pros and cons of various machine learning techniques and toget an insight of when to apply a particular machinelearning approach.

To mathematically analyse various machine learning approachesand paradigms.

References:

1. Kevin Murphy, Machine Learning:A Probabilistic Perspective, MITPress,2012

2. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning, Springer 2009 (freelyavailable online)

3. Christopher Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer,2007.


Course Name Wireless Sensor Networks

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Wireless Communication

Total Number of Lectures: 48

COURSE OBJECTIVE

Architect sensor networks for variousapplication setups.

Devise appropriate data dissemination protocols and modellinks cost.

Understanding of the fundamental concepts of wireless sensor networks and havea basic

knowledge of the various protocols atvarious layers.

Evaluate the performance of sensor networks andidentify bottlenecks.


LECTURES

Unit 1:

Introduction to Wireless Sensor Networks: Course Information, Introduction to

Wireless Sensor Networks: Motivations, Applications, Performance metrics,

History and Design factors

Network Architecture: Traditional layered stack, Cross-layer designs, Sensor Network Architecture

Hardware Platforms: Motes, Hardware parameters

9

Unit 2:

Introduction to ns-3: Introduction to Network Simulator 3 (ns-3), Description of the ns-3 core module and simulation example.

9

8

Unit 4: Security: Possible attacks, countermeasures, SPINS, Static and dynamic key distribution

8

Unit 5: Routing protocols: Introduction, MANET protocols Routing protocols for WSN: Resource-aware routing, Data-centric, Geographic Routing, Broadcast, Multicast Opportunistic Routing Analysis: Analysis of opportunistic routing (Markov Chain) Advanced topics in wireless sensor networks.

10

Unit 6: ADVANCED TOPICS Recent development in WSN standards, software applications.

4

COURSE OUTCOMES


Describe and explain radio standards and communication protocols for wirelesssensor

networks.

Explain the function of the node architecture and use of sensors forvarious applications.

Be familiar with architectures, functions and performance of wirelesssensor

networks systems andplatforms.

References:

1. W. Dargie and C. Poellabauer, “Fundamentals of Wireless Sensor Networks –Theory and Practice”,WileY2010

2. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli and TaiebZnati, “wireless sensor networks -Technology, Protocols, and Applications”, WileyInterscience2007

3. Takahiro Hara,Vladimir I. Zadorozhny, and Erik Buchmann, “Wireless Sensor Network TechnologiesfortheInformationExplosionEra”,sprinGER2010


Course Name Introduction to Intelligent Systems

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Data Structures and Data Management or Data Structures


COURSE OBJECTIVE

The aim of the course is to introduce to the field of Artificial Intelligence (AI) with emphasis

onitsusetosolverealworldproblemsforwhichsolutionsaredifficulttoexpressusingthe

traditional algorithmic approach. It explores the essential theory behind methodologies for

developing systems that demonstrate intelligent behaviour including dealing with uncertainty,

learning from experience and following problem solving strategies found in nature.

LECTURE WITH BREAKUP NO. OF LECTURES

Unit 1: Biological foundations to intelligent systems I: Artificial neural networks, Back- propagation networks, Radial basis function networks, and recurrent networks.

9

Unit 2: Biological foundations to intelligent systems II: Fuzzy logic, knowledge Representation and inference mechanism, genetic algorithm, and fuzzy neural networks.

6

Unit 3: Search Methods Basic concepts of graph and tree search. Three simple search methods: breadth-first search, depth-first search, iterative deepening search. Heuristic search methods: best-first search, admissible evaluation functions, hill- climbing search. Optimisation and search such as stochastic annealing and genetic algorithm.

7

Unit 4: Knowledge representation and logical inference Issues in knowledge representation. Structured representation, such as frames, and scripts, semantic networks and conceptual graphs. Formal logic and logical inference. Knowledge-based systems structures, its basic components. Ideas of Blackboard architectures.

9

Unit 5: Reasoning under uncertainty and Learning Techniques on uncertainty reasoning such as Bayesian reasoning, Certainty factors and Dempster-Shafer Theory of

Evidential reasoning, A study of different learning and evolutionary algorithms, such as statistical learning and induction learning.

7

Unit 6: Recent trends in Fuzzy logic, Knowledge Representation

5

COURSE OUTCOMES

After completion of course, students would be:

Able to Demonstrate knowledge of the fundamental principles of intelligent systems and

would be able to analyse and compare the relative merits of a variety of AI problemsolving

techniques.

References:

1. Luger G.F. and Stubblefield W.A. (2008). Artificial Intelligence: Structures and strategies for Complex Problem Solving. Addison Wesley,6th edition.

2. Russell S. and Norvig P. (2009). Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach. Prentice-Hall, 3rd edition.


Course Name Data Science

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites


COURSE OBJECTIVE

Demonstrate an understanding of statistics and machine learning concepts that are vitalfor

datascience;

Produce Python code to statistically analysea dataset;

Critically evaluate data visualisations based on their design and use forcommunicating

storiesfrom data;


LECTU RES

Unit 1:

Introduction to core concepts and technologies: Introduction, Terminology, data science process, data science toolkit, Types of data, Example applications.

6

Unit 2:

Data collection and management: Introduction, Sources of data, Data collection

and APIs, Exploring and fixing data, Data storage and management, Using

multiple data sources

7

Unit 3:

Data analysis: Introduction, Terminology and concepts, Introduction to statistics,

Central tendencies and distributions, Variance, Distribution properties and

arithmetic, Samples/CLT, Basic machine learning algorithms, Linear regression,

SVM, Naive Bayes.

10

Unit 4:

Data visualisation: Introduction, Types of data visualisation, Data for visualisation:

Data types, Data encodings, Retinal variables, Mapping variables to encodings,

Visual encodings.

11

Unit 5:

Applications of Data Science, Technologies for visualisation, Bokeh (Python)

7

Unit 6:

Recent trends in various data collection and analysis techniques, various

visualization techniques, application development methods of used in data

science.

7

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of the course the student should be able to

Explain how data is collected, managed and stored fordata science;

Understand the key concepts in data science, including their real-world applications and

the toolkit used bydata scientists;

Implement data collection and management scriptsusing MongoDB

References:

1. Cathy O‟Neil and Rachel Schutt. Doing Data Science, Straight Talk From The Frontline. O‟Reilly.

2. Jure Leskovek, Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey Ullman. Mining of Massive Datasets CambridgeUniversity Press.


Course Name Distributed Systems

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Database Management Systems

Total Number of Lectures: 48 COURSE OBJECTIVE

To introduce the fundamental concepts and issues of managing large volume of shareddata in a parallel and distributed environment, and to provide insight into related research problems.


LECTURES

Unit 1:

INTRODUCTION

Distributed data processing; What is a DDBS; Advantages and disadvantages of

DDBS; Problem areas; Overview of database and computer network concepts

DISTRIBUTED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

ARCHITECTURE

Transparencies in a distributed DBMS; Distributed DBMS architecture; Global directory issues

8

Unit 2:

DISTRIBUTED DATABASE DESIGN

Alternative design strategies; Distributed design issues; Fragmentation; Data

allocation

SEMANTICS DATA CONTROL

View management; Data security; Semantic Integrity Control

QUERY PROCESSING ISSUES

Objectives of query processing; Characterization of query processors; Layers of

query processing; Query decomposition; Localization of distributed data

11

Unit 3:

DISTRIBUTED QUERY OPTIMIZATION

Factors governing query optimization; Centralized query optimization; Ordering

of fragment queries; Distributed query optimization algorithms

TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT

The transaction concept; Goals of transaction management; Characteristics of

transactions; Taxonomy of transaction models

CONCURRENCY CONTROL

Concurrency control in centralized database systems; Concurrency control in

DDBSs; Distributed concurrency control algorithms; Deadlock management

11

Unit 4:

RELIABILITY

Reliability issues in DDBSs; Types of failures; Reliability techniques; Commit

protocols; Recovery protocols

8

Unit 5:

PARALLEL DATABASE SYSTEMS

Parallel architectures; parallel query processing and optimization; load balancing

6

Unit 6: 4

ADVANCED TOPICS

Mobile Databases, Distributed Object Management, Multi-databases

COURSE OUTCOMES


Design trends in distributedsystems.

Applynetwork virtualization.

Apply remote method invocationand objects.

References:

1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, M.T. Ozsuand P. Valduriez, Prentice-Hall,1991.

2. Distributed Database Systems, D. Belland J. Grimson, Addison-WesleY,1992.


Course Name Advanced Wireless and Mobile Networks

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Computer Networks


COURSE OBJECTIVE

The students should get familiar with the wireless/mobile market and the future needsand

challenges.

To get familiar with key concepts of wireless networks, standards, technologies and theirbasic operations

To learn how to design and analyse variousmedium access

To learn how to evaluate MAC and network protocols using network simulationsoftware

tools.

The students should get familiar with the wireless/mobile market and the futureneed

sand challenges.


LECTURES

Unit 1: INTRODUCTION: Wireless Networking Trends, Key Wireless Physical Layer Concepts, Multiple Access Technologies -CDMA, FDMA, TDMA, Spread Spectrum technologies, Frequency reuse, Radio Propagation and Modelling, Challenges in Mobile Computing: Resource poorness, Bandwidth, energy etc. WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS: IEEE 802.11 Wireless LANs Physical & MAC layer, 802.11 MAC Modes (DCF & PCF) IEEE 802.11 standards, Architecture & protocols, Infrastructure vs.

Adhoc Modes, Hidden Node & Exposed Terminal Problem, Problems, Fading Effects in Indoor and outdoor WLANs, WLAN Deployment issues

11

Unit 2: WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORKS: 1G and 2G, 2.5G, 3G, and 4G, Mobile IPv4, Mobile IPv6, TCP over Wireless Networks, Cellular architecture, Frequency reuse, Channel assignment strategies, Handoff strategies, Interference and system capacity, Improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems, Spread spectrum Technologies.

10

Unit 3: WiMAX (Physical layer, Media access control, Mobility and Networking), IEEE 802.22 Wireless Regional Area Networks, IEEE 802.21 Media Independent Handover Overview WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS

Introduction, Application, Physical, MAC layer and Network Layer, Power Management, Tiny OS Overview.

8

Unit 4: WIRELESS PANs Bluetooth AND Zigbee, Introduction to Wireless Sensors.

4

Unit 5: SECURITY Security in wireless Networks Vulnerabilities, Security techniques, Wi-Fi Security, DoS in wireless communication.

10

Unit 6: ADVANCED TOPICS IEEE 802.11x and IEEE 802.11i standards, Introduction to Vehicular Adhoc Networks

5

COURSE OUTCOMES


Demonstrate advanced knowledge of networking and wireless networking andunderstand

various types of wireless networks, standards, operations anduse cases.

Be able to design WLAN, WPAN, WWAN, Cellular based upon underlying propagation

and performance analysis.

Demonstrate knowledge of protocols used in wireless networks and learn simulatingwireless

networks.

Design wireless networks exploring trade-offs between wire line andwireless links.

Develop mobile applications to solve some of the realworld problems.

References:

1. Schiller J., Mobile Communications, AddisonWesleY2000

2. Stallings W.,Wireless Communications and Networks,PearsonEducation2005

3. Stojmenic Ivan, Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing, John Wiley and SonsINC2002

4. Yi Bing Lin and ImrichChlamtac, Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures, John Wiley

and Sons Inc2000

5. Pandya Raj, Mobile and Personal Communications Systems and Services, PHI 200


Course Name Data Preparation and Analysis

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To prepare the data for analysis and develop meaningfulDataVisualizations


LECTURES Unit1: Data Gathering and Preparation: Data formats, parsing and transformation, Scalability and real-time issues

9

Unit2: Data Cleaning: Consistency checking, Heterogeneous and missing data, Data Transformation and segmentation

11

Unit3: Exploratory Analysis:

Descriptive and comparative statistics, Clustering and association, Hypothesis generation

13

Unit4: Visualization: Designing visualizations, Time series, Geolocated data, Correlations and connections, Hierarchies and networks, interactivity

15

COURSE OUTCOMES


Able to extract the data for performingthe Analysis.

References:

1. Making sense of Data : A practical Guide to Exploratory Data Analysis and Data Mining, byGlenn J. Myatt


Course Name Secure Software Design and Enterprise Computing

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Computer Programming, Software Engineering


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To fix software flaws and bugs invarious software.

To make students aware of various issues like weak random numbergeneration,

information leakage, poor usability, and weak or no encryption ondata traffic

Techniques for successfully implementing and supporting network services onan

enterprise scale and heterogeneoussystems environment.

Methodologies and tools to design and develop secure software containing

minimum vulnerabilitiesand flaws.

LECTURE WITH BREAKUP

Unit 1:

Secure Software Design

Identify software vulnerabilities and perform software security analysis, Master

security programming practices, Master fundamental software security design

concepts, Perform security testing and quality assurance.

Unit 2:

Enterprise Application Development

Describe the nature and scope of enterprise software applications, Design distributed N-

tier software application, Research technologies available for the presentation, business

and data tiers of an enterprise software application, Design and build a database using

an enterprise database system, Develop components at the different tiers in an

enterprise system, Design and develop a multi-tier solution to a problem using

technologies used in enterprise system, Present softwaresolution.

Unit 3:

Enterprise Systems Administration Design, implement and maintain a directory-based server infrastructure in a

heterogeneous systems environment, Monitor server resource utilization for system reliability and availability, Install and administer network services

(DNS/DHCP/Terminal Services/Clustering/Web/Email).

Unit 4: Obtain the ability to manage and troubleshoot a network running multiple services,

Understand the requirements of an enterprise network and how to go about managing them.

Unit 5:

Handle insecure exceptions and command/SQL injection, Defend web and

mobileapplications against attackers, software containing minimum

vulnerabilitiesand flaws.

Unit 6:

Case study of DNS server, DHCP configuration and SQL injection attack.

NO. OF LECTURES

8

11

8

8

9

4

COURSE OUTCOMES


Differentiate between varioussoftware vulnerabilities.

Software process vulnerabilities foran organization.

Monitor resources consumption ina software.

Interrelate security and softwaredevelopment process.

References:

1. Theodor Richardson, Charles N Thies, Secure Software Design, Jones & Bartlett

2. Kenneth R.vanWyk, Mark G.Graff, Dan S.Peters, Diana L.Burley, Enterprise Software Security, Addison Wesley.


Course Name Computer Vision

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Linear algebra, vector calculus, Data structures and Programming.


COURSE OBJECTIVE

Be familiar with both the theoretical and practical aspects of computingwith images.

Have described the foundation of image formation, measurement,and analysis.

Understand the geometric relationships between 2D images and the3Dworld.

Grasp the principles of state-of-the-art deepneural networks.


LECTURES

Unit 1:

Overview, computer imaging systems, lenses, Image formation and sensing, Image

analysis, pre-processing and Binary image analysis

8

Unit 2:

Edge detection, Edge detection performance, Hough transform, corner detection 9

Unit 3: Segmentation, Morphological filtering, Fourier transform

9

Unit 4:

Feature extraction, shape, histogram, color, spectral, texture, using CVIP tools,

Feature analysis, feature vectors, distance /similarity measures, data pre- Processing

9

Unit 5:

Pattern Analysis:

Clustering: K-Means, K-Medoids, Mixture of Gaussians Classification: Discriminant Function, Supervised, Un-supervised, Semi- supervised

Classifiers: Bayes, KNN, ANN models; Dimensionality Reduction: PCA, LDA,

ICA, and Non-parametric methods.

9

Unit 6: Recent trends in Activity Recognition, computational photography, Biometrics.

4

COURSE OUTCOMES


Developed the practical skills necessary to build computervision applications.

To have gained exposure to object and scene recognition and categorizationfrom images.

References:

1. Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications by Richard Szeliski.

2. Deep Learning, by Good fellow, Bengio, and Courville.

3. Dictionary of Computer Vision and Image Processing, by Fisheretal.


Course Name Human and Computer Interection

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites


COURSE OBJECTIVE

Learn the foundations of Human Computer Interaction

Be familiar with the design technologies for individuals and personswith disabilities

Be aware of mobile HumanComputer interaction.

Learn the guidelines foruser interface.


LECTURES

Unit 1:

Human: I/O channels – Memory – Reasoning and problem solving; The

computer: Devices – Memory – processing and networks; Interaction: Models – frameworks – Ergonomics – styles – elements – interactivity- Paradigms.

9

Unit 2:

Interactive Design basics – process – scenarios – navigation – screen design –

Iteration and prototyping. HCI in software process – software life cycle –

usability engineering – Prototyping in practice – design rationale. Design rules

– principles, standards, guidelines, rules. Evaluation Techniques – Universal

Design.

12

Unit 3:

Cognitive models –Socio-Organizational issues and stake holder requirements –Communication and collaboration models-Hypertext, Multimedia and WWW.

8

Unit 4:

Mobile Ecosystem: Platforms, Application frameworks- Types of Mobile Applications: Widgets, Applications, Games- Mobile Information Architecture, Mobile 2.0, Mobile Design: Elements of Mobile Design, Tools.

8

Unit 5:

Designing Web Interfaces – Drag & Drop, Direct Selection, Contextual Tools,

Overlays, Inlays and Virtual Pages, Process Flow. Case Studies.

8

Unit 6:

Recent Trends: Speech Recognition and Translation, Multimodal System 3

COURSE OUTCOMES


Understand the structure of models and theories of human computer interactionand vision.

Design an interactive web interface on the basis ofmodels studied.

References:

1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russell Beale, “Human Computer Interaction”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education,2004(UNIT I, II & III)

2. Brian Fling, “Mobile Design and Development”, First Edition, O®ReillyMediaInc.,2009(UNIT–IV)

3. Bill Scott and Theresa Neil, “Designing Web Interfaces”, First Edition, O‟Reilly, 2009. (UNIT-V)

http://www/


Course Name GPU Computing

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites


COURSE OBJECTIVE

To learn parallel programming with Graphics ProcessingUnits (GPUs).


Unit 1: Introduction: History, Graphics Processors, Graphics Processing Units,

GPGPUs. Clock speeds, CPU / GPU comparisons, Heterogeneity, Accelerators,

Parallel programming, CUDA OpenCL / Open ACC,

Hello World Computation Kernels, Launch parameters, Threadhierarchy, Warps

/ Wavefronts, Thread blocks / Workgroups, Streaming multiprocessors, 1D /2D / 3D thread mapping, Device properties, Simple Programs

13

Unit 2: Memory: Memory hierarchy, DRAM / global, local / shared, private / local,

textures, Constant Memory, Pointers, Parameter Passing, Arrays and dynamic Memory, Multi-dimensional Arrays, Memory Allocation, Memory copying

across devices, Programs with matrices, Performance evaluation with different Memories

7

Unit 3: Synchronization: Memory Consistency, Barriers (local versus global), Atomics,

Memory fence. Prefix sum, Reduction. Programs for concurrent Data Structures such as Worklists, Linked-lists. Synchronization across CPU and GPU Functions:

Device functions, Host functions, Kernels functions, Using libraries (such as Thrust), and developing libraries.

10

Unit4:

Support: Debugging GPU Programs. Profiling, Profile tools, Performance

aspects

Streams: Asynchronous processing, tasks, Task-dependence, Overlapped data transfers, Default Stream, Synchronization with streams. Events, Event-based- Synchronization - Overlapping data transfer and kernel execution, pitfalls.

8

Unit 5:

Case Studies: Image Processing, Graph algorithms, Simulations, Deep Learning 5

Unit 6:

Advanced topics: Dynamic parallelism, Unified Virtual Memory, Multi-GPU processing, Peer access, Heterogeneous processing

5

COURSE OUTCOMES


Students would learn concepts in parallel programming, implementation of programson

GPUs, debugging and profilingparallel programs.

References:

1. ProgrammingMassivelyParallelProcessors:AHands-onApproach;DavidKirk,Wen-meiHwu; Morgan Kaufman; 2010(ISBN:978-0123814722)

2. CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs; Shane Cook; Morgan Kaufman; 2012(ISBN:978-0124159334)


Course Name Digital Forensics

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Cybercrime and Information Warfare, Computer Networks


COURSE OBJECTIVE

Provides an in-depth study of the rapidly changing and fascinating field ofcomputer forensics.

Combines both the technical expertise and the knowledge required to investigate,

detect and preventdigital crimes.

Knowledge on digital forensics legislations, digital crime, forensics processesand

procedures, data acquisition and validation,e-discovery tools

E-evidence collection and preservation, investigating operating systems and filesystems,

network forensics, art of steganography and mobiledevice forensics


Unit 1:

Digital Forensics Science: Forensics science, computer forensics, and digital forensics.

Computer Crime: Criminalistics as it relates to the investigative process,

analysis of cyber-criminalistics area, holistic approach to cyber-forensics

9

Unit 2:

Cyber Crime Scene Analysis: Discuss the various court orders etc., methods to

search and seizure electronic evidence, retrieved and un-retrieved

communications, Discuss the importance of understanding what court documents would be required for a criminal investigation.

8

Unit 3:

Evidence Management & Presentation: Create and manage shared folders using operating system, importance of the forensic mindset, define the workload

of law enforcement, Explain what the normal case would look like, Define who

should be notified of a crime, parts of gathering evidence, Define and apply probable cause.

9

Unit 4:

Computer Forensics: Prepare a case, Begin an investigation, Understand

computer forensics workstations and software, Conduct an investigation,

Complete a case, Critique a case,

Network Forensics: open-source security tools for network forensic analysis,

requirements for preservation of network data.

10

Unit 5:

Mobile Forensics: mobile forensics techniques, mobile forensics tools. Legal Aspects of Digital Forensics: IT Act 2000, amendment of IT Act 2008.

8

nit 6:

Recent trends in mobile forensic technique and methods to search and seizure

electronic evidence

4

COURSE OUTCOMES


Understand relevant legislation and codesof ethics

Computer forensics and digital detective and various processes, policiesand procedures

E-discovery, guidelines and standards, E-evidence, tools and environment.

Email and web forensics and network forensics

References:

1. John Sammons, The Basics of Digital Forensics, Elsevier

2. John Vacca, Computer Forensics: Computer Crime Scene Investigation, Laxmi Publications


Course Name Mobile Applications and Services

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Wireless Communication and Mobile Computing


COURSE OBJECTIVE

This course presents the three main mobile platforms and their ecosystems,namely

Android, iOS,andPhoneGap/WebOS.

.It explores emerging technologies and tools used to design and implementfeature-rich

mobile applications for smartphonesandtablets

It also take into account both the technical constraints relative to storagecapacity,

processing capacity, display screen, communication interfaces, and the userinterface, context and profile


LECTURES

Unit 1: Introduction:Introduction to Mobile Computing, Introduction to Android

Development Environment, Factors in Developing Mobile Applications, Mobile

Software Engineering, Frameworks and Tools, Generic UI Development Android User

8

Unit 2: More on Uis: VUIs and Mobile Apps, Text-to-Speech Techniques,

Designing the Right UI, Multichannel and Multimodal Uis, . Storing and

Retrieving Data, Synchronization and Replication of Mobile Data, Getting the

Model Right, Android Storing and Retrieving Data, Working with a Content

Provider

8

Unit 3: Communications via Network and the Web:State Machine, Correct

Communications Model, Android Networking and Web, Telephony Deciding

Scope of an App, Wireless Connectivity and Mobile Apps, Android

Telephony Notifications and Alarms:Performance, Performance and Memory Management,

Android Notifications and Alarms, Graphics, Performance and Multithreading,

Graphics and UI Performance, Android Graphics

10

Unit 4: Putting It All Together : Packaging and Deploying, PerformanceBest

Practices, Android Field Service App, Location Mobility and Location Based

ServicesAndroid Multimedia: Mobile Agents and Peer-to-Peer Architecture, Android Multimedia

9

Unit 5: Platforms and Additional Issues : Development Process, Architecture,

Design, Technology Selection, Mobile App Development Hurdles, Testing,

Security and Hacking , Active Transactions, More on Security, Hacking Android

8

Unit 6: Recent trends inCommunication protocols for IOT nodes, mobile computimng techniques in IOT, agents based communications in IOT

5

COURSE OUTCOMES

On completion of the course the student should be able to

identify the target platform and users and be able to define and sketch amobileapplication

understand the fundamentals, frameworks, and development lifecycle of mobile application platforms including iOS, Android,andPhoneGap

Design and develop a mobile application prototype in one of the platform(challenge project)

References:

1.Wei-Meng Lee, Beginning Android™ 4ApplicationDevelopment, 2012byJohnWiley&Sons


Course Name Compiler for HPC

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Data Structure, Compiler Design, Theory of Computation


COURSE OBJECTIVE

The objective of this course is to introduce structure of compilers and highperformance compilerdesignforstudents.Conceptsofcachecoherenceandparallelloopsincompilersare included.


Unit1: High Performance Systems, Structure of a Compiler, Programming Language Features, Languages for High Performance.

7

Unit2: Data Dependence: Data Dependence in Loops, Data Dependence in Conditionals, Data Dependence in Parallel Loops, Program Dependence Graph. Scalar Analysis with Factored Use-Def Chains: Constructing Factored Use- Def Chains, FUD Chains for Arrays, Induction Variables Using FUDChains, Constant Propagation with FUD Chains, Data Dependence for Scalars.Data Dependence Analysis for Arrays.

7

Unit3: Array Region Analysis, Pointer Analysis, I/O Dependence, Procedure Calls, Inter-procedural Analysis. Loop Restructuring: Simple Transformations, Loop Fusion, Loop Fission, Loop Reversal, Loop Interchanging, Loop Skewing, Linear Loop Transformations, Strip-Mining, Loop Tiling, Other Loop Transformations, and Inter-proceduralTransformations. Optimizing for Locality: Single Reference to Each Array, MultipleReferences, General Tiling, Fission and Fusion for Locality.

10

Unit4:

Concurrency Analysis: Concurrency from Sequential Loops, Concurrency from

Parallel Loops, Nested Loops, Round off Error, Exceptions and Debuggers.

Vector Analysis: Vector Code, Vector Code from Sequential Loops, Vector Code from For all Loops, Nested Loops, Round off Error, Exceptions, and

Debuggers, Multi-vector Computers.

10

Unit5:

Message-Passing Machines: SIMD Machines, MIMD Machines, Data Layout,

Parallel Code for Array Assignment, Remote Data Access, Automatic Data

Layout, Multiple Array Assignments, Other Topics.

10

Scalable Shared-Memory Machines: Global Cache Coherence, Local Cache Coherence, Latency Tolerant Machines.

Unit 6:

Recent trends in compiler design for high performance computing and message passing machines and scalable shared memory machine.

4

COURSE OUTCOMES


Familiar with the structureofcompiler.

Parallel loops, data dependency and exception handling and debuggingincompiler.

References:

1.MichaelWolfe,High-PerformanceCompilers forParallel Computing, Pearson


Course Name Optimization Techniques

Credits 3

Pre-Requisites Linear Algebra and Numerical Methods


COURSE OBJECTIVE

The objective of this course is to provide insight to the mathematical formulation of real world problems.

To optimize these mathematical problems using nature based algorithms. And the solution is

useful specially for NP-Hardproblems.


LECTURES

Unit 1:

Engineering application of Optimization, Formulation of design problems as

mathematical programming problems.

7

Unit 2:

General Structure of Optimization Algorithms, Constraints, The Feasible Region. 7

Unit 3:

Branches of Mathematical Programming: Optimization using calculus, Graphical

Optimization, Linear Programming, Quadratic Programming, Integer

Programming, Semi Definite Programming.

11

Unit 4:

Optimization Algorithms like Genetic Optimization, Particle Swarm

Optimization, Ant Colony Optimizationetc.

12

Unit 5:

Real life Problems and their mathematical formulation as standard programming problems.

6

Unit 6:

Recent trends: Applications of ant colony optimization, genetics and linear and

quadratic programming in real world applications.

5

COURSE OUTCOMES


Formulateoptimizationproblems.

Understand and apply the concept of optimality criteria for various types ofoptimization

problems.

Solve various constrained and unconstrained problems in Single variable as wellas

multivariable.

Apply the methods of optimization in reallifesituation.

References:

1. LaurenceA.Wolsey(1998).Integerprogramming.Wiley.ISBN978-0-471-28366-9.

2. PracticalOptimizationAlgorithmsandEngineeringApplicationsAndreasAntoniou.

3. AnIntroductiontoOptimizationEdwinK.,P.Chong&Stanislawh.Zak.

4. Dimitris Bertsimas; Robert Weismantel (2005). Optimization over integers. DynamicIdeas.

ISBN978-0-9759146-2-5.

5. John K. Karlof(2006). Integer programming: theory and practice.CRC Press. ISBN 978-0-8493-1914-3.

6. H.PaulWilliams(2009).LogicandIntegerProgramming.Springer.ISBN978-0-387-92279-9.

7. Michael Jünger; Thomas M. Liebling; Denis Naddef; George Nemhauser; William R. Pulleyblank; Gerhard Reinelt; Giovanni Rinaldi; Laurence A. Wolsey, eds. (2009). 50 Years of Integer Programming1958-2008:FromtheEarlyYearstotheState-of-the-Art.Springer.ISBN978-3- 540-68274-5.

8. Der-SanChen;RobertG.Batson;YuDang(2010).AppliedIntegerProgramming:Modelingand Solution.JohnWileyandSons.ISBN978-0-470-37306-4.

Teaching scheme

Lecture:-3h/week

OPEN ELECTIVES Business Analytics

Course Code MOET 391

Course Name Business Analytics

Credits Prerequisites


Course objective

1. Understand the role of business analytics withinanorganization.

2. Analyze data using statistical and data mining techniques and understandrelationships

between the underlying business processes ofanorganization.

3. To gain an understanding of how managers use business analytics to formulate andsolve

business problems and to support managerialdecisionmaking.

4. To become familiar with processes needed to develop, report, and analyzebusinessdata.

5. Use decision-making tools/Operationsresearchtechniques.

6. Mange business process using analytical and managementtools.

7. Analyze and solve problems from different industries such as manufacturing, service,retail,

software, banking and finance, sports, pharmaceutical,aerospaceetc.


LECTURESs

Unit1:

Business analytics: Overview of Business analytics, Scope of Business

analytics, Business Analytics Process, Relationship of Business Analytics

Process and 123rganization, competitive advantages of Business Analytics.

Statistical Tools: Statistical Notation, Descriptive Statistical methods, Review

of probability distribution and data modelling, sampling and

estimationmethodsoverview.

9

Unit 2:

Trendiness and Regression Analysis: Modelling Relationships and Trends in

Data, simple LinearRegression.

Important Resources, Business Analytics Personnel, Data and models for

Business analytics, problem solving, Visualizing and Exploring Data,

BusinessAnalyticsTechnology.

8

Unit 3:

Organization Structures of Business analytics, Team management,

Management Issues, Designing Information Policy, Outsourcing, Ensuring

Data Quality, Measuring contribution of Business analytics, Managing

Changes.

Descriptive Analytics, predictive analytics, predicative Modelling, Predictive analytics analysis, Data Mining, Data Mining Methodologies, Prescriptive analytics and its step in the business analytics Process, Prescriptive Modelling,nonlinearOptimization.

9

Unit 4:

Forecasting Techniques: Qualitative and Judgmental Forecasting, Statistical

Forecasting Models, Forecasting Models for Stationary Time Series,

Forecasting Models for Time Series with a Linear Trend, Forecasting Time

Series with Seasonality, Regression Forecasting with Casual Variables,

Selecting Appropriate Forecasting Models.

Monte Carlo Simulation and Risk Analysis: Monte Carle Simulation Using Analytic Solver Platform, New-Product Development Model, Newsvendor Model, Overbooking Model, Cash Budget Model.

10

Unit 5: Decision Analysis: Formulating Decision Problems, Decision Strategies with the without Outcome Probabilities, Decision Trees, The Value of Information, Utility andDecisionMaking.

8

Unit 6: Recent Trends in : Embedded and collaborative business intelligence, Visual data recovery, Data Storytelling and Data journalism.

4

COURSE OUTCOMES

1. Students will demonstrate knowledge ofdataanalytics.

2. Students will demonstrate the ability of think critically in making decisions based on data

anddeepanalytics.

3. Students will demonstrate the ability to use technical skills in predicative and prescriptive

modeling to supportbusinessdecision-making.

4. Students will demonstrate the ability to translate data into clear,actionableinsights.

Reference:

1. Business analytics Principles, Concepts, and Applications by Marc J. Schniederjans, Dara G. Schniederjans,ChristopherM.Starkey,PearsonFTPress.

2. BusinessAnalyticsbyJamesEvans,personsEducation.

OPEN ELECTIVES

(MOET 392)Industrial Safety

Teaching scheme

Lecture:-3h/week

Unit-I:Industrialsafety:Accident,causes,types,resultsandcontrol,mechanicalandelectricalhazards, types,

causes and preventive steps/procedure, describe salient points of factories act 1948 for health

andsafety,washrooms,drinkingwaterlayouts,light,cleanliness,fire,guarding,pressurevessels,etc,

Safetycolorcodes.Firepreventionandfirefighting,equipmentandmethods.

Unit-II:Fundamentalsofmaintenanceengineering:Definitionandaimofmaintenanceengineering,

Primaryandsecondaryfunctionsandresponsibilityofmaintenancedepartment,Typesofmaintenance,

Typesandapplicationsoftoolsusedformaintenance,Maintenancecost&itsrelationwithreplacement economy,

Service life ofequipment.

Unit-III: Wear and Corrosion and their prevention: Wear- types, causes, effects, wear reduction methods,

lubricants-types and applications, Lubrication methods, general sketch, working and applications, i.

Screw down grease cup, ii. Pressure grease gun, iii. Splash lubrication, iv. Gravity

lubrication,v.Wickfeedlubricationvi.Sidefeedlubrication,vii.Ringlubrication,Definition,principle

andfactorsaffectingthecorrosion.Typesofcorrosion,corrosionpreventionmethods.

Unit-IV: Fault tracing: Fault tracing-concept and importance, decision tree concept, need and

applications,sequenceoffaultfindingactivities,showasdecisiontree,drawdecisiontreeforproblems

inmachinetools,hydraulic,pneumatic,automotive,thermalandelectricalequipment‘slike,I.Anyone

machinetool,ii.Pumpiii.Aircompressor,iv.Internalcombustionengine,v.Boiler,vi.Electricalmotors, Types

of faults in machine tools and their general causes.

Unit-V: Periodic and preventive maintenance: Periodic inspection-concept and need, degreasing,

cleaning and repairing schemes, overhauling of mechanical components, overhauling of electrical motor,

common troubles and remedies of electric motor, repair complexities and its use, definition, need, steps

and advantages of preventive maintenance. Steps/procedure for periodic and preventive

maintenanceof:I.Machinetools,ii.Pumps,iii.Aircompressors,iv.Dieselgenerating(DG)sets,Program and

schedule of preventive maintenance of mechanical and electrical equipment, advantages of

preventivemaintenance.Repaircycleconceptandimportance

Reference:

1. MaintenanceEngineeringHandbook,Higgins&Morrow,DaInformationServices.

2. MaintenanceEngineering,H.P.Garg,S.ChandandCompany.

3. Pump-hydraulicCompressors,Audels,McgrewHillPublication.

4. FoundationEngineeringHandbook,Winterkorn,Hans,Chapman&HallLondon.

Teaching Scheme

Lectures: 3 hrs/week

OPEN ELECTIVES

(MOET 393) Operations Research

Syllabus Contents:

Unit 1:

Optimization Techniques, Model Formulation, models, General L.R Formulation, Simplex

Techniques, Sensitivity Analysis, Inventory Control Models

Unit 2

Formulation of a LPP - Graphical solution revised simplex method - duality theory - dual simplex

method - sensitivity analysis - parametric programming

Unit 3:

Nonlinear programming problem - Kuhn-Tucker conditions min cost flow problem - max flow

problem - CPM/PERT

Unit 4

Scheduling and sequencing - single server and multiple server models - deterministic inventory

models - Probabilistic inventory control models - Geometric Programming.

Unit 5

Competitive Models,Single and Multi-channel Problems, Sequencing Models, Dynamic

Programming, Flow in Networks, Elementary Graph Theory, Game Theory Simulation

References:

1. H.A.Taha,OperationsResearch,AnIntroduction,PHI,2008

2. H.M.Wagner,PrinciplesofOperationsResearch,PHI,Delhi,1982.

3. J.C.Pant,IntroductiontoOptimisation:OperationsResearch,JainBrothers,DelhI,2008

4. HitlerLibermannOperationsResearch:McGrawHillPub.2009

5. Pannerselvam,OperationsResearch:PrenticeHallofIndia2010

6. HarveyMWagner,PrinciplesofOperationsResearch:PrenticeHallofIndia2010

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to

1. Students should able to apply the dynamic programming to solve problems of discreet

and continuousvariables.

2. Students should able to apply the concept ofnon-linearprogramming

3. Students should able to carry outsensitivityanalysis

4. Student should able to model the real world problem andsimulateit.

Open Elective

(MOET 394) Cost Management of Engineering Projects Teaching scheme

Lecture: - 3 h/week

Introduction and Overview of the Strategic Cost Management Process

Costconceptsindecision-making;Relevantcost,Differentialcost,IncrementalcostandOpportunity

cost.ObjectivesofaCostingSystem;Inventoryvaluation;CreationofaDatabaseforoperationalcontrol;

Provision of data forDecision-Making.

Project: meaning, Different types, why to manage, cost overruns centres, various stages of project

execution: conception to commissioning. Project execution as conglomeration of technical and non-

technical activities.Detailed Engineering activities. Pre project execution main clearances and

documentsProjectteam:Roleofeachmember.ImportanceProjectsite:Datarequiredwithsignificance.

Projectcontracts.Typesandcontents.ProjectexecutionProjectcostcontrol.BarchartsandNetwork

diagram. Project commissioning: mechanical andprocess

Cost Behavior and Profit Planning Marginal Costing; Distinction between Marginal Costing and

Absorption Costing; Break-even Analysis, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis. Various decision-making

problems.StandardCostingandVarianceAnalysis.Pricingstrategies:ParetoAnalysis.Targetcosting, Life

Cycle Costing. Costing of service sector.Just-in-time approach, Material Requirement Planning,

Enterprise Resource Planning, Total Quality Management and Theory of constraints.Activity-Based

CostManagement,BenchMarking;BalancedScoreCardandValue-ChainAnalysis.BudgetaryControl;

FlexibleBudgets;Performancebudgets;Zero-basedbudgets.MeasurementofDivisionalprofitability pricing

decisions including transferpricing.

Quantitative techniques for cost management, Linear Programming, PERT/CPM, Transportation problems,

Assignment problems, Simulation, Learning Curve Theory.

References:

1. CostAccountingAManagerialEmphasis,PrenticeHallofIndia,NewDelhi

2. CharlesT.HorngrenandGeorgeFoster,AdvancedManagementAccounting

3. RobertSKaplanAnthonyA.Alkinson,Management&CostAccounting

4. AshishK.Bhattacharya,Principles&PracticesofCostAccountingA.H.Wheelerpublisher

5. N.D.Vohra,QuantitativeTechniquesinManagement,TataMcGrawHillBookCo.Ltd.

Open Elective

Paper Code: MOET-395

Paper: Composite Materials

UNIT–I: INTRODUCTION: Definition – Classification and characteristics of Composite materials.

Advantagesandapplicationofcomposites.Functionalrequirementsofreinforcementandmatrix.Effect

ofreinforcement(size,shape,distribution,volumefraction)onoverallcompositeperformance.

UNIT – II: REINFORCEMENTS: Preparation-layup, curing, properties and applications of glass fibers,

carbon fibers, Kevlar fibers and Boron fibers. Properties and applications of whiskers, particle

reinforcements. Mechanical Behavior of composites: Rule of mixtures, Inverse rule of mixtures.

Isostrain and Isostress conditions.

UNIT – III: Manufacturing of Metal Matrix Composites: Casting – Solid State diffusion technique,

Cladding – Hot isostaticpressing.Properties and applications. Manufacturing of Ceramic Matrix

Composites: Liquid Metal Infiltration – Liquid phase sintering. Manufacturing of Carbon – Carbon

composites:Knitting,Braiding,Weaving.Propertiesandapplications.

UNIT–IV: Manufacturing of Polymer Matrix Composites: Preparation of Mouldingcompoundsand

prepregs – hand layup method – Autoclave method – Filament winding method – Compression

moulding–Reactioninjectionmoulding.Propertiesandapplications.

UNIT–V:Strength:LaminarFailureCriteria-strengthratio,maximumstresscriteria,maximumstrain

criteria,interactingfailurecriteria,hygrothermalfailure.Laminatefirstplayfailure-insightstrength;

Laminatestrength-plydiscounttruncatedmaximumstraincriterion;strengthdesignusingcapletplots;

stressconcentrations.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. MaterialScienceandTechnology–Vol13–CompositesbyR.W.Cahn–VCH,WestGermany.

2. Materials Science and Engineering, An introduction. WD Callister, Jr., Adapted by R. Balasubramaniam,JohnWiley&Sons,NY,Indianedition,2007.

References:

1. Hand Book ofCompositeMaterials-ed-Lubin.

2. Composite Materials–K.K.Chawla.

3. CompositeMaterialsScienceandApplications–DeborahD.L.Chung.

4. CompositeMaterialsDesignandApplications–DanialGay,SuongV.Hoa,andStephenW.Tasi.

Open Elective

Paper Code: MOET 396

Paper: Waste to Energy

Unit-I:IntroductiontoEnergyfromWaste:Classificationofwasteasfuel Agro based, Forest

residue, Industrialwaste-MSW–Conversiondevices–Incinerators,gasifiers,digestors

Unit-II:BiomassPyrolysis:Pyrolysis–Types,slowfast–Manufactureofcharcoal–Methods-

Yieldsandapplication–Manufactureofpyrolyticoilsandgases,yieldsandapplications.

Unit-III: Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers – Fixed bed system – Downdraft and updraft

gasifiers – Fluidizedbedgasifiers–Design, construction and operation Gasifierburner

arrangement for thermal heating–Gasifierenginearrangementandelectricalpower–

Equilibriumandkineticconsiderationingasifieroperation.

Unit-IV:BiomassCombustion:Biomassstoves–Improvedchullahs,types,someexoticdesigns,Fixed

bedcombustors,Types,inclinedgratecombustors,Fluidizedbedcombustors,Design,constructionand

operation-Operation of all the above biomass co mbustors.

Unit-V:Biogas:Propertiesofbiogas(Calorificvalueandcomposition)-Biogasplanttechnologyand

status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features - Biomass resources and their

classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical conversion - Direct

combustion - biomassgasification-pyrolysisandliquefaction-biochemicalconversion-

anaerobicdigestion-Types ofbiogasPlants–Applications-Alcoholproductionfrombiomass-

Biodieselproduction-Urbanwaste to energy conversion- Biomass energy programme in India.

References:

1. NonConventionalEnergy,Desai,AshokV.,WileyEasternLtd.,1990.

2. BiogasTechnology-APracticalHandBook- Khandelwal,K.C.andMahdi,S.S.,Vol.I&II,TataMcGrawHillPublishingCo.Ltd.,1983.

3. Food,FeedandFuelfromBiomass,Challal,D.S.,IBHPublishingCo.Pvt.Ltd.,1991.

4. BiomassConversionandTechnology,C.Y.WereKo- BrobbyandE.B.Hagan,JohnWiley&Sons,1996.

AUDIT1and2:ENGLISHFORRESEARCHPAPERWRITING (MAUT191)

Course objectives:

Students will be able to:

1. Understand that how to improve your writing skills and level ofreadability

2. Learn about what to write ineachsection

3. Understand the skills needed when writing a Title Ensure the good quality of paper at veryfirst-timesubmission

Syllabus

Units CONTENTS Hours

1 Planning and Preparation, Word Order, Breaking up long sentences,

Structuring Paragraphs and Sentences, Being Concise and Removing

Redundancy, Avoiding Ambiguity and Vagueness

4

2 Clarifying Who DidWhat, Highlighting Your Findings, Hedging and

Criticising, Paraphrasing and Plagiarism, Sections of a Paper, Abstracts.

Introduction

4

3 Review of the Literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The

Final Check.

4

4 key skills are needed when writing a Title, key skills are needed when

writing an Abstract, key skills are needed when writing an Introduction,

skills needed when writing a Review of the Literature,

4

5 skills are needed when writing the Methods, skills needed when writing the

Results, skills are needed when writing the Discussion, skills are needed when

writing the Conclusions

4

6 useful phrases, how to ensure paper is as good as it could possibly be the first- timesubmission

4

Suggested Studies:

1. GoldbortR(2006)WritingforScience,YaleUniversityPress(availableonGoogleBooks)

2. DayR(2006)HowtoWriteandPublishaScientificPaper,CambridgeUniversityPress

3. HighmanN(1998),HandbookofWritingfortheMathematicalSciences,SIAM.Highman‟ sbook.

4. Adrian Wallwork , English for Writing Research Papers, Springer New York Dordrecht HeidelbergLondon,2011

AUDIT1and2: DISASTERMANAGEMENT(MAUT 192)

Course Objectives: -Students will be able to:

1. learnto demonstrate a critical understanding of key concepts in disaster risk reduction and humanitarianresponse.

2. critically evaluate disaster risk reduction and humanitarian response policy and practicefrom multipleperspectives.

3. develop an understanding of standards of humanitarian response and practical relevancein specific types of disasters andconflictsituations.

4. critically understand the strengths and weaknesses of disaster managementapproaches, planning and programming in different countries, particularly their home country or thecountries they workin

Syllabus

Units CONTENTS Hours

1 Introduction Disaster: Definition, Factors And Significance; Difference Between Hazard And Disaster; Natural And Manmade Disasters: Difference, Nature, TypesAnd Magnitude.

4

2 Repercussions Of Disasters And Hazards: Economic Damage, Loss Of

Human And Animal Life, Destruction Of Ecosystem. Natural Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanisms, Cyclones, Tsunamis, Floods, Droughts AndFamines, Landslides And Avalanches, Man-made disaster: Nuclear Reactor Meltdown, Industrial Accidents, Oil Slicks And Spills, Outbreaks Of Disease And Epidemics, War And Conflicts.

4

3 Disaster Prone Areas In India Study Of Seismic Zones; Areas Prone To Floods And Droughts, Landslides

And Avalanches; Areas Prone To Cyclonic And Coastal Hazards With Special Reference To Tsunami; Post-Disaster Diseases And Epidemics

4

4 Disaster Preparedness And Management Preparedness: Monitoring Of Phenomena Triggering A Disaster Or Hazard; Evaluation Of Risk: Application Of Remote Sensing, Data From Meteorological And Other Agencies, Media Reports: Governmental And Community Preparedness.

4

5 Risk Assessment Disaster Risk: Concept And Elements, Disaster Risk Reduction, Global And National Disaster Risk Situation. Techniques Of Risk Assessment, Global Co- Operation In Risk Assessment And Warning, People‘s Participation In Risk Assessment. Strategies for Survival.

4

6 Disaster Mitigation Meaning, Concept And Strategies Of Disaster Mitigation, Emerging TrendsIn

Mitigation. Structural Mitigation And Non-Structural Mitigation, Programs Of Disaster Mitigation In India.

4

SUGGESTED READINGS:

1. R.Nishith,SinghAK,“DisasterManagementinIndia:Perspectives,issuesandstrat egies“‟New RoyalbookCompany.

2. Sahni,PardeepEt.Al.(Eds.),”DisasterMitigationExperiencesAndReflections”, Prentice Hall Of India,NewDelhi.

3. Goel S. L. , Disaster Administration And Management Text And CaseStudies” Deep &Deep Publication Pvt. Ltd., NewDelhi.

AUDIT1and2: SANSKRIT FORTECHNICAL KNOWLEDGE(MAUT193)

Course Objectives

1. TogetaworkingknowledgeinillustriousSanskrit,thescientificlanguageintheworld

2. LearningofSanskrittoimprovebrainfunctioning

3. LearningofSanskrittodevelopthelogicinmathematics,science&othersubjects

4. enhancing thememorypower

5. TheengineeringscholarsequippedwithSanskritwillbeabletoexplorethe huge knowledge fromancientliterature

Syllabus

Unit Content Hours

1 AlphabetsinSanskrit,

Past/Present/FutureTense,

SimpleSentences

8

2 Order

Introductionofroots

Technical information aboutSanskritLiterature

8

3 Technical concepts of Engineering-Electrical,Mechanical, Architecture,Mathematics

8

Suggested reading

1. “Abhyaspustakam”–Dr.Vishwas,Samskrita-BhartiPublication,NewDelhi

2. “Teach Yourself Sanskrit” PrathamaDeeksha-VempatiKutumbshastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthanam, NewDelhiPublication

3. “India‟sGloriousScientificTradition”SureshSoni,Oceanbooks(P)Ltd.,NewDelhi.

Course Output

Students will be able to

1. Understanding basicSanskritlanguage

2. AncientSanskritliteratureaboutscience&technologycanbeunderstood

3. Beingalogicallanguagewillhelptodeveloplogicinstudents

AUDIT1and2: VALUEEDUCATION(MAUT194)

Course Objectives


1. Understandvalueofeducationandself-development

2. Imbibe good valuesinstudents

3. Lettheshouldknowabouttheimportanceofcharacter

Syllabus

Unit Content Hours

1 Values and self-development –Social values and individual

attitudes. Work ethics, Indian visionofhumanism.

Moral and non- moral valuation. Standardsandprinciples.

Valuejudgements

4

2 Importance of cultivationofvalues.

Sense of duty. Devotion, Self-reliance. Confidence, Concentration.Truthfulness,Cleanliness.

Honesty, Humanity. Power of faith,NationalUnity.

Patriotism.Love fornature,Discipline

6

3 Personality and Behavior Development - Soul and Scientific attitude. Positive Thinking. Integrity anddiscipline.

Punctuality, Love andKindness.

AvoidfaultThinking.

Free from anger, Dignityoflabour.

Universal brotherhood andreligioustolerance.

Truefriendship.

Happiness Vs suffering, lovefortruth.

Aware of self-destructivehabits.

AssociationandCooperation.

Doing best forsavingnature

6

4 Character and Competence –Holy booksvsBlindfaith.

Self-management andGoodhealth.

Scienceofreincarnation.

Equality, Nonviolence ,Humility, RoleofWomen.

All religions and samemessage.

Mind yourMind,Self-control.

Honesty,Studyingeffectively

6

Suggested reading

1. Chakroborty, S.K. “Values and EthicsfororganizationsTheoryand practice”, OxfordUniversity Press,New Delhi

Course outcomes


1. Knowledgeofself-development

2. Learn the importance ofHumanvalues

3. Developing theoverallpersonality

AUDIT1and2: CONSTITUTION OF INDIA(MAUT 291)

Course Objectives:


1. Understand the premises informing the twin themes of liberty and freedom from a civilrights

perspective.

2. To address the growth of Indian opinion regarding modern Indianintellectuals‘constitutional

role and entitlement to civil and economic rights as well as the emergence of nationhood in the early years of Indian nationalism.

3. To address the role of socialism in India after the commencement of the Bolshevik

Revolution in 1917 and its impact on the initial drafting of the IndianConstitution.

Syllabus

Units Content Hours

1

History of Making of the Indian Constitution:

History

Drafting Committee, ( Composition& Working)

4

2

Philosophy of the Indian Constitution:

Preamble Salient

Features

4

3

Contours of Constitutional Rights &Duties:

FundamentalRightsRight

toEquality

RighttoFreedom

Right againstExploitation Right to

Freedom ofReligion Cultural

andEducationalRights

Right toConstitutionalRemedies

Directive Principles ofStatePolicy

FundamentalDuties.

4

4

OrgansofGovernance:

Parliament

Composition

Qualifications andDisqualifications

Powers andFunctions

Executive

President

Governor

Council ofMinisters

Judiciary, Appointment and Transfer ofJudges,Qualifications

PowersandFunctions

4

5

LocalAdministration:

District‘s Administration head: RoleandImportance, Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative, CEO of

MunicipalCorporation.

Pachayati raj: Introduction, PRI: ZilaPachayat.

Elected officials and their roles, CEO ZilaPachayat: Position androle. Block level: Organizational Hierarchy (Different departments), Village level: Role of Elected and Appointedofficials,

4

Importance of grassrootdemocracy

6

ElectionCommission:

Election Commission: Role andFunctioning.

Chief Election Commissioner and ElectionCommissioners. State

Election Commission: Role andFunctioning.

Institute and Bodies for the welfare of SC/ST/OBC andwomen.

4

Suggested reading

1. TheConstitutionofIndia,1950(BareAct),GovernmentPublication.

2. Dr.S.N.Busi,Dr.B.R.AmbedkarframingofIndianConstitution,1stEdition,2015.

3. M.P.Jain,IndianConstitutionLaw,7thEdn.,LexisNexis,2014.

4. D.D.Basu,IntroductiontotheConstitutionofIndia,LexisNexis,2015.

Course Outcomes:


1. Discuss the growth of the demand for civil rights in India for the bulk of Indians before the arrival of Gandhi inIndianpolitics.

2. Discuss the intellectual origins of the framework of argument that informed theconceptualizationofsocialreformsleadingtorevolutioninIndia.

3. Discuss the circumstances surrounding the foundation of the Congress Socialist Party [CSP] under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru and the eventual failure of the proposal of direct electionsthroughadultsuffrageintheIndianConstitution.

4. DiscussthepassageoftheHinduCodeBillof1956.

AUDIT1and2: PEDAGOGYSTUDIES(MAUT292)

Course Objectives:


4. Review existing evidence on the review topic to inform programme design and policy

making undertaken by the DfID, other agenciesandresearchers.

5. Identify critical evidence gaps to guidethedevelopment.

Syllabus

Units Content Hours

1

Introduction andMethodology:

Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and

terminology

Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teachereducation.

Conceptual framework, Researchquestions.

Overview of methodology andSearching.

4

2

Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachersin

formal and informal classrooms indevelopingcountries.

Curriculum,Teachereducation.

2

3 Evidence on the effectiveness ofpedagogicalpractices 4

Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment ofincludedstudies.

How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and theschool

curriculum and guidance materials best supporteffectivepedagogy?

Theoryofchange.

Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effectivepedagogical practices.

Pedagogic theory andpedagogicalapproaches.

Teachers‘ attitudes and beliefs and Pedagogicstrategies.

4

Professional development: alignment with classroom practices and follow-

upsupport

Peersupport

Support from the head teacher andthecommunity.

Curriculumandassessment

Barriers to learning: limited resources and largeclasssizes

4

5

Research gaps and futuredirections

Researchdesign

Contexts Pedagogy

Teachereducation

Curriculum andassessment

Dissemination and researchimpact.

2

Suggested reading

1. AckersJ,HardmanF(2001)ClassroominteractioninKenyanprimaryschools,Co mpare,31(2):245-261.

2. Agrawal M (2004) Curricular reform in schools: The importance of evaluation, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3):361-379.

3. AkyeampongK(2003)TeachertraininginGhana-doesitcount?Multi- siteteachereducationresearchproject(MUSTER)countryreport1.London:DFID.

4. AkyeampongK,LussierK,PryorJ,WestbrookJ(2013)Improvingteachingandlear ningofbasicmathsandreadinginAfrica:Doesteacherpreparationcount?InternationalJourna lEducational Development, 33(3):272–282.

5. AlexanderRJ(2001)Cultureandpedagogy:Internationalcomparisonsinprimary education. Oxford and Boston:Blackwell.

6. ChavanM(2003)ReadIndia:Amassscale,rapid,„learningtoread‟campaign. 7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to understand:

1. What pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal and informal classrooms indevelopingcountries?

2. Whatistheevidenceontheeffectivenessofthesepedagogicalpractices,inwhatconditions,and with what populationoflearners?

3. Howcanteachereducation(curriculumandpracticum)andtheschoolcurriculuma ndguidance materials best supporteffectivepedagogy?

http://www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf

AUDIT1and2: STRESS MANAGEMENTBYYOGA(MAUT293)

Course Objectives

1. To achieve over all health of body andmind

2. To overcomestress

Syllabus

Unit Content Hours

1 Definitions of Eight parts of yog. (Ashtanga) 8

2 Yam andNiyam.

Do`s and Don‘t‘sinlife.

i) Ahinsa, satya, astheya, bramhacharyaandaparigraha ii) Shaucha, santosh, tapa,swadhyay,ishwarpranidhan

8

3 AsanandPranayam

i) Various yog poses and their benefits for mind & body ii)Regularization of breathing techniques and its effects-Types of pranayam

8

Suggested reading

1. „YogicAsanasforGroupTarining-Part-I”:JanardanSwamiYogabhyasiMandal,Nagpur

2. “Rajayoga or conquering the Internal Nature” bySwami Vivekananda,AdvaitaAshrama Course Outcomes:


1. Develophealthymindinahealthybodythusimprovingsocialhealthalso

2. Improveefficiency

AUDIT1and2:PERSONALITYDEVELOPMENTTHROUGHLIFEENLIGHTENMENT SKILLS(MAUT294)

Course Objectives

1. Tolearntoachievethehighestgoalhappily

2. Tobecomeapersonwithstablemind,pleasingpersonalityanddetermination

3. To awaken wisdominstudents

Syllabus

Unit Content Hours

1 Neetisatakam-Holistic development of personality

Verses- 19,20,21,22 (wisdom)

Verses- 29,31,32 (pride&heroism)

Verses- 26,28,63,65 (virtue)

Verses- 52,53,59 (dont‘s)

Verses- 71,73,75,78 (do‘s)

8

2 Approach to day to day workandduties.

ShrimadBhagwadGeeta : Chapter 2-Verses41,47,48,

Chapter 3-Verses 13, 21, 27, 35, Chapter 6-Verses 5,13,17, 23,35,

Chapter 18-Verses 45,46,48.

8

3 Statements ofbasicknowledge.

ShrimadBhagwadGeeta: Chapter2-Verses 56,62,68

Chapter 12 -Verses 13, 14, 15,16,17,18

Personality of Role model. ShrimadBhagwadGeeta: Chapter2-Verses 17, Chapter3-Verses36,37,42,

Chapter 4-Verses18,38,39

Chapter18 –Verses37,38,63

8

Suggested reading

1. “Srimad Bhagavad Gita” by SwamiSwarupanandaAdvaitaAshram (PublicationDepartment), Kolkata 2. Bhartrihari‟s Three Satakam(Niti-sringar-vairagya) by P.Gopinath, Rashtriya Sanskrit Sansthanam,

NewDelhi. Course Outcomes


1. Study of Shrimad-Bhagwad-Geeta will help the student in developing his personality and achieve the highest goalinlife

2. ThepersonwhohasstudiedGeetawillleadthenationandmankindtopeaceandprosperity

3. StudyofNeetishatakamwillhelpindevelopingversatilepersonalityofstudents.

MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY (M.TECH.)

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

ELECTIVE COURSES



Master of Technology (M. Tech.) [Mechanical Engineering]

M. Tech. (Mechanical Engineering)

s

S.No

Course Code

Course Title

Cre

dits

L

T

P

Evaluation Scheme Univ.

Exam

T Sessional

ESE

CT

ATT

D.

TA

TOT

A

L

I

YEAR

I

Semester

1 MMET-100 Numerical Methodsand

ComputerProgramming

4 3 1 2 30* 10 10 50 100 15

2 MMET-101 Simulation ,modelling and

Analysis

4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

3 MMET-102 Applied Operations Research 4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

4 MMET-103 Advanced Thermal

Engineering

4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

Total 16 12 4 2 200 400 60

1 YEAR

II Semester

1 MMET-201 Optimization for Engineering

Design

4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

2 MMET-202 Advanced Mechanics of Solids

4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

3 MMET-203 Production Technology 4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

4 MMET-21x Elective -1 4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

5 MMES-201 Seminar 4 -- -- 4 50 50

Total 20 12 4 4 250 400 65

II

YEA

R

III Semester

1 MMET-32x Elective -2 4 3 1 30 10 10 50 100 15

2 MMET-33x Elective -3 4 3 1 -- 30 10 10 50 100 15

3 MMEP-301 Project 8 8 100 100 20

4 MMED-301 Dissertation# 8 8 150 15

Total 24 6 2 16 350 300 65

II YEAR

IV Semester

1SS MMED-401 Dissertation 24 -- -- 24 250 350 60

LIST OF ELECTIVES

Elective-I (MMET121 to MMET124)

S.N. Subject Code Subject

1. MMET-211 Product Design and Development

2. MMET-212 Manufacturing System Analysis

3. MMET-213 Computational Fluid Dynamics & Heat Transfer

4. MMET-214 Internal Combustion Engines

Elective-II (MMET 231 to MMET 234)

S.N. Subject Code Subject

1. MMET-321 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity

2. MMET-322 Advanced Welding Technology

3. MMET-323 CNC, FMS & CIM

4. MMET-324 Renewable Energy systems

Elective -III (MTME -331 to 334)

S.N.

Subject Code

Subject

1. MMET-331 Total Quality Management

2. MMET-332 Industrial Design and Ergonomics

3. MMET-333 Management Information Systems

4. MMET-334 Environmental Pollution & Its Control

SYLLABUS M.Tech. (Mechanical Engineering)

Elective-I Subjects

MMET-211 PRODUCT DESIGN ANDDEVELOPMENT

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Stages in design process: Introduction to various stages of the design process, formulation of problem, generation of alternatives, evaluation, guided redesign, case study.

Product life cycle: New product introduction, early introduction, increased product life, life

cycle management tools, system integration, QFD, house of quality, Pugh‘s method, Pahl and

Beitz method case studies.

UNIT-2

Value engineering: Introduction, nature and measurement of value, value analysis job plan, creativity and techniques of creativity, value analysis test, case studies.

Concurrent/reverse engineering: Introduction, basic principles, components, benefits of concurrent engineering, concept of reverse engineering.

UNIT-3

Material selection: Materials in design, the evaluation of engineering materials, design tools and material data, function, material, shape and process, material selection strategy, attribute limits, selection process, computer aided material selection, case studies.

Process selection: Introduction, process classification, shaping, joining and finishing, systematic process selection, ranking, process cost, computer aided process selection.

UNIT-4

Design for manufacturing and assembly: Design for manufacturing and assembly (DFMA), reasons for not implementing DFMA, advantages of DFMA with case studies, design features

and requirements with regard to assembly, production, design for manufacture in relation to any two manufacturing processes, Machining and injection moulding, need,objectives.

Design for “X”: Introduction, design for safety, packaging and storage, quality, reliability, energy conservation, environment aesthetics, ergonomics, maintenance, recyclability and disposal, case studies.

UNIT-5

Patents, liability and ethics: tools of design production, examples/case studies.

Introduction, protecting your design, patents, copyright, basic liability issues in product design, ethical considerations,

Books: 1. Product DesignandDevelopment Karl T. Ulrich,StevenD. McGraw Hill,2003

Eppinger 2. Integrated ProductandProcess John M. Usher, Utpal Roy and Tata McGraw Hill,

Development H.R. Parasaei 1998 3. Product Design forManufactureand G. Boothroyd. P. Dewhurst and Marcel Dekker, 2010

Assembly W.Knight

4. Product DesignandManufacture A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta PHI, 2013

5. Selection ofMaterialsand MahmoodM. Farag Prentice Hall, 1997

Manufacturing Processesfor

Engineering Design

MMET-212 MANUFACTURING SYSTEMANALYSIS

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Basic concept of manufacturing, manufacturing problems, Systems approach to manufacturing problems, Principle of modeling in mathematical and physical form, Types of model, Simulation in modeling, Sources of system error.

UNIT-2

Stability of linear and non-linear system, Adaptive control, System optimization techniques,

Product design and part configuration project scheduling by PERT, GERT, flow graph,

Productive maintenance.

UNIT-3

Automation of production, Computer Aided Design, Computerised layout planning, Automated process planning, Automatic operation planning.

UNIT-4

Automatic and Computer Integrated Manufacturing.Automated assembly and Testing information systems for manufacturing.

UNIT-5

Fundamentals of information system, data bank, On-line production management systems, Parts oriented production information system, Production information and management systems.

Books:

1. Manufacturing Process&system Ostwald Willey India Pvt.Ltd.,

2008

2. Materials & ProcessinManufacturing E. Paul Degarmo, J. T. Prentice Hall ofIndia,

Black, R.A.Kosher 2011

3. Manufacturing Systems DesignandAnalysis WuB. Kluwer Academic

Publishers, 2009

4. Queuing Theory inManufacturingSystems PapadopoulosH T Chapman and Hall,

Analysisand Design 1993

5. Performance Analysis of Manufacturing SystemsAltiokTayfur Springer-Verlag,1997

MMET-213 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS ANDHEAT TRANSFER

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1 Introduction, Conservation equation, Mass Momentum and Energy equations, Convective form of the equation and general description.

UNIT-2

Clarification into various types of equation, Parabolic, Elliptic, Boundary and initial conditions, Overview of numerical methods.

UNIT-3

Finite difference methods; Different means for formulating finite difference equations, Taylor series expansion, Integration over element, Local function method; Finite volume methods;

Central, upwind and hybrid formulations and comparison for convection-diffusion problem, Treatment of boundary conditions; Boundary layer treatment; Variable property, Interface

and free surface treatment, Accuracy of F.D.method.

UNIT-4

Solution of finite difference equations; Iterative methods; Matrix inversion methods, ADI method, Operator splitting, Fast Fourier Transform applications.

UNIT-5

Phase change problems, Rayleigh- Ritz, Galerkin and Least square methods; Interpolation functions, One and two dimensional elements, Applications. Phase change problems; Different approaches for moving boundary; Variable time step method, Enthalpy method.

Books:

1. Computational MethodsforFluid FerzigerJoelH Springer-Verlag,1999 Dynamics

2. Principles ofHeatTransfer KavianyM Wiley-International,

2001

3. RadiativeHeatTransfer ModestMichael Academic Press,2013 4. An Introduction to Mass and Heat TransferMiddlemanStanley John Wiley,2007 5. Numerical Heat Transfer andFluidFlow SuhasV. Patankar CRC Press, 1980

MMET-214 INTERNAL COMBUSTIONENGINES

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Classification, Construction, Valve arrangements, Fuels, Properties of fuels, Rating of fuels.

UNIT-2

Alternative fuels, Fuel air cycle, Actual cycles, Combustion in SI engines, Combustion in CI engines.

UNIT-3

Effect of engine variables, Combustion chambers, Carburation and fuel injection,.

UNIT-4

Knocking, Engine cooling, Friction and lubrication, Supercharging, Turbocharging,

UNIT-5

Boost control, Testing and performance, Pollution due to engines.

Books: 1. Internal Combustion Engines:AppliedThermo Ferguson Colin R. John Wiley, 2001

Sciences 2. Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines H. N. Gupta Prentice Hall, 2012

3. Internal Combustion Engines S. K. Agrawal New Age

4. Engineering Fundamentals of the Internal Combustion

W. W. Pulkrabek international, 2012 Prentice Hall of

Engine 5. Internal Combustion Engine

V. Ganesan

India, 2006 TMH, 2008

MMET-321 THEORY OF ELASTICITY &PLASTICITY

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1 Theory of Elasticity: Analysis of stress and strain, equilibrium, Compatibility and

constitutive equations, Plane stress and plane strain problems, General equation in Polar coordinates, Rotating discs and stresses in circular discs, Stress function in terms of harmonic

and complex functions.

UNIT-2

Equation of equilibrium of a deformed body in curvilinear co-ordinates, Principle of

superposition and principle of virtual work, Torsion of thin tubes, Bending of cantilevers,

Uniformly and continuous loaded beams, Bending of circular, elliptical and rectangular

cross-section bars, Axi-symmetric formulation and deformation of solids of revolution.

UNIT-3

Theory of Plasticity: Nature of engineering plasticity, Differential equations of equilibrium, 3D stress analysis, infinitesimal deformation, finite deformation, Von Mises‘, Tresca‘s and anisotropic yield criteria, halgh-Westergard stress space representation of yield criteria.

UNIT-4

Experimental verification of yield criteria, Subsequent yield surfaces, Elastic and plastic stress-strain relations and stress strain rate equations, Prandtle-Reuaa equations, Generalized plastic stress strain relations, Anisotropy and instability.

UNIT-5

Plane plastic flow, Slip-line field theory, Application of slip line field theory to plane strain

metal forming processes, Plane plastic stress and pseudo plane stress analysis and its

applications, Extremum principle for rigid perfectly plastic material, surfaces of stress and

velocity discontinuity, Upper bound and lower bound theorems and applications.

Books:

1. Theory of Elasticity (FoundationsofEngineering A.I. Lurie Springer, 2010 Mechanics)

2. Contact Problems in the Classical Theory of G. M. Gladwell Kluwer Academy Elasticity Publisher, 1980

3. Applied Plasticity J. Chakrabarty Springer-Verlag, 2010

4. The Mathematical Theory of Plasticity R. Hill Oxford University,2003

5. Theory of Elasticity for Scientists and Engineers Teodor M. Springer Science & Atanackovic, Business Media, 2000 ArdeshirGuran

MMET-322 ADVANCED WELDINGTECHNOLOGY

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Welding Metallurgy: Welding as compared with other fabrication processes, Classification

of welding processes; Heat affected zone and its characteristics; Effects of alloying elements

on weldability, Weldability of steels, stainless steel, cast iron, and aluminum and titanium

alloys, Weld testing standards, Hydrogen embrittlement, Lammellar tearing, residual stresses

and its measurement, heat transfer and solidification, Analysis of stresses in welded

structures, Pre and post welding heat treatments, Metallurgical aspects of joining, Conditions

of soldering, Brazing and welding ofmaterials.

UNIT-2

Weld Design & Quality Control: Principles of sound weld design, Welding joint design,

Welding defects; Testing of weldament, Material joining characteristics, Welding positions,

Allowable strength of welds under steady loads, Weld throat thickness; Weld quality,

Discontinuities in welds, their causes and remedies and quality conflicts.

UNIT-3

Modern Trends in Welding: Friction welding, Explosive welding, Diffusion bonding, High

frequency induction welding, Ultrasonic welding, Electron beam welding, Plasma arc

welding, Laser welding.

UNIT-4

Mechanisation in Welding: Mechanisation of flat/circular joints, Thin/thick sheets

(resistance/arc weld), Mechanisation of I beams (arc weld), Longitudinal circumferential SA

welding (roller blocks, column booms, flux supports), Circular/spherical welding joints

(rotating tables positioners), Manufacture of welding longitudinal welded pipes by induction,

TIG, Plasma and SA welding of spiral welded pipes.

UNIT-5

Robotics in Welding: Robot design and applications in welding, Programming of welding

robots, tolerances for assemblies for robot welding, New generation of welding robots, Self

alignment by current arc variation, Robots for car body welding, Microelectronic welding

and soldering, Efficiency of robotics inwelding.

Books:

1. AdvancedWeldingProcesses Nikodaco&ShanskyMIR Publications,1980

2. Welding TechnologyandDesign VM Radhakrishnan New Age International,2005

3. Source Book ofInnovativewelding M.M.Schwariz Americal Society of Metals Processes (Ohio),2005

4. Advanced Welding Systems, Vol. I, II, IIIJ.Cornu Jaico Publishers, 1998

5. ManufacturingTechnology(Foundry, P.N. Rao Tata McGraw Hill, 2001

Forming andWelding)

MMET-323 CNC, FMS &CIM

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Introduction to CNC Machine Tools: Development of CNC Technology-Principles and

classification of CNC machines, Advantages & economic benefits, Types of control, CNC

controllers, Characteristics, Interpolators, Applications, DNC concept.

CNC Programming: Co-ordinate System, Fundamentals of APT programming, Manual part

programming-structure of part programme, G & M Codes, developing simple part programmes, Parametric programming, CAM packages for CNC machines -IDEAS,

Unigraphics, Pro Engineer, CATIA, ESPIRIT, MasterCAM etc., and use of standard controllers-FANUC, Heidenhain and Sinumeric control system.

UNIT-2

Tooling for CNC Machines: Cutting tool materials, Carbide inserts classification; Qualified, semi-qualified and preset tooling, Cooling fed tooling system, Quick change tooling system,

Tooling system for machining centre and turning center, tool holders, Tool assemblies, Tool magazines, ATC mechanisms, Tool management.

UNIT-3

Robotics and Material Handling Systems: Introduction to robotic technology, and applications, Robot anatomy, material handling function, Types of material handling

equipment, Conveyer systems, Automated guided vehicle systems, Automated storage/retrieval systems, Work-in-process storage, Interfacing handling and storage with

manufacturing.

UNIT--4

Group Technology and Flexible Manufacturing System: group Technology-part families, Parts classification and coding, Production flow analysis, Machine Cell Design, Benefits of

Group Technology, Flexible manufacturing systems-Introduction, FMS workstations, Computer control system, Planning for FMS, Applications and benefits.

UNIT-5

Computer Integrated Manufacturing: Introduction, Evaluation of CIM, CIM hardware and

software, Requirements of computer to be used in CIM system, Database requirements,

Concurrent engineering-Principles, design and development environment, advance modeling

techniques.

Books: 1. ComputerNumericalControl P.Radahkrishnan New Central BookAgency,

Machines 1992

2. CNCMachines M.S.Sehrawatand Dhanpat Rai and Co., 2014

J.S. Narang 3. CNCProgrammingHandbook SmidPeter Industrial Press Inc.,2003

4. Computer Integrated ManufacturingPaulRanky Prentice Hall of India,1999

5. CAD/CAM:Computer-Aided Groover Pearson Education India,Design andManufacturing 2006

MMET-324 RENEWABLE ENERGYSYSTEMS

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Introduction: Energy and Development; Energy demand and availability; Energy crisis; Conventional and Non-conventional energy; Renewable and Non-renewable energy

resources; Environmental impacts of conventional energy usage; Basic concepts of heat and

fluid flow useful for energy systems.

UNIT-2

Solar Energy Systems: Solar radiations data; Solar energy collection, Storage and utilization; Solar water heating; air heating; Power generation; Refrigeration and Air- conditioning; Solar Energy systemEconomics.

UNIT-3

Micro and Small Hydro Energy Systems: Resource assessment of micro and small hydro power; Micro, mini and small hydro power systems; Economics; Pump and turbine; Special engines for low heads; Velocity head turbines; Hydrams; Water mill; Tidal power.

UNIT-4

Bio mass Energy Systems: Availability of bio mass-agro, forest, animal, municipal and other residues; Bio mass conversion technologies; Cooking fuels; Biogas; producer gas;

Power alcohol from biomass; Power generation; Internal engine modifications and performance; systemeconomics.

UNIT-5

Wind Energy Systems: Wind data; Horizontal and vertical axis wind mills; Wind farms;

Economics of wind energy.

Integrated Energy Systems: Concept of integration of conventional and non-conventional energy resources and systems; Integrated energy system design and economics.

Books:

1. Energy Efficient BuildingsinIndia Mili Majumdar Tata EnergyResearch

Institute, 2001

2. UnderstandingRenewableEnergy Volker Quaschning Earthscan, 2005

Systems

3. RenewableEnergySystems Simmoes Marcelo Godoy CRC Press,2004

4. RenewableEnergyResources John Twidell Taylor and Francis,2006

5. Renewable Energy SourcesandTheir Abbasi &Abbasi Prentice Hall of India,2000

EnvironmentalImpact

SYLLABUS M.Tech. Semester III

Electives-III

MMET-331 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

L

3

T

1

P

-

UNIT-1

Introduction, definition of quality, dimensions of quality, quality planning, quality costs – analysis techniques for quality costs, basic concepts of total quality management, historical

review, principles of TQM, leadership – concepts, role of senior management, quality council, quality statements, strategic planning, Dening philosophy, barriers to TQM

implementation.

UNIT-2

TQM principles, customer satisfaction – customer perception of quality, customer complaints, service quality, customer retention, employee involvement – motivation empowerment, teams, recognition and reward, performance appraisals, benefits, continuous

process improvement – Juran Trilogy, PDSA cycle, 5S, Kaizen, supplier partnership – partnering, sourcing, supplier selection, supplier rating, relationship development,

performance measures – basic concepts, strategy, performancemeasure.

UNIT-3

Statistical process control (SPC), the seven tools of quality, statistical fundamentals – measures of central tendency and dispersion, population and sample, normal curve, control

charts for variables and attributes, process capability, concepts of six sigma, new seven management tools.

UNIT-4

TQM tools, benchmarking – reasons to benchmark, benchmarking process, quality function deployment (QFD) – house of quality, QFD process, benefits, Taguchi quality loss function,

total productive maintenance (TPM) – concepts, improvement needs, FMEA – stages of FMEA.

UNIT-5

Quality system, need for ISO 9000 and other quality systems, ISO 9000:2000 quality system

– elements, implementation of quality systems, documentation, quality and auditing, QS9000, ISO14000 – concepts, requirements and benefits.

Books:

1. TotalQualityManagement DaleH.Besterfield Pearson Education Asia,1999 2. The Management and Control of James R.Evans and South Western (Thomson

Quality WilliamM. Lidsay Learning), 2002 3. TotalQualityManagement FeigenbaumA.V. McGraw-Hill, 1991 4. TotalQualityManagement Oakland J. S. HcinemannLtd.,Oxford,1989

Butterworth

5. Quality Management – Concepts NarayanaV. and New Age International, 1996

andTasks Srinivasan N. S.

MMET-332 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN &ERGONOMICS

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Introduction to Ergonomics and Industrial Design: An approach to industrial design-

elements of design, Structure for industrial design in engineering; Application in modern

manufacturing systems; General approach to the man-machine relationship, Work station

design, Working position.

UNIT-2

Control and Displays: Shapes and sizes of various controls and displays- Multiple displays and control situations; design of major controls in automobiles, machine tools etc.; Design of

furniture; Redesign of instruments.

UNIT-3

Ergonomics and Production: Ergonomics and product design, ergonomics in automated systems; Expert systems for ergonomic design; Anthropometrics data and its applications in

ergonomic design; Limitations of anthropometric data, Use of computerized database; Case

study.

UNIT-4

Visual Effects of Line and Colour: The mechanics of seeing; Psychology of seeing; General influence of line and form; Colour and light; Colour and objects; Colour and the eye; Colour

consistency; Colour terms; Reaction to colour and colour continuation; Colouron engineeringequipments.

UNIT-5

Aesthetic Concepts: Concept of unity; Concept of order with variety; Concept of purpose style and environment; Aesthetic expressions; Style, Components of style; House style; Observation style in capital goods; Case study.

Industrial Design in Practice: General design; Specifying Design equipments; Rating the

importance of industrial design; Industrial design in design process.

Books:

1. Industrial designforEngineers W.H.Mayall London Hiffee BooksLtd.,

1967

2. IntroductiontoErgonomics R.C.Bridger McGraw Hill,2008

3. HumanFactorEngineering Sanders&McComlick TMH, 1987

4. Industrial ergonomics: case studies Babur Mustafa Pulat, David McGraw-Hill,1991

C. Alexander

5. IndustrialEngineeringand ChristopherM.Schlick Springer Science &Business

Ergonomics Media,2009

MMET-333 MANAGEMENT INFORMATIONSYSTEMS

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1 Introduction; Meaning and definition of management information systems (MIS); Systems approach; Role of MIS in facing increasing complexity in business and management.

UNIT-2

Conceptual information systems design; defining the problem; setting system objectives; Establishing system constraints; Determining information needs; Determining information sources; Developing alternative conceptual designs; Documenting the conceptual designs.

UNIT-3

Detailing information systems design; Informing and involving the organization; Project management of MIS; Identifying dominant and tradeoff criteria; Subsystem definition and sources.

UNIT-4

Evaluation of information systems; Basic information systems; Financial information systems; Production and operations information systems; Marketing information systems; Personal information system etc.

UNIT-5

Information systems for decision making; Programmed and non-programmed decisions; Components of decision support systems, Strategic and project planning.

Enterprise wise information systems; Integration with ERP systems; Real-time organizations;

Integration with external organizations; Virtual organizations; data warehousing; Data mining; OLAP (OnLine Analytical Processing) Systems, Business analytics. Issues in ethics,

crime and security.

Books:

1. Management Information Systems O‘ Brien, J Tata McGraw Hill, 2004

2. Management Information Systems W. S. Jawedker Tata McGraw Hill, 2006

3. Management Information Systems S. Sadagopan Prentice Hall of India, 1997 4. An Information System for Modern R.G. Mudrick Pearson Education, 2012

Management

5. ManagementInformationSystems M. Jaiswal Oxford UniversityPress,

2010

MMET-334 ENVIRONMENTALPOLLUTION

& ITS CONTROL

L T P

3 1 -

UNIT-1

Introduction: Nature and extent of pollution problems; Types of pollution.

UNIT-2

Air Pollution: General nature of air pollution; Air pollutants; Sources of air pollutants; Pollination from stationary sources and its control; Pollution from mobile sources and its control.

UNIT-3

Thermal Pollution: Introduction; Effects of thermal pollution on ecology; Thermal plume, regions of plume; Parameters relevant to thermal plume and their limits; Mechanics of condenser water discharge from thermal power plants; Modelling of heated water discharge.

UNIT-4 Global Atmospheric Change: Introduction; Simple global temperature models; Green

House effects, Green house gases; CO2 and its estimates.

UNIT-5

Equilibrium temperature increase caused by CO2, Chloroform carbons and warming and Ozone depletion impacts of CFC‘s, changes in stratospheric ozone.

Books:

1. Environmental PollutionAndProtection Garg, Bansal,Tiwana Deep and DeepPublis.,

1995

2. Environmental Pollution-Hazards And R.D. Gupta Concept Publishing Control Company,2006

3. EnvironmentalPollutionCompliance H. C. Sharma CBS Publishers,2011

4. Global Effects of Environmental PollutionAmericanAssociation Kluwer Academy ForThe Advancement Publisher, 2007

5. Environmental PollutionandControl J. Jeffrey Peirce, P AarneButterworth-Heinemann,

Vesilind,Ruth Weiner 1998

METRIC: 1.2.1 CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)/ …

Documents

Transcript of METRIC: 1.2.1 CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS)/ …